Copyright Ordinance (Chapter 528) (amended up to Ordinance No. 6 of 2016), Гонконг, Китай, WIPO Lex

Основной(ые) текст(ы)

Китайский 版權條例 (第528章) (經2016年第6號條例修正)

Английский Copyright Ordinance (Chapter 528) (amended up to Ordinance No. 6 of 2016)

COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE

(Cap. 528)

Contents

Section Page PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title and interpretation 1-2 PART II

COPYRIGHT DIVISION I—SUBSISTENCE,

OWNERSHIP AND DURATION OF COPYRIGHT

2. Copyright and copyright works 2-2

3. Rights subsisting in copyright works 2-2

4. Literary, dramatic and musical works 2-4

5. Artistic works 2-6

6. Sound recordings 2-6

7. Films 2-8

8. Broadcasts 2-8

9. Cable programmes 2-12

10. Published editions 2-22

11. Authorship of work 2-22

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-2

Cap. 528

Section Page

12. Works of joint authorship 2-24

13. First ownership of copyright 2-26

14. Employee works 2-26

15. Commissioned works 2-26

16. Government copyright, etc. 2-28

17. Duration of copyright in literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works

2-28

18. Duration of copyright in sound recordings 2-32

19. Duration of copyright in films 2-34

20. Duration of copyright in broadcasts and cable programmes

2-36

21. Duration of copyright in typographical arrangement of published editions

2-38

DIVISION II—RIGHTS OF COPYRIGHT OWNER

22. The acts restricted by copyright in a work 2-38

23. Infringement of copyright by copying 2-42

24. Infringement by issue of copies to the public 2-42

25. Infringement by rental of work to the public 2-44

26. Infringement by making available of copies to the public

2-46

27. Infringement by performance, playing or showing of work in public

2-48

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-4

Cap. 528

Section Page

28. Infringement by broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service

2-48

29. Infringement by making adaptation or act done in relation to adaptation

2-50

30. Secondary infringement: importing or exporting infringing copy

2-52

31. Secondary infringement: possessing or dealing with infringing copy

2-52

32. Secondary infringement: providing means for making infringing copies

2-54

33. Secondary infringement: permitting use of premises for infringing performance

2-56

34. Secondary infringement: provision of apparatus for infringing performance, etc.

2-56

35. Meaning of “infringing copy” 2-58

35A. Copy of a computer program, or of certain other works embodied in the same article as a computer program, not an “infringing copy” for the purposes of section 35(3)

2-68

35B. Imported copy not an “infringing copy” for the purposes of section 35(3)

2-74

36. Defences for the purposes of sections 30 and 31

2-76

DIVISION III—ACTS PERMITTED IN RELATION TO COPYRIGHT WORKS

37. Introductory provisions 2-82

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-6

Cap. 528

Section Page

38. Research and private study 2-84

39. Criticism, review and news reporting 2-86

40. Incidental inclusion of copyright material 2-86

40A. Definitions for sections 40A to 40F 2-88

40B. Making a single accessible copy for a person with a print disability

2-90

40C. Making multiple accessible copies by specified bodies for persons with a print disability

2-92

40D. Intermediate copies 2-96

40E. Records to be kept by specified bodies 2-100

40F. Supplementary provisions for sections 40A to 40E

2-102

41A. Fair dealing for purposes of giving or receiving instruction

2-104

41. Things done for purposes of instruction or examination

2-110

42. Anthologies for educational use 2-112

43. Performing, playing or showing work in course of activities of educational establishments

2-112

44. Recording by educational establishments of broadcasts and cable programmes

2-114

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-8

Cap. 528

45. Reprographic copying made by educational establishments or pupils of passages from published works

2-116

Section Page

46. Libraries and archives: introductory 2-118

47. Copying by librarians: articles in periodicals 2-120

48. Copying by librarians: parts of published works

2-122

49. Restriction on production of multiple copies of the same material

2-124

50. Copying by librarians: supply of copies to other libraries

2-124

51. Copying by librarians or archivists: replacement copies of works

2-126

52. Copying by librarians or archivists: certain unpublished works

2-126

53. Copying by librarians or archivists: articles of cultural or historical importance

2-128

54A. Fair dealing for purposes of public administration

2-130

54B. Legislative Council 2-132

54. Judicial proceedings 2-132

55. Statutory inquiries 2-134

56. Material open to public inspection or on official register

2-134

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-10

Cap. 528

57. Material communicated to the Government in the course of public business

2-138

Section Page

58. Public records 2-140

59. Acts done under statutory authority 2-140

60. Lawful user may make back-up copy of computer program

2-140

61. Lawful user may copy or adapt computer program

2-142

62. Use of typeface in ordinary course of printing 2-142

63. Articles for producing material in particular typeface

2-144

64. Transfers of copies of works in electronic form

2-146

65. Certain acts permitted where works made available to the public

2-148

66. Anonymous or pseudonymous works: acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright or death of author

2-148

67. Use of notes or recordings of spoken words in certain cases

2-150

68. Public reading or recitation 2-152

69. Abstracts of scientific or technical articles 2-152

70. Recordings of folksongs 2-154

71. Representation of certain artistic works on public display

2-156

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-12

Cap. 528

Section Page

72. Advertisement of sale of artistic work 2-156

73. Making of subsequent works by same artist 2-158

74. Reconstruction of buildings 2-158

75. Films: acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright, etc.

2-158

76. Performance, showing or playing of works for purposes of club, society, etc.

2-160

77. Incidental recording for purposes of broadcast or cable programme

2-162

78. Recording for purposes of supervision and control of broadcasts and cable programmes

2-164

79. Recording for purposes of time-shifting 2-166

80. Photographs of television broadcasts or cable programmes

2-166

81. Free public showing or playing of broadcast or cable programme

2-166

81A. Playing of sound broadcasts inside vehicles 2-168

82. Reception and re-transmission of broadcast in cable programme service

2-170

83. Provision of sub-titled copies of broadcast or cable programme

2-174

84. Recording for archival purposes 2-176

85. Adaptations 2-176

86. Corresponding design 2-178

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-14

Cap. 528

Section Page

87. Effect of exploitation of design derived from artistic work

2-178

88. Things done in reliance on registration of design

2-180

DIVISION IV—MORAL RIGHTS

89. Right to be identified as author or director 2-182

90. Requirement that right be asserted 2-186

91. Exceptions to right 2-190

92. Right to object to derogatory treatment of work

2-194

93. Exceptions to right 2-198

94. Qualification of right in certain cases 2-200

95. Infringement of right by possessing or dealing with infringing article

2-202

96. False attribution of work 2-204

97. Duration of rights 2-208

98. Consent and waiver of rights 2-208

99. Application of provisions to joint works 2-210

100. Application of provisions to parts of works 2-212 DIVISION V—DEALINGS WITH

RIGHTS IN COPYRIGHT WORKS

101. Assignment and licences 2-212

102. Prospective ownership of copyright 2-214

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-16

Cap. 528

Section Page

103. Exclusive licences 2-216

104. Copyright to pass under will with unpublished work

2-216

105. Moral rights not assignable 2-218

106. Transmission of moral rights on death 2-218 DIVISION VI—REMEDIES FOR

INFRINGEMENT

107. Infringement actionable by copyright owner 2-222

108. Provisions as to damages in infringement action

2-222

109. Order for delivery up 2-224

110. Period after which remedy of delivery up not available

2-226

111. Order as to disposal of infringing copy or other article

2-226

112. Rights and remedies of exclusive licensee 2-230

113. Exercise of concurrent rights 2-230

114. Remedies for infringement of moral rights 2-234

115. Presumptions relevant to literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works

2-236

116. Presumptions relevant to sound recordings, films and computer programs

2-238

117. Presumptions relevant to works subject to Government copyright

2-242

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-18

Cap. 528

Section Page

118. Offences in relation to making or dealing with infringing articles, etc.*

2-242

118A. Application of sections 60 and 61 to offences under section 118(1)

2-262

119. Penalties for offences under section 118 2-262

119A. Offence in relation to possession of infringing copies in a copying service business

2-264

119B. Offence in relation to making for distribution or distributing on a regular or frequent basis infringing copies of copyright works in printed form contained in books, etc.

2-266

120. #Making infringing copies outside Hong Kong, etc.

2-278

120A. Time limit for prosecutions 2-282

121. Affidavit evidence 2-282

122. Powers of investigating officers 2-296

123. Authority to issue warrant for entry and search

2-300

124. Obstruction of investigating officers 2-302

125. Liability of persons other than principal offender

2-302

126. Disclosure of information, etc. 2-304

127. Protection of informers in criminal proceedings

2-306

128. Inspection of articles, release of samples, etc. 2-306

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-20

Cap. 528

Section Page

129. Multilateral co-operation 2-310

130. Offences relating to disclosure of information 2-310

131. Seized articles, etc. liable to forfeiture 2-312

132. Disposal of articles, etc. where a person is charged

2-316

133. Determination of application for forfeiture 2-318

134. Jurisdiction of District Court 2-326 DIVISION VII—PROCEEDINGS

RELATING TO IMPORTATION OF INFRINGING ARTICLES

135. Definitions 2-328

136. Application for detention order 2-328

137. Issuance of detention order 2-330

138. Enforcement of detention order 2-334

139. Variation or setting aside of detention order 2-338

140. Disclosure of information 2-340

141. Inspection of articles, release of samples, etc. 2-342

142. Costs payable 2-344

143. Compensation payable to importer, etc. 2-346

144. Rules 2-348 DIVISION VIII—COPYRIGHT

LICENSING

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-22

Cap. 528

145. Licensing schemes and licensing bodies 2-348

Section Page

146. Registrar of Copyright Licensing Bodies 2-350

147. Maintenance of register and inspection 2-352

148. Application for registration and renewal 2-352

149. Registration, issue of certificate of registration 2-352

150. Change of royalty charges during currency of certificate

2-354

151. Duration of registration, renewal and cancellation

2-356

152. Regulations 2-358

153. No liability in the case of the bona fide exercise of functions under this Division

2-358

154. Licensing schemes to which sections 155 to 160 apply

2-358

155. Reference of proposed licensing scheme to Tribunal

2-360

156. Reference of licensing scheme to Tribunal 2-362

157. Further reference of scheme to Tribunal 2-362

158. Application for grant of licence in connection with licensing scheme

2-366

159. Application for review of order as to entitlement to licence

2-368

160. Effect of order of Tribunal as to licensing scheme

2-368

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-24

Cap. 528

Section Page

161. Licences to which sections 162 to 166 apply 2-372

162. Reference to Tribunal of proposed licence 2-374

163. Reference to Tribunal of expiring licence 2-374

164. Tribunal may award interim payment and restrict application for interlocutory injunction

2-376

165. Application for review of order as to licence 2-378

166. Effect of order of Tribunal as to licence 2-378

167. General considerations: unreasonable discrimination

2-380

168. Implied indemnity in certain schemes and licences

2-384

DIVISION IX—THE COPYRIGHT TRIBUNAL

169. The Copyright Tribunal 2-386

170. Membership of Tribunal 2-388

171. Financial provisions 2-390

172. Constitution for purposes of proceedings 2-390

173. Jurisdiction of Tribunal 2-394

174. General power to make rules 2-394

175. Costs, proof of orders, etc. 2-396

176. Appeal to court on point of law 2-398 DIVISION X—QUALIFICATION FOR

COPYRIGHT PROTECTION

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-26

Cap. 528

Section Page

177. Qualification for copyright protection 2-398

178. Qualification by reference to author 2-400

179. Ships, aircraft and hovercraft registered in Hong Kong

2-402

180. Denial of copyright protection to people of countries, etc. not giving adequate protection to Hong Kong works

2-402

181. Meaning of first publication and material time 2-404 DIVISION XI—MISCELLANEOUS AND

GENERAL

182. Government copyright 2-406

183. Copyright in Ordinances 2-408

184. Legislative Council copyright 2-410

185. Copyright in bills 2-412

186. Legislative Council: supplementary provisions with respect to copyright

2-414

187. Groundless threat of proceedings in relation to “parallel-imported” copies of works

2-416

188. Copyright vesting in international organizations

2-418

189. Folklore, etc.: anonymous unpublished works 2-420

190. Protection of Commissioner and authorized officers

2-422

191. Transitional provisions and savings 2-424

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-28

Cap. 528

Section Page

192. Rights and privileges under other enactments or the common law

2-424

193. General provisions as to construction 2-426

194. Construction of references to copyright owner 2-426

195. Meaning of “educational establishment” and related expressions

2-428

196. Meaning of “publication” and “commercial publication”

2-428

197. Requirement of signature: application in relation to body corporate

2-432

198. Minor definitions 2-434

199. Index of defined expressions 2-444 PART III

RIGHTS IN PERFORMANCES DIVISION I—THE RIGHTS,

INFRINGEMENT OF THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES FOR INFRINGEMENT

200. Rights conferred on performers and persons having fixation rights

3-2

201. Qualifying performances 3-4

202. Consent required for fixation, etc. of unfixed performance

3-6

203. Consent required for copying of fixation 3-6

204. Consent required for issue of copies to public 3-8

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-30

Cap. 528

205. Consent required for making available of copies to public

3-10

Section Page

206. Infringement of performer’s rights by use of fixation made without consent

3-12

207. Infringement of performer’s rights by importing, exporting, possessing or dealing with infringing fixation

3-12

207A. Infringement of performers’ rights by renting copies to the public without consent

3-14

208. Exclusive fixation contracts and persons having fixation rights

3-16

209. Consent required for fixation of performance subject to exclusive contract

3-18

210. Infringement of fixation rights by use of fixation made without consent

3-20

211. Infringement of fixation rights by importing, exporting, possessing or dealing with infringing fixation

3-20

212. Acts permitted notwithstanding rights conferred by this Division

3-24

213. Power of Tribunal to give consent on behalf of owner of right of reproduction in certain cases

3-24

213A. Power of Tribunal to give consent on behalf of owners of performers’ rental right in certain cases

3-26

214. Duration of rights 3-28

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-32

Cap. 528

Section Page

215. Performers’ economic rights 3-28

216. Assignment and licences 3-30

217. Prospective ownership of a performer’s economic rights

3-32

218. Exclusive licences 3-34

219. Performer’s economic right to pass under will with unpublished original fixation

3-34

220. Infringement actionable by rights owner 3-36

221. Provisions as to damages in infringement action

3-36

222. Right and remedies for exclusive licensee 3-38

223. Exercise of concurrent rights 3-38

224. Performers’ non-economic rights 3-40

225. Transmissibility of rights of person having fixation rights

3-44

226. Consent 3-44

227. Infringement actionable 3-44

228. Order for delivery up 3-46

229. Meaning of “infringing fixation” 3-46

229A. Imported fixation not an “infringing fixation” for the purposes of section 229(4)

3-52

230. Period after which remedy of delivery up not available

3-56

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-34

Cap. 528

Section Page

231. Order as to disposal of infringing fixation 3-58

232. Jurisdiction of District Court 3-60

233. Jurisdiction of Copyright Tribunal 3-62

234. Qualifying person 3-62

235. Ships, aircraft and hovercraft registered in Hong Kong

3-64

236. Denial of protection to people of countries, etc. not giving adequate protection to Hong Kong performers

3-64

237. Transitional provisions and savings 3-68

238. Expressions having same meaning as in copyright provisions

3-68

239. Index of defined expressions 3-70 DIVISION II—RIGHTS IN

PERFORMANCES: PERMITTED ACTS

240. Introductory 3-74

241. Criticism, reviews and news reporting 3-74

242. Incidental inclusion of performance or fixation

3-76

242A. Fair dealing for purposes of giving or receiving instruction

3-76

243. Things done for purposes of instruction or examination

3-80

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-36

Cap. 528

244. Playing or showing sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme at educational establishment

3-82

Section Page

245. Recording of broadcasts and cable programmes by educational establishments

3-84

246. Copying by librarians or archivists: articles of cultural or historical importance

3-86

246A. Fair dealing for purposes of public administration

3-86

246B. Legislative Council 3-88

247. Judicial proceedings 3-88

248. Statutory inquiries 3-90

249. Public records 3-90

250. Acts done under statutory authority 3-90

251. Transfer of fixations of performances in electronic form

3-92

252. Certain copying permitted when performances made available to the public

3-94

253. Use of fixations of spoken words in certain cases

3-94

254. Fixations of folksongs 3-96

255. Performance, showing or playing of works for purposes of club, society, etc.

3-98

256. Incidental fixation for purposes of broadcast or cable programme

3-98

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-38

Cap. 528

Section Page

257. Recordings for purposes of supervision and control of broadcasts and cable programmes

3-100

258. Free public showing or playing of broadcast or cable programme

3-102

258A. Playing of sound broadcasts inside vehicles 3-104

259. Reception and re-transmission of broadcast in cable programme service

3-106

260. Provision of sub-titled copies of broadcast or cable programme

3-110

261. Recording of broadcast or cable programme for archival purposes

3-112

DIVISION III—PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO IMPORTATION OF

INFRINGING FIXATIONS

262. Definitions 3-112

263. Application for detention order 3-114

264. Issuance of detention order 3-116

265. Enforcement of detention order 3-118

266. Variation or setting aside of detention order 3-124

267. Disclosure of information 3-126

268. Inspection of articles, release of samples, etc. 3-128

269. Costs payable 3-130

270. Compensation payable to importer, etc. 3-130

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-40

Cap. 528

271. Rules 3-132

Section Page

272. Protection of Commissioner and authorized officers

3-134

PART IIIA PERFORMERS’ MORAL RIGHTS

272A. Moral rights conferred on certain performers 3A-2

272B. Right to be identified as performer 3A-6

272C. Requirement that right under section 272B be asserted

3A-8

272D. Exceptions to right under section 272B 3A-10

272E. Right to object to derogatory treatment 3A-12

272F. Infringing of right under section 272E by possessing or dealing with infringing articles

3A-14

272G. Exceptions to right under section 272E 3A-16

272H. Duration of rights 3A-18

272I. Consent and waiver of rights 3A-18

272J. Application of provisions to joint performers 3A-20

272K. Application of provisions to part of performance

3A-22

272L. Moral rights not assignable 3A-22

272M. Transmission of moral rights on death 3A-22

272N. Remedies for infringement of performers’ moral rights

3A-26

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-42

Cap. 528

Section Page

272O. Presumptions relevant to sound recordings in which performances are fixed

3A-26

PART IV TECHNOLOGICAL MEASURES AND

GENERAL

273. Interpretation of sections 273 to 273H 4-2

273A. Rights and remedies in respect of circumvention of effective technological measures

4-4

273B. Rights and remedies in respect of devices and services designed to circumvent effective technological measures

4-8

273C. Offences in relation to circumvention of effective technological measures

4-12

273D. Exceptions to section 273A 4-18

273E. Exceptions to section 273B 4-26

273F. Exceptions to section 273C 4-34

273G. Application of sections 273, 273A, 273B, 273D and 273E to performances

4-44

273H. Exceptions to sections 273A, 273B, 273C and 273G

4-44

274. Rights and remedies in respect of unlawful acts to interfere with rights management information

4-46

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-44

Cap. 528

275. Rights and remedies in respect of apparatus, etc. for unauthorized reception of transmissions

4-50

Section Page

276. Denial of rights under section 275 to people of countries, etc. not giving adequate protection to Hong Kong broadcasts, cable programmes and encrypted transmissions

4-52

277. Supplementary provisions as to fraudulent reception

4-54

278. Commissioner may authorize officers 4-56

279. Interpretation 4-56

280. (Omitted as spent) 4-56

281. Repeals 4-56

282. Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2003

4-56

283. Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2007

4-58

SCHEDULE 1 EDUCATIONAL ESTABLISHMENTS

S1-2

SCHEDULE 1AA CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SECTION 119B(1) OF THIS ORDINANCE DOES NOT APPLY (EXTENT OF MAKING OR DISTRIBUTION OF INFRINGING COPIES)

S1AA-2

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-46

Cap. 528

Section Page

SCHEDULE 1AB CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SECTION 119B(1) OF THIS ORDINANCE DOES NOT APPLY (MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION OF INFRINGING COPIES)

S1AB-2

Schedule 1A BODIES AND AUTHORITIES SPECIFIED FOR PURPOSES OF DEFINITION OF “SPECIFIED COURSE OF STUDY”

S1A-2

SCHEDULE 2 COPYRIGHT: TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS

S2-2

SCHEDULE 3 RIGHTS IN PERFORMANCE: TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS

S3-2

Schedule 4 (Omitted as spent) S4-2

SCHEDULE 5 REPEALS S5-2

SCHEDULE 6 TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS

S6-2

SCHEDULE 7 TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS IN RELATION TO AMENDMENTS EFFECTED BY THE COPYRIGHT (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE 2007 (15 OF 2007)

S7-2

Last updated date 27.5.2016

T-48

Cap. 528

An Ordinance to make provisions in respect of copyright and related rights and for connected purposes.

(Amended 15 of 2007 s. 3)

[27 June 1997]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title and interpretation (1) This Ordinance may be cited as the Copyright Ordinance. (2) (Omitted as spent) (3) The tables showing the provisions defining expressions used

in Part II and Part III are set out in sections 199 and 239 respectively.

Last updated date 6.7.2007

PART I 1-2 Section 1 Cap. 528

PART II

COPYRIGHT

DIVISION I—SUBSISTENCE, OWNERSHIP AND DURATION OF COPYRIGHT

Introductory

2. Copyright and copyright works (1) Copyright is a property right which subsists in accordance

with this Part in the following descriptions of work— (a) original literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works; (b) sound recordings, films, broadcasts or cable

programmes; and (c) the typographical arrangement of published editions.

(2) In this Part “copyright work” (版權作品) means a work of any of those descriptions in which copyright subsists.

(3) Copyright does not subsist in a work unless the requirements of this Part with respect to qualification for copyright protection are met (see section 177 and the provisions referred to there).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 1 U.K.]

3. Rights subsisting in copyright works (1) The owner of the copyright in a work of any description

has the exclusive right to do the acts specified in Division II as the acts restricted by the copyright in a work of that description.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-2 Section 2 Cap. 528

(2) In relation to certain descriptions of copyright work the following rights conferred by Division IV (moral rights) subsist in favour of the author or director of the work, whether or not he is the owner of the copyright— (a) section 89 (right to be identified as author or director);

and (b) section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of

work). [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 2 U.K.]

Descriptions of work and related provisions

4. Literary, dramatic and musical works (1) In this Part— “dramatic work” (戲劇作品) includes a work of dance or mime; “literary work” (文學作品) means any work, other than a dramatic

or musical work, which is written, spoken or sung, and accordingly includes— (a) a compilation of data or other material, in any form,

which by reason of the selection or arrangement of its contents constitutes an intellectual creation, including but not limiting to a table;

(b) a computer program; and (c) preparatory design material for a computer program;

“musical work” (音樂作品) means a work consisting of music, exclusive of any words or action intended to be sung, spoken or performed with the music.

(2) Copyright does not subsist in a literary, dramatic or musical work unless and until it is recorded, in writing or otherwise; and references in this Part to the time at which such a work is made are to the time at which it is so recorded.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-4 Section 4 Cap. 528

(3) It is immaterial for the purposes of subsection (2) whether the work is recorded by or with the permission of the author; and where it is not recorded by the author, nothing in that subsection affects the question whether copyright subsists in the record as distinct from the work recorded.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 3 U.K.]

5. Artistic works In this Part— “artistic work” (藝術作品) means—

(a) a graphic work, photograph, sculpture or collage, irrespective of artistic quality;

(b) a work of architecture being a building or a model for a building; or

building or fixed structure; “graphic work” (平面美術作品) includes—

(a) any painting, drawing, diagram, map, chart or plan; and (b) any engraving, etching, lithograph, woodcut or similar

work; “photograph” (照片) means a recording of light or other radiation

on any medium on which an image is produced or from which an image may by any means be produced, and which is not part of a film;

“sculpture” (雕塑品) includes a cast or model made for purposes of sculpture.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 4 U.K.]

6. Sound recordings

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-6 Section 5 Cap. 528

(1) In this Part “sound recording” (聲音紀錄) means— (a) a recording of sounds, from which the sounds may be

reproduced; or (b) a recording of the whole or any part of a literary,

dramatic or musical work, from which sounds reproducing the work or part may be produced,

regardless of the medium on which the recording is made or the method by which the sounds are reproduced or produced.

(2) Copyright does not subsist in a sound recording which is, or to the extent that it is, a copy taken from a previous sound recording.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 5A U.K.]

7. Films (1) In this Part “film” (影片) means a recording on any medium

from which a moving image may by any means be produced. (2) The sound-track accompanying a film is to be treated as part

of the film for the purposes of this Part. (3) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (2), where

that subsection applies— (a) references in this Part to showing a film include playing

the film sound-track to accompany the film; and (b) references to playing a sound recording do not include

playing the film sound-track to accompany the film. (4) Copyright does not subsist in a film which is, or to the extent

that it is, a copy taken from a previous film. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 5B U.K.]

8. Broadcasts

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-8 Section 7 Cap. 528

(1) In this Part a “broadcast” (廣播) means a transmission by wireless telegraphy of sounds or of visual images and sounds or of representations thereof which— (a) is capable of being lawfully received by members of the

public in Hong Kong or elsewhere; or (b) is transmitted for presentation to members of the public

in Hong Kong or elsewhere, otherwise than through a service for making available to the public of copies of works or fixations of performances.

(2) An encrypted transmission is regarded as capable of being lawfully received by members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere only if decoding equipment has been made available to members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere by or with the authority of the person making the transmission or the person providing the contents of the transmission.

(3) References in this Part to the person making a broadcast, broadcasting a work, or including a work in a broadcast are— (a) to the person transmitting the programme, if he has

responsibility to any extent for its contents; and (b) to any person providing the programme who makes with

the person transmitting it the arrangements necessary for its transmission,

and references in this Part to a programme, in the context of broadcasting, are to any item included in a broadcast.

(4) For the purposes of this Part the place from which a broadcast is made is the place where, under the control and responsibility of the person making the broadcast, the programme-carrying signals are introduced into an uninterrupted chain of communication (including, in the case

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-10 Section 8 Cap. 528

of a satellite transmission, the chain leading to the satellite and down towards the earth).

(5) References in this Part to the reception of a broadcast include reception of a broadcast relayed by means of a telecommunications system. (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)

(6) Copyright does not subsist in a broadcast which infringes, or to the extent that it infringes, the copyright in another broadcast or in a cable programme.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 6 U.K.]

9. Cable programmes (1) In this Part— “cable programme” (有線傳播節目) means any item included in a

cable programme service; “cable programme service” (有線傳播節目服務) means a service

which consists wholly or mainly in the lawful sending by any person, by means of a telecommunications system (whether run by himself or by any other person), of sounds, visual images, other information or any combination of them either— (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28) (a) for lawful reception, otherwise than by wireless

telegraphy, at 2 or more places in Hong Kong or elsewhere, whether they are so sent for simultaneous reception or at different times in response to requests made by different users of the service; or

(b) for lawful reception, by whatever means, at a place in Hong Kong or elsewhere for the purposes of their being presented there either to members of the public or to any group of persons,

and includes such a service that has as a component a multipoint microwave distribution system, but does not include the services excepted under subsection (2);

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-12 Section 9 Cap. 528

“interconnection” (互相連接) includes interconnection that involves a change of technical characteristics, format or parameters;

“sounds” (聲音), for the purposes of the exclusion in subsection (2)(a), means speech or music or both except that they do not include, in relation to any telecommunications system, speech providing information for the purpose of facilitating the use of a telecommunications service provided by means of that system; (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)

“visual images” (影像), for the purposes of the exclusion in subsection (2)(a), means visual images which are such that sequences of them may be seen as moving pictures.

(2) The following are excepted from the definition of “cable programme service”— (a) a service (such as the services commonly known as

video conferencing and video telephony) which consists wholly or mainly in the transmission of sounds or visual images or both by any person if it is an essential feature of the service that, while they are being transmitted, there will or may be transmitted from each place of reception, by means of the telecommunications system or (as the case may be) the part of it by means of which they are transmitted, sounds or visual images or both for reception by that person; (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)

(b) a service for making available to the public of copies of works or fixations of performances, but excluding a service in which the transmission of moving visual representational images is an essential feature (such as the service commonly known as video-on-demand);

(c) the running by a broadcaster of a telecommunications system in the case of which every transmission made by it is either— (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-14 Section 9 Cap. 528

(i) a transmission, by wireless telegraphy, from a transmitting station for general reception of sounds, visual images or signals serving for the impartation (whether as between persons and persons, things and things or persons and things) of any matter otherwise than in the form of sounds or visual images; or

(ii) a transmission within a single set of premises of sounds, visual images or such signals which are to be or have been so transmitted;

(d) the running of a telecommunications system in the case of which the only agency involved in the transmission of things thereby transmitted is light and the things thereby transmitted are so transmitted as to be capable of being received or perceived by the eye and without more; (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)

(e) the running by a person of a telecommunications system which is not connected to another telecommunications system and in the case of which all the apparatus comprised therein is situated either— (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28) (i) on a single set of premises in single occupation

(other than a service operated as part of the amenities provided for residents or inmates of premises run as a business); or

(ii) in a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or hovercraft or in 2 or more vehicles, vessels, aircraft or hovercraft mechanically coupled together;

(f) the running by a single individual of a telecommunications system which is not connected to another telecommunications system and in the case of which— (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-16 Section 9 Cap. 528

(i) all the apparatus comprised therein is under his control; and

(ii) everything transmitted by it that is speech, music and other sounds, visual images, signals serving for the impartation (whether as between persons and persons, things and things or persons and things) of any matter otherwise than in the form of sounds or visual images, or signals serving for the actuation or control of machinery or apparatus is transmitted solely for his domestic purposes,

and references in paragraph (e) and this paragraph to another telecommunications system do not include references to such a system as is mentioned in paragraph (c) (whether run by a broadcaster or by any other person); or (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)

(g) in the case of a business carried on by a person, the running, for the purposes of the business, of a telecommunications system which is not connected to another telecommunications system and with respect to which the following conditions are satisfied— (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28) (i) that no person except the person carrying on

the business is concerned in the control of the apparatus comprised in the system;

(ii) that nothing that is speech, music and other sounds, visual images, signals serving for the impartation (whether as between persons and persons, things and things or persons and things) of any matter otherwise than in the form of sounds or visual images, or signals serving for the actuation or control of machinery or apparatus is transmitted by the system by way of rendering a service to another;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-18 Section 9 Cap. 528

(iii) that, in so far as sounds or visual images are transmitted by the system, they are not transmitted for the purpose of their being heard or seen by persons other than the person carrying on the business or any employees of his engaged in the conduct thereof;

(iv) that, in so far as signals serving for the impartation (whether as between persons and persons, things and things or persons and things) of any matter otherwise than in the form of sounds or visual images are transmitted by the system, they are not transmitted for the purpose of imparting matter otherwise than to the person carrying on the business, any employees of his engaged in the conduct thereof or things used in the course of the business and controlled by him; and

(v) that, in so far as signals of speech, music and other sounds are transmitted by the system, they are not transmitted for the purpose of actuating or controlling machinery or apparatus used otherwise than in the course of the business.

(3) The Chief Executive in Council may by order amend subsection (2) so as to remove exceptions, subject to such transitional provision as appears to him to be appropriate. (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)

(4) References in this Part to the inclusion of a cable programme or work in a cable programme service are to its transmission as part of the service; and references to the person including it are to the person providing the service.

(5) Copyright does not subsist in a cable programme if— (a) it is included in a cable programme service by reception

and immediate re-transmission of a broadcast; or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-20 Section 9 Cap. 528

(b) it infringes, or to the extent that it infringes, the copyright in another cable programme or in a broadcast.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 7 U.K. & 1956 c. 74 s. 14A U.K.]

10. Published editions (1) In this Part “published edition” (已發表版本), in the context

of copyright in the typographical arrangement of a published edition, means a published edition of the whole or any part of one or more literary, dramatic or musical works.

(2) Copyright does not subsist in the typographical arrangement of a published edition if, or to the extent that, it reproduces the typographical arrangement of a previous edition.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 8 U.K.]

Authorship and ownership of copyright

11. Authorship of work (1) In this Part “author” (作者), in relation to a work, means the

person who creates it. (2) That person is taken to be—

(a) in the case of a sound recording, the producer; (b) in the case of a film, the producer and the principal

director; (c) in the case of a broadcast, the person making the

broadcast (see section 8(3)) or, in the case of a broadcast which relays another broadcast by reception and immediate re-transmission, the person making that other broadcast;

(d) in the case of a cable programme, the person providing the cable programme service in which the programme is included;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-22 Section 10 Cap. 528

(e) in the case of the typographical arrangement of a published edition, the publisher.

(3) In the case of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work which is computer-generated, the author is taken to be the person by whom the arrangements necessary for the creation of the work are undertaken.

(4) For the purposes of this Part a work is of “unknown authorship” if the identity of the author is unknown or, in the case of a work of joint authorship, if the identity of none of the authors is known.

(5) For the purposes of this Part the identity of an author is regarded as unknown if it is not possible for a person to ascertain his identity by reasonable inquiry; but if his identity is once known it shall not subsequently be regarded as unknown.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 9 U.K.]

12. Works of joint authorship (1) In this Part a “work of joint authorship” (合作作品) means

a work made by the collaboration of 2 or more authors in which the contribution of each author is not distinct from that of the other author or authors.

(2) A film is treated as a work of joint authorship unless the producer and the principal director are the same person.

(3) A broadcast is treated as a work of joint authorship in a case where more than one person is to be taken as making the broadcast (section 8(3)).

(4) References in this Part to the author of a work are, except as otherwise provided, construed in relation to a work of joint authorship as references to all the authors of the work.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 10 U.K.]

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-24 Section 12 Cap. 528

13. First ownership of copyright The author of a work is the first owner of any copyright in it, subject to sections 14, 15 and 16.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 11(1) U.K.]

14. Employee works (1) Where a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, or a film,

is made by an employee in the course of his employment, his employer is the first owner of any copyright in the work subject to— (a) any agreement to the contrary; and (b) subsection (2).

(2) Subject to any agreement to the contrary, where such work is exploited by his employer or by someone else with the employer’s permission in a way that could not reasonably have been contemplated by the employer and the employee at the time of making the work, the employer shall pay an award to the employee in respect of such exploitation at such amount as agreed between the employer and the employee or failing an agreement, as determined by the Copyright Tribunal.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 11(2) U.K.]

15. Commissioned works (1) Where a work is made on the commission of a person

and there is an agreement between the author and the commissioner of the work which expressly provides for the entitlement to the copyright, copyright in the commissioned work belongs to the person who is entitled to the copyright under the agreement.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-26 Section 13 Cap. 528

(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1) and sections 13 and 103, the person who commissioned the work— (a) has an exclusive licence to exploit the commissioned

work for all purposes that could reasonably have been contemplated by the author and the person who commissioned the work at the time the work was commissioned; and

(b) has the power to restrain any exploitation of the commissioned work for any purpose against which he could reasonably take objection.

16. Government copyright, etc. Sections 13, 14 and 15 do not apply to Government copyright or Legislative Council copyright (see sections 182 and 184) or to copyright which subsists by virtue of section 188 (copyright of certain international organizations).

Duration of copyright

17. Duration of copyright in literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works (1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the

duration of copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work.

(2) Copyright expires at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the author dies, subject as follows.

(3) If the work is of unknown authorship, copyright expires— (a) at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the

calendar year in which the work was first made; or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-28 Section 16 Cap. 528

(b) if during that period the work is made available to the public, at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which it is first so made available,

subject as follows. (4) Subsection (2) applies if the identity of the author becomes

known before the end of the period specified in subsection (3)(a) or (b).

(5) For the purposes of subsection (3) making available to the public includes— (a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work—

(i) performance in public; or (ii) being broadcast or included in a cable programme

service; (b) in the case of an artistic work—

(i) exhibition in public; (ii) a film including the work being shown in public;

or (iii) being included in a broadcast or cable programme

service; (c) making available of copies of a work to the public

within the meaning of section 26, but in determining generally for the purposes of that subsection whether a work has been made available to the public no account is to be taken of any unauthorized act.

(6) If the work is computer-generated the above provisions do not apply and copyright expires at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the work was made.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-30 Section 17 Cap. 528

(7) The provisions of this section are adapted as follows in relation to a work of joint authorship— (a) the reference in subsection (2) to the death of the author

is to be construed— (i) if the identity of all the authors is known, as a

reference to the death of the last of them to die; and

(ii) if the identity of one or more of the authors is known and the identity of one or more others is not, as a reference to the death of the last whose identity is known; and

(b) the reference in subsection (4) to the identity of the author becoming known is to be construed as a reference to the identity of any of the authors becoming known.

(8) This section does not apply to Government copyright or Legislative Council copyright (see sections 182 to 184) or to copyright which subsists by virtue of section 188 (copyright of certain international organizations).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 12 U.K.]

18. Duration of copyright in sound recordings (1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the

duration of copyright in a sound recording. (2) Copyright expires—

(a) at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which it is made; or

(b) if during that period it is released, 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which it is released,

subject as follows.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-32 Section 18 Cap. 528

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) a sound recording is “released” when it is first published, played in public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service; but in determining whether a sound recording has been released no account is to be taken of any unauthorized act.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 13A U.K.]

19. Duration of copyright in films (1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the

duration of copyright in a film. (2) Copyright expires at the end of the period of 50 years from

the end of the calendar year in which the death occurs of the last to die of the following persons— (a) the principal director; (b) the author of the screenplay; (c) the author of the dialogue; or (d) the composer of music specially created for and used in

the film, subject as follows.

(3) If the identity of one or more of the persons referred to in subsection (2)(a) to (d) is known and the identity of one or more others is not, the reference in that subsection to the death of the last of them to die is to be construed as a reference to the death of the last whose identity is known.

(4) If the identity of the persons referred to in subsection (2)(a) to (d) is unknown, copyright expires at— (a) the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the

calendar year in which the film was made; or (b) if during that period the film is made available to the

public, at the end of the period of 50 years from the

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-34 Section 19 Cap. 528

end of the calendar year in which it is first so made available.

(5) Subsections (2) and (3) apply if the identity of any of those persons becomes known before the end of the period specified in subsection (4)(a) or (b).

(6) For the purposes of subsection (4) making available to the public includes— (a) showing in public; (b) making available of copies of a work to the public

within the meaning of section 26; or (c) being broadcast or included in a cable programme

service, but in determining generally for the purposes of that subsection whether a film has been made available to the public no account is to be taken of any unauthorized act.

(7) If in any case there is no person falling within subsection (2)(a) to (d) the above provisions do not apply and copyright expires at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the film was made.

(8) For the purposes of this section the identity of any of the persons referred to in subsection (2)(a) to (d) is to be regarded as unknown if it is not possible for a person to ascertain his identity by reasonable inquiry; but if the identity of any such person is once known it shall not subsequently be regarded as unknown.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 13B U.K.]

20. Duration of copyright in broadcasts and cable programmes (1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the

duration of copyright in a broadcast or cable programme.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION I 2-36 Section 20 Cap. 528

(2) Copyright in a broadcast or cable programme expires at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the broadcast was made or the programme was included in a cable programme service, subject as follows.

(3) Copyright in a repeat broadcast or cable programme expires at the same time as the copyright in the original broadcast or cable programme; and accordingly no copyright arises in respect of a repeat broadcast or cable programme which is broadcast or included in a cable programme service after the expiry of the copyright in the original broadcast or cable programme.

(4) A repeat broadcast or cable programme means one which is a repeat either of a broadcast previously made or of a cable programme previously included in a cable programme service.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 14 U.K.]

21. Duration of copyright in typographical arrangement of published editions Copyright in the typographical arrangement of a published edition expires at the end of the period of 25 years from the end of the calendar year in which the edition was first published.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 15 U.K.]

DIVISION II—RIGHTS OF COPYRIGHT OWNER

The acts restricted by copyright

22. The acts restricted by copyright in a work (1) The owner of the copyright in a work has, in accordance with

the following provisions of this Division, the exclusive right to do the following acts in Hong Kong—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-38 Section 22 Cap. 528

(a) to copy the work (see section 23); (b) to issue copies of the work to the public (see section

24); (c) to rent copies of the work to the public (see section 25);

(Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 5) (d) to make available copies of the work to the public (see

section 26); (e) to perform, show or play the work in public (see section

27); (f) to broadcast the work or include it in a cable programme

service (see section 28); (g) to make an adaptation of the work or do any of the

above in relation to an adaptation (see section 29), and those acts are referred to in this Part as the “acts

restricted by the copyright”. (2) Copyright in a work is infringed by a person who without the

licence of the copyright owner does, or authorizes another to do, any of the acts restricted by the copyright.

(3) References in this Part to the doing of an act restricted by the copyright in a work are to the doing of it— (a) in relation to the work as a whole or any substantial part

of it; and (b) either directly or indirectly, and it is immaterial whether any intervening acts themselves infringe copyright.

(4) This Division has effect subject to— (a) the provisions of Division III (acts permitted in relation

to copyright works); and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-40 Section 22 Cap. 528

(b) the provisions of Division VIII (provisions with respect to copyright licensing).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 16 U.K.]

23. Infringement of copyright by copying (1) The copying of the work is an act restricted by the copyright

in every description of copyright work; and references in this Part to copying and copies are construed as follows.

(2) Copying of a work means reproducing the work in any material form. This includes storing the work in any medium by electronic means.

(3) In relation to an artistic work copying includes the making of a copy in 3 dimensions of a 2-dimensional work and the making of a copy in 2 dimensions of a 3-dimensional work.

(4) Copying in relation to a film, television broadcast or cable programme includes making a photograph of the whole or any substantial part of any image forming part of the film, broadcast or cable programme.

(5) Copying in relation to the typographical arrangement of a published edition means making a facsimile copy of the arrangement.

(6) Copying in relation to any description of work includes the making of copies which are transient or are incidental to some other use of the work.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 17 U.K.]

24. Infringement by issue of copies to the public (1) The issue of copies of the work to the public is an act

restricted by the copyright in every description of copyright work.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-42 Section 23 Cap. 528

(2) References in this Part to the issue of copies of a work to the public are to the act of putting into circulation copies not previously put into circulation, in Hong Kong or elsewhere, by or with the consent of the copyright owner.

(3) References in this Part to the issue of copies of a work to the public do not include— (a) any subsequent distribution, sale, hiring or loan of

copies previously put into circulation (but see section 25: infringement by rentan( � or

(b) any subsequent importation of those copies into Hong Kong.

(4) References in this Part to the issue of copies of a work include the issue of the original and the issues of copies in electronic form.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 18 U.K.]

25. Infringement by rental of work to the public (* Italicized part is not yet in operation.) (1) The rental of copies of any of the following works to the

public is an act restricted by the copyright in the work— (a) a computer program; (b) a sound recording; (c) a film; (d) a literary, dramatic or musical work included in a sound

recording; *[(e) a literary or artistic work included in a comic book; or

(f) the typographical arrangement of a published edition of a comic book.] (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 6)

(2) In this Part, subject to the following provisions of this section, “rental” (租賃) means making a copy of the work available

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-44 Section 25 Cap. 528

for use, on terms that it will or may be returned, for direct or indirect economic or commercial advantage.

(3) The expression “rental” (租賃) does not include— (a) making available for the purpose of public performance,

playing or showing in public, broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service;

(b) making available for the purpose of exhibition in public; or

include the rental of the original. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 18A U.K.]

26. Infringement by making available of copies to the public (1) The making available of copies of the work to the public is an

act restricted by copyright in every description of copyright work.

(2) References in this Part to the making available of copies of a work to the public are to the making available of copies of the work, by wire or wireless means, in such a way that members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere may access the work from a place and at a time individually chosen by them (such as the making available of copies of works through the service commonly known as the INTERNET).

(3) References in this Part to the making available of copies of a work to the public include the making available of the original.

(4) The mere provision of physical facilities for enabling the making available of copies of works to the public does not of itself constitute an act of making available of copies of works to the public.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-46 Section 26 Cap. 528

27. Infringement by performance, playing or showing of work in public (1) The performance of the work in public is an act restricted by

the copyright in a literary, dramatic or musical work. (2) In this Part “performance” (表演), in relation to a work—

(a) includes delivery in the case of lectures, addresses, speeches and sermons; and

(b) in general, includes any mode of visual or acoustic presentation, including presentation by means of a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme of the work.

(3) The playing or showing of the work in public is an act restricted by the copyright in a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme.

(4) Where copyright in a work is infringed by its being performed, played or shown in public by means of apparatus for receiving visual images or sounds transmitted by electronic means, the person by whom the visual images or sounds are sent, and in the case of a performance the performers, shall not be regarded as responsible for the infringement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 19 U.K.]

28. Infringement by broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service The broadcasting of the work or its inclusion in a cable programme service is an act restricted by the copyright in—

(a) a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work; (b) a sound recording or film; or (c) a broadcast or cable programme.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-48 Section 27 Cap. 528

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 20 U.K.]

29. Infringement by making adaptation or act done in relation to adaptation (1) The making of an adaptation of the work is an act restricted

by the copyright in a literary, dramatic or musical work. For this purpose an adaptation is made when it is recorded, in writing or otherwise.

(2) The doing of any of the acts specified in sections 23 to 28, or subsection (1), in relation to an adaptation of the work is also an act restricted by the copyright in a literary, dramatic or musical work. For this purpose it is immaterial whether the adaptation has been recorded, in writing or otherwise, at the time the act is done.

(3) In this Part “adaptation” (改編本)— (a) in relation to a literary work, other than a computer

program, or dramatic work, means— (i) a translation of the work;

(ii) a version of a dramatic work in which it is converted into a non-dramatic work or, as the case may be, of a non-dramatic work in which it is converted into a dramatic work;

(iii) a version of the work in which the story or action is conveyed wholly or mainly by means of pictures in a form suitable for reproduction in a book, or in a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical;

(b) in relation to a computer program, means an arrangement or altered version of the program or a translation of it;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-50 Section 29 Cap. 528

(4) In relation to a computer program a “translation” (翻譯本) includes a version of the program in which it is converted into or out of a computer language or code or into a different computer language or code.

(5) No inference is to be drawn from this section as to what does or does not amount to copying a work.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 21 U.K.]

Secondary infringement of copyright

30. Secondary infringement: importing or exporting infringing copy The copyright in a work is infringed by a person who, without the licence of the copyright owner, imports into Hong Kong or exports from Hong Kong, otherwise than for his private and domestic use, a copy of the work which is, and which he knows or has reason to believe to be, an infringing copy of the work.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 22 U.K.]

31. Secondary infringement: possessing or dealing with infringing copy (1) The copyright in a work is infringed by a person who,

without the licence of the copyright owner— (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 2) (a) possesses for the purpose of or in the course of any

trade or business; (Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 2. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 7)

(b) sells or lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire; (c) exhibits in public or distributes for the purpose of or in

the course of any trade or business; or (Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 2. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 7)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-52 Section 30 Cap. 528

(d) distributes (otherwise than for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business) to such an extent as to affect prejudicially the owner of the copyright, (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 2; 15 of 2007 s. 7)

a copy of a work which is, and which he knows or has reason to believe to be, an infringing copy of the work.

(2) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(a) and (c) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 2)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 23 U.K.]

32. Secondary infringement: providing means for making infringing copies (1) Copyright in a work is infringed by a person who, without

the licence of the copyright owner— (a) makes; (b) imports into Hong Kong or exports from Hong Kong; (c) possesses for the purpose of or in the course of any

trade or business; or (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 3; 15 of 2007 s. 8)

(d) sells or lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire, an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of that work, knowing or having reason to believe that it is to be used to make infringing copies.

(2) Copyright in a work is infringed by a person who, without the licence of the copyright owner, transmits the work by means of a telecommunications system (otherwise than by broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service), knowing or having reason to believe that infringing copies

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-54 Section 32 Cap. 528

of the work will be made by means of the reception of the transmission in Hong Kong or elsewhere.

(3) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(c) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in articles specially designed or adapted for making copies of copyright works. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 3)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 24 U.K.]

33. Secondary infringement: permitting use of premises for infringing performance (1) Where the copyright in a work is infringed by a performance

at a place of public entertainment, any person who gave permission for that place to be used for the performance is also liable for the infringement unless when he gave permission he believed on reasonable grounds that the performance would not infringe copyright.

(2) In this section “place of public entertainment” (公眾娛樂場所) includes premises which are occupied mainly for other purposes but are from time to time made available for hire for the purposes of public entertainment.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 25 U.K.]

34. Secondary infringement: provision of apparatus for infringing performance, etc. (1) Where copyright in a work is infringed by a public

performance of the work, or by the playing or showing of the work in public, by means of apparatus for— (a) playing sound recordings; (b) showing films; or (c) receiving visual images or sounds transmitted by

electronic means,

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-56 Section 33 Cap. 528

the persons specified in subsections (2) to (4) are also liable for the infringement.

(2) A person who supplied the apparatus, or any substantial part of it, is liable for the infringement if when he supplied the apparatus or part— (a) he knew or had reason to believe that the apparatus was

likely to be so used as to infringe copyright; or (b) in the case of apparatus whose normal use involves

a public performance, playing or showing, he did not believe on reasonable grounds that it would not be so used as to infringe copyright.

(3) An occupier of premises who gave permission for the apparatus to be brought onto the premises is liable for the infringement if when he gave permission he knew or had reason to believe that the apparatus was likely to be so used as to infringe copyright.

(4) A person who supplied a copy of a sound recording or film used to infringe copyright is liable for the infringement if when he supplied it he knew or had reason to believe that what he supplied, or a copy made directly or indirectly from it, was likely to be so used as to infringe copyright.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 26 U.K.]

35. Meaning of “infringing copy” Infringing copy

(1) In this Part “infringing copy” (侵犯版權複製品), in relation to a copyright work, is to be construed in accordance with this section.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-58 Section 35 Cap. 528

(2) A copy of a work is an infringing copy if its making constituted an infringement of the copyright in the work in question.

(3) Except as otherwise provided in section 35A or 35B, a copy of a work other than a copy of an accessory work is also an infringing copy if— (Amended 27 of 2003 s. 2; 15 of 2007 s. 9) (a) it has been or is proposed to be imported into

Hong Kong; and (b) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted

an infringement of the copyright in the work in question, or a breach of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that work.

(4) For the purposes of sections 118 to 133 (criminal provisions) “infringing copy” (侵犯版權複製品) does not include a copy of a work—

(a) that was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; (b) that has been or is proposed to be imported into

Hong Kong at any time after the expiration of 15 months beginning on the first day of publication of the work in Hong Kong or elsewhere; and (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 9)

(c) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted an infringement of the copyright in the work in question, or a breach of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that work,

or a copy of an accessory work- (i) that was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; (ii) that has been or is proposed to be imported into Hong Kong; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-60 Section 35 Cap. 528

(iii) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted an infringement of the copyright in the work in question, or a breach of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that work.

(5) For the purposes of Division VII (proceedings relating to importation of infringing articles), “infringing copy” (侵犯版權複製品) does not include a copy of a work or a copy of an accessory work—

(a) that was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; (b) that has been or is proposed to be imported into

Hong Kong; and (c) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted

an infringement of the copyright in the work in question, or a breach of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that work.

(6) Where in any proceedings the question arises whether a copy of a work is an infringing copy and it is shown— (a) that it is a copy of the work; and (b) that copyright subsists in the work or has subsisted

at any time, it shall be presumed until the contrary is proved that the copy was made at a time when copyright subsisted in the work.

(6A) Where, in any proceedings, a question arises as to whether a copy of a work that was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made is an infringing copy by virtue only of subsection (3), and it is shown— (a) in the case of a copy of a work that is stored in

an optical disc, that the optical disc is not marked with a manufacturer’s code as required under

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-62 Section 35 Cap. 528

section 15 of the Prevention of Copyright Piracy Ordinance (Cap. 544);

(b) that a label or mark on the copy, the article in which the copy is embodied or the packaging or container in which the copy is packaged or contained indicates that the copy was made in a country, territory or area outside Hong Kong; or

(c) that a label or mark on the copy, the article in which the copy is embodied or the packaging or container in which the copy is packaged or contained indicates that distribution, sale or supply of the copy is prohibited in Hong Kong or restricted to countries, territories or areas outside Hong Kong,

then, unless there is evidence to the contrary, the copy shall be presumed to have been imported into Hong Kong. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 9)

(6B) In subsection (6A)(a)— “manufacturer’s code” (製造者代碼) has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1) of the Prevention of Copyright Piracy Ordinance (Cap. 544); “marked” (標上) has the meaning assigned to it by section 15(3) of the Prevention of Copyright Piracy Ordinance (Cap. 544); “optical disc” (光碟) has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1) of the Prevention of Copyright Piracy Ordinance (Cap. 544). (Added 15 of 2007 s. 9)

(7) In this Part, “infringing copy” (侵犯版權複製品) includes a copy which is to be treated as an infringing copy by virtue of any of the following provisions—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-64 Section 35 Cap. 528

(a) section 35B(5) (imported copy not an “infringing copy” for purposes of section 35(3)); (b) section 40B(5) (accessible copies made for persons

with a print disability); (c) section 40C(7) (accessible copies made by

specified bodies for persons with a print disability); (d) section 40D(2) (intermediate copies possessed by

specified bodies); (e) section 40D(7) (intermediate copies dealt with by

specified bodies); (f) section 41A(7) (copies made for purposes of giving

or receiving instruction); (g) section 41(5) (copies made for purposes of

instruction or examination); (h) section 44(3) (recordings made by educational

establishments for educational purposes); (i) section 45(3) (reprographic copying by educational

establishments for purposes of instruction); (j) section 46(4)(b) (copies made by librarian or

archivist in reliance on false declaration); (k) section 54A(3) (copies made for purposes of public

administration); (l) section 64(2) (further copies, adaptations, etc. of

work in electronic form retained on transfer of principal copy);

(m) section 72(2) (copies made for purpose of advertising artistic work for sale); or

(n) section 77(4) (copies made for purposes of broadcast or cable programme). (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 9)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-66 Section 35 Cap. 528

(8) For the purpose of subsections (3), (4) and (5), “accessory work” (附屬作品) means a work incorporated in or consisting of—

(a) a label affixed to, or displayed on, an article; (b) the packaging or container in which an article is

packaged or contained; (c) a label affixed to, or displayed on, the packaging

or container in which an article is packaged or contained;

(d) a written instruction, warranty or other information incidental to an article and provided with the article on its sale; or

(e) an instructional sound recording or film incidental to an article and provided with the article on its sale,

and the economic value of the article (inclusive of the label, packaging, container, instruction, warranty, other information, sound recording or film, as the case may be) is not predominantly attributable to the economic value of the work.

(9) (Repealed 27 of 2003 s. 2) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 27 U.K.]

35A. Copy of a computer program, or of certain other works embodied in the same article as a computer program, not an “infringing copy” for the purposes of section 35(3) (1) A copy of a work to which this subsection applies is not an

infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) if it was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to— (a) a copy of a computer program; or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-68 Section 35A Cap. 528

(b) except as provided in subsection (3) or (4), a copy of a work other than a computer program, which copy is embodied in an article that also embodies a copy of a computer program,

that, but for subsection (1), would be an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3).

(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to any copy of a work described in subsection (2)(b)— (a) that is a copy of the whole or substantially the whole of

a movie or a television drama; or (b) that is a copy of a part of a movie or a television drama

if— (i) all those parts of the movie or television drama

copies of which are embodied in the article together constitute the whole or substantially the whole of the movie or television drama; or

(ii) the viewing time of all those parts of the movie or television drama copies of which are embodied in the article is, in the case of a movie, more than 15 minutes in aggregate or, in the case of a television drama, more than 10 minutes in aggregate,

and in paragraphs (a) and (b)(i), reference to a television drama, in the case of a television drama comprising one or more episodes, is reference to an episode of the television drama.

(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to any copy of a work described in subsection (2)(b) that is— (a) a copy of a movie or a television drama (other than a

copy to which subsection (3) applies); (b) a copy of a musical sound recording or a musical visual

recording; or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-70 Section 35A Cap. 528

(c) a copy that forms part of an e-book, (a “specified copy of a work”) if the article in which the specified copy is embodied is likely, in being acquired by a person for his own use, to be acquired for the purpose of acquiring the specified copies of works that are embodied in it more so than for the purpose of acquiring the copies of works other than specified copies that are embodied in it.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (4), in considering the extent to which an article is likely to be acquired for the purpose of acquiring a particular copy of a work that is embodied in it, a copy of those parts of any computer program the function of which is to provide a means of— (a) viewing or listening to a specified copy of a work that

is embodied in the article (or, where that work is in encrypted form, a means of decrypting it so as to enable such viewing or listening); or

(b) searching for any specific part of a specified copy of a work that is embodied in the article,

shall be regarded as part of the specified copy of a work. (6) In this section, “e-book” (電子書) means a combination

of copies of works embodied in a single article and comprising— (a) one or more copies of each of—

(i) a computer program; and (ii) a literary work (other than a computer program), a

dramatic work, a musical work or an artistic work (“main work”),

so arranged as to provide for the copy of the main work to be presented in the form of an electronic version of a book, magazine or periodical; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-72 Section 35A Cap. 528

(b) where a main work is accompanied for illustrative purposes by any copy or copies of films or sound recordings, that copy or those copies.

(7) For the avoidance of doubt, reference in this section, other than subsection (6), to a copy of a work is reference to a copy of the whole or a substantial part of a work.

(Added 27 of 2003 s. 3)

35B. Imported copy not an “infringing copy” for the purposes of section 35(3) (1) A copy of a work to which this subsection applies is not—

(a) in relation to the person who imports it into Hong Kong, an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) if— (i) it was lawfully made in the country, territory or

area where it was made; and (ii) it is not imported with a view to its being dealt in

by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; or

(b) in relation to the person who possesses it, an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) if— (i) it was lawfully made in the country, territory or

area where it was made; and (ii) it is not possessed with a view to its being dealt in

by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to a copy of a work of any description except a copy of a work— (a) that is—

(i) a musical sound recording; (ii) a musical visual recording;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-74 Section 35B Cap. 528

(iii) a television drama; or (iv) a movie; and

(b) that is, or is intended to be, played or shown in public. (3) Notwithstanding the exception in subsection (2), subsection

(1) applies to a copy of a work that is referred to in subsection (2)(a) and that is, or is intended to be, played or shown in public— (a) by an educational establishment for the educational

purposes of the establishment; or (b) by a specified library for use of the library.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3)(b), a library is regarded as a specified library if it falls within the description of any library specified under section 46(1)(b).

(5) Where a copy of a work is not an infringing copy by virtue of subsection (1) but is subsequently dealt in for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business— (a) if that dealing takes place within the period of 15

months referred to in section 35(4)(b), it is, for the purposes of sections 118 to 133 (criminal provisions), to be treated, in relation to that dealing and the person who deals in it, as an infringing copy; and

(b) irrespective of the time at which that dealing takes place, it is, for the purposes of any provision of this Ordinance except sections 118 to 133, to be treated, in relation to that dealing and the person who deals in it, as an infringing copy.

(6) In this section, “deal in” (經銷) means sell, let for hire, offer or expose for sale or hire, or distribute for profit or reward.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 10)

Defences

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-76 Section 36 Cap. 528

36. Defences for the purposes of sections 30 and 31 (1) For the purposes of sections 30 and 31 and for the avoidance

of doubt, it is declared that if in an action for infringement of copyright under section 30 or 31 in respect of a copy of a work which is an infringing copy by virtue only of section 35(3) and which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made, the defendant proves that— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 11) (a) he had made reasonable enquiries sufficient to satisfy

himself that the copy of the work imported or proposed to be imported into Hong Kong was not an infringing copy of the work;

(b) he had reasonable grounds to be satisfied in the circumstances of the case that the copy was not an infringing copy; and

(c) there were no other circumstances which would have led him reasonably to suspect that the copy was an infringing copy,

he has proved that he did not have reason to believe that the copy was an infringing copy.

(2) In determining whether a defendant has proved under subsection (1) that he did not have reason to believe that the copy was an infringing copy of the work, the court may have regard to, including but not limited to, the following— (a) whether he had made enquiries with a relevant trade

body in respect of that category of work; (b) whether he had given any notice drawing attention of

the copyright owner or exclusive licensee to his interest to import and to sell the copy of the work;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-78 Section 36 Cap. 528

(d) whether the response, if any, to those enquiries made by the defendant was reasonable and timely;

(e) whether he was provided with the name, address and contact details of the copyright owner or exclusive licensee (as the case may be);

(f) whether he was provided with the date of first day of publication of the work;

(g) whether he was provided with proof of any relevant exclusive licence.

(3) In an action against a person for infringement of copyright under section 30 or 31, it is a defence for that person to prove that— (a) he had placed an order with the copyright owner or the

exclusive licensee, as the case may be, for the supply of copies of the work;

(b) the person with whom he placed the order had acted unconscionably by either withholding supply on unreasonable grounds or by agreeing to supply on unreasonable terms; and

(c) the import took place after that unconscionable act by the copyright owner or exclusive licensee and after the expiration of the period referred to in section 35(4)(b).

(4) In determining whether the copyright owner or exclusive licensee had acted unconscionably, the court shall take into consideration the established practices of the particular trade for the orderly distribution of copies of that category of work and, in particular, whether the order, if fulfilled, would conflict with a normal exploitation of the work by

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION II 2-80 Section 36 Cap. 528

the copyright owner or the exclusive licensee, or would unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the copyright owner or exclusive licensee.

(5) In determining whether supply is withheld on “unreasonable grounds” or whether the agreement to supply is on “unreasonable terms” the court shall have regard to the reasonable requirements of the particular trade or particular public, including but not limited to price and delivery times, the practice of the trade with existing stocks in Hong Kong, the practice of the trade generally for the product in its particular medium, category or language, the size of the order, enquiries made and whether or not any person has previously had unfulfilled orders with the particular supplier.

DIVISION III—ACTS PERMITTED IN RELATION TO COPYRIGHT WORKS

Introductory

37. Introductory provisions (1) The provisions of this Division specify acts which may be

done in relation to copyright works notwithstanding the subsistence of copyright; they relate only to the question of infringement of copyright and do not affect any other right or obligation restricting the doing of any of the specified acts.

(2) Where it is provided by this Division that an act does not infringe copyright, or may be done without infringing copyright, and no particular description of copyright work is mentioned, the act in question does not infringe the copyright in a work of any description.

(3) In determining whether an act specified in this Division may be done in relation to a copyright work notwithstanding the subsistence of copyright, the primary consideration is that the

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-82 Section 37 Cap. 528

act does not conflict with a normal exploitation of the work by the copyright owner and does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the copyright owner.

(4) No inference is to be drawn from the description of any act which may by virtue of this Division be done without infringing copyright as to the scope of the acts restricted by the copyright in any description of work.

(5) The provisions of this Division are to be construed independently of each other, so that the fact that an act does not fall within one provision does not mean that it is not covered by another provision.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 28 U.K.]

General

38. Research and private study (1) Fair dealing with a work for the purposes of research or

private study does not infringe any copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 12)

(2) Copying by a person other than the researcher or student himself is not fair dealing if— (a) in the case of a librarian, or a person acting on behalf

of a librarian, he does anything which regulations under section 49 would not permit to be done under section 47 or 48 (articles or parts of published works: restriction on multiple copies of same materian( � or

(b) in any other case, the person doing the copying knows or has reason to believe that it will result in copies of substantially the same material being provided to more than one person at substantially the same time and for substantially the same purpose.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-84 Section 38 Cap. 528

(3) In determining whether any dealing with a work is fair dealing under subsection (1), the court shall take into account all the circumstances of the case and, in particular— (a) the purpose and nature of the dealing, including whether

the dealing is for a non-profit-making purpose and whether the dealing is of a commercial nature;

(b) the nature of the work; (c) the amount and substantiality of the portion dealt with

in relation to the work as a whole; and (d) the effect of the dealing on the potential market for or

value of the work. (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 12) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 29 U.K.]

39. Criticism, review and news reporting (1) Fair dealing with a work for the purpose of criticism or

review, of that or another work or of a performance of a work, if it is accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgement, does not infringe any copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement.

(2) Fair dealing with a work for the purpose of reporting current events, if (subject to subsection (3)) it is accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgement, does not infringe any copyright in the work.

(3) No acknowledgement is required in connection with the reporting of current events by means of a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 30 U.K.]

40. Incidental inclusion of copyright material (1) Copyright in a work is not infringed by its incidental

inclusion in an artistic work, sound recording, film, broadcast

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-86 Section 39 Cap. 528

or cable programme. (2) The copyright is also not infringed by the issue or making

available to the public of copies, or the playing, showing, broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service, of anything whose making was, by virtue of subsection (1), not an infringement of the copyright.

(3) A musical work, words spoken or sung with music, or so much of a sound recording, broadcast or cable programme as includes a musical work or such words, is not regarded as incidentally included in another work if it is deliberately included.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 31 U.K.]

Persons with a print disability

40A. Definitions for sections 40A to 40F In this section and in sections 40B to 40F— “accessible copy” (便於閱讀文本), in relation to a copyright work,

means a version which provides improved access to the work for a person with a print disability;

“lend” (借出), in relation to a copy, means to make it available for use, otherwise than for direct or indirect economic or commercial advantage, on terms that it will be returned;

“print disability” (閱讀殘障), in relation to a person, means— (a) blindness; (b) an impairment of his visual function which cannot be

improved by the use of corrective lenses to a level that would normally be acceptable for reading without a special level or kind of light;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-88 Section 40A Cap. 528

(d) inability, through physical disability, to focus or move his eyes to the extent that would normally be acceptable for reading;

“specified body” (指明團體) means a body of any of the following descriptions— (a) an educational establishment specified in section 1 of

Schedule 1; (b) an educational establishment exempt from tax under

section 88 of the Inland Revenue Ordinance (Cap. 112); (c) an educational establishment receiving direct recurrent

subvention from the Government; or (d) an organization which is not established or conducted

for profit and whose main objects are charitable or are otherwise concerned with the advancement of welfare for persons with a print disability.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)

40B. Making a single accessible copy for a person with a print disability (1) If—

(a) a person with a print disability possesses a copy of the whole or part of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work (referred to in this section as “master copy”); and

(b) the master copy is not accessible to him because of the disability,

it is not an infringement of copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement, for one accessible copy of the master copy to be made by or on behalf of the person for his personal use.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply— (a) if the master copy is an infringing copy;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-90 Section 40B Cap. 528

(b) if the master copy is of a musical work or part of a musical work, and the making of an accessible copy would involve recording a performance of the work or part of the work; or

(c) if the master copy is of a dramatic work or part of a dramatic work, and the making of an accessible copy would involve recording a performance of the work or part of the work.

(3) Subsection (1) does not apply unless, at the time when the accessible copy is made by or on behalf of the person with a print disability, the maker of the copy is satisfied, after making reasonable enquiries, that copies of the relevant copyright work in a form that is accessible to the person cannot be obtained at a reasonable commercial price.

(4) If a person makes an accessible copy on behalf of a person with a print disability under this section and charges for it, the sum charged must not exceed the cost incurred in making and supplying the copy.

(5) Where an accessible copy which apart from this section would be an infringing copy is made or supplied in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing copy— (a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent

purposes. (6) In subsection (5), “dealt with” (被用以進行交易) means sold,

let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)

40C. Making multiple accessible copies by specified bodies for persons with a print disability

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-92 Section 40C Cap. 528

(1) If— (a) a specified body possesses a copy of the whole or part

of a commercial publication of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work (referred to in this section as “master copy”); and

(b) the master copy is not accessible to persons with a print disability,

it is not an infringement of copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement, for the specified body to make for those persons or supply to those persons accessible copies of the master copy for their personal use.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply— (a) if the master copy is an infringing copy; (b) if the master copy is of a musical work or part of a

musical work, and the making of an accessible copy would involve recording a performance of the work or part of the work; or

(c) if the master copy is of a dramatic work or part of a dramatic work, and the making of an accessible copy would involve recording a performance of the work or part of the work.

(3) Subsection (1) does not apply unless, at the time when the accessible copies are made, the specified body is satisfied, after making reasonable enquiries, that copies of the relevant copyright work in a form that is accessible to a person with a print disability cannot be obtained at a reasonable commercial price.

(4) The specified body must—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-94 Section 40C Cap. 528

(a) within a reasonable time before making or supplying the accessible copies, notify the relevant copyright owner of its intention to make or supply the accessible copies; or

(b) within a reasonable time after making or supplying the accessible copies, notify the relevant copyright owner of the fact that it has made or supplied the accessible copies.

(5) The requirement under subsection (4) does not apply if the specified body cannot, after making reasonable enquiries, ascertain the identity and contact details of the relevant copyright owner.

(6) If the specified body charges for making and supplying an accessible copy under this section, the sum charged must not exceed the cost incurred in making and supplying the copy.

(7) Where an accessible copy which apart from this section would be an infringing copy is made or supplied in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing copy— (a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent

purposes. (8) In subsection (7), “dealt with” (被用以進行交易) means sold,

let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)

40D. Intermediate copies (1) A specified body entitled to make accessible copies of a

master copy under section 40C may possess an intermediate copy of the master copy which is necessarily created during the production of the accessible copies, but—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-96 Section 40D Cap. 528

(a) the specified body may possess the intermediate copy only for the purpose of the production of further accessible copies; and

(b) the specified body must destroy the intermediate copy within 3 months after it is no longer required for that purpose.

(2) An intermediate copy possessed otherwise than in accordance with subsection (1) is to be treated as an infringing copy.

(3) A specified body may lend or transfer an intermediate copy possessed under subsection (1) to another specified body which is also entitled to make accessible copies of the relevant copyright work under section 40C.

(4) The specified body must— (a) within a reasonable time before lending or transferring

the intermediate copy, notify the relevant copyright owner of its intention to lend or transfer the intermediate copy; or

(b) within a reasonable time after lending or transferring the intermediate copy, notify the relevant copyright owner of the fact that it has lent or transferred the intermediate copy.

(5) The requirement under subsection (4) does not apply if the specified body cannot, after making reasonable enquiries, ascertain the identity and contact details of the relevant copyright owner.

(6) If the specified body charges for lending or transferring an intermediate copy under this section, the sum charged must not exceed the cost incurred in lending or transferring the copy.

(7) Where an intermediate copy which apart from this section would be an infringing copy is possessed, lent or transferred

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-98 Section 40D Cap. 528

in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing copy— (a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent

purposes. (8) In subsection (7), “dealt with” (被用以進行交易) means sold,

let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)

40E. Records to be kept by specified bodies (1) A specified body must make a record of any accessible copy

made or supplied under section 40C as soon as practicable after it is made or supplied.

(2) The record referred to in subsection (1) must include— (a) the date on which the accessible copy is made or

supplied; (b) the form of the accessible copy; (c) the title, publisher and edition of the relevant master

copy; (d) where the accessible copy is made for or supplied to a

body or a class of persons, the name of the body or a description of the class of persons; and

(e) where more than one copy of the accessible copy is made or supplied, the total number of such copies.

(3) A specified body must make a record of any intermediate copy lent or transferred under section 40D as soon as practicable after it is lent or transferred.

(4) The record referred to in subsection (3) must include— (a) the name of the specified body to which and the date on

which the intermediate copy is lent or transferred;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-100 Section 40E Cap. 528

(b) the form of the intermediate copy; and (c) the title, publisher and edition of the relevant master

copy. (5) A specified body must—

(a) retain any record made under subsection (1) or (3) for a period of at least 3 years after it is made; and

(b) allow the relevant copyright owner or a person acting for him, on giving reasonable notice, to inspect and make copies of the record at any reasonable time.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)

40F. Supplementary provisions for sections 40A to 40E (1) This section supplements sections 40A to 40E. (2) A copy (other than an accessible copy made under section

40B or 40C) of a copyright work is taken to be accessible to a person with a print disability only if it is as accessible to him as it would be if he were not suffering from the disability.

(3) An accessible copy of a copyright work may be in the form of— (a) a sound recording of the work; (b) a Braille, large-print or electronic version of the work;

or (c) any other specialized format of the work.

(4) An accessible copy of a copyright work may include facilities for navigating around the version of the work but must not include— (a) changes which are not necessary to overcome problems

caused by a print disability; or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-102 Section 40F Cap. 528

(b) changes which infringe the moral right of the author of the work conferred by section 92 not to have the work subjected to derogatory treatment.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)

Education

41A. Fair dealing for purposes of giving or receiving instruction (1) Fair dealing with a work by or on behalf of a teacher or by

a pupil for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in a specified course of study provided by an educational establishment does not infringe the copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement.

(2) In determining whether any dealing with a work is fair dealing under subsection (1), the court shall take into account all the circumstances of the case and, in particular— (a) the purpose and nature of the dealing, including whether

the dealing is for a non-profit-making purpose and whether the dealing is of a commercial nature;

(b) the nature of the work; (c) the amount and substantiality of the portion dealt with

in relation to the work as a whole; and (d) the effect of the dealing on the potential market for or

value of the work. (3) Where any dealing with a work involves the inclusion of any

passage or excerpt from a published literary or dramatic work in an anthology— (a) if the inclusion is not accompanied by a sufficient

acknowledgement, the dealing is not fair dealing under subsection (1); and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-104 Section 41A Cap. 528

(b) if the inclusion is accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgement, subsection (2) applies in determining whether the dealing is fair dealing under subsection (1).

(4) Where any dealing with a work involves the making of a recording of a broadcast or cable programme or a copy of such a recording— (a) if an acknowledgement of authorship or other creative

effort contained in the work recorded is not incorporated in the recording, the dealing is not fair dealing under subsection (1); and

(b) if an acknowledgement of authorship or other creative effort contained in the work recorded is incorporated in the recording, subsection (2) applies in determining whether the dealing is fair dealing under subsection (1).

(5) Where any dealing with a work involves the making available of copies of the work through a wire or wireless network wholly or partly controlled by an educational establishment— (a) if the educational establishment fails to—

(i) adopt technological measures to restrict access to the copies of the work through the network so that the copies of the work are made available only to persons who need to use the copies of the work for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or for the purposes of maintaining or managing the network; or

(ii) ensure that the copies of the work are not stored in the network for a period longer than is necessary for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or, in any event, for a period longer than 12 consecutive months,

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-106 Section 41A Cap. 528

the dealing is not fair dealing under subsection (1); and (b) if the educational establishment—

(i) adopts technological measures to restrict access to the copies of the work through the network so that the copies of the work are made available only to persons who need to use the copies of the work for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or for the purposes of maintaining or managing the network; and

(ii) ensures that the copies of the work are not stored in the network for a period longer than is necessary for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or, in any event, for a period longer than 12 consecutive months,

subsection (2) applies in determining whether the dealing is fair dealing under subsection (1).

(6) Without affecting the generality of section 37(5), where any dealing with a work involves the making of reprographic copies, the fact that the making of the copies does not fall within section 45 does not mean that it is not covered by this section, and subsection (2) applies in determining whether the dealing is fair dealing under subsection (1).

(7) Where a copy which apart from this section would be an infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing copy— (a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent

purposes.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-108 Section 41A Cap. 528

(8) In subsection (7), “dealt with” (被用以進行交易) means sold, let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 14)

41. Things done for purposes of instruction or examination (1) Copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is

not infringed by its being copied, to a reasonable extent, in the course of instruction or of preparation for instruction, if the copying— (a) is done by a person giving or receiving instruction; and (b) is not by means of a reprographic process.

(2) Copyright in a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme is not infringed by its being copied by making a film or film sound-track in the course of instruction, or of preparation for instruction, in the making of films or film sound-tracks, if the copying is done by a person giving or receiving instruction.

(3) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes of an examination by way of setting the questions, communicating the questions to the candidates or answering the questions.

(4) Subsection (3) does not extend to the making of a reprographic copy of a musical work for use by an examination candidate in performing the work.

(5) Where a copy which would otherwise be an infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, the copy is treated as an infringing copy for the purpose of that dealing and if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes.

For this purpose “dealt with” (進行交易) means sold or let for hire or offered or exposed for sale or hire.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-110 Section 41 Cap. 528

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 32 U.K.]

42. Anthologies for educational use (1) The inclusion of a short passage from a published literary or

dramatic work in a collection which— (a) is intended for use in educational establishments and is

so described in its title, and in any advertisements issued by or on behalf of the publisher; and

(b) consists mainly of material in which no copyright subsists,

does not infringe the copyright in the work if the work itself is not intended for use in such establishments and the inclusion is accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgement.

(2) Subsection (1) does not authorize the inclusion of more than 2 excerpts from copyright works by the same author in collections published by the same publisher over any period of 5 years.

(3) In relation to any given passage the reference in subsection (2) to excerpts from works by the same author— (a) is taken to include excerpts from works by him in

collaboration with another; and (b) if the passage in question is from such a work, is taken

to include excerpts from works by any of the authors, whether alone or in collaboration with another.

(4) References in this section to the use of a work in an educational establishment are to any use for the educational purposes of such an establishment.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 33 U.K.]

43. Performing, playing or showing work in course of activities of educational establishments

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-112 Section 42 Cap. 528

(1) The performance of a literary, dramatic or musical work before an audience consisting wholly or mainly of teachers and pupils at an educational establishment, parents or guardians of pupils at the establishment, and other persons directly connected with the activities of the establishment— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 15) (a) by a teacher or pupil in the course of the activities of

the establishment; or (b) at the establishment by any person for the purposes of

instruction, is not a public performance for the purposes of infringement of copyright.

(2) The playing or showing of a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme before such audience at an educational establishment for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction is not a playing or showing of the work in public for the purposes of infringement of copyright. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 15)

(3) (Repealed 15 of 2007 s. 15) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 34 U.K.]

44. Recording by educational establishments of broadcasts and cable programmes (1) A recording of a broadcast or cable programme, or a copy

of such a recording may be made by or on behalf of an educational establishment for the educational purposes of that establishment without thereby infringing the copyright in the broadcast or cable programme, or in any work included in it, if— (a) an acknowledgement of authorship or other creative

effort contained in the work recorded is incorporated in the recording made by the establishment; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-114 Section 44 Cap. 528

(b) it is not made for gain. (2) Recording or copying is not authorized by this section if,

or to the extent that, licences under licensing schemes are available authorizing the recording or copying in question and the person making the recording or copies knew or ought to have been aware of that fact.

(3) Where a recording or copy which would otherwise be an infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, the copy is treated as an infringing copy for the purposes of that dealing and if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes.

For this purpose “dealt with” (進行交易) means sold or let for hire or offered or exposed for sale or hire.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 35 U.K.]

45. Reprographic copying made by educational establishments or pupils of passages from published works Reprographic copying made by educational establishments or pupils of passages from published works

(Amended 15 of 2007 s. 16)

(1) Reprographic copies of artistic works or of passages from published literary, dramatic or musical works may, to a reasonable extent, be made by or on behalf of an educational establishment for the purposes of giving instruction, or by a pupil for the purposes of receiving instruction in a specified course of study provided by an educational establishment, without infringing any copyright in the work, or in the typographical arrangement. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 16)

(2) Copying is not authorized by this section if, or to the extent that, licences under licensing schemes are available

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-116 Section 45 Cap. 528

authorizing the copying in question and the person making the copies knew or ought to have been aware of that fact.

(3) Where a copy which would otherwise be an infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is treated as an infringing copy for the purposes of that dealing, and if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes.

For this purpose “dealt with” (進行交易) means sold or let for hire or offered or exposed for sale or hire.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 36 U.K.]

Libraries and archives

46. Libraries and archives: introductory (For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.) (1) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development

may— (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007) (a) by regulations prescribe conditions; and (b) by notice in the Gazette specify libraries or archives, for the purposes of any provision in sections 47 to 53 (copying by librarians and archivists).

(2) In sections 47 to 53— (a) references in any provision to the prescribed conditions

are to the conditions prescribed for the purposes of that provision under subsection (1)(a); and

(b) references in any provision to a specified library or archive are to a library or archive of a description specified for the purposes of that provision under subsection (1)(b).

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-118 Section 46 Cap. 528

(3) The regulations may— (a) provide that, where a librarian or archivist is required to

be satisfied as to any matter before making or supplying a copy of a work— (i) he may rely on a signed declaration as to that

matter by the person requesting the copy, unless he is aware that it is false in a material particular; and

(ii) in such cases as may be prescribed, he shall not make or supply a copy in the absence of a signed declaration in such form as may be prescribed;

(b) make different provisions for different descriptions of libraries or archives and for different purposes.

(4) Where a person requesting a copy makes a declaration which is false in a material particular and is supplied with a copy which would have been an infringing copy if made by him— (a) he is liable for infringement of copyright as if he had

made the copy himself; and (b) the copy is treated as an infringing copy.

(5) References in this section, and in sections 47 to 53, to the librarian or archivist include a person acting on his behalf.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 37 U.K.]

47. Copying by librarians: articles in periodicals (1) The librarian of a specified library may, if the prescribed

conditions are complied with, make and supply a copy of an article in a periodical without infringing any copyright in the text, in any illustrations accompanying the text or in the typographical arrangement.

(2) The prescribed conditions must include the following—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-120 Section 47 Cap. 528

(a) that copies are supplied only to persons satisfying the librarian that they require them for purposes of research or private study, and will not use them for any other purpose;

(b) that no person is furnished with more than one copy of the same article or with copies of more than one article contained in the same issue of a periodical; and

(c) that persons to whom copies are supplied are required to pay for them a sum not less than the cost (including a contribution to the general expenses of the library) attributable to their production.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 38 U.K.]

48. Copying by librarians: parts of published works (1) The librarian of a specified library may, if the prescribed

conditions are complied with, make and supply from a published edition a copy of part of a literary, dramatic or musical work (other than an article in a periodical) without infringing any copyright in the work, in any illustrations accompanying the work or in the typographical arrangement.

(2) The prescribed conditions must include the following— (a) that copies are supplied only to persons satisfying the

librarian that they require them for purposes of research or private study, and will not use them for any other purpose;

(b) that no person is furnished with more than one copy of the same material or with a copy of more than a reasonable proportion of any work; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-122 Section 48 Cap. 528

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 39 U.K.]

49. Restriction on production of multiple copies of the same material (1) Regulations for the purposes of sections 47 and 48 (copying

by librarian of article or part of published work) must contain provision to the effect that a copy is supplied only to a person satisfying the librarian that his requirement is not related to any similar requirement of another person.

(2) The regulations may provide— (a) that requirements are regarded as similar if the

requirements are for copies of substantially the same material at substantially the same time and for substantially the same purpose; and

(b) that requirements of persons are regarded as related if those persons receive instruction to which the material is relevant at the same time and place.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 40 U.K.]

50. Copying by librarians: supply of copies to other libraries (1) The librarian of a specified library may, if the prescribed

conditions are complied with, make and supply to another specified library a copy of— (a) an article in a periodical; (b) the whole or part of a published edition of a literary,

dramatic or musical work; or (c) a sound recording or film, without infringing any copyright in the text of the article, in the work, in any illustration accompanying it, in the typographical arrangement, or in the sound recording or film, as the case may be.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-124 Section 49 Cap. 528

(2) Subsection (1)(b) and (c) does not apply if at the time the copy is made the librarian making it knows, or could by reasonable inquiry ascertain, the name and address of a person entitled to authorize the making of the copy.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 41 U.K.]

51. Copying by librarians or archivists: replacement copies of works (1) The librarian or archivist of a specified library or archive

may, if the prescribed conditions are complied with, make a copy from any item in the permanent collection of the library or archive— (a) in order to preserve or replace that item by placing the

copy in its permanent collection in addition to or in place of it; or

(b) in order to replace in the permanent collection of another specified library or archive an item which has been lost, destroyed or damaged,

without infringing the copyright in any literary, dramatic or musical work, in any illustrations accompanying such a work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement or, in the case of a sound recording or a film, in the sound recording or film.

(2) The prescribed conditions must include provision for restricting the making of copies to cases where it is not reasonably practicable to purchase a copy of the item in question to fulfill that purpose.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 42 U.K.]

52. Copying by librarians or archivists: certain unpublished works (1) The librarian or archivist of a specified library or archive

may, if the prescribed conditions are complied with, make

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-126 Section 51 Cap. 528

and supply a copy of the whole or part of— (a) a literary, dramatic or musical work from a document

(including a document in electronic form); or (b) a sound recording or film, in the library or archive without infringing any copyright in the work or any illustrations accompanying it or in the sound recording or film.

(2) This section does not apply if— (a) the work had been published before it was deposited in

the library or archive; or (b) the copyright owner has prohibited copying of the work, and at the time the copy is made the librarian or archivist making it is, or ought to be, aware of that fact.

(3) The prescribed conditions must include the following— (a) that copies are supplied only to persons satisfying the

librarian or archivist that they require them for purposes of research or private study and will not use them for any other purpose;

(b) that no person is furnished with more than one copy of the same material; and

(c) that persons to whom copies are supplied are required to pay for them a sum not less than the cost (including a contribution to the general expenses of the library or archive) attributable to their production.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 43 U.K.]

53. Copying by librarians or archivists: articles of cultural or historical importance The librarian or archivist of a specified library or archive may make a copy of an article of cultural or historical importance or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-128 Section 53 Cap. 528

interest and deposit the copy at the specified library or archive without infringing any copyright in respect of the article if the article is likely to be lost to Hong Kong through sale or export.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 44 U.K.]

Public administration

54A. Fair dealing for purposes of public administration (1) Fair dealing with a work by the Government, the Executive

Council, the Judiciary or any District Council for the purposes of efficient administration of urgent business does not infringe the copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement.

the dealing is for a non-profit-making purpose and whether the dealing is of a commercial nature;

(b) the nature of the work; (c) the amount and substantiality of the portion dealt with

in relation to the work as a whole; and (d) the effect of the dealing on the potential market for or

value of the work. (3) Where a copy which apart from this section would be an

infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing copy— (a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent

purposes.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-130 Section 54A Cap. 528

(4) In subsection (3), “dealt with” (被用以進行交易) means sold, let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 17)

54B. Legislative Council (1) Copyright is not infringed by—

(a) anything done for the purposes of the proceedings of the Legislative Council; or

(b) anything done by or on behalf of— (i) the members of the Legislative Council; or

(ii) The Legislative Council Commission, for the purposes of the exercise and discharge by the Legislative Council of its powers and functions.

(2) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes of reporting the proceedings of the Legislative Council; but this is not to be construed as authorizing the copying of a work which is itself a published report of the proceedings.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 17)

54. Judicial proceedings Judicial proceedings

(Amended 15 of 2007 s. 18)

(1) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes of judicial proceedings. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 18)

(2) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes of reporting such proceedings; but this is not to be construed as authorizing the copying of a work which is itself a published report of the proceedings.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 45 U.K.]

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-132 Section 54B Cap. 528

55. Statutory inquiries (1) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes

of the proceedings of a statutory inquiry. (2) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes

of reporting any such proceedings held in public; but this is not to be construed as authorizing the copying of a work which is itself a published report of the proceedings.

(3) Copyright in a work is not infringed by the issue or making available to the public of copies of the report of a statutory inquiry containing the work or material from it.

(4) In this section— “statutory inquiry” (法定研訊) means an inquiry held or

investigation conducted in pursuance of— (a) the Commissions of Inquiry Ordinance (Cap. 86); or (b) a duty imposed or power conferred by or under an

Ordinance. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 46 U.K.]

56. Material open to public inspection or on official register (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3) (1) Where material is open to public inspection pursuant to a

statutory requirement, or is on a statutory register, copyright is not infringed by the copying of so much of the material as contains factual information of any description, by or with the authority of the appropriate person, for a purpose which does not involve the issuing or making available of copies to the public.

(2) Where material is open to public inspection pursuant to a statutory requirement, copyright is not infringed by the copying or issuing or making available to the public of copies of the material, by or with the authority of the appropriate

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-134 Section 55 Cap. 528

person, for the purpose of enabling the material to be inspected at a more convenient time or place or otherwise facilitating the exercise of any right for the purpose of which the requirement is imposed.

(3) Where material which is open to public inspection pursuant to a statutory requirement, or which is on a statutory register, contains information about matters of general scientific, technical, commercial or economic interest, copyright is not infringed by the copying or issuing or making available to the public of copies of the material, by or with the authority of the appropriate person, for the purpose of disseminating that information.

(4) The Chief Executive may by regulation provide that subsection (1), (2) or (3) applies, in such cases as may be specified in the regulation, only to copies marked in such manner as may be so specified. (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)

(5) The Chief Executive may by regulation provide that subsections (1) to (3) apply, to such extent and with such modifications as may be specified in the regulation— (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3) (a) to material made open to public inspection by—

(i) an international organization specified in the regulation; or

(ii) a person so specified who has functions in Hong Kong under an international agreement to which Hong Kong is a party; or

(b) to a register maintained by an international organization specified in the regulation,

as they apply in relation to material open to public inspection pursuant to a statutory requirement or to a statutory register.

(6) In this section—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-136 Section 56 Cap. 528

“appropriate person” (適當的人) means the person required to make the material open to public inspection or, as the case may be, the person maintaining the statutory register;

“statutory register” (法定登記冊) means a register maintained in pursuance of a requirement imposed by or under an Ordinance;

“statutory requirement” (法例規定) means a requirement imposed by or under an Ordinance.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 47 U.K.]

57. Material communicated to the Government in the course of public business (1) This section applies where a work has in the course of public

business been communicated to the Government for any purpose, by or with the licence of the copyright owner and a document or other material thing recording or embodying the work is owned by or in the custody or control of the Government.

(2) The Government may, for the purpose for which the work was communicated to it, or any related purpose which could reasonably have been anticipated by the copyright owner, copy the work, or issue or make available copies of the work to the public without infringing any copyright in the work.

(3) The Government may not copy a work, or issue or make available copies of a work to the public, by virtue of this section if the work has previously been published otherwise than by virtue of this section.

(4) In subsection (1) “public business” (公務) includes any activity carried on by the Government.

(5) This section has effect subject to any agreement to the contrary between the Government and the copyright owner.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-138 Section 57 Cap. 528

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 48 U.K.]

58. Public records (1) Material which is comprised in public records which are

open to public inspection may be copied, and a copy may be supplied to any person without infringement of copyright.

(2) In this section “public records” (公共紀錄) means the records of any nature or description which have been made, received or acquired in the course of proceedings of the Legislative Council, judicial proceedings or executive transaction, together with the exhibits and other material evidence which form part of or are annexed to or are otherwise related to any record, which are or are required to be in the custody of, or which may be transferred to or be acquired by, any department of the Government.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 49 U.K.]

59. Acts done under statutory authority (1) Where the doing of a particular act is specifically authorized

by an Ordinance, whenever enacted, then, unless the Ordinance provides otherwise, the doing of that act does not infringe copyright.

(2) Nothing in this section is to be construed as excluding any defence of statutory authority otherwise available under or by virtue of any Ordinance.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 50 U.K.]

Computer programs: Lawful users

60. Lawful user may make back-up copy of computer program (1) A lawful user of a copy of a computer program may make a

back-up copy of the program without infringing the copyright

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-140 Section 58 Cap. 528

in the program if it is necessary for him to have the back-up copy for the purposes of his lawful use.

(2) For the purposes of this section and section 61 a person is a lawful user of a computer program if he has a contractual right to use the program.

(3) This section has effect subject to any agreement to the contrary.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 50A U.K.]

61. Lawful user may copy or adapt computer program (1) A lawful user of a copy of a computer program may copy

or adapt the program without infringing the copyright in the program if the copying or adapting is necessary for his lawful use.

(2) A lawful user of a copy of a computer program may, in particular, if it is necessary for the lawful use of the program, copy the program or adapt it for the purpose of correcting errors in it.

(3) This section does not apply to any copying or adapting permitted under section 60.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 50C U.K.]

Typefaces

62. Use of typeface in ordinary course of printing (1) It is not an infringement of copyright in an artistic work

consisting of the design of a typeface— (a) to use the typeface in the ordinary course of typing,

composing text, typesetting or printing; (b) to possess an article for the purpose of such use; or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-142 Section 61 Cap. 528

and this is so notwithstanding that an article is used which is an infringing copy of the work.

(2) However, the following provisions of this Part apply in relation to persons making, importing, exporting or dealing with articles specifically designed or adapted for producing material in a particular typeface, or possessing such articles for the purpose of dealing with them, as if the production of material as mentioned in subsection (1) did infringe copyright in the artistic work consisting of the design of the typeface— section 32 (secondary infringement: making, importing, exporting, possessing or dealing with article for making infringing copy); section 109 (order for delivery up); and section 118(4) (offence of making or possessing such an

article). (3) The references in subsection (2) to “dealing with” an article

are to selling, letting for hire, or offering or exposing for sale or hire, exhibiting in public, or distributing.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 54 U.K.]

63. Articles for producing material in particular typeface (1) This section applies to the copyright in an artistic work

consisting of the design of a typeface where articles specifically designed or adapted for producing material in that typeface have been marketed by or with the licence of the copyright owner.

(2) After the period of 25 years from the end of the calendar year in which the first such articles are marketed, the work may be copied by making further such articles, or doing anything

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-144 Section 63 Cap. 528

for the purpose of making such articles, and anything may be done in relation to articles so made, without infringing copyright in the work.

(3) In subsection (1) “marketed” (推出市場) means sold, let for hire or offered or exposed for sale or hire, in Hong Kong or elsewhere.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 55 U.K.]

Works in electronic form

64. Transfers of copies of works in electronic form (1) This section applies where a copy of a work in electronic

form (other than such a copy which was made available to the public) has been purchased on terms which, expressly or impliedly or by virtue of any rule of law, allow the purchaser to copy the work, or to adapt it or make copies of an adaptation, in connection with his use of it.

(2) If there are no express terms— (a) prohibiting the transfer of the copy by the purchaser,

imposing obligations which continue after a transfer, prohibiting the assignment of any licence or terminating any licence on a transfer; or

(b) providing for the terms on which a transferee may do the things which the purchaser was permitted to do,

anything which the purchaser was allowed to do may also be done without infringement of copyright by a transferee; but any copy, adaptation or copy of an adaptation made by the purchaser which is not also transferred is to be treated as an infringing copy for all purposes after the transfer.

(3) Subsection (2) also applies where the original purchased copy is no longer usable and what is transferred is a further copy used in its place.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-146 Section 64 Cap. 528

(4) The above provisions also apply on a subsequent transfer, with the substitution for references in subsection (2) to the purchaser of references to the subsequent transferor.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 56 U.K.]

65. Certain acts permitted where works made available to the public Notwithstanding section 23, copyright in a work is not infringed by the making of a transient and incidental copy which is technically required for the viewing or listening of the work by a member of the public to whom a copy of the work is made available.

Miscellaneous: Literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works

66. Anonymous or pseudonymous works: acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright or death of author (1) Copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is

not infringed by an act done at a time when, or in pursuance of arrangements made at a time when— (a) it is not possible by reasonable inquiry to ascertain the

identity of the author; and (b) it is reasonable to assume—

(i) that copyright has expired; or (ii) that the author died 50 years or more before the

beginning of the calendar year in which the act is done or the arrangements are made.

(2) Subsection (1)(b)(ii) does not apply in relation to— (a) a work in which Government copyright subsists; or (b) a work in which copyright originally vested in an

international organization by virtue of section 188 and in

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-148 Section 65 Cap. 528

respect of which a regulation under that section specifies a copyright period longer than 50 years.

(3) In relation to a work of joint authorship— (a) the reference in subsection (1) to its being not possible

to ascertain the identity of the author is to be construed as a reference to its being not possible to ascertain the identity of all of the authors; and

(b) the reference in subsection (1)(b)(ii) to the author having died is to be construed as a reference to all the authors having died.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 57 U.K.]

67. Use of notes or recordings of spoken words in certain cases (1) Where a record of spoken words is made, in writing or

otherwise, for the purpose of— (a) reporting current events; or (b) broadcasting or including in a cable programme service

the whole or part of the work, it is not an infringement of any copyright in the words as a literary work to use the record or material taken from it (or to copy the record, or any such material, and use the copy) for that purpose, if the conditions in subsection (2) are met.

(2) The conditions are that— (a) the record is a direct record of the spoken words and is

not taken from a previous record or from a broadcast or cable programme;

(b) the making of the record was not prohibited by the speaker and, where copyright already subsisted in the work, did not infringe copyright;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-150 Section 67 Cap. 528

(c) the use made of the record or material taken from it is not of a kind prohibited by or on behalf of the speaker or copyright owner before the record was made; and

(d) the use is by or with the authority of a person who is lawfully in possession of the record.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 58 U.K.]

68. Public reading or recitation (1) The reading or recitation in public by one person of a

reasonable extract from a published literary or dramatic work does not infringe any copyright in the work if it is accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgement.

(2) Copyright in a work is not infringed by the making of a sound recording, or the broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service, of a reading or recitation which by virtue of subsection (1) does not infringe copyright in the work, if the recording, broadcast or cable programme consists mainly of material in relation to which it is not necessary to rely on that subsection.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 59 U.K.]

69. Abstracts of scientific or technical articles (1) Where an article on a scientific or technical subject is

published in a periodical accompanied by an abstract indicating the contents of the article, it is not an infringement of copyright in the abstract, or in the article, to copy the abstract or issue or make available copies of it to the public. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 60(1) U.K.]

(2) This section does not apply if, or to the extent that, licences under licensing schemes are available authorizing the act in question and the person so acting knew or ought to have been aware of that fact.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-152 Section 68 Cap. 528

70. Recordings of folksongs (For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.) (1) A sound recording of a performance of a song may be made

for the purpose of including it in an archive maintained by a body designated under subsection (4)(b) without infringing any copyright in the words as a literary work or in the accompanying musical work, if the conditions in subsection (2) below are met.

(2) The conditions are that— (a) the words are unpublished and of unknown authorship at

the time the recording is made; (b) the making of the recording does not infringe any other

(3) Copies of a sound recording made in reliance on subsection (1) and included in an archive maintained by a body designated under subsection (4)(b) may, if the conditions prescribed under subsection (4)(a) are met, be made and supplied by the archivist without infringing copyright in the recording or the works included in it.

(4) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may for the purposes of this section by regulation— (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007) (a) prescribe conditions; and (b) designate bodies, and he shall not designate a body

unless he is satisfied that the body is not established or conducted for profit.

(5) The conditions prescribed under subsection (4)(a) must include—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-154 Section 70 Cap. 528

(a) that copies are only supplied to persons satisfying the archivist that they require them for the purposes of research or private study and will not use them for any other purpose; and

(b) that no person is furnished with more than one copy of the same recording.

(6) In this section, references to the archivist include a person acting on his behalf.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 61 U.K.]

71. Representation of certain artistic works on public display (1) This section applies to—

(a) buildings; and (b) sculptures, models for buildings and works of artistic

craftsmanship, if permanently situated in a public place or in premises open to the public.

(2) The copyright in such a work is not infringed by— (a) making a graphic work representing it; (b) making a photograph or film of it; or (c) broadcasting or including in a cable programme service

a visual image of it. (3) Nor is the copyright infringed by the issue or making

available to the public of copies, or the broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service, of anything whose making was, by virtue of this section, not an infringement of the copyright.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 62 U.K.]

72. Advertisement of sale of artistic work (1) It is not an infringement of copyright in an artistic work to

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-156 Section 71 Cap. 528

copy it, or to issue or make available copies to the public, for the purpose of advertising the sale of the work.

(2) Where a copy which would otherwise be an infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, the copy is treated as an infringing copy for the purposes of that dealing and, if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes.

(Amended 15 of 2007 s. 20) For this purpose “dealt with” (進行交易) means sold or let for

hire, offered or exposed for sale or hire, exhibited in public or distributed.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 63 U.K.]

73. Making of subsequent works by same artist Where the author of an artistic work is not the copyright owner, he does not infringe the copyright by copying the work in making another artistic work if he does not repeat or imitate the main design of the earlier work.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 64 U.K.]

74. Reconstruction of buildings Anything done for the purposes of reconstructing a building does not infringe any copyright—

(a) in the building; or (b) in any drawings or plans in accordance with which the

building was, by or with the licence of the copyright owner, constructed.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 65 U.K.]

Miscellaneous: Films and sound recordings

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-158 Section 73 Cap. 528

75. Films: acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright, etc. (1) Copyright in a film is not infringed by an act done at a

time when, or in pursuance of arrangements made at a time when— (a) it is not possible by reasonable inquiry to ascertain the

identity of any of the persons referred to in section 19(2)(a) to (d) (persons by reference to whose life the copyright period is ascertained); and

(b) it is reasonable to assume— (i) that copyright has expired; or

(ii) that the last to die of those persons died 50 years or more before the beginning of the calendar year in which the act is done or the arrangements are made.

(2) Subsection (1)(b)(ii) does not apply in relation to— (a) a film in which Government copyright subsists; or (b) a film in which copyright originally vested in an

international organization by virtue of section 188 and in respect of which a regulation under that section specifies a copyright period longer than 50 years.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 66A U.K.]

76. Performance, showing or playing of works for purposes of club, society, etc. (1) It is not an infringement of the copyright in a work (other

than a broadcast or a cable programme) to perform, show or play it as part of the activities of, or for the benefit of, a club, society or other organization if the following conditions are met.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-160 Section 76 Cap. 528

(2) The conditions are— (a) that the club, society or organization is not established or

conducted for profit and its main objects are charitable or are otherwise concerned with the advancement of religion, education or social welfare; and

(b) that the proceeds of any charge for admission to the place where the work is to be performed, shown or played are applied solely for the purposes of the club, society or organization.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 67 U.K.]

Miscellaneous: Broadcasts and cable programmes

77. Incidental recording for purposes of broadcast or cable programme (1) This section applies where by virtue of a licence or

assignment of copyright a person is authorized to broadcast or include in a cable programme service— (a) a literary, dramatic or musical work, or an adaptation of

such a work; (b) an artistic work; or (c) a sound recording or film.

(2) He is by virtue of this section to be treated as licensed by the owner of the copyright in the work to do or authorize any of the following for the purposes of the broadcast or cable programme— (a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work, or an

adaptation of such a work, to make a sound recording or film of the work or adaptation;

(b) in the case of an artistic work, to take a photograph or make a film of the work;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-162 Section 77 Cap. 528

(3) That licence is subject to the condition that the sound recording, film, photograph or copy in question— (a) must not be used for any other purposes; (b) must be destroyed within 3 months of being first used

for broadcasting the work or, as the case may be, including it in a cable programme service.

(4) A sound recording, film, photograph or copy made in accordance with this section is treated as an infringing copy— (a) for the purposes of any use in breach of the condition

mentioned in subsection (3)(a); and (b) for all purposes after that condition or the condition

mentioned in subsection (3)(b) is broken. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 68 U.K.]

78. Recording for purposes of supervision and control of broadcasts and cable programmes (1) Copyright is not infringed by the making or use by Radio

Television Hong Kong, for the purposes of maintaining supervision and control over programmes broadcast by them, of recordings of those programmes.

(2) Copyright is not infringed by the making or use of recordings— (a) by the Communications Authority for the performance of

its functions mentioned in section 9 of the Broadcasting (Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 391); or (Amended 17 of 2011 s. 28)

(b) pursuant to the instructions of the Communications Authority in the performance of those functions. (Amended 17 of 2011 s. 28)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-164 Section 78 Cap. 528

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 69 U.K.]

79. Recording for purposes of time-shifting The making for private and domestic use of a recording of a broadcast or cable programme solely for the purpose of enabling it to be viewed or listened to at a more convenient time does not infringe any copyright in the broadcast or cable programme or in any work included in it.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 70 U.K.]

80. Photographs of television broadcasts or cable programmes The making for private and domestic use of a photograph of the whole or any part of an image forming part of a television broadcast or cable programme, or a copy of such a photograph, does not infringe any copyright in the broadcast or cable programme or in any film included in it.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 71 U.K.]

81. Free public showing or playing of broadcast or cable programme (1) The showing or playing in public of a broadcast or cable

programme (other than an encrypted broadcast or cable programme) to an audience who have not paid for admission to the place where the broadcast or programme is to be seen or heard does not infringe any copyright in— (a) the broadcast or cable programme; or (b) any sound recording or film included in it.

(2) The audience are treated as having paid for admission to a place— (a) if they have paid for admission to a place of which that

place forms part; or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-166 Section 79 Cap. 528

(b) if goods or services are supplied at that place (or a place of which it forms part)— (i) at prices which are substantially attributable to

the facilities afforded for seeing or hearing the broadcast or programme; or

(ii) at prices exceeding those usually charged there and which are partly attributable to those facilities.

(3) The following are not regarded as having paid for admission to a place— (a) persons admitted as residents or inmates of the place

which is operated by a charitable organization and the facilities therein are not provided for profit;

(b) persons admitted as members of a club or society whose main objects are charitable or are otherwise concerned with the advancement of religion, education or social welfare and where the payment is only for membership of the club or society and the provision of facilities for seeing or hearing broadcasts or programmes is only incidental to the main purposes of the club or society.

(4) Where the making of the broadcast or inclusion of the programme in a cable programme service was an infringement of the copyright in a sound recording or film, the fact that it was heard or seen in public by the reception of the broadcast or programme is to be taken into account in assessing the damages for that infringement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 72 U.K.]

81A. Playing of sound broadcasts inside vehicles (1) The playing of a sound broadcast inside a vehicle primarily

for the purpose of affording the driver of the vehicle access to public information (including but not limited to news reports, weather forecasts and information relating to road traffic)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-168 Section 81A Cap. 528

does not infringe the copyright in the sound broadcast, any sound recording included in it or any literary, dramatic or musical work included in it.

(2) In subsection (1), “vehicle” (車輛) means any vehicle constructed or adapted for use on roads.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 21)

82. Reception and re-transmission of broadcast in cable programme service (1) The copyright in a television broadcast or a sound broadcast

is not infringed by any person who, by the reception and immediate re-transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided— (a) by a communal aerial broadcast distribution

system within the scope of section 8(4)(e) of the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106);

(b) by an interconnection between a communal aerial broadcast distribution system within the scope of section 8(4)(e) of the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106) and a subscription television network licensed, or deemed to be licensed, under the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106), where the re-transmission is for the reception of the users of the communal aerial broadcast distribution system; or (Amended 48 of 2000 s. 44)

(c) by a system licensed under a broadcast relay station licence issued under the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106). (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28; 17 of 2011 s. 28)

(2) The copyright in a television broadcast which is not encrypted or in a sound broadcast which is not encrypted is not infringed by any person who, by the reception and immediate

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-170 Section 82 Cap. 528

re-transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided— (a) by a system licensed under a satellite master antenna

television licence issued under the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106); or (Amended 17 of 2011 s. 28)

(b) by an interconnection between a system licensed under a satellite master antenna television licence issued under the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106) and a subscription television network licensed, or deemed to be licensed, under the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106) and where the re-transmission is for the reception of the users of the satellite master antenna television system, (Amended 48 of 2000 s. 44; 17 of 2011 s. 28)

until the expiration of 6 months beginning on the day of publication of the notice in accordance with subsection (5). (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)

(3) Where a television broadcast or sound broadcast is made or uplinked from a place in Hong Kong or elsewhere, and the broadcast is a lawful broadcast, then any person who, by the reception and immediate re-transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided by a system or an interconnection specified in subsection (1) or (2), being a programme comprising a literary, dramatic or musical work, or an adaptation of such a work, or an artistic work, or a sound recording or film, shall be in a like position, in any proceedings for infringement of the copyright (if any) in the work, recording or film, as if he had been the holder of a licence granted by the owner of that copyright to include the work, adaptation, recording or film in any programme so included in that service.

(4) Where a television broadcast or a sound broadcast is not encrypted, the person who, by the reception and immediate

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-172 Section 82 Cap. 528

re-transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided by a system or interconnection specified in subsection (2) is deemed to have been granted an implied licence by the maker of the broadcast to receive and re-transmit the broadcast using the system which is only revocable by notice given in accordance with subsection (5).

(5) The maker of a broadcast in respect of which a licence is deemed to have been granted under subsection (4) may revoke the licence by publishing a notice of revocation in— (a) 1 Chinese language newspaper circulating in Hong

Kong; and (b) 1 English language newspaper circulating in Hong

Kong. (Amended E.R. 1 of 2013) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 73 U.K.]

83. Provision of sub-titled copies of broadcast or cable programme (For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.) (1) A body designated under subsection (3) may, for the purpose

of providing people who are deaf or hard of hearing, or physically or mentally handicapped in other ways, with copies which are sub-titled or otherwise modified for their special needs, make copies of television broadcasts or cable programmes and issue and make available copies to the public, without infringing any copyright in the broadcasts or cable programmes or works included in them.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-174 Section 83 Cap. 528

(3) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may, by notice in the Gazette, designate bodies for the purposes of this section, and the Secretary shall not designate a body unless he is satisfied that it is not established or conducted for profit. (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 74 U.K.]

84. Recording for archival purposes (For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.) (1) A recording of a broadcast or cable programme of a class

designated under subsection (2), or a copy of such a recording, may be made for the purpose of being placed in an archive maintained by a body designated under subsection (2) without thereby infringing any copyright in the broadcast or cable programme or in any work included in it.

(2) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may, by notice in the Gazette, designate any class of broadcast or of cable programme and any body for the purposes of this section, and the Secretary shall not designate a body unless he is satisfied that it is not established or conducted for profit. (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 75 U.K.]

Adaptations

85. Adaptations An act which by virtue of this Division may be done without infringing copyright in a literary, dramatic or musical work does

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-176 Section 84 Cap. 528

not, where that work is an adaptation, infringe any copyright in the work from which the adaptation was made.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 76 U.K.]

Designs

86. Corresponding design In sections 87 and 88, a “corresponding design” (相應外觀設

計), in relation to an artistic work, means a design within the meaning of the Registered Designs Ordinance (Cap. 522) which if applied to an article would produce something which would be treated for the purposes of this Part as a copy of the artistic work.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 53(2) U.K.]

87. Effect of exploitation of design derived from artistic work (1) This section applies where an artistic work has been

exploited, by or with the licence of the copyright owner, by— (a) making by an industrial process articles falling to be

treated for the purposes of this Part as copies of the work; and

(b) marketing such articles, in Hong Kong or elsewhere. (2) After the end of the period of 25 years from the end of

the calendar year in which such articles incorporating a registered corresponding design are first marketed, the work may be copied by making articles of any description, or doing anything for the purpose of making articles of any description, and anything may be done in relation to articles so made, without infringing copyright in the work.

(3) After the end of the period of 15 years from the end of the calendar year in which such articles incorporating an unregistered corresponding design are first marketed, the

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-178 Section 86 Cap. 528

work may be copied by making articles of any description, or doing anything for the purpose of making articles of any description, and anything may be done in relation to articles so made, without infringing copyright in the work.

(4) Where only part of an artistic work is exploited as mentioned in subsection (1), subsection (2) or (3) applies only in relation to that part.

(5) In this section— (a) “registered corresponding design” (經註冊的相應外觀

設計) means a corresponding design which has been registered under the Registered Designs Ordinance (Cap. 522);

(b) “unregistered corresponding design” (未經註冊的相應外觀設計) means a corresponding design which has not been registered under the Registered Designs Ordinance (Cap. 522), and includes a corresponding design which is not registrable under that Ordinance;

sold or let for hire or offered or exposed for sale or hire. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 52 U.K.]

88. Things done in reliance on registration of design The copyright in an artistic work is not infringed by anything done—

(a) in pursuance of an assignment or licence made or granted by a person registered under the Registered Designs Ordinance (Cap. 522) as the registered owner of a corresponding design; and

(b) in good faith in reliance on the registration and without notice of any proceedings for the cancellation of the

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION III 2-180 Section 88 Cap. 528

registration or for rectifying the relevant entry in the register of designs,

and this is so notwithstanding that the person registered as the registered owner was not the owner of the design for the purposes of that Ordinance.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 53(1) U.K.]

DIVISION IV—MORAL RIGHTS

Right to be identified as author or director

89. Right to be identified as author or director (1) The author of a copyright literary, dramatic, musical or

artistic work, and the director of a copyright film, has the right to be identified as the author or director of the work in the circumstances mentioned in this section; but the right is not infringed unless it has been asserted in accordance with section 90.

(2) The author of a literary work (other than words intended to be sung or spoken with music) or a dramatic work has the right to be identified whenever— (a) the work is published commercially, performed in

public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service; or

(b) copies of a film or sound recording including the work are issued or made available to the public,

and that right includes the right to be identified whenever any of those events occur in relation to an adaptation of the work as the author of the work from which the adaptation was made.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-182 Section 89 Cap. 528

(3) The author of a musical work, or a literary work consisting of words intended to be sung or spoken with music, has the right to be identified whenever— (a) the work is published commercially, performed in

public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service;

(b) copies of a sound recording of the work are issued or made available to the public; or

(c) a film of which the sound-track includes the work is shown in public or copies of such a film are issued or made available to the public,

and that right includes the right to be identified whenever any of those events occur in relation to an adaptation of the work as the author of the work from which the adaptation was made.

(4) The author of an artistic work has the right to be identified whenever— (a) the work is published commercially or exhibited in

public, or a visual image of it is broadcast or included in a cable programme service;

(b) a film including a visual image of the work is shown in public or copies of such a film are issued or made available to the public; or

(c) in the case of a work of architecture in the form of a building or a model for a building, a sculpture or a work of artistic craftsmanship, copies of a graphic work representing it, or of a photograph of it, are issued or made available to the public.

(5) The author of a work of architecture in the form of a building also has the right to be identified on the building as

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-184 Section 89 Cap. 528

constructed or, where more than one building is constructed to the design, on the first to be constructed.

(6) The director of a film has the right to be identified whenever the film is shown in public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service or copies of the film are issued or made available to the public.

(7) The right of the author or director under this section is— (a) in the case of commercial publication or the issue or

making available to the public of copies of a film or sound recording, to be identified in or on each copy or, if that is not appropriate, in some other manner likely to bring his identity to the notice of a person acquiring a copy;

(b) in the case of identification on a building, to be identified by appropriate means visible to persons entering or approaching the building; and

(c) in any other case, to be identified in a manner likely to bring his identity to the notice of a person seeing or hearing the performance, exhibition, showing, broadcast or cable programme in question,

and the identification must in each case be clear and reasonably prominent.

(8) If the author or director in asserting his right to be identified specifies a pseudonym, initials or some other particular form of identification, that form must be used; otherwise any reasonable form of identification may be used.

(9) This section has effect subject to section 91. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 77 U.K.]

90. Requirement that right be asserted (1) A person does not infringe the right conferred by section 89

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-186 Section 90 Cap. 528

(right to be identified as author or director) by doing any of the acts mentioned in that section unless the right has been asserted in accordance with the following provisions so as to bind him in relation to that act.

(2) The right may be asserted generally, or in relation to any specified act or description of acts— (a) on an assignment of copyright in the work, by including

in the instrument effecting the assignment a statement that the author or director asserts in relation to that work his right to be identified; or

(b) by instrument in writing signed by the author or director. (3) The right may also be asserted in relation to the public

exhibition of an artistic work— (a) by securing that when the author or other first owner

of copyright parts with possession of the original, or of a copy made by him or under his direction or control, the author is identified on the original or copy, or on a frame, mount or other thing to which it is attached; or

(b) by including in a licence by which the author or other first owner of copyright authorizes the making of copies of the work a written statement signed by or on behalf of the person granting the licence that the author asserts his right to be identified in the event of the public exhibition of a copy made in pursuance of the licence.

(4) The persons bound by an assertion of the right under subsection (2) or (3) are— (a) in the case of an assertion under subsection (2)(a), the

assignee and anyone claiming through him, whether or not he has notice of the assertion;

(b) in the case of an assertion under subsection (2)(b), anyone to whose notice the assertion is brought;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-188 Section 90 Cap. 528

(c) in the case of an assertion under subsection (3)(a), anyone into whose hands that original or copy comes, whether or not the identification is still present or visible;

(d) in the case of an assertion under subsection (3)(b), the licensee and anyone into whose hands a copy made in pursuance of the licence comes, whether or not he has notice of the assertion.

(5) In an action for infringement of the right the court shall, in considering remedies, take into account any delay in asserting the right.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 78 U.K.]

91. Exceptions to right (1) The right conferred by section 89 (right to be identified as

author or director) is subject to the following exceptions. (2) The right does not apply in relation to the following

descriptions of work— (a) a computer program; (b) the design of a typeface; (c) any computer-generated work.

(3) The right does not apply to anything done by or with the authority of the copyright owner where copyright in the work originally vested in the author’s employer by virtue of section 14(1) (employee works).

(4) The right is not infringed by an act which by virtue of any of the following provisions would not infringe copyright in the work— (a) section 39 (fair dealing for certain purposes), so far as it

relates to the reporting of current events by means of a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-190 Section 91 Cap. 528

(b) section 40 (incidental inclusion of work in an artistic work, sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme);

s. 24) (d) section 54 (judicial proceedings); (Amended 15 of 2007

s. 24) (e) section 55(1) or (2) (statutory inquiries); (f) section 66 or 75 (acts permitted on assumptions as to

expiry of copyright, etc.). (5) The right does not apply in relation to any work made for the

purpose of reporting current events. (6) The right does not apply in relation to the publication in—

(a) a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical; or (b) an encyclopaedia, dictionary, yearbook or other

(7) The right does not apply in relation to— (a) a work in which Government copyright or Legislative

Council copyright subsists; or (b) a work in which copyright originally vested in an

international organization by virtue of section 188, unless the author or director has previously been identified as such in or on published copies of the work.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 79 U.K.]

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-192 Section 91 Cap. 528

Right to object to derogatory treatment of work

92. Right to object to derogatory treatment of work (1) The author of a copyright literary, dramatic, musical or artistic

work, and the director of a copyright film, has the right in the circumstances mentioned in this section not to have his work subjected to derogatory treatment.

(2) For the purposes of this section— (a) “treatment” (處理) of a work means any addition to,

deletion from or alteration to or adaptation of the work, other than— (i) a translation of a literary or dramatic work; or

(ii) an arrangement or transcription of a musical work involving no more than a change of key or register; and

(b) the treatment of a work is derogatory if it amounts to distortion or mutilation of the work or is otherwise prejudicial to the honour or reputation of the author or director,

and in the following provisions of this section references to a derogatory treatment of a work are construed accordingly.

(3) In the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work the right is infringed by a person who— (a) publishes commercially, performs in public, broadcasts

or includes in a cable programme service a derogatory treatment of the work; or

(b) issues or makes available to the public copies of a film or sound recording of, or including, a derogatory treatment of the work.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-194 Section 92 Cap. 528

(4) In the case of an artistic work the right is infringed by a person who— (a) publishes commercially or exhibits in public a

derogatory treatment of the work, or broadcasts or includes in a cable programme service a visual image of a derogatory treatment of the work;

(b) shows in public a film including a visual image of a derogatory treatment of the work or issues or makes available to the public copies of such a film; or

building; (ii) a sculpture; or

(iii) a work of artistic craftsmanship, issues or makes available to the public copies of a graphic work representing, or of a photograph of, a derogatory treatment of the work.

(5) Subsection (4) does not apply to a work of architecture in the form of a building; but where the author of such a work is identified on the building and it is the subject of derogatory treatment he has the right to require the identification to be removed.

(6) In the case of a film, the right is infringed by a person who— (a) shows in public, broadcasts or includes in a cable

programme service a derogatory treatment of the film; or

(b) issues or makes available to the public copies of a derogatory treatment of the film.

(7) The right conferred by this section extends to the treatment of parts of a work resulting from a previous treatment by a

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-196 Section 92 Cap. 528

person other than the author or director, if those parts are attributed to, or are likely to be regarded as the work of, the author or director.

(8) This section has effect subject to sections 93 and 94 (exceptions to and qualifications of right).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 80 U.K.]

93. Exceptions to right (1) The right conferred by section 92 (right to object to

derogatory treatment of work) is subject to the following exceptions.

(2) The right does not apply to a computer program or to any computer-generated work.

(3) The right does not apply in relation to any work made for the purpose of reporting current events.

(4) The right does not apply in relation to the publication in— (a) a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical; or (b) an encyclopaedia, dictionary, yearbook or other

collective work of reference, of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work made for the purposes of such publication or made available with the consent of the author for the purposes of such publication. Nor does the right apply in relation to any subsequent exploitation elsewhere of such a work without any modification of the published version.

(5) The right is not infringed by an act which by virtue of section 66 or 75 (acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright, etc.) would not infringe copyright.

(6) Subject to subsection (7), the right is not infringed by anything done for the purpose of—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-198 Section 93 Cap. 528

(a) avoiding the commission of an offence; or (b) complying with a duty imposed by or under an

enactment. (7) Where the author or director is identified at the time of the

relevant act under subsection (6) or has previously been identified in or on published copies of the work, subsection (6) has effect only if there is a sufficient disclaimer.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 81 U.K.]

94. Qualification of right in certain cases (1) This section applies to—

(a) works in which copyright originally vested in the author’s employer by virtue of section 14(1) (works produced in course of employment);

(b) works in which Government copyright or Legislative Council copyright subsists; and

(2) The right conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) does not apply to anything done in relation to a work referred to in subsection (1) by or with the authority of the copyright owner unless the author or director— (a) is identified at the time of the relevant act; or (b) has previously been identified in or on published copies

of the work, and where in such a case the right does apply, it is not infringed if there is a sufficient disclaimer.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 82 U.K.]

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-200 Section 94 Cap. 528

95. Infringement of right by possessing or dealing with infringing article (1) The right conferred by section 92 (right to object to

derogatory treatment of work) is also infringed by a person who— (a) possesses for the purpose of or in the course of any

trade or business; (Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 4. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 26)

(b) sells or lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire; (c) exhibits in public or distributes for the purpose of or in

the course of any trade or business; or (Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 4. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 26)

(d) distributes (otherwise than for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business) so as to affect prejudicially the honour or reputation of the author or director, (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 4; 15 of 2007 s. 26)

an article which is, and which he knows or has reason to believe is, an infringing article.

(1A) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(a) and (c) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing articles. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 4)

(2) An “infringing article” (侵犯權利物品) means a work or a copy of a work which— (a) has been subjected to derogatory treatment within the

meaning of section 92; and (b) has been or is likely to be the subject of any of the acts

mentioned in that section in circumstances infringing that right.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 83 U.K.]

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-202 Section 95 Cap. 528

False attribution of work

96. False attribution of work (1) A person has the right in the circumstances mentioned in this

section— (a) not to have a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work

falsely attributed to him as author; and (b) not to have a film falsely attributed to him as director, and in this section an “attribution” (署名), in relation to such

a work, means a statement (express or implied) as to who is the author or director.

(2) The right is infringed by a person who— (a) issues or makes available to the public copies of a work

of any of those descriptions in or on which there is a false attribution; or

(b) exhibits in public an artistic work, or a copy of an artistic work, in or on which there is a false attribution.

(3) The right is also infringed by a person who— (a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work,

performs the work in public, broadcasts it or includes it in a cable programme service as being the work of a person; or

(b) in the case of a film, shows it in public, broadcasts it or includes it in a cable programme service as being directed by a person,

knowing or having reason to believe that the attribution is false.

(4) The right is also infringed by a person who issues or makes available to the public or displays in public material

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-204 Section 96 Cap. 528

containing a false attribution in connection with any of the acts mentioned in subsection (2) or (3).

(5) The right is also infringed by a person who for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business— (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 5; 15 of 2007 s. 27) (a) possesses or deals with a copy of a work of any of the

descriptions mentioned in subsection (1) in or on which there is a false attribution; or

(b) in the case of an artistic work, possesses or deals with the work itself when there is a false attribution in or on it,

knowing or having reason to believe that there is such an attribution and that it is false.

(6) In the case of an artistic work the right is also infringed by a person who for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business— (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 5; 15 of 2007 s. 27) (a) deals with a work which has been altered after the

author parted with possession of it as being the unaltered work of the author; or

(b) deals with a copy of such an altered work as being a copy of the unaltered work of the author,

knowing or having reason to believe that that is not the case. (6A) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsections (5) and (6)

whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in— (a) works or copies of works in or on which there are false

attributions; or (b) altered works or copies of altered works. (Added 64 of

2000 s. 5)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-206 Section 96 Cap. 528

(7) References in this section to dealing are to selling or letting for hire, offering or exposing for sale or hire, exhibiting in public, or distributing.

(8) This section applies where, contrary to the fact— (a) a literary, dramatic or musical work is falsely

represented as being an adaptation of the work of a person; or

(b) a copy of an artistic work is falsely represented as being a copy made by the author of the artistic work,

as it applies where the work is falsely attributed to a person as author.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 84 U.K.]

Supplementary

97. Duration of rights (1) The rights conferred by section 89 (right to be identified

as author or director) and section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) continue to subsist so long as copyright subsists in the work.

(2) The right conferred by section 96 (false attribution) continues to subsist until 20 years after a person’s death.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 86 U.K.]

98. Consent and waiver of rights (1) It is not an infringement of any of the rights conferred by

this Division to do any act to which the person entitled to the right has consented.

(2) Any of those rights may be waived by instrument in writing signed by the person giving up the right.

(3) A waiver—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-208 Section 97 Cap. 528

(a) may relate to a specific work, to works of a specified description or to works generally, and may relate to existing or future works; and

(b) may be conditional or unconditional and may be expressed to be subject to revocation,

and if made in favour of the owner or prospective owner of the copyright in the work or works to which it relates, it is presumed to extend to his licensees and successors in title unless a contrary intention is expressed.

(4) Nothing in this Division is to be construed as excluding the operation of the general law of contract or estoppel in relation to an informal waiver or other transaction in relation to any of the rights mentioned in subsection (1).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 87 U.K.]

99. Application of provisions to joint works (1) The right conferred by section 89 (right to be identified

as author or director) is, in the case of a work of joint authorship, a right of each joint author to be identified as a joint author and must be asserted in accordance with section 90 by each joint author in relation to himself.

(2) The right conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) is, in the case of a work of joint authorship, a right of each joint author and his right is satisfied if he consents to the treatment in question.

(3) A waiver under section 98 of those rights by one joint author does not affect the rights of the other joint authors.

(4) The right conferred by section 96 (false attribution) is infringed, in the circumstances mentioned in that section— (a) by any false statement as to the authorship of a work of

joint authorship; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IV 2-210 Section 99 Cap. 528

(b) by the false attribution of joint authorship in relation to a work of sole authorship,

and such a false attribution infringes the right of every person to whom authorship of any description is, whether rightly or wrongly, attributed.

(5) The provisions of this section also apply (with any necessary adaptations) in relation to a film which was, or is alleged to have been, jointly directed, as they apply to a work which is, or is alleged to be, a work of joint authorship.

A film is “jointly directed” if it is made by the collaboration of 2 or more directors and the contribution of each director is not distinct from that of the other director or directors.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 88 U.K.]

100. Application of provisions to parts of works (1) The right conferred by section 89 (right to be identified as

author or director) applies in relation to the whole or any substantial part of a work.

(2) The rights conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) and section 96 (false attribution) apply in relation to the whole or any part of a work.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 89 U.K.]

DIVISION V—DEALINGS WITH RIGHTS IN COPYRIGHT WORKS

Copyright

101. Assignment and licences (1) Copyright is transmissible by assignment, by testamentary

disposition or by operation of law, as personal or moveable

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION V 2-212 Section 101 Cap. 528

property. (2) An assignment or other transmission of copyright may be

partial, that is, limited so as to apply— (a) to one or more, but not all, of the things the copyright

owner has the exclusive right to do; (b) to part, but not the whole, of the period for which the

writing signed by or on behalf of the assignor. (4) A licence granted by a copyright owner is binding on every

successor in title to his interest in the copyright, except a purchaser in good faith for valuable consideration and without notice (actual or constructive) of the licence or a person deriving title from such a purchaser; and references in this Part to doing anything with, or without, the licence of the copyright owner are construed accordingly.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 90 U.K.]

102. Prospective ownership of copyright (1) Without prejudice to sections 14 and 15, where by an

agreement made in relation to future copyright, and signed by or on behalf of the prospective owner of the copyright, the prospective owner purports to assign the future copyright (wholly or partially) to another person, then if, on the copyright coming into existence, the assignee or another person claiming under him would be entitled as against all other persons to require the copyright to be vested in him, the copyright vests in the assignee or his successor in title by virtue of this subsection.

(2) In this Part—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION V 2-214 Section 102 Cap. 528

“future copyright” (未來版權) means copyright which will or may come into existence in respect of a future work or class of works or on the occurrence of a future event; and

“prospective owner” (準擁有人) is construed accordingly, and includes a person who is prospectively entitled to copyright by virtue of such an agreement as is mentioned in subsection (1).

(3) A licence granted by a prospective owner of copyright is binding on every successor in title to his interest (or prospective interest) in the right, except a purchaser in good faith for valuable consideration and without notice (actual or constructive) of the licence or a person deriving title from such a purchaser; and references in this Part to doing anything with, or without, the licence of the copyright owner are construed accordingly.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 91 U.K.]

103. Exclusive licences (1) In this Part an “exclusive licence” (專用特許) means a

licence in writing signed by or on behalf of the copyright owner authorizing the licensee to the exclusion of all other persons, including the person granting the licence, to exercise a right which would otherwise be exercisable exclusively by the copyright owner.

(2) The licensee under an exclusive licence has the same rights against a successor in title who is bound by the licence as he has against the person granting the licence.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 92 U.K.]

104. Copyright to pass under will with unpublished work Where under a bequest (whether specific or general) a person is entitled, beneficially or otherwise, to—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION V 2-216 Section 103 Cap. 528

(a) an original document or other material thing recording or embodying a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work which was not published before the death of the testator; or

(b) an original material thing containing a sound recording or film which was not published before the death of the testator,

then unless a contrary intention is indicated in the testator’s will or a codicil to it, the bequest includes the copyright in the work in so far as the testator was the owner of the copyright immediately before his death.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 93 U.K.]

Moral rights

105. Moral rights not assignable The rights conferred by Division IV (moral rights) are not assignable.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 94 U.K.]

106. Transmission of moral rights on death (1) On the death of a person entitled to the right conferred by

section 89 (right to identification of author or director) or section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work)— (a) the right passes to such a person as he may by

testamentary disposition specifically direct; (b) if there is no such direction but the copyright in the

work in question forms part of his estate, the right passes to the person to whom the copyright passes; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION V 2-218 Section 105 Cap. 528

(c) if or to the extent that the right does not pass under paragraph (a) or (b) it is exercisable by his personal representatives.

(2) Where copyright forming part of a person’s estate passes in part to one person and in part to another, as for example where a bequest is limited so as to apply— (a) to one or more, but not all, of the things the copyright

owner has the exclusive right to do or authorize; or (b) to part, but not the whole, of the period for which the

copyright is to subsist, any right which passes with the copyright by virtue of subsection (1) is correspondingly divided.

(3) Where by virtue of subsection (1)(a) or (b) a right becomes exercisable by more than one person— (a) it may, in the case of the right conferred by section 89

(right to identification of author or director), be asserted by any of them;

(b) it is, in the case of the right conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work), a right exercisable by each of them and is satisfied in relation to any of them if he consents to the treatment or act in question; and

(4) A consent or waiver previously given or made binds any person to whom a right passes by virtue of subsection (1).

(5) Any infringement after a person’s death of the right conferred by section 96 (false attribution) is actionable by his personal representatives.

(6) Any damages recovered by personal representatives by virtue of this section in respect of an infringement after a person’s

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION V 2-220 Section 106 Cap. 528

death devolve as part of his estate as if the right of action had subsisted and been vested in him immediately before his death.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 95 U.K.]

DIVISION VI—REMEDIES FOR INFRINGEMENT

Rights and remedies of copyright owner

107. Infringement actionable by copyright owner (1) An infringement of copyright is actionable by the copyright

owner. (2) In an action for infringement of copyright all such relief

by way of damages, injunctions, accounts or otherwise is available to the plaintiff as is available in respect of the infringement of any other property right.

(3) This section has effect subject to the following provisions of this Division.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 96 U.K.]

108. Provisions as to damages in infringement action (1) Where in an action for infringement of copyright it is shown

that at the time of the infringement the defendant did not know, and had no reason to believe, that copyright subsisted in the work to which the action relates, the plaintiff is not entitled to damages against him, but without prejudice to any other remedy.

(2) The court may in an action for infringement of copyright having regard to all the circumstances, and in particular to— (a) the flagrancy of the infringement;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-222 Section 107 Cap. 528

(b) any benefit accruing to the defendant by reason of the infringement; and

award such additional damages as the justice of the case may require.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 97 U.K.]

109. Order for delivery up (1) Where a person—

(a) has an infringing copy of a work in his possession, custody or control for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; or (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 6; 15 of 2007 s. 30)

(b) has in his possession, custody or control an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work, knowing or having reason to believe that it has been or is to be used to make infringing copies,

the owner of the copyright in the work may apply to the court for an order that the infringing copy or article be delivered up to him or to such other person as the court may direct.

(1A) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(a) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 6)

(2) An application must be made before the end of the period specified in section 110 (period after which remedy of delivery up not available); and the court shall not make an order under this section unless the court also makes, or it appears to the court that there are grounds for making, an

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-224 Section 109 Cap. 528

order under section 111 (order as to disposal of infringing copy or other article).

(3) A person to whom an infringing copy or other article is delivered up in pursuance of an order under this section shall, if an order under section 111 is not made, retain it pending the making of an order, or the decision not to make an order, under that section.

(4) Nothing in this section affects any other power of the court. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 99 U.K.]

110. Period after which remedy of delivery up not available (1) An application for an order under section 109 (order for

delivery up in civil proceedings) may not be made after the end of the period of 6 years from the date on which the infringing copy or article in question was made, subject to the following provisions of this section.

(2) If during the whole or any part of that period the copyright owner— (a) is under a disability; or (b) is prevented by fraud or concealment from discovering

the facts entitling him to apply for an order, an application may be made at any time before the end of the period of 6 years from the date on which he ceased to be under a disability or, as the case may be, could with reasonable diligence have discovered those facts.

(3) In subsection (2) “disability” (無行為能力) has the same meaning as in the Limitation Ordinance (Cap. 347).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 113 U.K.]

111. Order as to disposal of infringing copy or other article (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-226 Section 110 Cap. 528

(1) An application may be made to the court for an order that an infringing copy or other article delivered up in pursuance of an order under section 109 should be— (a) forfeited to the copyright owner; or (b) destroyed or otherwise dealt with as the court may think

fit, or for a decision that no such order should be made.

(2) In considering what order (if any) should be made, the court shall consider whether other remedies available in an action for infringement of copyright would be adequate to compensate the copyright owner and to protect his interests.

(3) The power to make rules of court under section 54 of the High Court Ordinance (Cap. 4) includes power to make rules of court for the purposes of this section. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(4) The rules of court made for the purposes of this section may include rules as to the service of notice on persons having an interest in the copy or other articles, and any such person is entitled— (a) to appear in proceedings for an order under this section,

whether or not he was served with notice; and (b) to appeal against any order made, whether or not he

appeared. (5) An order under this section does not take effect until the end

of the period within which notice of an appeal may be given or, if before the end of that period notice of appeal is duly given, until the final determination or abandonment of the proceedings on the appeal.

(6) Where there is more than one person interested in a copy or other article, the court may make such order as it thinks just

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-228 Section 111 Cap. 528

and may (in particular) direct that the copy or article be sold, or otherwise dealt with, and the proceeds divided.

(7) If the court decides that no order should be made under this section, the person in whose possession, custody or control the copy or other article was before being delivered up is entitled to its return.

(8) References in this section to a person having an interest in a copy or other article include any person in whose favour an order could be made in respect of it under this section or under section 231 (which makes similar provision in relation to infringement of rights in performances).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 114 U.K.]

Rights and remedies of exclusive licensee

112. Rights and remedies of exclusive licensee (1) An exclusive licensee has, except against the copyright

owner, the same rights and remedies in respect of matters occurring after the grant of the licence as if the licence had been an assignment.

(2) His rights and remedies are concurrent with those of the copyright owner; and references in the relevant provisions of this Part to the copyright owner shall be construed accordingly.

(3) In an action brought by an exclusive licensee by virtue of this section a defendant may avail himself of any defence which would have been available to him if the action had been brought by the copyright owner.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 101 U.K.]

113. Exercise of concurrent rights (1) Subject to subsection (2), where an action for infringement

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-230 Section 112 Cap. 528

of copyright brought by the copyright owner or an exclusive licensee relates (wholly or partly) to an infringement in respect of which they have concurrent rights of action, the copyright owner or, as the case may be, the exclusive licensee may not, without the leave of the court, proceed with the action unless the other is either joined as a plaintiff or added as a defendant.

(2) Where an action for infringement of copyright brought by an exclusive licensee relates (wholly or partly) to an infringement in respect of an infringing copy within the meaning of section 35(3), the exclusive licensee may not, without the leave of the court, proceed with the action unless the copyright owner is joined as a plaintiff.

(3) In an application for leave under subsection (2) to proceed without joining the copyright owner as plaintiff, the court shall not grant leave unless there are exceptional circumstances, other than costs considerations, beyond the control of the copyright owner or exclusive licensee.

(4) A copyright owner or exclusive licensee who is added as a defendant in pursuance of subsection (1) is not liable for any costs in the action unless he takes part in the proceedings.

(5) The provisions of this section do not affect the granting of interlocutory relief on an application by a copyright owner or exclusive licensee alone.

(6) Where an action for infringement of copyright is brought which relates (wholly or partly) to an infringement in respect of which the copyright owner and an exclusive licensee have or had concurrent rights of action— (a) the court shall in assessing damages take into account—

(i) the terms of the licence; and (ii) any pecuniary remedy already awarded or available

to either of them in respect of the infringement;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-232 Section 113 Cap. 528

(b) the court shall not direct an account of profits if an award of damages has been made, or an account of profits has been directed, in favour of the other of them in respect of the infringement; and

(c) the court shall if an account of profits is directed apportion the profits between them as the court considers just, subject to any agreement between them,

and these provisions apply whether or not the copyright owner and the exclusive licensee are both parties to the action.

(7) The copyright owner shall notify any exclusive licensee having concurrent rights before applying for an order under section 109 (order for delivery up); and the court may on the application of the licensee make such order under section 109 as it thinks fit having regard to the terms of the licence.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 102 U.K.]

Remedies for infringement of moral rights

114. Remedies for infringement of moral rights (1) An infringement of a right conferred by Division IV (moral

rights) is actionable as a breach of statutory duty owed to the person entitled to the right.

(2) In proceedings for infringement of the right conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) the court may, if it thinks it is an adequate remedy in the circumstances, grant an injunction on terms prohibiting the doing of any act unless a disclaimer is made, in such terms and in such manner as may be approved by the court, dissociating the author or director from the treatment of the work.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 103 U.K.]

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-234 Section 114 Cap. 528

Presumptions

115. Presumptions relevant to literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works (1) The following presumptions apply in proceedings brought

by virtue of this Division with respect to a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work.

(2) Where a name purporting to be that of the author appeared on copies of the work as published or on the work when it was made, the person whose name appeared is presumed, until the contrary is proved— (a) to be the author of the work; (b) to have made it in circumstances not falling within

section 14(1), 182, 184 or 188 (works produced in course of employment, Government copyright, Legislative Council copyright or copyright of certain international organizations).

(3) In the case of a work alleged to be a work of joint authorship, subsection (2) applies in relation to each person alleged to be one of the authors.

(4) Where no name purporting to be that of the author appeared as mentioned in subsection (2) but a name purporting to be that of the publisher appeared on copies of the work as first published, the person whose name appeared is presumed, until the contrary is proved, to have been the owner of the copyright at the time of publication.

(5) If the author of the work is dead or the identity of the author cannot be ascertained by reasonable inquiry, it is presumed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary— (a) that the work is an original work; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-236 Section 115 Cap. 528

(b) that the plaintiff’s allegations as to what was the first publication of the work and as to the country of first publication are correct.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 104 U.K.]

116. Presumptions relevant to sound recordings, films and computer programs (1) In proceedings brought by virtue of this Division with respect

to a sound recording, where copies of the recording as issued or made available to the public bear a label or other mark stating— (a) that a named person was the owner of copyright in the

recording at the date of issue or making available of the copies; or

(b) that the recording was first published in a specified year or in a specified country,

the label or mark is admissible as evidence of the facts stated and is presumed to be correct until the contrary is proved.

(2) In proceedings brought by virtue of this Division with respect to a film, where copies of the film as issued or made available to the public bear a statement— (a) that a named person was the director or producer of the

film; (b) that a named person was the principal director, the

author of the screenplay, the author of the dialogue or the composer of music specifically created for and used in the film;

(c) that a named person was the owner of copyright in the film at the date of issue or making available of the copies; or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-238 Section 116 Cap. 528

(d) that the film was first published in a specified year or in a specified country,

the statement is admissible as evidence of the facts stated and is presumed to be correct until the contrary is proved.

(3) In proceedings brought by virtue of this Division with respect to a computer program, where copies of the program are issued to the public in electronic form or made available to the public bearing a statement— (a) that a named person was the owner of copyright in the

program at the date of issue or making available of the copies; or

(b) that the program was first published in a specified country or that copies of it were first issued to the public in electronic form or made available to the public in a specified year,

the statement is admissible as evidence of the facts stated and is presumed to be correct until the contrary is proved.

(4) The above presumptions apply equally in proceedings relating to an infringement alleged to have occurred before the date on which the copies were issued or made available to the public.

(5) In proceedings brought by virtue of this Division with respect to a film, where the film as shown in public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service bears a statement— (a) that a named person was the director or producer of the

film; (b) that a named person was the principal director of the

film, the author of the screenplay, the author of the dialogue or the composer of music specifically created for and used in the film; or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-240 Section 116 Cap. 528

the statement is admissible as evidence of the facts stated and is presumed to be correct until the contrary is proved. This presumption applies equally in proceedings relating to an infringement alleged to have occurred before the date on which the film was shown in public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service.

(6) For the purposes of this section, a statement that a person was the director of a film is to be taken, unless a contrary indication appears, as meaning that he was the principal director of the film.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 105 U.K.]

117. Presumptions relevant to works subject to Government copyright In proceedings brought by virtue of this Division with respect to a literary, dramatic or musical work in which Government copyright subsists, where there appears on printed copies of the work a statement of the year in which the work was first published commercially, that statement is admissible as evidence of the fact stated and is presumed to be correct in the absence of evidence to the contrary.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 106 U.K.]

Offences

118. Offences in relation to making or dealing with infringing articles, etc.* (1) A person commits an offence if he, without the licence of the

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-242 Section 117 Cap. 528

(b) imports an infringing copy of the work into Hong Kong otherwise than for his private and domestic use;

(d) sells, lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire an infringing copy of the work for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business;

(e) exhibits in public or distributes an infringing copy of the work for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business which consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works;

(f) possesses an infringing copy of the work with a view to— (i) its being sold or let for hire by any person for

the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; or

(ii) its being exhibited in public or distributed by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business which consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works; or

(g) distributes an infringing copy of the work (otherwise than for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business which consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works) to such an extent as to affect prejudicially the copyright owner. (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(1A) Where— (a) a person exhibits in public or distributes an infringing

copy of a copyright work for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-244 Section 118 Cap. 528

(b) the circumstances in which the infringing copy is so exhibited or distributed give rise to a reasonable suspicion that the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works,

then, unless there is evidence to the contrary, the trade or business is presumed, for the purposes of any proceedings instituted under subsection (1)(e), to be a trade or business which consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(1B) Where— (a) a person possesses an infringing copy of a copyright

work with a view to its being exhibited in public or distributed by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; and

(b) the circumstances in which the infringing copy is so possessed give rise to a reasonable suspicion that the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works,

then, unless there is evidence to the contrary, the trade or business is presumed, for the purposes of any proceedings instituted under subsection (1)(f)(ii), to be a trade or business which consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(2) Subsections (1)(b) and (c) and (4)(b) and (c) do not apply to an article in transit.

(2A) A person commits an offence if he, without the licence of the copyright owner of a copyright work to which this subsection applies, possesses an infringing copy of the work for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business with a view to its being used by any person for the purpose of or in the course of that trade or business. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(2B) Subsection (2A) applies to a copyright work that is—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-246 Section 118 Cap. 528

(a) a computer program; (b) a movie; (c) a television drama; (d) a musical sound recording; or (e) a musical visual recording. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(2C) Subsection (2A) does not apply to an infringing copy of a computer program in a printed form. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(2D) Subsection (2A) does not apply to the possession of an infringing copy of a computer program if— (a) the computer program incorporates the whole or any

part of a work that is not a computer program itself, and the computer program is technically required for the viewing or listening of the work by a member of the public to whom a copy of the work is made available; or

(b) the computer program is incorporated in a work that is not a computer program itself, and the computer program is technically required for the viewing or listening of the work by a member of the public to whom a copy of the work is made available. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(2E) Subsection (2A) does not apply to the possession of an infringing copy of a movie, television drama, musical sound recording or musical visual recording by the Hong Kong Film Archive for the purpose of heritage conservation if— (a) the infringing copy was donated or given to the Hong

Kong Film Archive by the public; or (b) the infringing copy was made by the Hong Kong Film

Archive to preserve or replace the infringing copy referred to in paragraph (a) against loss, deterioration or damage. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-248 Section 118 Cap. 528

(2F) Subsection (2A) does not apply to the possession of an infringing copy of a movie, television drama, musical sound recording or musical visual recording by the Hong Kong Film Archive for the purpose of doing any act in relation to the infringing copy (other than for the purpose referred to in subsection (2E)) if— (a) the infringing copy was—

(i) an infringing copy donated or given to the Hong Kong Film Archive by the public; or

(ii) an infringing copy made by the Hong Kong Film Archive to preserve or replace the infringing copy referred to in subparagraph (i) against loss, deterioration or damage;

(b) it is not possible by reasonable enquiry to ascertain the identity and contact details of the copyright owner of the work in question; and

(c) a copy (other than an infringing copy) of the work in question cannot be obtained on reasonable commercial terms. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(2G) Subsection (2A) does not apply if— (a) the person who possesses an infringing copy does so for

the purpose of providing legal service in relation to the infringing copy, and— (i) the person is enrolled on the roll of solicitors or the

roll of barristers kept under the Legal Practitioners Ordinance (Cap. 159); or

(ii) the person has been admitted as a legal practitioner in a jurisdiction other than Hong Kong;

(b) the person who possesses an infringing copy is serving a pupillage under the Barristers (Qualification for Admission and Pupillage) Rules (Cap. 159 sub. leg. AC)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-250 Section 118 Cap. 528

and he possesses the infringing copy for the purpose of assisting the barrister with whom he serves the pupillage in providing legal service in relation to the infringing copy;

(c) the person who possesses an infringing copy does so for the purpose of providing investigation service in relation to the infringing copy to the copyright owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright work concerned; or

(d) the person who possesses an infringing copy does so on his client’s premises and the infringing copy is provided to him by his client. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(2H) Without prejudice to section 125, where a body corporate or a partnership has done an act referred to in subsection (2A), the following person shall, unless there is evidence showing that he did not authorize the act to be done, be presumed also to have done the act— (a) in the case of the body corporate—

(i) any director of the body corporate who, at the time when the act was done, was responsible for the internal management of the body corporate; or

(ii) if there was no such director, any person who, at the time when the act was done, was responsible under the immediate authority of the directors of the body corporate for the internal management of the body corporate;

(b) in the case of the partnership— (i) any partner in the partnership who, at the time

when the act was done, was responsible for the internal management of the partnership; or

(ii) if there was no such partner, any person who, at the time when the act was done, was responsible

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-252 Section 118 Cap. 528

under the immediate authority of the partners in the partnership for the internal management of the partnership. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(2I) A defendant charged with an offence under subsection (2A) by virtue of subsection (2H) is taken not to have done the act in question if— (a) sufficient evidence is adduced to raise an issue that he

did not authorize the act to be done; and (b) the contrary is not proved by the prosecution beyond

reasonable doubt. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31) (2J) For the purposes of subsection (2I)(a)—

(a) the defendant shall be taken to have adduced sufficient evidence if the court is satisfied that— (i) the defendant has caused the body corporate

or partnership concerned to set aside financial resources, and has directed the use of the resources, for the acquisition of a sufficient number of copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate, which are not infringing copies, for the use of the body corporate or partnership; or

(ii) the body corporate or partnership concerned has incurred expenditure for the acquisition of a sufficient number of copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate, which are not infringing copies, for the use of the body corporate or partnership;

(b) subject to paragraph (a), in determining whether sufficient evidence is adduced, the court may have regard to, including but not limited to, the following— (i) whether the defendant has introduced policies

or practices against the use of infringing copies

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-254 Section 118 Cap. 528

of copyright works by the body corporate or partnership;

(ii) whether the defendant has taken action to prevent the use of infringing copies of copyright works by the body corporate or partnership. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(3) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence under subsection (1) or (2A), to prove that he did not know and had no reason to believe that the copy in question was an infringing copy of the copyright work. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(3A) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence under subsection (2A) to prove that— (a) he possessed the infringing copy in question in the

course of his employment; and (b) the infringing copy in question was provided to him by

or on behalf of his employer for use in the course of his employment. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(3B) Subsection (3A) does not apply to an employee— (a) who, at the time when the infringing copy in question

was acquired, was in a position to make or influence a decision regarding the acquisition of the infringing copy; or

(b) who, at the time when the offence in question was committed, was in a position to make or influence a decision regarding the use or removal of the infringing copy in question. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(4) A person commits an offence if he— (a) makes; (b) imports into Hong Kong;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-256 Section 118 Cap. 528

(c) exports from Hong Kong; (d) possesses; or (e) sells or lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire, an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work which article is used or intended to be used to make infringing copies of the copyright work for sale or hire or for use for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 7; 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(5) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence under subsection (4) to prove that he did not know and had no reason to believe that the article was used or was intended to be used to make the infringing copies for sale or hire or for use for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 7; 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(6) For the purpose of subsections (1)(b) and (3), where a person is charged with an offence under subsection (1) in respect of a copy of a copyright work which is an infringing copy by virtue only of section 35(3) and not being excluded under section 35(4) and which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made, if he proves that— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 31) (a) he had made reasonable enquiries sufficient to satisfy

himself that the copy in question was not an infringing copy of the work;

(b) he had reasonable grounds to be satisfied in the circumstances of the case that the copy was not an infringing copy;

(c) there were no other circumstances which would have led him reasonably to suspect that the copy was an infringing copy,

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-258 Section 118 Cap. 528

he has proved that he had no reason to believe that the copy in question was an infringing copy of the copyright work.

(7) In determining whether the person charged has proved under subsection (6) that he had no reason to believe that the copy in question was an infringing copy of the work, the court may have regard to, including but not limited to, the following— (a) whether he had made enquiries with a relevant trade

body in respect of that category of work; (b) whether he had given any notice drawing attention of

the copyright owner or exclusive licensee to his interest to import and to sell the copy of the work;

(d) whether the response, if any, to those enquiries made by the defendant was reasonable and timely;

(e) whether he was provided with the name, address and contact details of the copyright owner or exclusive licensee (as the case may be);

(f) whether he was provided with the date of first day of publication of the work;

(g) whether he was provided with proof of any relevant exclusive licence.

(8) A person commits an offence if he has in his possession an article knowing or having reason to believe that it is used or is intended to be used to make infringing copies of any copyright work for sale or hire or for use for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 7; 15 of 2007 s. 31)

(8A) (Repealed 15 of 2007 s. 31)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-260 Section 118 Cap. 528

(9) Sections 115 to 117 (presumptions as to various matters connected with copyright) do not apply to proceedings for an offence under this section.

(10) In this section, “dealing in” (經銷) means selling, letting for hire, or distributing for profit or reward. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 107 U.K.]

Editorial Note: * (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 31)

118A. Application of sections 60 and 61 to offences under section 118(1) For the purpose of any proceedings for an offence under section 118(1)—

(a) a person is a lawful user of a computer program for the purposes of sections 60 and 61 if he has a contractual right to use the program in any place in or outside Hong Kong, and section 60(2) shall have effect accordingly; and

(b) sections 60 and 61 apply in relation to a copy of a work other than a computer program to which section 35A(1) applies as they apply in relation to a copy of a computer program and, accordingly, any act that may under section 60 or 61 be done in relation to a copy of a computer program without infringing the copyright in the program may be done in relation to a copy of a work other than a computer program to which section 35A(1) applies without infringing the copyright in the work.

(Added 27 of 2003 s. 4)

119. Penalties for offences under section 118

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-262 Section 118A Cap. 528

(1) A person who commits an offence under section 118(1) or (2A) is liable on conviction on indictment to a fine at level 5 in respect of each infringing copy and to imprisonment for 4 years. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 8; 15 of 2007 s. 32)

(2) A person who commits an offence under section 118(4) or (8) is liable on conviction on indictment to a fine of $500,000 and to imprisonment for 8 years.

119A. Offence in relation to possession of infringing copies in a copying service business (1) In this section— “copying service business” (複製服務業務) means a business,

conducted for profit, that includes the offering of reprographic copying services to the public and, in the case of a business that includes the offering of reprographic copying services to the public at more than one place, means any part of the business carried on at such a place;

“reward” (報酬) means reward other than reward of a nominal value.

(2) A person commits an offence if, for the purpose of or in the course of a copying service business, he possesses a reprographic copy of a copyright work as published in a book, magazine or periodical, being a copy that is an infringing copy of the copyright work.

(3) In proceedings for an offence under subsection (2), it is a defence for the person charged to prove that the infringing copy of a copyright work in question was not made for the purpose of and was not made in the course of the copying service business.

(4) In proceedings for an offence under subsection (2), it is a defence for the person charged to prove that the infringing

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-264 Section 119A Cap. 528

copy of a copyright work in question was not made for profit and was not made for reward.

(5) In proceedings for an offence under subsection (2), it is a defence for the person charged to prove that he did not know and had no reason to believe that the copy of a copyright work in question was an infringing copy of the copyright work.

(6) A person who commits an offence under subsection (2) is liable on conviction on indictment to a fine at level 5 in respect of each infringing copy and to imprisonment for 4 years.

(7) Sections 115, 116 and 117 (presumptions as to various matters connected with copyright) do not apply to proceedings for an offence under subsection (2).

(Added 4 of 2004 s. 3)

119B. Offence in relation to making for distribution or distributing on a regular or frequent basis infringing copies of copyright works in printed form contained in books, etc. (1) A person commits an offence if he does any of the following

acts on a regular or frequent basis for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business— (a) without the licence of the copyright owner of a

copyright work described in subsection (2), makes an infringing copy of the work for distribution, resulting in a financial loss to the copyright owner; or

(b) without the licence of the copyright owner of a copyright work described in subsection (2), distributes an infringing copy of the work, resulting in a financial loss to the copyright owner.

(2) The copyright work referred to in subsection (1)(a) and (b) is a copyright work in a printed form that is contained in—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-266 Section 119B Cap. 528

(a) a book; (b) a magazine; (c) a periodical; or (d) a newspaper.

(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in the circumstances described in Schedules 1AA and 1AB. (Replaced 15 of 2009 s. 3)

(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to an educational establishment of any of the following descriptions— (a) an educational establishment specified in section 1 of

Schedule 1; (b) an educational establishment exempt from tax under

section 88 of the Inland Revenue Ordinance (Cap. 112); or

(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to the distribution through a wire or wireless network of an infringing copy to which access is not restricted by procedures of authentication or identification.

(6) Subsection (1) does not apply if the infringing copy— (a) forms part of the special collection of a library or

archive owned by the Government, or a library or archive designated under subsection (10)(a); and

(b) is distributed solely— (i) for on-the-spot reference use in, or during an

activity organized by, a library or archive referred to in paragraph (a); or

(ii) for loan to other libraries or archives for the purpose of exhibition or research.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-268 Section 119B Cap. 528

(7) Subsection (1) does not apply to the making or distribution by a library or archive referred to in subsection (6)(a) of a single copy of any item forming the special collection for the purpose of preserving or replacing the item against loss, deterioration or damage, but the copy may only be distributed for the use referred to in subsection (6)(b).

(8) In subsections (6) and (7), “special collection” (特別收藏品)— (a) in the case of a library or archive owned by the

Government, means a collection consisting primarily of works or articles, or copies of works or articles, donated or given by the public that are, in the opinion of the Director of Leisure and Cultural Services, of cultural, historical or heritage importance or value;

(b) in the case of a library or archive designated under subsection (10)(a), means a collection consisting primarily of works or articles, or copies of works or articles, donated or given by the public that are, in the opinion of the head or controlling body (by whatever name called) of the library or archive, of cultural, historical or heritage importance or value.

(9) For the purposes of the exception under subsections (6) and (7), an archive owned by the Government includes a museum owned by the Government.

(10) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may, having regard to the advice of the Director of Leisure and Cultural Services— (a) by notice published in the Gazette designate for the

purposes of subsection (6)(a) any library or archive that is exempt from tax under section 88 of the Inland Revenue Ordinance (Cap. 112); and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-270 Section 119B Cap. 528

(b) by regulations prescribe the conditions that a library or archive designated under paragraph (a) must comply in order to be eligible for the exemption provided by subsections (6) and (7).

(11) Without prejudice to section 125, where a body corporate or a partnership has done an act referred to in subsection (1), the following person shall, unless there is evidence showing that he did not authorize the act to be done, be presumed also to have done the act— (a) in the case of the body corporate—

(i) any director of the body corporate who, at the time when the act was done, was responsible for the internal management of the body corporate; or

(b) in the case of the partnership— (i) any partner in the partnership who, at the time

when the act was done, was responsible for the internal management of the partnership; or

(ii) if there was no such partner, any person who, at the time when the act was done, was responsible under the immediate authority of the partners in the partnership for the internal management of the partnership.

(12) A defendant charged with an offence under subsection (1) by virtue of subsection (11) is taken not to have done the act in question if—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-272 Section 119B Cap. 528

(a) sufficient evidence is adduced to raise an issue that he did not authorize the act to be done; and

(b) the contrary is not proved by the prosecution beyond reasonable doubt.

(13) For the purposes of subsection (12)(a)— (a) the defendant shall be taken to have adduced sufficient

evidence if the court is satisfied that— (i) the defendant has caused the body corporate

or partnership concerned to set aside financial resources, and has directed the use of the resources, for the acquisition of appropriate licences, in accordance with the needs of the body corporate or partnership, to make or distribute, or to make and distribute, copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate for the use of the body corporate or partnership;

(ii) the defendant has caused the body corporate or partnership concerned to set aside financial resources, and has directed the use of the resources, for the acquisition of a sufficient number of copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate, which are not infringing copies, for the use of the body corporate or partnership;

(iii) the body corporate or partnership concerned has incurred expenditure for the acquisition of appropriate licences, in accordance with the needs of the body corporate or partnership, to make or distribute, or to make and distribute, copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate for the use of the body corporate or partnership; or

(iv) the body corporate or partnership concerned has incurred expenditure for the acquisition of a

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-274 Section 119B Cap. 528

sufficient number of copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate, which are not infringing copies, for the use of the body corporate or partnership;

practices against the making and distribution of infringing copies of copyright works by the body corporate or partnership;

(ii) whether the defendant has taken action to prevent the making or distribution of infringing copies of copyright works by the body corporate or partnership.

(14) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence under subsection (1) to prove that— (a) he has taken adequate and reasonable steps to obtain a

licence from the copyright owner in question but failed to get a timely response from the copyright owner;

(b) he has made reasonable efforts but failed to obtain commercially available copies of the copyright work in question and the copyright owner in question has refused to grant him a licence on reasonable commercial terms;

(d) he cannot, after making reasonable enquiries, ascertain the identity and contact details of the copyright owner in question.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-276 Section 119B Cap. 528

(15) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence in respect of an act under subsection (1) to prove that— (a) he did the act in the course of his employment; and (b) he did the act in accordance with the instruction given

to him by or on behalf of his employer in the course of his employment.

(16) Subsection (15) does not apply to an employee who, at the time when the infringing copy in question was made or distributed, was in a position to make or influence a decision regarding the making or distribution of the infringing copy.

(17) A person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on conviction on indictment to a fine at level 5 in respect of each infringing copy and to imprisonment for 4 years.

(18) Sections 115 and 117 (presumptions as to various matters connected with copyright) do not apply to proceedings for an offence under subsection (1).

(19)-(21) (Repealed 15 of 2009 s. 3) (22) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development

may, by notice published in the Gazette, amend Schedules 1AA and 1AB. (Added 15 of 2009 s. 3)

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 33)

120. #Making infringing copies outside Hong Kong, etc. (1) A person commits an offence if he makes outside Hong

Kong, for export to Hong Kong otherwise than for his private and domestic use, any article that he knows would, if it were made in Hong Kong, constitute an infringing copy of a copyright work.

(2) A person commits an offence if he makes outside Hong Kong an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-278 Section 120 Cap. 528

of a particular copyright work knowing or having reason to believe that it is to be used or is intended to be used in Hong Kong for making an infringing copy of the copyright work for sale or hire or for use for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 9; 15 of 2007 s. 34)

(2A) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (2) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 9)

(3) A person commits an offence if he makes outside Hong Kong or exports from Hong Kong an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work, knowing or having reason to believe that— (a) the article is to be used or is intended to be used outside

Hong Kong for making another article for export to Hong Kong; and

(b) the latter article mentioned in paragraph (a) would, if it were made in Hong Kong, constitute an infringing copy of the copyright work.

(4) A person who, in Hong Kong or elsewhere, aids, abets, counsels or procures the commission by another person of an offence under subsection (1), (2) or (3) commits that offence as a principal.

(5) The offences under subsections (1), (2) and (3) are without prejudice to the offences under section 118.

(6) A person who commits an offence under subsection (1), (2) or (3) is liable on conviction on indictment to a fine of $500,000 and to imprisonment for 8 years.

(7) For the purpose of this section, “article” (物品) does not include an article in transit.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-280 Section 120 Cap. 528

(8) Sections 115 to 117 (presumptions as to various matters connected with copyright) do not apply to proceedings for an offence under this section.

Editorial Note: # The Copyright (Suspension of Amendments) Ordinance (Cap. 568) provides for the suspension of the operation of certain amendments in relation to this section effected by the Intellectual Property (Miscellaneous Amendments) Ordinance 2000 (64 of 2000).

120A. Time limit for prosecutions No prosecution for an offence under this Ordinance shall be commenced after the expiration of 3 years from the date of commission of the offence.

(Added 22 of 1998 s. 44. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 35)

Supplementary

121. Affidavit evidence (1) For the purpose of facilitating the proof of subsistence

and ownership of copyright, and without prejudice to the operation of sections 11 to 16 (authorship and ownership of copyright) and sections 17 to 21 (duration of copyright), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which states— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36) (a) the date and place that the work was made or first

published; (b) the name of the author of the work; (Replaced 15 of

2007 s. 36) (ba) where the author of the work is an individual—

(i) the place of domicile of the author;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-282 Section 120A Cap. 528

(ii) the place of residence of the author; or (iii) the place where the author has a right of abode;

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 36) (bb) where the author of the work is a body corporate—

(i) the place of incorporation of the author; or (ii) the principal place of business of the author; (Added

15 of 2007 s. 36) (c) the name of the copyright owner; (Amended 15 of 2007

s. 36) (d) that copyright subsists in the work; and (e) that a copy of the work exhibited to the affidavit is a

true copy of the work, shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in any proceedings under this Ordinance.

(2) For the purpose of facilitating the proof of subsistence and ownership of copyright, and without prejudice to subsection (1) and the operation of sections 11 to 16 (authorship and ownership of copyright) and sections 17 to 21 (duration of copyright), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36) (a) states—

(i) that the copyright work has been registered with a Copyright Register prescribed under subsection (16); and (Amended L.N. 29 of 2004)

(ii) that copyright subsists in the work; and (iii) the name of the copyright owner; and (Amended 15

of 2007 s. 36)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-284 Section 121 Cap. 528

(b) has exhibited to it a copy of the certificate of registration of the work issued by the authority in charge of the Copyright Register certified to be a true copy by a person specified in subsection (4)(a),

shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in any proceedings under this Ordinance.

(2A) For the purposes of facilitating the establishment of the matter referred to in section 35(3)(b), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which— (a) states the name of the copyright owner; (b) states that a copy of the work exhibited to the affidavit

is a true copy of the work; (c) states—

(i) that the copy of the work exhibited to the affidavit was made in a place outside Hong Kong by the copyright owner; or

(ii) that the copy of the work exhibited to the affidavit was made in a place outside Hong Kong by a person who has the licence of the copyright owner to make copies of the work in that place, but does not have the licence of the copyright owner to make copies of the work in Hong Kong; and

(d) states the name and address of the person (if any) referred to in paragraph (c)(ii),

shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in any proceedings under this Ordinance. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 36)

(2B) For the purposes of any proceedings instituted under section 118(1), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-286 Section 121 Cap. 528

on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which— (a) states the name of the copyright owner; and (b) states that the person named in the affidavit does not

have the licence of the copyright owner to do an act referred to in section 118(1)(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) in respect of the work,

shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in those proceedings. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 36)

(2C) For the purposes of any proceedings instituted under section 118(2A), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which— (a) states the name of the copyright owner; and (b) states that the person named in the affidavit does not

have the licence of the copyright owner to do an act referred to in section 118(2A) in respect of the work,

shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in those proceedings. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 36)

(2D) For the purposes of any proceedings instituted under section 119B(1), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which— (a) states the name of the copyright owner; and (b) states that the person named in the affidavit does not

have the licence of the copyright owner to do an act referred to in section 119B(1) in respect of the work,

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-288 Section 121 Cap. 528

shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in those proceedings. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 36)

(3) The court before whom an affidavit which complies with the conditions in subsection (4) is produced under subsection (1), (2), (2A), (2B), (2C) or (2D) shall presume, in the absence of evidence to the contrary— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36) (a) that the statements made in the affidavit are true; and (b) that it was made and authenticated in accordance with

subsection (4). (4) An affidavit may be tendered in evidence under subsection

(1), (2), (2A), (2B), (2C) or (2D) if— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36) (a) it is made on oath—

(i) before a solicitor or a commissioner as defined in the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance (Cap. 11), if it is made in Hong Kong; or

(ii) before a notary public, if it is made outside Hong Kong;

(b) it is authenticated, so far as relates to the making thereof, by the signature of the solicitor, commissioner or notary public before whom it is made;

(d) subject to subsection (6), not less than 10 days before the commencement of the hearing at which the affidavit is tendered in evidence, a copy of the affidavit is served, by or on behalf of the prosecution or plaintiff, on each of the defendants.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-290 Section 121 Cap. 528

(5) Notwithstanding that an affidavit is admissible as evidence by virtue of this section, a defendant or his solicitor may, within 3 days from the service of the copy of the affidavit, serve a notice requiring the attendance of the deponent to the affidavit in court.

(6) The parties may agree before the hearing that the requirements of subsection (4)(d) may be dispensed with.

(7) If an affidavit tendered in evidence under subsection (1), (2), (2A), (2B), (2C) or (2D)— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36) (a) is made in a language other than English or Chinese,

it must be accompanied by an English or Chinese translation thereof and, unless otherwise agreed by or on behalf of the prosecutor or plaintiff and defendant (or, if more than one, all the defendants), the translation must be certified by the court translator;

(b) refers to any other document as an exhibit, the copy served on any other party to the proceedings under subsection (4)(d) must be accompanied by a copy of that document or by such information as may be necessary in order to enable the party on whom it is served to inspect that document or a copy thereof.

(8) Without prejudice to subsection (5)— (a) the party by whom or on whose behalf the affidavit was

served may call the deponent to give evidence; and (b) the court may of its own motion or, if the defendant

who has served a notice under subsection (5) in relation to an affidavit satisfies the court— (i) that the ownership or subsistence of the copyright

in a work is, insofar as that matter is stated in the affidavit, genuinely in issue;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-292 Section 121 Cap. 528

(ii) that whether a person has the licence of the copyright owner of a copyright work to do a particular act is, insofar as that matter is stated in the affidavit, genuinely in issue; or

(iii) where the affidavit is made under subsection (2A), that any matter stated in the affidavit, other than those referred to in subparagraphs (i) and (ii), is genuinely in issue,

either before or during the hearing, require the deponent to the affidavit to attend before the court and give evidence. (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 36)

(9) Without prejudice to subsection (8)(a), a deponent of an affidavit which is admissible under this section shall attend before the court and give evidence if, and only if, the court so requires under subsection (8)(b).

(10) So much of an affidavit as is admitted in evidence by virtue of this section is, unless the court otherwise directs, to be read aloud at the hearing and where the court so directs an account is to be given orally of so much of any affidavit as is not read aloud.

(11) Any document or object referred to as an exhibit and identified in an affidavit admitted in evidence under this section is treated as if it had been produced as an exhibit and identified in court by the deponent.

(12) A document required by this section to be served on any person may be served— (a) by delivering it to him or to his solicitor; or (b) in the case of a body corporate, by delivering it to

the secretary or clerk of the body at its registered or principal office or by sending it by registered post addressed to the secretary or clerk of that body at that office.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-294 Section 121 Cap. 528

(13) Without prejudice to the powers of the court to award costs, the court may award costs against a defendant who— (a) was served with an affidavit described in subsection

(1), (2), (2A), (2B), (2C) or (2D); (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36)

(b) by himself or through his solicitor served a notice under subsection (5); and

(14) In awarding awards under subsection (13), the court shall have regard to the actual costs incurred by the prosecution or plaintiff as a result of the notice under subsection (5) served by the defendant and the court may award costs under subsection (13) exceeding the limit of costs, if any, which that court may award.

(15) For the purpose of subsection (1)(e), where the work is a computer program, whether in source codes or object codes, a copy of the program only in the form of object codes is also regarded as a true copy of the program.

(16) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may by regulation prescribe the Copyright Registers for the purpose of subsection (2). (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)

(17) In this section, “court” (法院) includes a magistrate.

122. Powers of investigating officers (1) An authorized officer may—

(a) (i) subject to section 123, enter and search any place; (Amended 22 of 1998 s. 45)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-296 Section 122 Cap. 528

(ii) stop, board and search any vessel (other than a ship of war) or any aircraft (other than a military aircraft); or

(iii) stop and search any vehicle (other than a military vehicle), in which he reasonably suspects that there is—

(A) an article which is an infringing copy of a copyright work;

(B) an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work which article is used or intended to be used for making infringing copies of any such work; or

(C) anything which appears to him to be or to contain, or to be likely to be or to contain, evidence of an offence under this Part; and

(b) seize, remove or detain— (i) any article which appears to him to be an

infringing copy of a copyright work or an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work which appears to him to be intended for use for making infringing copies of any such work;

(ii) anything which appears to him to be or to contain, or to be likely to be or to contain, evidence of an offence under this Part; and

(iii) any vessel, aircraft or vehicle (other than a ship of war or a military aircraft or vehicle) which he reasonably suspects to be or, has been used in connection with an offence under this Part.

(2) An authorized officer may—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-298 Section 122 Cap. 528

(a) break into and forcibly enter any place which he is empowered or authorized by this Part to enter and search; (Amended 22 of 1998 s. 45)

(b) forcibly board any vessel, aircraft or vehicle which he is empowered by this Part to stop, board and search;

(d) detain any person found in any place which he is empowered or authorized by this Part to search until such place has been searched;

(e) prevent any person from approaching or boarding any vessel, aircraft or vehicle which he is empowered by this Part to stop, board and search until it has been searched.

(3) An authorized officer may call upon any authorized officer to assist him in the exercise of any of his powers under this section. (Added 22 of 1998 s. 45)

123. Authority to issue warrant for entry and search (1) A magistrate may, if he is satisfied by information on oath

that there are reasonable grounds for suspecting that there is in any place any article or thing which may be seized, removed or detained under section 122(1)(b), issue a warrant authorizing an authorized officer to enter and search the place.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), an authorized officer shall not enter and search any place under section 122(1)(a)(i) except under the authority of a warrant issued under this section.

(3) An authorized officer may enter and search any place under section 122(1)(a)(i) without a warrant issued under this section if the delay necessary to obtain a warrant could result in the loss or destruction of evidence or for any other reason it would not be reasonably practicable to obtain a warrant.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-300 Section 123 Cap. 528

(Replaced 22 of 1998 s. 46)

124. Obstruction of investigating officers (1) Without prejudice to any other Ordinance, any person who—

(a) wilfully obstructs an authorized officer in the exercise of his powers or the performance of his duties under this Ordinance;

(b) wilfully fails to comply with any requirement properly made to him by any such authorized officer; or

(c) without reasonable excuse, fails to give such authorized officer any other assistance which he may reasonably require to be given for the purpose of exercising his powers or performing his duties under this Ordinance,

is guilty of an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine at level 4 and to imprisonment for 3 months.

(2) Any person who, when required to give information to an authorized officer in the exercise of his powers or the performance of his duties under this Ordinance, knowingly gives false or misleading information to any such authorized officer is guilty of an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine at level 4 and to imprisonment for 3 months.

(3) Nothing in this section requires any person to give any information which may incriminate him.

125. Liability of persons other than principal offender (1) Where a body corporate commits an offence under this

Ordinance in respect of any act which is shown to have been committed with the consent or connivance of, or to be attributable to any act on the part of, any director, manager, secretary or other similar officer of the body corporate or any person purporting to act in any such capacity he, as well as the body corporate, commits the offence.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-302 Section 124 Cap. 528

(2) Where the affairs of a body corporate are managed by its members, subsection (1) applies in relation to the acts of a member in connection with his functions of management as if he were a director of the body corporate.

(3) Where an offence under this Ordinance committed by a partner in a partnership is proved to have been committed with the consent or connivance of, or to be attributable to any act on the part of, any other partner of the partnership or any person concerned in the management of the partnership, that other partner or the person concerned in the management of the partnership commits the like offence.

126. Disclosure of information, etc. (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) Where any article seized or detained under section 122 is, or

is reasonably suspected by the Commissioner to be— (a) an infringing copy of a copyright work; or (b) an article specifically designed or adapted for making

copies of a particular copyright work which has been used, or is intended to be used, for the making of infringing copies of any such work,

the Commissioner shall, wherever reasonably practicable, notify the owner of the copyright in question or his authorized agent of the seizure or detention, as the case may be.

(2) In the circumstances specified in subsection (1), the Commissioner may disclose to the owner of the copyright or to his authorized agent— (a) the time, and the address or place, of seizure or

detention of the article; (b) the name and address of the person from whom the

article has been seized or detained; (c) the nature and quantity of articles seized or detained;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-304 Section 126 Cap. 528

(d) any statement made to the Commissioner or an authorized officer by the person in connection with the seizure or detention, either with the prior consent in writing of that person or without such consent where the person is dead or cannot after reasonable enquiries by the Commissioner as to his whereabouts be found by the Commissioner; and

(e) any other information or document relating to the article seized or detained which the Commissioner thinks fit to disclose.

(3) The owner of the copyright or his authorized agent— (a) where he seeks disclosure of any information or

document that is not referred to in subsection (2); or (b) where information or a document that is referred to in

subsection (2) is not disclosed by the Commissioner, may apply to the Court of First Instance for an order requiring the Commissioner to disclose such information or document and the Court of First Instance may on such an application make such order for disclosure as it thinks fit. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(4) An application under subsection (3) may be begun by motion with previous notice to the Commissioner.

127. Protection of informers in criminal proceedings (1) Save where, in the opinion of the court, justice so requires,

the name or identity of any informer and the information given by such informer shall not be disclosed in any criminal proceedings under this Part.

(2) The court may make any order and adopt any procedure necessary to prevent any such disclosure.

128. Inspection of articles, release of samples, etc.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-306 Section 127 Cap. 528

(1) Where an article seized or detained under section 122 is, or is reasonably suspected by the Commissioner to be— (a) an infringing copy of a copyright work; or (b) an article specifically designed or adapted for making

copies of a particular copyright work which has been used, or is intended to be used, for the making of infringing copies of any such work,

the Commissioner or an authorized officer may give the owner of the copyright work in question or his authorized agent or the person from whom the article was seized sufficient opportunity to inspect the article for the purposes of ascertaining whether the article is an infringing copy of the copyright work or is an article specifically designed or adapted for making infringing copies of the copyright work.

(2) Where more than one article is seized or detained under section 122, the Commissioner or an authorized officer may permit the owner of the copyright or his authorized agent or the person from whom the articles were seized or detained to remove samples of the seized or detained articles if the Commissioner or authorized officer considers it necessary for the purpose of ascertaining whether the articles are infringing copies of the copyright work or are articles specifically designed or adapted for making copies of the copyright work on condition that the owner or agent or person, as the case may be, gives the Commissioner or authorized officer the requisite undertakings.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), the requisite undertakings are undertakings in writing that the person giving the undertaking will— (a) return the samples to the Commissioner or authorized

officer at a specified time that is satisfactory to the Commissioner or authorized officer; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-308 Section 128 Cap. 528

(b) take reasonable care to prevent unnecessary damage to the samples.

(4) If the Commissioner or an authorized officer permits the inspection of any seized or detained article, or the removal of a sample, by the copyright owner or his agent or the person from whom the article was seized in accordance with this section, the Government is not liable to the person from whom the article was seized or detained for any loss or damage suffered by him arising out of— (a) damage to any article incurred during the inspection; or (b) anything done by the copyright owner or any other

person to, or in relation to, a sample removed by the copyright owner, his agent or the person or any use made by the owner or the person of such sample.

129. Multilateral co-operation The Commissioner may, for the purpose of promoting multi- lateral co-operation in the protection of intellectual property rights, disclose information obtained in pursuance of this Ordinance to the customs authorities or other authorities responsible for the enforcement of intellectual property rights of—

(a) any country, territory or area which is, at the relevant time, a member of the World Trade Organization; or

(b) such other country, territory or area as the Commissioner thinks fit.

130. Offences relating to disclosure of information (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) Subject to subsection (2), any person who discloses to any

other person any information obtained by him in pursuance of this Ordinance commits an offence unless the disclosure was made—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-310 Section 129 Cap. 528

(a) for the purpose of the performance by him or any other person of functions under this Ordinance; or

(b) under the direction or order of a court. (2) A person does not commit an offence under subsection (1)

by— (a) disclosing information under section 126(1) or (2) or

under an order of the Court of First Instance under section 126(3);

(b) disclosing information under section 129; (c) disclosing information under section 140(1) or under an

order of the Court of First Instance made under section 140(2); or

(d) disclosing information under section 267(1) or under an order of the Court of First Instance made under section 267(2). (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(3) Any person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on conviction to a fine at level 4 and to imprisonment for 1 year.

131. Seized articles, etc. liable to forfeiture (1) Any article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing seized or

detained by an authorized officer under section 122 is liable to forfeiture in accordance with the following provisions whether or not any person has been charged of an offence under section 118, 119A, 119B or 120. (Amended 4 of 2004 s. 4; 15 of 2007 s. 37)

(2) The Commissioner shall, subject to subsection (3) and not later than 30 days beginning on the date of the seizure or detention of the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing serve notice of the seizure or detention on a person who was to the knowledge of the Commissioner at the time of,

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-312 Section 131 Cap. 528

or immediately after seizure or detention, an owner of the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing.

(3) Subsection (2) does not apply if the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing was seized or detained in the presence of— (a) an owner, or an employee or agent of the owner, of the

article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing; (b) the person whose offence or suspected offence gave rise

to the seizure or detention; or (c) in the case of a vessel, aircraft or vehicle, the master or

person in charge. (4) A notice given under subsection (2) is deemed to have been

duly served if— (a) it is delivered to the person on whom it is served; (b) it is sent by registered post addressed to such person at

the place of residence or business of such person, if any, known to the Commissioner; or

(c) where it cannot be served in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b), the notice is exhibited at the Customs and Excise Department, in a place to which the public have access, for a period of not less than 7 days commencing within 30 days from the date of the seizure or detention of the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing.

(5) If an article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing is liable to forfeiture under subsection (1), the owner or the authorized agent of the owner thereof, or a person who was in possession thereof at the time of seizure or detention, or a person who has a legal or equitable interest in it, may within 30 days beginning— (a) on the date of the seizure or detention; or (b) where the notice under subsection (2) is—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-314 Section 131 Cap. 528

(i) served by delivery to the person to be served, on the date of service; or

(ii) sent by registered post, 2 days after the date of posting; or

(iii) exhibited as described in subsection (4)(c), on the first day it is so exhibited,

give notice in writing to the Commissioner of his full name and address for service in Hong Kong and claim that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing is not liable to forfeiture.

(6) A claimant may withdraw a notice of a claim at any time by notice in writing to the Commissioner.

(7) Except where a person is charged with an offence under section 118, 119A, 119B or 120 in connection with the seized or detained article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing, if on the date of the expiration of the appropriate period of time specified in subsection (5) for the giving of a notice of claim no such notice has been given in writing to the Commissioner, the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing is forfeited forthwith to the Government. (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3; 4 of 2004 s. 4; 15 of 2007 s. 37)

132. Disposal of articles, etc. where a person is charged Without prejudice to section 131, where a person is charged with an offence under section 118, 119A, 119B or 120 the court may, if it is satisfied that any article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing seized or detained by an authorized officer under section 122 in connection with the offence— (Amended 4 of 2004 s. 5; 15 of 2007 s. 38)

(a) is an infringing copy of a copyright work; (b) is an article specifically designed or adapted for making

copies of a particular copyright work which article

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-316 Section 132 Cap. 528

has been used, or is intended to be used, for making infringing copies of any such work; or

order that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing be— (i) forfeited to the Government; (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)

(ii) delivered up to the person who appears to the court to be the owner of the copyright concerned; or

(iii) disposed of in such other way as the court may think fit, whether or not the person charged is convicted of the offence with which he was charged.

133. Determination of application for forfeiture (1) Where a notice of claim is given under section 131, the

Commissioner or an authorized officer shall apply to a magistrate, the District Court or the Court of First Instance for the forfeiture of the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing unless the Commissioner is satisfied, within a reasonable period after the receipt of the notice of claim, that, on the basis of the evidence of the case, the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing concerned should be delivered to the claimant. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(2) The Commissioner or authorized officer shall state in the application the name and address of the claimant.

(3) Where an application under subsection (1) is made to a magistrate, the magistrate shall issue a summons to the claimant, requiring him to appear before a magistrate upon the hearing of the application, and shall cause a copy of such summons to be served upon the Commissioner.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-318 Section 133 Cap. 528

(4) Where an application under subsection (1) is made to the District Court or the Court of First Instance, it may be begun by motion. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(5) Where the claimant is the defendant in criminal proceedings under section 118, 119A, 119B or 120 in connection with the seized or detained article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing and there is no other claimant, on an application made in that behalf by the Commissioner, the court may hear the forfeiture application immediately following the criminal proceedings and for the purposes of a hearing under this subsection, any requirement in respect of the issue or service of a summons or any notice of the hearing under or by virtue of subsection (3) or (4), as the case may be, does not apply. (Amended 4 of 2004 s. 6; 15 of 2007 s. 39)

(6) Where there is more than one claimant and one of them is the defendant in criminal proceedings under section 118, 119A, 119B or 120 in connection with the seized or detained article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing, on an application made in that behalf by the Commissioner, the court may hear the forfeiture application immediately following the criminal proceedings. (Amended 4 of 2004 s. 6; 15 of 2007 s. 39)

(7) If, upon the hearing of an application under subsection (1), the claimant or some other person who, though not the claimant, was, or would have been, entitled to make a claim under section 131(5), appears before a court, the court shall hear the application.

(8) A court may, at the hearing of a forfeiture application, or at an adjourned hearing, hear a person— (a) who has not been served with a notice of seizure or

detention and was not present when an article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing, was seized or detained or whose identity was not known to the Commissioner at

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-320 Section 133 Cap. 528

the time of, or immediately after, seizure or detention; and

(b) who appears to the court to have a right to claim ownership of, or a legal or equitable interest in, the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing,

on his claim as to why it should not be forfeited. (9) If, upon the hearing of an application under subsection (1),

neither the claimant nor any person who, though not the claimant, was, or would have been, entitled to make a claim under section 131(5), appears before a court and the court is satisfied— (a) that the summons or the notice of the hearing (if any)

required to be served under subsection (3) or (4), as the case may be, was served;

(b) that a person at the address for service or a solicitor nominated to accept service on behalf of a claimant has refused to accept service of the summons or notice of the hearing referred to in paragraph (a); or

(c) that the address for service given to the Commissioner is inadequate for the purpose of effecting service of the summons or the notice of hearing referred to in paragraph (a),

the court shall hear and determine the application without requiring further inquiry as to the whereabouts of the claimant.

(10) An application under subsection (1) to a magistrate is deemed to be a complaint for the purposes of section 8 of the Magistrates Ordinance (Cap. 227).

(11) Without prejudice to section 132, upon the hearing of an application under subsection (1) a court shall order that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing, as the case

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-322 Section 133 Cap. 528

may be, be forfeited to the Government where the court is satisfied that it is liable to forfeiture, and, if appropriate, that— (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3) (a) the person who appears before the court fails to satisfy

the court that he was, or would have been, entitled to make a claim under section 131(5) in respect of the seized or detained article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing; and

(b) no other person appears before the court and satisfies that he was, or would have been, entitled to make such claim.

(12) Without prejudice to section 132, upon the hearing of an application under subsection (1), in any case other than a case referred to in subsection (11) a court may, if it is satisfied— (a) that a person is, or would have been, entitled to make

a claim under section 131(5) in respect of the seized or detained article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing; and

(b) that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing is liable to forfeiture,

order that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing— (i) be forfeited to the Government; (Amended 22 of 1999

s. 3) (ii) subject to subsection (13), be delivered to the claimant

subject to any condition which it may specify in the order; or

(iii) be disposed of in such manner and subject to such condition as it may specify in the order.

(13) The court shall not make an order under subsection (12)(ii) in respect of an article unless the claimant satisfies the court that the article is not an infringing copy of any copyright work or, as the case may be, is not an article specifically designed

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-324 Section 133 Cap. 528

or adapted to make copies of any particular copyright work which article is used or is intended to be used, for making infringing copies of any such work.

(14) If, after a court has ordered that an article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing be delivered to a person, that person cannot be found or refuses to accept it, the Commissioner may apply to a court which may— (a) order that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing be

forfeited to the Government; or (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)

(b) make any such other order as the court considers fit in the circumstances.

(15) Unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to a court in this section or section 132 includes a reference to a magistrate.

134. Jurisdiction of District Court (1) The District Court may entertain proceedings under—

(a) section 109 (order for delivery up of infringing copy or other article);

(b) section 111 (order as to disposal of infringing copy or other article); or

where the value of the infringing copies, or the alleged infringing copies, and other articles in question does not exceed the limit for actions in tort set out in section 32(1) of the District Court Ordinance (Cap. 336). (Amended 28 of 2000 s. 45)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VI 2-326 Section 134 Cap. 528

(2) Nothing in this section affects the jurisdiction of the Court of First Instance. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 115 U.K.]

DIVISION VII—PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO IMPORTATION OF INFRINGING ARTICLES

135. Definitions In this Division— “detention order” (扣留令) means an order made under section

137(1); “right holder” (權利持有人) means the owner or exclusive licensee

of the copyright that subsists in a work under this Ordinance.

136. Application for detention order (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) A right holder may apply to the Court of First Instance

for an order under section 137(1) where he has reasonable grounds for suspecting that the importation of an article that constitutes an infringing copy of the work in respect of which he is a right holder may take place. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(2) An application under subsection (1) may be made ex parte but with previous notice to the Commissioner.

(3) An application under subsection (1) must be in such form as is prescribed by rules of court and must be supported by an affidavit of the right holder which— (a) states that at the time the application is made copyright

subsists under this Part in the work in question; (b) states whether the deponent is the owner or the exclusive

licensee of the copyright;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VII 2-328 Section 135 Cap. 528

(c) where the deponent purports to be the exclusive licensee, states the facts and exhibits such documents relied upon by the deponent to establish that he is the exclusive licensee;

(d) states that a copy of the work exhibited to the affidavit is an authorized copy of the work;

(e) states the grounds for the application, including the facts relied upon by the deponent as showing that the article in question is prima facie an infringing copy;

(f) sets out a sufficiently detailed description of the article in question to make it readily recognizable by the Commissioner;

(g) sets out particulars regarding the expected mode of transportation and the expected date of importation and, if available, particulars identifying the importer; and

(h) sets out such other information and exhibits such other documents as may be prescribed by rules of court.

(4) No application may be made under subsection (1) with respect to an article in transit.

(5) No application may be made under subsection (1) with respect to the importation by a person of an article for his private and domestic use.

(6) Section 121 applies in respect of an affidavit made in accordance with subsection (3) by the exclusive licensee of the copyright that subsists in a work under this Part in the same manner as it would apply if the affidavit were made by the owner of the copyright.

137. Issuance of detention order (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VII 2-330 Section 137 Cap. 528

(1) Where, on the hearing of an application made under section 136, the right holder presents adequate evidence to satisfy the Court of First Instance that the article in question is prima facie an infringing copy, the Court of First Instance may make an order directing the Commissioner or an authorized officer to take reasonable measures to seize or detain the article on or after its importation.

(2) The Court of First Instance may require the right holder to provide security or an equivalent assurance in an amount sufficient to protect the importer and any other person having an interest in the article to be seized or detained, including the consignee and the owner of the article, from any loss or damage that may be incurred in the event that the seizure or detention is wrongful or the article is released to the importer under section 138(6).

(3) A detention order may contain such terms and conditions as the Court of First Instance considers appropriate.

(4) The Court of First Instance shall not make a detention order with respect to any article that has been seized or detained by, and that is in the custody of, the Commissioner or an authorized officer pursuant to any law.

(5) Where the Commissioner or an authorized officer seizes or detains an article pursuant to any law, other than this Division or Division III of Part III, any detention order made with respect to that article ceases to have effect.

(6) Where the Court of First Instance makes a detention order, the right holder shall forthwith serve a copy of the order on the Commissioner.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VII 2-332 Section 137 Cap. 528

has, pursuant to the order and within that period, seized or detained any article to which the order applies.

(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

138. Enforcement of detention order (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) Where a detention order is served on the Commissioner, the

Commissioner or an authorized officer shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the order, seize or detain any article to which the order applies.

(2) The right holder shall— (a) supply to the Commissioner or an authorized officer

sufficient information on the article and the particular importation to render the article recognizable and the shipment or particular importation identifiable and any other information the Commissioner or an authorized officer may reasonably require for the purpose of carrying out the detention order;

(b) deposit with the Commissioner an amount that is, in the opinion of the Commissioner, sufficient to reimburse the Government for the costs likely to be incurred in connection with the carrying out of the detention order; and

(c) upon notification in writing by the Commissioner or an authorized officer of the seizure or detention of the article, provide such storage space and other facilities as he may require.

(3) The Commissioner or an authorized officer may refuse to carry out the detention order if the right holder fails to comply with subsection (2).

(4) The Commissioner may, after giving written notice to the right holder, apply to the Court of First Instance for directions

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VII 2-334 Section 138 Cap. 528

in carrying out the detention order, and the Court of First Instance may, after giving the right holder an opportunity to be heard, give such directions as it thinks fit. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(5) The Commissioner or an authorized officer shall forthwith after an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order, give written notice of the seizure or detention to— (a) the right holder; (b) the importer; and (c) any other person to whom notice is required to be given

by the terms of the order. (6) Subject to subsection (7) and to any law authorizing the

Commissioner or an authorized officer to seize or detain articles, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall release any article that has been seized or detained pursuant to a detention order to the importer if the right holder has not, within a period of 10 days after notice of the seizure or detention is given to the right holder, notified the Commissioner in writing that an action for infringement in respect of the article has been brought under this Part.

(7) The Court of First Instance may, on application by the right holder, after giving the Commissioner and each person to whom notice is required to be given under subsection (5) an opportunity to be heard, extend the period referred to in subsection (6) by a period not exceeding an additional 10 days if it is satisfied that the request for the extension is reasonable. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(8) In proceedings under subsection (7), the Court of First Instance may require the right holder to provide security or an equivalent assurance in addition to that provided in accordance with section 137(2). (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VII 2-336 Section 138 Cap. 528

(9) Where the right holder has, within the period referred to in subsection (6), as may be extended under subsection (7), notified the Commissioner in writing that an action for infringement in respect of the article has been brought under this Part, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall retain custody of the article subject to the direction of the court in the infringement proceedings.

(10) No public holiday, gale warning day or black rainstorm warning day is reckoned in the computation of the period referred to in subsection (6), as may be extended under subsection (7).

(11) In this section— “black rainstorm warning day” (黑色暴雨警告日) means any day

throughout or for part of which a black rainstorm warning is in force, and “black rainstorm warning” (黑色暴雨警告) means a warning issued by the Director of the Hong Kong Observatory of a heavy rainstorm in, or in the vicinity of, Hong Kong by the use of the heavy rainstorm signal commonly referred to as Black; (Amended L.N. 362 of 1997)

“gale warning day” (烈風警告日) means any day throughout or for part of which a gale warning is in force, and “gale warning” (烈風警告) has the meaning assigned to it by section 2 of the Judicial Proceedings (Adjournment During Gale Warnings) Ordinance (Cap. 62).

139. Variation or setting aside of detention order (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) The Commissioner or the right holder may at any time apply

to the Court of First Instance to vary the detention order. (2) The importer or any other person affected by the detention

order may at any time apply to the Court of First Instance to vary or set aside the order.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VII 2-338 Section 139 Cap. 528

(3) A person who makes an application under subsection (1) or (2) shall give to the other parties such notice of the day fixed for the hearing of the application as a judge of the Court of First Instance may order.

(4) On the hearing of an application under subsection (1) or (2) to vary the detention order, the Court of First Instance may vary the order in such manner as it thinks just.

(5) On the hearing of an application under subsection (2) to set aside the detention order, the Court of First Instance may set aside the order on such terms and conditions as it thinks just.

(6) For the purposes of subsection (3)— (a) the parties to an application under subsection (1) are

the Commissioner, the right holder and, if the article in question has been seized or detained pursuant to the detention order, the importer and any other person to whom notice is required to be given under section 138(5); and

(b) the parties to an application under subsection (2) are the Commissioner, the right holder, the applicant and the importer, if the importer is not the applicant.

(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

140. Disclosure of information (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention

order, the Commissioner may disclose to the right holder— (a) the names and addresses of the importer, the consignor

and the consignee; (b) the nature and quantity of articles seized or detained

pursuant to the order;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VII 2-340 Section 140 Cap. 528

(c) any statement made to the Commissioner or an authorized officer by any person in connection with the seizure or detention, either with the prior consent in writing of that person or without such consent where the person is dead or cannot after reasonable enquiries by the Commissioner as to his whereabouts be found by the Commissioner; and

(d) any other information or document relating to any article seized or detained pursuant to the order which the Commissioner thinks fit to disclose.

(2) Where the right holder seeks disclosure of— (a) any information or document that is not referred to in

subsection (1); or (b) any information or document that is referred to in

subsection (1) but which the Commissioner has not disclosed,

he may apply to the Court of First Instance for an order requiring the Commissioner to disclose such information or document and the Court of First Instance may on such an application make such order for disclosure as it deems fit. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(3) An application under subsection (2) may be begun by motion with previous notice to the Commissioner.

141. Inspection of articles, release of samples, etc. (1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention

order, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall— (a) give the right holder sufficient opportunity to inspect the

article for the purpose of substantiating his claim; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VII 2-342 Section 141 Cap. 528

(b) give the importer an equivalent opportunity to inspect the article for the purpose of refuting the right holder’s claim.

(2) Where more than one article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order, the Commissioner or an authorized officer may permit the right holder or the importer to remove samples of the seized or detained articles if the right holder or the importer, as the case may be, gives the Commissioner or authorized officer the requisite undertakings.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), the requisite undertakings are undertakings in writing that the person giving the undertaking will— (a) return the samples to the Commissioner or authorized

officer at a specified time that is satisfactory to the Commissioner or authorized officer; and

(b) take reasonable care to prevent unnecessary damage to the samples.

(4) If the Commissioner or an authorized officer permits the inspection of any seized or detained article, or the removal of a sample, by the right holder in accordance with this section, the Government is not liable to the importer for any loss or damage suffered by the importer arising out of— (a) damage to any article incurred during the inspection; or (b) anything done by the right holder or any other person to,

or in relation to, a sample removed by the right holder or any use made by the right holder of such sample.

142. Costs payable (1) The Commissioner may assess the costs incurred by the

Government in connection with the carrying out of a detention order and may deduct those costs from the amount paid as a deposit by the right holder under section 138(2).

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VII 2-344 Section 142 Cap. 528

(2) Any costs assessed under subsection (1) shall be payable by the right holder to the Government and recoverable as a civil debt.

143. Compensation payable to importer, etc. (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention

order and the article is released pursuant to section 138(6), the importer, the consignee or the owner of the article may, within 6 months after the date on which the order is made, apply to the Court of First Instance for compensation for any loss or damage suffered by him by reason of the seizure or detention.

(2) Where— (a) an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention

order; (b) an action for infringement is brought under this Part

in respect of the article within the period referred to in section 138(6), as may be extended under section 138(7); and

(c) the action is discontinued, the claim of infringement is withdrawn or the court in the infringement proceedings determines that the infringement is not proved,

the importer, the consignee or the owner of the article may, within 6 months after the date on which the action is discontinued, the claim is withdrawn or the court renders its determination, as the case may be, apply to the Court of First Instance for compensation for any loss or damage suffered by him by reason of the seizure or detention.

(3) On an application under subsection (1) or (2), the Court of First Instance may make such order for compensation as it deems fit.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VII 2-346 Section 143 Cap. 528

(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

144. Rules (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) The power to make rules of court under section 54 of the High Court Ordinance (Cap. 4) includes power to make rules of court regulating and prescribing the procedure and the practice to be followed in the Court of First Instance under this Division, and any matter incidental to or relating to that procedure or practice, including rules prescribing any matter or thing that under this Division is to be or may be prescribed by rules of court.

(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

DIVISION VIII—COPYRIGHT LICENSING

145. Licensing schemes and licensing bodies (1) In this Part a “licensing scheme” (特許計劃) means a scheme

setting out— (a) the classes of case in which the operator of the scheme,

or the person on whose behalf he acts, is willing to grant copyright licences; and

(b) the terms on which licences would be granted in those classes of case,

and for this purpose a “scheme” (計劃) includes anything in the nature of a scheme, whether described as a scheme or as a tariff or by any other name.

(2) In this section “copyright licences” (版權特許) means licences to do, or authorize the doing of, any of the acts restricted by copyright.

(3) References in this Division to licences or licensing schemes covering works of more than one author do not include licences or schemes covering only—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-348 Section 145 Cap. 528

(a) a single collective work or collective works of which the authors are the same; or

(b) works made or distributed by, or by employees of or commissioned by, a single individual, firm, company or group of companies,

and for this purpose a “group of companies” (公司集團) has the meaning given by section 2(1) of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622). (Amended 28 of 2012 ss. 912 & 920)

(4) In this Division— “licensing body” (特許機構) means a society or other organization,

whether registered under section 149 or not, which has as its main object, or one of its main objects, the negotiation or granting, either as owner or prospective owner of copyright or as agent for him, of copyright licences, and whose objects include the granting of licences covering works of more than one author;

“register” (註冊紀錄冊) means the register of copyright licensing bodies established under section 147;

“Registrar” (處長) means the Registrar of Copyright Licensing Bodies specified in section 146;

“registration” (註冊) means the entry of the name of a licensing body in the register in accordance with section 149 and “registered” (註冊) is construed accordingly.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 116 U.K.]

Registration of licensing bodies

146. Registrar of Copyright Licensing Bodies The Director of Intellectual Property is the Registrar of Copyright Licensing Bodies.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-350 Section 146 Cap. 528

147. Maintenance of register and inspection (1) The Registrar shall establish and maintain a register of

(2) The register is to be open for inspection in such place and in such manner and subject to the payment of such appropriate fee as may be specified by the Registrar by notice in the Gazette.

148. Application for registration and renewal (1) A licensing body may apply for registration or renewal of

registration in such form and manner as may be specified by the Registrar.

(2) An application must be accompanied by— (a) the appropriate prescribed fee; and (b) a statement in writing containing such particulars as

may be specified by the Registrar either generally or in respect of the application.

(3) An application by a body corporate may be signed by any person authorized in that behalf by such body corporate and the Registrar may require such proof of that authorization as he considers necessary.

(4) An application by a partnership must be signed by each partner.

(5) A fee paid under this section is not refundable whether the application is approved or not.

149. Registration, issue of certificate of registration (1) The Registrar may approve an application for registration and

enter the name of the applicant in the register if the Registrar

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-352 Section 147 Cap. 528

is satisfied— (a) that the applicant is a fit and proper person to be

registered; and (b) with respect to the future, with the availability to the

public of information relating to the scales of copyright royalty charges by the applicant for different uses, at least by the following means— (i) by setting the scales out in its brochures and

licence application forms; (ii) by exhibiting the scales in the registered office and

places of business of the applicant conspicuously to the public; and

(iii) by publishing the scales in an English language newspaper and a Chinese language newspaper in Hong Kong on a day within the 2 weeks after the issue of the certificate of registration.

(2) Upon entry of the name of the applicant in the register, the Registrar shall issue to the applicant a certificate of registration in such form as the Registrar determines specifying the requirements with respect to— (a) the publication of scales of copyright royalty charges;

and (b) the charging of copyright royalty charges not exceeding

the scales published, which the licensing body must comply with.

150. Change of royalty charges during currency of certificate (1) A registered licensing body which proposes to charge

copyright royalty charges otherwise than in accordance with the scales last published on registration or on renewal of registration shall notify the Registrar in writing together with

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-354 Section 150 Cap. 528

sufficient particulars of the proposed new scales of charges at least one month before the new scales come into effect.

(2) The licensing body shall make available to the public the information relating to the new scales of copyright royalty charges for different uses at least by the means specified in section 149(1)(b) at least 14 days before the new scales come into effect.

(3) The registration of a licensing body which fails to comply with subsection (1) or (2) or both subsections is deemed to be cancelled from the date when the new scales come into effect.

151. Duration of registration, renewal and cancellation (1) A certificate of registration is valid for a period of 12 months,

or such lesser period as may be specified in the certificate, from the date on which it is granted.

(2) A registered licensing body may apply for the renewal of its registration for a period not exceeding 12 months.

(3) An application for the renewal of registration must be made at least one month before the expiry of the current registration.

(4) The Registrar may decline an application for renewal of registration by a licensing body or cancel the registration of a licensing body if— (a) the licensing body is no longer a fit and proper person

to be registered; or (b) any of the requirements of the Registrar specified

under subsection (5) or section 149(2) in relation to the licensing body is not complied with.

(5) On a renewal of registration, the Registrar shall issue to the licensing body a new certificate in such form as the Registrar determines specifying the requirements with respect to—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-356 Section 151 Cap. 528

(a) the publication of scales of copyright royalty charges; and

(b) the charging of copyright royalty charges not exceeding the scales published.

(6) The Registrar shall remove the name of the licensing body from the register if its application for renewal of registration is declined or its registration is cancelled.

152. Regulations (For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may by regulation— (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)

(a) prescribe the fees for the application for registration and for renewal of registration; and

(b) provide for the better carrying into effect of this system of registration.

153. No liability in the case of the bona fide exercise of functions under this Division (1) No liability is incurred by the Registrar in respect of anything

done or omitted to be done by him bona fide in the exercise or purported exercise of any functions conferred or imposed by or under this Division.

(2) In this section “functions” (職能) includes powers and duties.

References and applications with respect to licensing schemes

154. Licensing schemes to which sections 155 to 160 apply Sections 155 to 160 (references and applications with respect

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-358 Section 152 Cap. 528

to licensing schemes) apply to licensing schemes operated by licensing bodies which cover works of more than one author, so far as they relate to licences for—

(a) copying the work; (b) where the work is a work referred to in section 25(1)(a),

(b), (c), (d), (e) or (f), the rental of copies of the work to the public; (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 40)

programme service; (e) issuing or making available copies of the work to the

public; (f) making adaptations of the work; or (g) any other act restricted by the copyright in the work,

and references in those sections to a licensing scheme are to be construed accordingly.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 117 U.K.]

155. Reference of proposed licensing scheme to Tribunal (1) An organization claiming to be representative of persons

claiming that they require licences in cases of a description to which the scheme would apply, either generally or in relation to any description of case, may refer the terms of a licensing scheme proposed to be operated by a licensing body to the Copyright Tribunal.

(2) The Tribunal shall first decide whether to entertain the reference, and may decline to do so on the ground that the reference is premature.

(3) If the Tribunal decides to entertain the reference it shall consider the matter referred and make such order, either

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-360 Section 155 Cap. 528

confirming or varying the proposed scheme, either generally or so far as it relates to cases of the description to which the reference relates, as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.

(4) The order may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 118 U.K.]

156. Reference of licensing scheme to Tribunal (1) If while a licensing scheme is in operation a dispute arises

between the operator of the scheme and— (a) a person claiming that he requires a licence in a case of

a description to which the scheme applies; or (b) an organization claiming to be representative of such

persons, that person or organization may refer the scheme to the Copyright Tribunal in so far as it relates to cases of that description.

(2) A scheme which has been referred to the Tribunal under this section remains in operation until proceedings on the reference are concluded.

(3) The Tribunal shall consider the matter in dispute and make such order, either confirming or varying the scheme so far as it relates to cases of the description to which the reference relates, as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.

(4) The order may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 119 U.K.]

157. Further reference of scheme to Tribunal

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-362 Section 156 Cap. 528

(1) Where the Copyright Tribunal has on a previous reference of a licensing scheme under section 155 or 156, or under this section, made an order with respect to the scheme, then, while the order remains in force— (a) the operator of the scheme; (b) a person claiming that he requires a licence in a case of

the description to which the order applies; or (c) an organization claiming to be representative of such

persons, may refer the scheme again to the Tribunal so far as it relates to cases of that description.

(2) A licensing scheme may not, except with the special leave of the Tribunal, be referred again to the Tribunal in respect of the same description of cases— (a) within 12 months from the date of the order on the

previous reference; or (b) if the order was made so as to be in force for 15 months

or less, until the last 3 months before the expiry of the order.

(3) A scheme which has been referred to the Tribunal under this section and which is in operation remains in operation until proceedings on the reference are concluded.

(4) The Tribunal shall consider the matter in dispute and make such order, either confirming, varying or further varying the scheme so far as it relates to cases of the description to which the reference relates, as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.

(5) The order may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 120 U.K.]

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-364 Section 157 Cap. 528

158. Application for grant of licence in connection with licensing scheme (1) A person who claims, in a case covered by a licensing

scheme, that the operator of the scheme has refused to grant him or procure the grant to him of a licence in accordance with the scheme, or has failed to do so within a reasonable time after being asked, may apply to the Copyright Tribunal for an order under this section.

(2) A person who claims, in a case excluded from a licensing scheme, that the operator of the scheme either— (a) has refused to grant him a licence or procure the

grant to him of a licence, or has failed to do so within a reasonable time of being asked, and that in the circumstances it is unreasonable that a licence should not be granted; or

(b) proposes terms for a licence which are unreasonable, may apply to the Tribunal for an order under this section.

(3) A case is regarded as excluded from a licensing scheme for the purposes of subsection (2) if— (a) the scheme provides for the grant of licences subject to

terms excepting matters from the licence and the case falls within such an exception; or

(b) the case is so similar to those in which licences are granted under the scheme that it is unreasonable that it should not be dealt with in the same way.

(4) If the Tribunal is satisfied that the claim is well-founded, it shall make an order declaring that, in respect of the matters specified in the order, the applicant is entitled to a licence on such terms as the Tribunal may determine to be applicable

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-366 Section 158 Cap. 528

in accordance with the scheme or, as the case may be, to be reasonable in the circumstances.

(5) The order may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 121 U.K.]

159. Application for review of order as to entitlement to licence (1) Where the Copyright Tribunal has made an order under

section 158 that a person is entitled to a licence under a licensing scheme, the operator of the scheme or the original applicant may apply to the Tribunal to review its order.

(2) An application may not be made, except with the special leave of the Tribunal— (a) within 12 months from the date of the order, or of the

decision on a previous application under this section; or (b) if the order was made so as to be in force for 15 months

or less, or as a result of the decision on a previous application under this section is due to expire within 15 months of that decision, until the last 3 months before the expiry date.

(3) The Tribunal shall on an application for review confirm or vary its order as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable having regard to the terms applicable in accordance with the licensing scheme or, as the case may be, the circumstances of the case.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 122 U.K.]

160. Effect of order of Tribunal as to licensing scheme (1) A licensing scheme which has been confirmed or varied by

the Copyright Tribunal—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-368 Section 159 Cap. 528

(a) under section 155 (reference of terms of proposed scheme); or

(b) under section 156 or 157 (reference of existing scheme to Tribunal),

is in force or, as the case may be, remains in operation, so far as it relates to the description of case in respect of which the order was made, so long as the order remains in force.

(2) While the order is in force a person who in a case of a class to which the order applies— (a) pays to the operator of the scheme any charges payable

under the scheme in respect of a licence covering the case in question or, if the amount cannot be ascertained, gives an undertaking to the operator to pay them when ascertained; and

(b) complies with the other terms applicable to such a licence under the scheme,

is in the same position as regards infringement of copyright as if he had at all material times been the holder of a licence granted by the owner of the copyright in question in accordance with the scheme.

(3) The Tribunal may direct that the order, so far as it varies the amount of charges payable, has effect from a date before that on which it is made, but not earlier than the date on which the reference was made or, if later, on which the scheme came into operation. If such a direction is made— (a) any necessary repayments, or further payments, must be

made in respect of charges already paid; and (b) the reference in subsection (2)(a) to the charges payable

under the scheme is to be construed as a reference to the charges so payable by virtue of the order.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-370 Section 160 Cap. 528

(4) Where the Tribunal has made an order under section 158 (order as to entitlement to licence under licensing scheme) and the order remains in force, the person in whose favour the order is made, if he— (a) pays to the operator of the scheme any charges payable

in accordance with the order or, if the amount cannot be ascertained, gives an undertaking to pay the charges when ascertained; and

(b) complies with the other terms specified in the order, is in the same position as regards infringement of copyright as if he had at all material times been the holder of a licence granted by the owner of the copyright in question on the terms specified in the order.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 123 U.K.]

References and applications with respect to licensing by licensing bodies

161. Licences to which sections 162 to 166 apply Sections 162 to 166 (references and applications with respect to licensing by licensing bodies) apply to licences which are granted by a licensing body otherwise than in pursuance of a licensing scheme and which cover works of more than one author, so far as they authorize—

(a) copying the work; (b) where the work is a work referred to in section 25(1)(a),

(b), (c), (d), (e) or (f), the rental of copies of the work to the public; (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 41)

programme service;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-372 Section 161 Cap. 528

(e) issuing or making available copies of the work to the public;

(f) making adaptations of the work; or (g) any other act restricted by the copyright in the work,

and references in those sections to a licence are to be construed accordingly.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 124 U.K.]

162. Reference to Tribunal of proposed licence (1) A prospective licensee may refer the terms on which a

licensing body proposes to grant a licence to the Copyright Tribunal.

(2) The Tribunal shall first decide whether to entertain the reference, and may decline to do so on the ground that the reference is premature.

(3) If the Tribunal decides to entertain the reference it shall consider the terms of the proposed licence and make such order, either confirming or varying the terms, as it may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.

(4) The order may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 125 U.K.]

163. Reference to Tribunal of expiring licence (1) A licensee under a licence which is due to expire, by effluxion

of time or as a result of notice given by the licensing body, may apply to the Copyright Tribunal on the ground that it is unreasonable in the circumstances that the licence should cease to be in force.

(2) Such an application may not be made until the last 3 months before the licence is due to expire.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-374 Section 162 Cap. 528

(3) A licence in respect of which a reference has been made to the Tribunal remains in operation until proceedings on the reference are concluded.

(4) If the Tribunal finds the application well-founded, it shall make an order declaring that the licensee continues to be entitled to the benefit of the licence on such terms as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.

(5) An order of the Tribunal under this section may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 126 U.K.]

164. Tribunal may award interim payment and restrict application for interlocutory injunction (1) Where an application has been made to the Copyright

Tribunal under section 162 or 163, the Tribunal may of its own motion or on the application of the licensing body order the licensee to make such interim payment of such royalty as the Tribunal thinks just to the licensing body.

(2) Where a reference or an application has been made to the Tribunal under section 162 or 163, the Tribunal may of its own motion or on the application of the prospective licensee or licensee make an order that pending the final determination of the reference or application or until further order by the Tribunal, the licensing body shall not apply for any interlocutory injunction against the prospective licensee (in the case of a reference under section 162) or the licensee (in the case of an application under section 163).

(3) Where the Tribunal has made an order under subsection (2), any application for an interlocutory injunction in any court by the licensing body against the prospective licensee or licensee, as the case may be, shall not be entertained or, if it has been

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-376 Section 164 Cap. 528

entertained, shall be stayed until the final determination of the reference or application or further order by the Tribunal.

(4) Subject to any earlier termination of the order, an order under subsection (2) ceases to have effect on the final determination of the reference or application, as the case may be.

165. Application for review of order as to licence (1) Where the Copyright Tribunal has made an order under

section 162 or 163, the licensing body or the person entitled to the benefit of the order may apply to the Tribunal to review its order.

(2) An application may not be made, except with the special leave of the Tribunal— (a) within 12 months from the date of the order or of the

decision on a previous application under this section; or (b) if the order was made so as to be in force for 15 months

or less, or as a result of the decision on a previous application under this section is due to expire within 15 months of that decision, until the last 3 months before the expiry date.

(3) The Tribunal shall on an application for review confirm or vary its order as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 127 U.K.]

166. Effect of order of Tribunal as to licence (1) Where the Copyright Tribunal has made an order under

section 162 or 163 and the order remains in force, the person entitled to the benefit of the order shall if he— (a) pays to the licensing body any charges payable in

accordance with the order or, if the amount cannot be

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-378 Section 165 Cap. 528

ascertained, gives an undertaking to pay the charges when ascertained; and

(b) complies with the other terms specified in the order, be in the same position as regards infringement of copyright as if he had at all material times been the holder of a licence granted by the owner of the copyright in question on the terms specified in the order.

(2) The benefit of the order may be assigned— (a) in the case of an order under section 162, if assignment

is not prohibited under the terms of the Tribunal’s order; and

(b) in the case of an order under section 163, if assignment was not prohibited under the terms of the original licence.

(3) The Tribunal may direct that an order under section 162 or 163, or an order under section 165 varying such an order, so far as it varies the amount of charges payable, has effect from a date before that on which it is made, but not earlier than the date on which the reference or application was made or, if later, on which the licence was granted or, as the case may be, was due to expire.

(4) If such a direction is made— (a) any necessary repayments, or further payments, must be

made in respect of charges already paid; and (b) the reference in subsection (1)(a) to the charges payable

in accordance with the order is to be construed, where the order is varied by a later order, as a reference to the charges so payable by virtue of the later order.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 128 U.K.]

Factors to be taken into account in certain classes of case

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-380 Section 167 Cap. 528

167. General considerations: unreasonable discrimination (1) The Copyright Tribunal shall, in every case before it,

have regard to public interest, and in determining what is reasonable on a reference or application under this Division relating to a licensing scheme or licence, the Tribunal shall have regard to— (a) the availability of other schemes, or the granting of

other licences, to other persons in similar circumstances; (b) the terms of those schemes for licences; (c) the nature of the work concerned; (d) the relative bargaining power of the parties concerned;

and (e) the availability to the licensees or prospective licensees

of relevant information relating to the terms of the licensing scheme or licence in question.

(2) The Copyright Tribunal shall exercise its powers so as to secure that there is no unreasonable discrimination between licensees, or prospective licensees, under the scheme or licence to which the reference or application relates and licensees under other schemes operated by, or other licences granted by, the same person or any other person.

(3) The mention in subsections (1) and (2) of specific matters to which the Tribunal is to have regard does not affect the general obligation of the Tribunal to have regard to all relevant considerations and in particular, to whether the exercise of its power will result in a conflict with a normal exploitation of the work or will unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the copyright owner.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 ss. 129 & 135 U.K.]

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-382 Section 167 Cap. 528

Implied indemnity in schemes or licences

168. Implied indemnity in certain schemes and licences (1) This section applies to—

(a) schemes for licensing restricted acts in relation to copyright works; and

(b) licences granted by licensing bodies, where the scheme or licence does not specify the works to which it applies with such particularity as to enable licensees to determine whether a work falls within the scheme or licence by inspection of the scheme or licence and the work.

(2) There is implied— (a) in every scheme to which this section applies an

undertaking by the operator of the scheme to indemnify a person granted a licence under the scheme; and

(b) in every licence to which this section applies an undertaking by the licensing body to indemnify the licensee,

against any liability incurred by him by reason of his having infringed copyright by making or authorizing an act restricted by the copyright in a work in circumstances within the apparent scope of his licence.

(3) The circumstances of a case are within the apparent scope of a licence if— (a) it is not apparent from inspection of the licence and the

work that it does not fall within the description of works to which the licence applies; and

(b) the licence does not expressly provide that it does not extend to copyright to the description infringed.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION VIII 2-384 Section 168 Cap. 528

(4) In this section “liability” (法律責任) includes liability to pay costs; and this section applies in relation to costs reasonably incurred by a licensee in connection with actual or contemplated proceedings against him for infringement of copyright as it applies to sums which he is liable to pay in respect of such infringement.

(5) A scheme or licence to which this section applies may contain reasonable provision— (a) with respect to the manner in which, and time within

which, claims under the undertaking implied by this section are to be made;

(b) enabling the operator of the scheme or, as the case may be, the licensing body to take over the conduct of any proceedings affecting the amount of his liability to indemnify.

(6) When an indemnity is implied under subsection (2), subject to subsection (7), the amount of damages which a court may award in favour of the owner of the copyright of a work who is not a member of the scheme or, as the case may be, the licensing body for infringement of the copyright must not exceed the amount that owner would receive if he was a member of the scheme or the licensing body.

(7) The court shall not award damages at an amount that will result in a conflict with a normal exploitation of the work or will unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interest of the copyright owner.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 136 U.K.]

DIVISION IX—THE COPYRIGHT TRIBUNAL

The Tribunal

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IX 2-386 Section 169 Cap. 528

169. The Copyright Tribunal (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3) (1) There is established a tribunal called the Copyright Tribunal. (2) The Tribunal shall consist of the following members all of

whom shall be appointed by the Chief Executive— (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3) (a) one Chairman and one Deputy Chairman each of

whom must be qualified for appointment as a District Judge under section 5 of the District Court Ordinance (Cap. 336); and

(b) 7 ordinary members each of whom is to be appointed in his personal capacity.

170. Membership of Tribunal (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3) (1) The members of the Copyright Tribunal shall hold and vacate

office in accordance with their terms of appointment, subject to the following provisions.

(2) A member of the Tribunal may resign his office by notice in writing to the Chief Executive.

(3) The Chief Executive may by notice in writing to the member concerned remove him from office if— (a) he has become bankrupt or made an arrangement with

his creditors; (b) he is incapacitated by physical or mental illness; or (c) he is in the opinion of the Chief Executive otherwise

unable or unfit to perform his duties as member. (4) If a member of the Tribunal is by reason of illness, absence

or other reasonable cause for the time being unable to perform the duties of his office, either generally or in relation

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IX 2-388 Section 170 Cap. 528

to particular proceedings, the Chief Executive may appoint a person who would be eligible for appointment to that office to discharge his duties for a period not exceeding 6 months at one time or, as the case may be, in relation to those proceedings.

(5) A person appointed under subsection (4) shall have during the period of his appointment, or in relation to the proceedings in question, the same powers as the person in whose place he is appointed.

(Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 146 U.K.]

171. Financial provisions (For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.) (1) There shall be paid to the members of the Copyright Tribunal

who are not public officers such remuneration (whether by way of salaries or fees), and such allowances, as the Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may determine.

(2) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may appoint such number of staff for the Tribunal and at such remuneration as he may determine.

(3) The remuneration and allowances of members of the Tribunal, the remuneration of any staff and such other expenses of the Tribunal as the Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may determine shall be paid out of the general revenue.

(Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 147 U.K.]

172. Constitution for purposes of proceedings

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IX 2-390 Section 171 Cap. 528

(1) For the purposes of any proceedings the Copyright Tribunal shall consist of— (a) a chairman, who is either the Chairman or the Deputy

Chairman of the Tribunal; and (b) 2 or more ordinary members.

(1A) Notwithstanding subsection (1), any proceedings specified for the purposes of this subsection in rules made under section 174 (general procedures rules) may be heard and determined by any of the following persons sitting alone— (a) the Chairman of the Tribunal; (b) the Deputy Chairman of the Tribunal; or (c) a suitably qualified ordinary member of the Tribunal

appointed by the Chairman of the Tribunal. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 42)

(2) If the members of the Tribunal dealing with any matter are not unanimous, the decision shall be taken by majority vote; and if, in such a case, the votes are equal the chairman shall have a further, casting vote.

(3) Where part of any proceedings before the Tribunal has been heard and one or more members of the Tribunal are unable to continue, the Tribunal remains duly constituted for the purpose of those proceedings so long as the number of members is not reduced to less than 3.

(4) If the chairman is unable to continue, the Chairman of the Tribunal shall— (a) appoint one of the remaining members to act as

chairman; and (b) appoint a suitably qualified person to attend the

proceedings and advise the members on any questions of law arising.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IX 2-392 Section 172 Cap. 528

(5) A person is “suitably qualified” for the purposes of subsection (1A) or (4)(b) if he is, or is eligible for appointment as, a Deputy Chairman of the Tribunal. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 42)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 148 U.K.]

Jurisdiction and procedure

173. Jurisdiction of Tribunal The Copyright Tribunal has jurisdiction under this Part to hear and determine proceedings under—

(a) section 14 (determination of award to employee for use of work outside reasonable contemplation);

(b) section 155, 156 or 157 (reference of licensing scheme); (c) section 158 or 159 (application with respect to

entitlement to licence under licensing scheme); (d) section 162, 163 or 165 (reference or application with

respect to licensing by licensing body); (e) paragraph 6 of Schedule 2 (contrary rights); (f) paragraph 14(3) of Schedule 2 (acts infringing

174. General power to make rules (1) The Chief Justice may make rules for regulating proceedings

before the Copyright Tribunal, as to the fees chargeable in respect of such proceedings, and as to the enforcement of orders made by the Tribunal.

(2) The rules may apply in relation to the Tribunal any of the provisions of the Arbitration Ordinance (Cap. 609) and any

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IX 2-394 Section 173 Cap. 528

provisions so applied must be set out in or scheduled to the rules. (Amended 17 of 2010 s. 112)

(3) The rules may— (a) prohibit the Tribunal from entertaining a reference under

section 155, 156 or 157 by a representative organization unless the Tribunal is satisfied that the organization is reasonably representative of the class of persons which it claims to represent;

(b) specify the parties to any proceedings and enabling the Tribunal to make a party to the proceedings any person or organization satisfying the Tribunal that they have a substantial interest in the matter;

(c) require the Tribunal to give the parties to proceedings an opportunity to state their case, in writing or orally as the rules may provide.

(4) The rules may make provision for regulating or prescribing any matter incidental to or consequential upon any appeal from the Tribunal under section 176 (appeal to the court on point of law).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 150 U.K.]

175. Costs, proof of orders, etc. (1) The Copyright Tribunal may, in special circumstances, order

that the costs of a party to proceedings before it shall be paid by such other party as the Tribunal may direct; and the Tribunal may tax or settle the amount of the costs, or direct in what manner they are to be taxed.

(2) The Chief Justice may by rules prescribe the special circumstances for the purpose of subsection (1).

(3) A document purporting to be a copy of an order of the Tribunal and to be certified by the chairman to be a true copy

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION IX 2-396 Section 175 Cap. 528

is, in any proceedings, sufficient evidence of the order unless the contrary is proved.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 151 U.K.]

Appeals

176. Appeal to court on point of law (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) An appeal lies on any point of law arising from a decision

of the Copyright Tribunal to the Court of First Instance. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(2) The rules made under section 174 may limit the time within which an appeal may be brought.

(3) The rules made under that section may provide— (a) for suspending, or authorizing or requiring the Tribunal

to suspend, the operation of orders of the Tribunal in cases where its decision is appealed against;

(b) for modifying in relation to an order of the Tribunal whose operation is suspended the operation of any provision of this Part as to the effect of the order;

(c) for the publication of notices or the taking of other steps for securing that persons affected by the suspension of an order of the Tribunal will be informed of its suspension.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 152 U.K.]

DIVISION X—QUALIFICATION FOR COPYRIGHT PROTECTION

177. Qualification for copyright protection (1) Copyright subsists in a work if—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION X 2-398 Section 177 Cap. 528

(a) the author satisfies the qualification requirements set out in section 178; or

(b) it is published in Hong Kong or elsewhere; or (c) in the case of a broadcast or cable programme, it is

made or sent from Hong Kong or elsewhere. (2) If the qualification requirements of this Division, or section

182, 184 or 188 (Government copyright, Legislative Council copyright or copyright of certain international organizations) are once satisfied in respect of a work, copyright does not cease to subsist by reason of any subsequent event.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 153 U.K.]

178. Qualification by reference to author (1) A work qualifies for copyright protection if the author was at

the material time— (a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of

abode in Hong Kong or elsewhere; or (b) a body incorporated under the law of any country,

territory or area. (2) A work of joint authorship qualifies for copyright protection

if at the material time any of the authors satisfies the requirements of subsection (1); but where a work qualifies for copyright protection only under this section, only those authors who satisfy those requirements are taken into account for the purposes of— sections 13 and 14(1) (first ownership of copyright; entitlement of author or author’s employer); sections 17 and 19 (duration of copyright) and section 11(4) (meaning of “unknown authorship”) so far as it applies for the purposes of sections 17 and 19; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION X 2-400 Section 178 Cap. 528

sections 66 and 75 (acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright, etc.).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 154 U.K.]

179. Ships, aircraft and hovercraft registered in Hong Kong This Part applies to things done on a ship, aircraft or hovercraft registered under the law of Hong Kong as it applies to things done in Hong Kong.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 162 U.K.]

180. Denial of copyright protection to people of countries, etc. not giving adequate protection to Hong Kong works (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3) (1) Subject to subsection (4), if it appears to the Chief Executive

in Council that Hong Kong works or one or more classes of those works are not adequately protected in a country, territory or area as a result of any prejudicial treatment given to those works by that country, territory or area, the Chief Executive in Council may by regulation in accordance with this section restrict the rights conferred by this Part in relation to works of authors connected with that country, territory or area.

(2) The Chief Executive in Council shall designate in the regulation the country, territory or area concerned and provide that, for the purposes specified in the regulation, a work first published in that country, territory or area after a date specified in the regulation does not qualify for copyright protection by virtue of such publication if at the time of that publication the author is— (a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of

abode in that country, territory or area (and not at the same time domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong); or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION X 2-402 Section 179 Cap. 528

(b) a body incorporated under the law of that country, territory or area,

and the regulation may make such provision for all the purposes of this Part or for such purposes as are specified in the regulation, and either generally or in relation to such class of cases as are specified in the regulation, having regard to the nature and extent of that prejudicial treatment referred to in subsection (1).

(3) In this section “Hong Kong works” (香港作品) means copyright works of which the author was at the material time— (a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of

abode in Hong Kong; or (b) a body incorporated under the law of Hong Kong.

(4) The Chief Executive in Council shall not exercise his power under this section in relation to a country, territory or area which is a party to a bilateral or multilateral copyright or related right convention to which Hong Kong is also a party or the application of which has been extended to Hong Kong.

(Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 160 U.K.]

181. Meaning of first publication and material time (1) For the purposes of section 180, publication in one country,

territory or area is still regarded as first publication if simultaneous publication occurs elsewhere; and for this purpose publication elsewhere within the previous 30 days is treated as simultaneous.

(2) For the purposes of sections 178 and 180, the material time in relation to a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is—

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION X 2-404 Section 181 Cap. 528

(a) in the case of an unpublished work, when the work was made or, if the making of the work extended over a period, a substantial part of that period;

(b) in the case of a published work, when the work was first published or, if the author had died before that time, immediately before his death.

(3) For the purposes of sections 178 and 180, the material time in relation to other descriptions of work is as follows— (a) in the case of a sound recording or film, when it was

made; (b) in the case of a broadcast, when the broadcast was

made; (c) in the case of a cable programme, when the programme

was included in a cable programme service; (d) in the case of the typographical arrangement of a

published edition, when the edition was first published. [cf. 1988 c. 48 ss. 154 & 155 U.K.]

DIVISION XI—MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL

Government and Legislative Council copyright

182. Government copyright (1) Where a work is made by an officer of the Government in the

course of his duties— (a) the work qualifies for copyright protection

notwithstanding section 177 (ordinary requirement as to qualification for copyright protection); and

(b) the Government is the first owner of any copyright in the work.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-406 Section 182 Cap. 528

(2) Copyright in such a work is referred to in this Part as “Government copyright”, notwithstanding that it may be, or have been, assigned to another person.

(3) Government copyright in a work continues to subsist— (a) until the end of the period of 125 years from the end of

the calendar year in which the work was made; or (b) if the work is published commercially before the end of

the period of 75 years from the end of the calendar year in which it was made, until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which it was first so published.

(4) In the case of a work of joint authorship where one or more but not all of the authors are persons falling within subsection (1), this section applies only in relation to those authors and the copyright subsisting by virtue of their contribution to the work.

(5) Except as mentioned above, and subject to any express exclusion elsewhere in this Part, the provisions of this Part apply in relation to Government copyright as to other copyright.

(6) This section does not apply to a work if, or to the extent that, Legislative Council copyright subsists in the work (see sections 184 and 185).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 163 U.K.]

183. Copyright in Ordinances (1) The Government is entitled to copyright in every Ordinance. (2) The copyright subsists from the date of publication in the

Gazette until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year of publication.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-408 Section 183 Cap. 528

(3) References in this Part to Government copyright (except in section 182) include copyright under this section; and, except as mentioned above, the provisions of this Part apply in relation to copyright under this section as to other Government copyright.

(4) No other copyright, or right in the nature of copyright, subsists in an Ordinance.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 164 U.K.]

184. Legislative Council copyright (1) Where a work is made by or under the direction or control of

the Legislative Council— (a) the work qualifies for copyright protection

notwithstanding section 177 (ordinary requirement as to qualification for copyright protection); and

(b) the Legislative Council is the first owner of any copyright in the work.

(2) Copyright in such a work is referred to in this Part as “Legislative Council copyright”, notwithstanding that it may be, or have been, assigned to another person.

(3) Legislative Council copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work continues to subsist until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the work was made.

(4) For the purposes of this section, works made by or under the direction or control of the Legislative Council include— (a) any work made by an officer or employee of the

Legislative Council in the course of his duties; and (b) any sound recording, film, live broadcast or live cable

programme of the proceedings of the Legislative Council,

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-410 Section 184 Cap. 528

but a work is not regarded as made by or under the direction or control of the Legislative Council by reason only of its being commissioned by or on behalf of the Legislative Council.

(5) In the case of a work of joint authorship where one or more but not all of the authors are acting on behalf of, or under the direction or control of the Legislative Council, this section applies only in relation to those authors and the copyright subsisting by virtue of their contribution to the work.

(6) Except as mentioned above, and subject to any express exclusion elsewhere in this Part, the provisions of this Part apply in relation to Legislative Council copyright as to other copyright.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 165 U.K.]

185. Copyright in bills (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3) (1) Copyright in every bill, other than a member’s bill, introduced

into the Legislative Council belongs, in accordance with the following provisions, to the Government.

(2) Copyright in a member’s bill belongs to the Legislative Council.

(3) Copyright under this section subsists from the date of the first publication of a bill in the Gazette until— (a) in the case of a bill which was published in the Gazette

before 1 July 1997— (i) the bill received assent; or

(ii) if the bill did not receive assent, the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year of the first publication; and

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-412 Section 185 Cap. 528

(b) in the case of a bill which is published in the Gazette on or after 1 July 1997— (i) the bill is signed by the Chief Executive; or

(ii) if the bill is not signed by the Chief Executive, the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year of the first publication. (Replaced 22 of 1999 s. 3)

(4) References in this Part to Government copyright (except in section 182) include copyright under subsection (1); and, except as mentioned above, the provisions of this Part apply in relation to copyright under subsection (1) as to other Government copyright.

(5) References in this Part to Legislative Council copyright (except in section 184) include copyright under subsection (2); and, except as mentioned above, the provisions of this Part apply in relation to copyright under subsection (2) as to other Legislative Council copyright.

(6) No other copyright, or right in the nature of copyright, subsists in a bill after copyright has once subsisted under this section; but without prejudice to the subsequent operation of this section in relation to a bill which, not having passed in one session, is reintroduced in a subsequent session.

(7) In this section “member’s bill” (議員條例草案) means a bill, other than a Government measure, which is to be presented by a Member of the Legislative Council.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 166 U.K.]

186. Legislative Council: supplementary provisions with respect to copyright (1) For the purposes of holding, dealing with and enforcing

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-414 Section 186 Cap. 528

as having the legal capacities of a body corporate, which is not affected by a dissolution of the Legislative Council.

(2) The functions of the Legislative Council as owner of copyright are exercisable by the President on behalf of the Legislative Council; and if so authorized by the President, or in case of a vacancy in the office of President, those functions may be discharged by the Secretary General of the Legislative Council Secretariat.

(3) For this purpose a person who on the dissolution of the Legislative Council was President of the Legislative Council may continue to act until the corresponding appointment is made in the next session of the Legislative Council.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 167 U.K.]

Other miscellaneous provisions

187. Groundless threat of proceedings in relation to “parallel- imported” copies of works Groundless threat of proceedings in relation to “parallel-imported” copies of works

(Amended 15 of 2007 s. 43)

(1) Where a person threatens another person with proceedings for infringement of copyright under sections 30 and 31 in respect of a copy of a work which is alleged to be an infringing copy by virtue only of section 35(3) and which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made, the person aggrieved by the threats may apply to the court for any one or more of the following reliefs— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 43) (a) a declaration to the effect that the threats are

unjustifiable; (b) an injunction against the continuance of the threats;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-416 Section 187 Cap. 528

(2) If the person proves that the threats were made and that he is a person aggrieved by them, he is entitled to the relief claimed unless the defendant shows that the acts in respect of which proceedings were threatened did constitute, or if done would have constituted, an infringement of copyright under that section.

(3) The mere notification of the existence of a copyright does not constitute a threat of proceedings for the purposes of this section.

(4) Nothing in this section makes a barrister or solicitor liable to an action under this section in respect of an act done by him in his professional capacity on behalf of his client.

(5) The defendant in an action under this section may apply, by way of counterclaim, for relief to which he would be entitled in a separate action in respect of an infringement by the plaintiff of the copyright to which the threats relate and, in any such case, the provisions of this Ordinance with respect to an action for infringement of copyright are, mutatis mutandis, applicable in relation to the action.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 253 U.K.]

188. Copyright vesting in international organizations (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3) (1) Where an original literary, dramatic, musical or artistic

work— (a) is made by an officer or employee of, or is published by,

any international organization; and (b) does not qualify for copyright protection under section

178 (qualification by reference to author),

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-418 Section 188 Cap. 528

copyright nevertheless subsists in the work by virtue of this section and the organization is the first owner of that copyright.

(2) Copyright of which an international organization is first owner by virtue of this section continues to subsist until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the work was made or such longer period as may be specified by the Chief Executive by regulation under subsection (4). (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)

(3) An international organization is deemed to have, and to have had at all material times, the legal capacities of a body corporate for the purpose of holding, dealing with and enforcing copyright, and in connection with all legal proceedings relating to copyright.

(4) The Chief Executive may, for the purpose of complying with the international obligations applicable to Hong Kong make regulation specifying a period longer than 50 years for the purposes of this section in relation to any international organization. (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 168 U.K.]

189. Folklore, etc.: anonymous unpublished works (For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.) (1) Where in the case of an unpublished literary, dramatic,

musical or artistic work of unknown authorship there is evidence that the author (or, in the case of a joint work, any of the authors) was a qualifying individual by connection with a country, territory or area outside Hong Kong, it is presumed, until the contrary is proved, that he was such a qualifying individual and that copyright accordingly subsists in the work, subject to the provisions of this Part.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-420 Section 189 Cap. 528

(2) If under the law of that country, territory or area a body is appointed to protect and enforce copyright in such works, the Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may by regulation designate that body for the purposes of this section. (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)

(3) A body so designated is recognized in Hong Kong as having authority to do in place of the copyright owner anything, other than assign copyright, which it is empowered to do under the law of that country; and it may, in particular, bring proceedings in its own name.

(4) In subsection (1) a “qualifying individual” (合資格的個人) means an individual who at the material time (within the meaning of section 178) was a person whose works qualified under that section for copyright protection.

(5) This section does not apply if there has been an assignment of copyright in the work by the author of which notice has been given to the designated body; and nothing in this section affects the validity of an assignment of copyright made, or licence granted, by the author or a person lawfully claiming under him.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 169 U.K.]

190. Protection of Commissioner and authorized officers (1) The Commissioner and authorized officers are not liable

for any loss or damage suffered by any person as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in connection with the carrying out of any of their duties under this Part.

(2) The protection conferred by subsection (1) on the Commissioner and authorized officers in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in connection with

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-422 Section 190 Cap. 528

the carrying out of those duties shall not affect in any manner any liability of the Government for that action taken or omitted to be taken.

Transitional provisions and savings

191. Transitional provisions and savings Schedule 2 contains transitional provisions and savings relating to works made, and acts or events occurring, before the commencement of this Part, and otherwise with respect to the operation of the provisions of this Part.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 170 U.K.]

192. Rights and privileges under other enactments or the common law (1) Nothing in this Part affects—

(a) any right or privilege of any person under any enactment (except where the enactment is expressly repealed, amended or modified by this Ordinance);

(b) any right or privilege of the Government subsisting otherwise than under an enactment;

from the Government to sell, use or otherwise deal with the articles forfeited under the law of Hong Kong;

(e) the operation of any rule of equity relating to breaches of trust or confidence.

(2) Subject to those savings, no copyright or right in the nature of copyright subsists otherwise than by virtue of this Part or some other enactment in that behalf.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-424 Section 191 Cap. 528

(3) Nothing in this Part affects any rule of law preventing or restricting the enforcement of copyright, on grounds of public interest or otherwise.

(4) Nothing in this Part affects any right of action or other remedy, whether civil or criminal, available otherwise than under this Part in respect of acts infringing any of the rights conferred by Division IV (moral rights).

(5) The savings in subsection (1) have effect subject to sections 183(4) and 185(6) (copyright in Ordinances and bills: exclusion of other rights in the nature of copyright).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 171 U.K.]

Interpretation

193. General provisions as to construction (1) This Part restates and amends the law of copyright, that is,

the provisions of the Copyright Act 1956 (1956 c. 74 U.K.) as amended and extended to Hong Kong and the provisions of the Copyright Ordinance (Cap. 39), as amended.

(2) A provision of this Part which corresponds to a provision of the previous law shall not be construed as departing from the previous law merely because of a change of expression.

(3) Decisions under the previous law may be referred to for the purpose of establishing whether a provision of this Part departs from the previous law, or otherwise for establishing the true construction of this Part.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 172 U.K.]

194. Construction of references to copyright owner (1) Where different persons are (whether in consequence of a

partial assignment or otherwise) entitled to different aspects of copyright in a work, the copyright owner for any purpose

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-426 Section 193 Cap. 528

of this Part is the person who is entitled to the aspect of copyright relevant for that purpose.

(2) Where copyright (or any aspect of copyright) is owned by more than one person jointly, references in this Part to the copyright owner are to all the owners, so that, in particular, any requirement of the licence of the copyright owner requires the licence of all of them.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 173 U.K.]

195. Meaning of “educational establishment” and related expressions (For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.) (1) The expression “educational establishment” (教育機構)

means an educational establishment specified in Schedule 1. (2) In relation to an educational establishment the expressions

“teacher” (教師) and “pupil” (學生) in this Part include, respectively, any person who gives and any person who receives instruction.

(3) References in this Part to anything being done “on behalf of” an educational establishment are to its being done for the purposes of that establishment by any person.

(4) The Secretary for Education may, by notice in the Gazette, amend Schedule 1. (Amended L.N. 130 of 2007)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 174 U.K.]

196. Meaning of “publication” and “commercial publication” (1) In this Part “publication” (發表), in relation to a work,

means the issue or making available of copies of the work to the public; and related expressions are construed accordingly.

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-428 Section 195 Cap. 528

(2) In this Part “commercial publication” (商業發表), in relation to a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work means issuing or making available copies of the work to the public at a time when copies made in advance of the receipt of orders are generally available to the public, and related expressions are construed accordingly.

(3) In the case of a work of architecture in the form of a building, or an artistic work incorporated in a building, construction of the building is treated as equivalent to publication of the work.

(4) The following do not constitute publication for the purposes of this Part and references to commercial publication are construed accordingly— (a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical

work— (i) the performance of the work; or

(ii) the broadcasting of the work or its inclusion in a cable programme service;

(b) in the case of an artistic work— (i) the exhibition of the work;

(ii) the issue or making available to the public of copies of a graphic work representing, or of photographs of, a work of architecture in the form of a building or a model for a building, a sculpture or a work of artistic craftsmanship;

(iii) the issue or making available to the public of copies of a film including the work; or

(iv) the broadcasting of the work or its inclusion in a cable programme service ;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-430 Section 196 Cap. 528

(i) the work being played or shown in public; or (ii) the broadcasting of the work or its inclusion

in a cable programme service. (5) References in this Part to publication or commercial

publication do not include publication which is merely colourable and not intended to satisfy the reasonable requirements of the public.

(6) No account is taken for the purposes of this section of any unauthorized act.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 175 U.K.]

197. Requirement of signature: application in relation to body corporate (1) The requirement in the following provisions that an

instrument be signed by or on behalf of a person is also satisfied in the case of a body corporate by the affixing of its seal— section 90(3)(b) (assertion by licensor of right to identification of author in case of public exhibition of copy made in pursuance of the licence); section 101(3) (assignment of copyright); section 102(1) (assignment of future copyright); section 103(1) (grant of exclusive licence).

(2) The requirement in the following provisions that an instrument be signed by a person is satisfied in the case of a body corporate by signature on behalf of the body or by the affixing of its seal— section 90(2)(b) (assertion by instrument in writing of right to have author identified); section 98(2) (waiver of moral rights).

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-432 Section 197 Cap. 528

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 176 U.K.]

198. Minor definitions (* Italicized part is not yet in operation.) (1) In this Part— (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 10) “article” (文章), in the context of an article in a periodical,

includes an item of any description; “article in transit” (過境物品) means an article which—

(a) is brought into Hong Kong solely for the purpose of taking it out of Hong Kong; and

(b) remains at all times in or on the vessel or aircraft in or on which it is brought into Hong Kong;

“authorized officer” (獲授權人員) means any public officer authorized in writing by the Commissioner to exercise any of the powers and perform any of the duties conferred or imposed on an authorized officer under this Ordinance;

“business” (業務) includes— (a) a trade or profession; and (b) business conducted otherwise than for profit; (Replaced

15 of 2007 s. 47) “collective work” (匯集作品) means—

(a) a work of joint authorship; or (b) a work in which there are distinct contributions by

different authors or in which works or parts of works of different authors are incorporated;

“Commissioner” (關長) means the Commissioner of Customs and Excise and any Deputy or Assistant Commissioner of Customs and Excise; (Replaced 22 of 1999 s. 3)

“computer-generated” (電腦產生), in relation to a work, means that the work is generated by computer in circumstances such that there is no human author of the work;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-434 Section 198 Cap. 528

“electronic” (電子) means actuated by electric, magnetic, electro- magnetic, electro-chemical or electro-mechanical energy, and “in electronic form” (電子形式) means in a form usable only by electronic means;

“employed” (受僱), “employee” (僱員), “employer” (僱主) and “employment” (僱用) refer to employment under a contract of service or of apprenticeship;

“export” (輸出) means to take, or cause to be taken, out of Hong Kong any article;

“facsimile copy” (精確複製品) includes a copy which is reduced or enlarged in scale;

“import” (輸入) means to bring, or cause to be brought, into Hong Kong any article;

“international organization” (國際組織) means an organization the members of which include one or more countries, territories or areas;

“judicial proceedings” (司法程序) includes proceedings before any court, tribunal or person having authority to decide any matter affecting a person’s legal rights or liabilities;

“movie” (電影) means a film of the kind commonly known as a movie; (Added 27 of 2003 s. 5)

“musical sound recording” (音樂聲音紀錄) means a sound recording the whole or a predominant part of which consists of the whole or any part of a musical work or a musical work and a related literary work; (Added 27 of 2003 s. 5)

“musical visual recording” (音樂視像紀錄) means a film with an accompanying sound-track, the whole or a predominant part of which sound-track consists of the whole or any part of a musical work or a musical work and a related literary work; (Added 27 of 2003 s. 5)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-436 Section 198 Cap. 528

“producer” (製作人), in relation to a sound recording or a film, means the person by whom the arrangements necessary for the making of the sound recording or film are undertaken;

“rental right” (租賃權) means the right of a copyright owner to authorize or prohibit the rental of copies of any of the following works— (a) a computer program; (b) a sound recording; (c) a film; (d) a literary, dramatic or musical work included in a sound

recording; *[(e) a literary or artistic work included in a comic book; or

(f) the typographical arrangement of a published edition of a comic book;] (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 47)

“reprographic copy” (翻印複製品) refers to a copy made by means of a reprographic process;

“reprographic process” (翻印程序) means a process— (a) for making facsimile copies; or (b) involving the use of an appliance for making multiple

copies, and includes, in relation to a work held in electronic form, any copying by electronic means, but does not include the making of a sound recording or film;

“specified course of study” (指明課程) means a course of study of any of the following descriptions— (a) a course of study which is provided for the delivery of a

curriculum (however described) developed on the basis of curriculum guidelines issued or endorsed by a body or authority specified in Schedule 1A; or

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-438 Section 198 Cap. 528

(b) a course of study which consists of an assessment of a pupil’s competence in the area covered by the course, and leads to the award of a qualification; (Added 15 of 2007 s. 47)

“sufficient acknowledgement” (足夠的確認聲明) means an acknowledgement identifying the work in question by its title or other description, and identifying the author unless— (a) in the case of a published work, it is published

anonymously; (b) in the case of an unpublished work, it is not possible

for a person to ascertain the identity of the author by reasonable inquiry;

“sufficient disclaimer” (足夠的卸責聲明), in relation to an act capable of infringing the right conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work), means a clear and reasonably prominent indication— (a) given at the time of the act; and (b) if the author or director is then identified, appearing

along with the identification, that the work has been subjected to treatment to which the author or director has not consented;

“telecommunications system” (電訊系統) means a system for transmitting visual images, sounds or other information by electronic means;

“television drama” (電視劇或電視電影) means a film of the kind commonly known as a television drama; (Added 27 of 2003 s. 5)

“typeface” (字體) includes an ornamental motif used in printing; “unauthorized” (未經授權), as regards anything done in relation to

a work, means done otherwise than— (a) by or with the licence of the copyright owner;

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-440 Section 198 Cap. 528

(b) if copyright does not subsist in the work, by or with the licence of the author or, in a case where section 14(1) would have applied, the author’s employer or, in either case, persons lawfully claiming under him; or

“wireless telegraphy” (無線電訊) means the sending of electro- magnetic energy over paths which are not provided by any material substance constructed or arranged for that purpose;

“writing” (書面) includes any form of notation or code, whether by hand or otherwise and regardless of the method by which, or medium in or on which, it is recorded, and “written” (寫出) is construed accordingly.

(2) In sections 31(2), 32(3), 95(1A), 96(6A), 109(1A) and 120(2A), “dealing in” (經營) includes buying, selling, letting for hire, importing, exporting and distributing. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 10. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 47)

(3) In this Part, “lawfully made” (合法地製作), in relation to a copy of a work made in a country, territory or area— (a) means that the copy was made by—

(i) a person who is entitled to the copyright in the work in the country, territory or area, as the case may be; or

(ii) a person who is licensed by the person referred to in subparagraph (i) to make the copy in the country, territory or area, as the case may be; but

(b) does not include a copy that was made in a country, territory or area where there is no law protecting copyright in the work or where the copyright in the work has expired. (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 47)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-442 Section 198 Cap. 528

(4) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may, by notice published in the Gazette, amend Schedule 1A. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 47)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 178 U.K.]

199. Index of defined expressions The following Table shows provisions defining or otherwise explaining expressions used in this Part (other than provisions defining or explaining an expression used only in the same section)— acts restricted by copyright section 22(1) adaptation section 29(3) archivist (in sections 46 to 53) section 46(5) article (in a periodical) section 198(1) article in transit section 198(1) artistic work section 5 author sections 11 and 12(4) authorized officer section 198(1) broadcast (and related expressions) section 8 building section 5 business section 198(1) cable programme, cable programme

service (and related expressions) section 9

collective work section 198(1) commencement (in Schedule 2) paragraph 1(2) of that

Schedule commercial publication section 196 Commissioner section 198(1)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-444 Section 199 Cap. 528

computer-generated section 198(1) copy and copying section 23 copyright (generally) section 2 copyright (in Schedule 2) paragraph 2(2) of that

Schedule copyright owner sections 112(2) and 194 Copyright Tribunal section 169 copyright work section 2(2) dealing in (Added 64 of 2000 s. 11) section 198(2) detention order section 135 dramatic work section 4(1) educational establishment section 195(1) electronic and electronic form section 198(1) employed, employee, employer and

employment section 198(1)

exclusive licence section 103(1) export section 198(1) facsimile copy section 198(1) film section 7 future copyright section 102(2) Government copyright sections 182(2) and 183(3) graphic work section 5 import section 198(1) infringing copy section 35 international organization section 198(1) issue of copies to the public section 24

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-446 Section 199 Cap. 528

joint authorship (work of) section 12 judicial proceedings section 198(1) lawfully made (Added 27 of 2003 s. 6)

section 198(3)

Legislative Council copyright sections 184(2) and 185(5) librarian (in sections 45 to 52) section 46(5) licence (in sections 158 to 162) section 161 licence of copyright owner sections 101(4), 102(3) and

194 licensing body (in Division VIII) section 145(2) licensing scheme (generally) section 145(1) licensing scheme (in sections 151 to 156)

section 154

literary work section 4(1) made (in relation to a literary,

dramatic or musical work) section 4(2)

make available copies to the public section 26 movie (Added 27 of 2003 s. 6) section 198(1) musical sound recording (Added

27 of 2003 s. 6) section 198(1)

musical visual recording (Added 27 of 2003 s. 6)

section 198(1)

musical work section 4(1) on behalf of (in relation to an

educational establishment) section 195(3)

performance section 27(2) photograph section 5

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-448 Section 199 Cap. 528

prescribed conditions (in sections 46 to 52)

section 46(2)(a)

producer (in relation to a sound recording or film)

section 198(1)

programme (in the context of broadcasting)

section 8(3)

prospective owner (of copyright) section 102(2) publication and related expressions section 196 published edition (in the context

of copyright in the typographical arrangement)

section 10

pupil section 195(2) rental right section 198(1) reprographic copies and

reprographic copying section 198(1)

reprographic process section 198(1) right holder section 135 sculpture section 5 signed section 197 sound recording section 6 specified course of study (Added

15 of 2007 s. 48) section 198(1)

specified library or archive (in sections 46 to 52)

section 46(2)(b)

sufficient acknowledgement section 198(1) sufficient disclaimer section 198(1) teacher section 195(2) telecommunications system section 198(1)

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-450 Section 199 Cap. 528

television drama (Added 27 of 2003 s. 6)

section 198(1)

typeface section 198(1) unauthorized (as regards things

done in relation to a work) section 198(1)

unknown (in relation to the author of a work)

section 11(5)

unknown authorship (work of) section 11(4) wireless telegraphy section 198(1) work (in Schedule 2) paragraph 2(1) of that

Schedule work of more than one author (in

Division VIII) section 145(3)

writing and written section 198(1)

(Amended 64 of 2000 s. 11) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 179 U.K.]

Last updated date 3.3.2014

PART II—DIVISION XI 2-452 Section 199 Cap. 528

PART III

RIGHTS IN PERFORMANCES

DIVISION I—THE RIGHTS, INFRINGEMENT OF THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES FOR INFRINGEMENT

Introductory

200. Rights conferred on performers and persons having fixation rights (1) This Part confers rights—

(a) on a performer, by requiring his consent to the exploitation of his performances and thus enabling him to prohibit such exploitation without his consent (see sections 201 to 207A); and (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 49)

(b) on a person having fixation rights in relation to a performance, in relation to fixations made without his consent or that of the performer (see sections 208 to 211).

(2) In this Part— “fixation” (錄製品、錄製), in relation to a performance, means a

film or sound recording— (a) made directly from the unfixed performance; (b) made from a broadcast of, or cable programme

including, the performance; or (c) made, directly or indirectly, from another fixation of the

performance; “performance” (表演) means—

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-2 Section 200 Cap. 528

(a) a dramatic performance (which includes dance and mime);

(b) a musical performance; (c) a reading or recitation of a literary work;

(ca) a performance of an artistic work; (Added 15 of 2007 s. 49)

(cb) an expression of folklore; or (Added 15 of 2007 s. 49) (d) a performance of a variety act or any similar

presentation, which is, or so far as it is, an unfixed performance given by one or more individuals;

“performer” (表演者) means an actor, singer, musician, dancer or any other person who acts, sings, delivers, declaims, plays in, interprets, or otherwise performs a performance.

(3) The rights conferred by this Part are independent of— (a) any copyright in, or moral rights relating to, any

work performed or any film or sound recording of, or broadcast or cable programme including, the performance; and

(b) any other right or obligation arising otherwise than under this Part.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 180 U.K.]

Performers’ rights

201. Qualifying performances A performance is a qualifying performance for the purposes of the provisions of this Part relating to performers’ rights if it is given in Hong Kong or elsewhere by an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong or elsewhere.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-4 Section 201 Cap. 528

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 181 U.K.]

202. Consent required for fixation, etc. of unfixed performance (1) A performer’s rights are infringed by a person who, without

the performer’s consent— (a) makes a fixation of the whole or any substantial part

of a qualifying performance directly from the unfixed performance;

(b) broadcasts live, or includes live in a cable programme service, or makes available to the public live, the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance; or

(c) makes a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance directly from a broadcast of, or cable programme including, the unfixed performance or directly from the unfixed performance which is made available to the public live.

(2) A performer’s rights are not infringed by the making of any such fixation by a person for his private and domestic use.

(3) In an action for infringement of a performer’s rights brought by virtue of this section damages shall not be awarded against a defendant who shows that at the time of the infringement he believed on reasonable grounds that consent had been given.

(4) In this section “makes available to the public live” (即場向公眾提供), in relation to a performance, means the making available of the unfixed performance, by wire or wireless means, in such a way that members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere may access the performance from a place individually chosen by them.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 182 U.K.]

203. Consent required for copying of fixation

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-6 Section 202 Cap. 528

(1) A performer’s rights are infringed by a person who, without the performer’s consent, makes, otherwise than for his private and domestic use, a copy of a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance; and references in this Part to copying and copies are construed as follows.

(2) It is immaterial whether the copy is made directly or indirectly.

(3) Making of a copy of a fixation means reproducing the fixation in any material form. This includes storing the fixation in any medium by electronic means.

(4) The right of a performer under this section to authorize or prohibit the making of such copies is referred to in this Part as “the right of reproduction”.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 182A U.K.]

204. Consent required for issue of copies to public (1) A performer’s rights are infringed by a person who, without

the performer’s consent, issues to the public copies of a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance.

(2) References in this Part to the issue to the public of copies of a fixation are to the act of putting into circulation copies not previously put into circulation, in Hong Kong or elsewhere, by or with the consent of the performer.

(3) References in this Part to the issue to the public of copies of a fixation do not include— (a) any subsequent distribution, sale, hiring or loan of

copies previously put into circulation; or (b) any subsequent importation of such copies into Hong

Kong.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-8 Section 204 Cap. 528

(4) References in this Part to the issue of copies of a fixation of a performance include the issue of the original fixation of the unfixed performance.

(5) The right of a performer under this section to authorize or prohibit the issue of copies to the public is referred to in this Part as “the right of distribution”.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 182B U.K.]

205. Consent required for making available of copies to public (1) A performer’s rights are infringed by a person who, without

the performer’s consent, makes available to the public copies of a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance.

(2) References in this Part to the making available to the public of copies of a fixation of a performance are to the making available of copies of the fixation, by wire or wireless means, in such a way that members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere may access the fixation from a place and at a time individually chosen by them (such as the making available of copies of works through the service commonly known as the INTERNET).

(3) References in this Part to the making available of copies of a fixation of a performance include the making available of the original fixation of the unfixed performance.

(4) The mere provision of physical facilities for enabling the making available to the public of copies of a fixation of a performance does not of itself constitute an act of making available to the public of copies of the fixations.

(5) The right of a performer under this section to authorize or prohibit the making available of copies of a fixation to the public is referred to in this Part as “the right of making available to the public”.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-10 Section 205 Cap. 528

206. Infringement of performer’s rights by use of fixation made without consent (1) A performer’s rights are infringed by a person who, without

the performer’s consent— (a) shows or plays in public the whole or any substantial

part of a qualifying performance; or (b) broadcasts or includes in a cable programme service

the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance,

by means of a fixation which was, and which that person knows or has reason to believe was, made without the performer’s consent.

(2) A performer’s rights are also infringed by a person who, without the performer’s consent, shows or plays the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance in the course of making available to the public a fixation which was, and which that person knows or has reason to believe was, made without the performer’s consent.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 183 U.K.]

207. Infringement of performer’s rights by importing, exporting, possessing or dealing with infringing fixation (1) A performer’s rights are infringed by a person who, without

the performer’s consent— (a) imports into Hong Kong or exports from Hong Kong,

otherwise than for his private and domestic use; or (b) for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or

business— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 50) (i) possesses;

(ii) makes available to the public;

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-12 Section 206 Cap. 528

(iii) sells or lets for hire; (iv) offers or exposes for sale or hire; or (v) distributes, (Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 12)

a fixation of a qualifying performance which is, and which that person knows or has reason to believe is, an infringing fixation. (1A) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(b) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing fixations. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 12)

(2) Where in an action for infringement of a performer’s rights brought by virtue of this section a defendant shows that the infringing fixation was innocently acquired by him or a predecessor in title of his, the only remedy available against him in respect of the infringement is damages not exceeding a reasonable payment in respect of the act complained of.

(3) In subsection (2) “innocently acquired” (不知情地取得) means that the person acquiring the fixation did not know and had no reason to believe that it was an infringing fixation.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 184 U.K.]

207A. Infringement of performers’ rights by renting copies to the public without consent (1) A performer’s rights are infringed by a person who, without

the performer’s consent, rents to the public copies of a sound recording in which the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance is fixed.

(2) In this Part, “rent” (租賃), in relation to a sound recording— (a) subject to paragraph (b), means making a copy of the

sound recording available for use, on terms that it will or may be returned, for direct or indirect economic or commercial advantage;

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-14 Section 207A Cap. 528

(b) does not include— (i) making a copy of the sound recording available

for the purpose of public performance, playing or showing in public, broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service;

(ii) making a copy of the sound recording available for the purpose of exhibition in public; or

(iii) making a copy of the sound recording available for on-the-spot reference use.

(3) A reference in this Part to the renting of copies of a sound recording includes the renting of the original.

(4) The right of a performer under this section to rent copies of a sound recording to the public is referred to in this Part as “rental right”.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 51)

Rights of person having fixation rights

208. Exclusive fixation contracts and persons having fixation rights (1) In this Part an “exclusive fixation contract” (獨有錄製合約)

means a contract between a performer and another person under which that person is entitled to the exclusion of all other persons (including the performer) to make fixations of one or more of the performer’s performances with a view to their commercial exploitation.

(2) References in this Part to a “person having fixation rights”, in relation to a performance, are (subject to subsection (3)) to a person— (a) who is a party to and has the benefit of an exclusive

fixation contract to which the performance is subject; or

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-16 Section 208 Cap. 528

(b) to whom the benefit of such a contract has been assigned,

and who is a qualifying person. (3) If a performance is subject to an exclusive fixation contract

but the person mentioned in subsection (2) is not a qualifying person, references in this Part to a “person having fixation rights” in relation to the performance are to any person— (a) who is licensed by such a person to make fixations

of the performance with a view to their commercial exploitation; or

(b) to whom the benefit of such a licence has been assigned, and who is a qualifying person.

(4) In this section “with a view to commercial exploitation” (以期作商業利用) means with a view to the fixations being sold or let for hire, or shown or played in public, or issued or made available to the public.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 185 U.K.]

209. Consent required for fixation of performance subject to exclusive contract (1) A person infringes the rights of a person having fixation rights

in relation to a performance who, without the latter’s consent or that of the performer, makes a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of the performance, otherwise than for his private and domestic use.

(2) In an action for infringement of those rights brought by virtue of this section damages shall not be awarded against a defendant who shows that at the time of the infringement he believed on reasonable grounds that consent had been given.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 186 U.K.]

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-18 Section 209 Cap. 528

210. Infringement of fixation rights by use of fixation made without consent (1) A person infringes the rights of a person having fixation

rights in relation to a performance who, without the latter’s consent or, in the case of a qualifying performance, that of the performer— (a) shows or plays in public the whole or any substantial

part of the performance; or (b) broadcasts or includes in a cable programme service the

whole or any substantial part of the performance, by means of a fixation which was, and which that person knows or has reason to believe was, made without the appropriate consent.

(2) A person infringes the rights of a person having fixation rights in relation to a performance who, without the latter’s consent or, in the case of a qualifying performance, that of the performer, shows or plays the whole or any substantial part of the performance in the course of making available to the public a fixation which was, and which that person knows or has reason to believe was, made without the appropriate consent.

(3) The reference in subsection (1) or (2) to “the appropriate consent” is to the consent of— (a) the performer; or (b) the person who at the time the consent was given had

fixation rights in relation to the performance (or, if there was more than one such person, of all of them).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 187 U.K.]

211. Infringement of fixation rights by importing, exporting,

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-20 Section 210 Cap. 528

possessing or dealing with infringing fixation (1) A person infringes the rights of a person having fixation

rights in relation to a performance who, without the latter’s consent or, in the case of a qualifying performance, that of the performer— (a) imports into Hong Kong or exports from Hong Kong,

otherwise than for his private and domestic use; or (b) for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or

business— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 52) (i) possesses;

(ii) makes available to the public; (iii) sells or lets for hire; (iv) offers or exposes for sale or hire; or (v) distributes, (Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 13)

a fixation of the performance which is, and which that person knows or has reason to believe is, an infringing fixation. (1A) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(b) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing fixations. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 13)

(2) Where in an action for infringement of those rights brought by virtue of this section a defendant shows that the infringing fixation was innocently acquired by him or a predecessor in title of his, the only remedy available against him in respect of the infringement is damages not exceeding a reasonable payment in respect of the act complained of.

(3) In subsection (2) “innocently acquired” (不知情地取得) means that the person acquiring the fixation did not know and had no reason to believe that it was an infringing fixation.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 188 U.K.]

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-22 Section 211 Cap. 528

Exceptions to rights conferred

212. Acts permitted notwithstanding rights conferred by this Division The provisions of Division II specify acts which may be done notwithstanding the rights conferred by this Part, being acts which correspond broadly to certain of those specified in Division III of Part II (acts permitted notwithstanding copyright).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 189 U.K.]

213. Power of Tribunal to give consent on behalf of owner of right of reproduction in certain cases (1) The Copyright Tribunal may, on the application of a person

wishing to make a copy of a fixation of a performance, give consent in a case where the identity or whereabouts of the person entitled to the right of reproduction cannot be ascertained by reasonable inquiry.

(2) Consent given by the Tribunal has effect as consent of the person entitled to the right of reproduction for the purposes of the provision of this Part relating to performers’ rights and may be given subject to any conditions specified in the Tribunal’s order.

(3) The Tribunal shall not give consent under subsection (1) except after the service of such notices as may be required by rules made under section 174 (general procedural rules) or as the Tribunal may in any particular case direct.

(4) In any case the Tribunal shall take into account the following factors— (a) whether the original fixation was made with the

performer’s consent and is lawfully in the possession

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-24 Section 212 Cap. 528

or control of the person proposing to make the further fixation;

(b) whether the making of the further fixation is consistent with the obligations of the parties to the arrangements under which, or is otherwise consistent with the purposes for which, the original fixation was made.

(5) Where the Tribunal gives consent under this section it shall, in default of agreement between the applicant and the person entitled to the right of reproduction, make such order as it thinks fit as to the payment to be made to that person in consideration of consent being given.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 190 U.K.]

213A. Power of Tribunal to give consent on behalf of owners of performers’ rental right in certain cases (1) The Copyright Tribunal may, on the application of a person

wishing to rent a copy of a sound recording in which a performance is fixed, give consent in a case where that person cannot, after making reasonable enquiries, ascertain the identity or whereabouts of the person entitled to the rental right.

(2) Consent given by the Tribunal has effect as consent of the person entitled to the rental right for the purposes of the provision of this Part relating to performers’ rental right and may be given subject to any conditions specified in the Tribunal’s order.

(4) Where the Tribunal gives consent under this section, it shall, in default of agreement between the applicant and the person

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-26 Section 213A Cap. 528

entitled to the rental right, make such order as it thinks fit as to the payment to be made to that person in consideration of consent being given.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 53)

Duration of rights

214. Duration of rights (1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the

duration of the rights conferred by this Part. (2) The rights conferred by this Part in relation to a performance

expire— (a) at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the

calendar year in which the performance takes place; or (b) if during that period a fixation of the performance is

released, 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which it is released,

subject as follows. (3) For the purposes of subsection (2) a fixation is “released”

when it is first published, played or shown in public, broadcast, included in a cable programme service or made available to the public; but in determining whether a fixation has been released no account shall be taken of any unauthorized act.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191 U.K.]

Performers’ economic rights

215. Performers’ economic rights (1) The following rights conferred by this Part on a performer are

property rights (“a performer’s economic rights”)—

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-28 Section 214 Cap. 528

(a) the right of reproduction (section 203); (b) the right of distribution (section 204); (c) the right of making available to the public (section 205); (d) the rental right (section 207A). (Replaced 15 of 2007

s. 54) (2) References in this Part to the consent of the performer are to

be construed in relation to a performer’s economic rights as references to the consent of the rights owner.

(3) Where different persons are (whether in consequence of a partial assignment or otherwise) entitled to different aspects of a performer’s economic rights in relation to a performance, the rights owner for any purpose of this Part is the person who is entitled to the aspect of those rights relevant for that purpose.

(4) Where a performer’s economic rights (or any aspect of them) is owned by more than one person jointly, references in this Part to the rights owner are to all the owners, so that, in particular, any requirement of the licence of the rights owner requires the licence of all of them.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191A U.K.]

216. Assignment and licences (1) A performer’s economic rights are transmissible by

assignment, by testamentary disposition or by operation of law, as personal or moveable property.

(2) An assignment or other transmission of a performer’s economic rights may be partial, that is, limited so as to apply— (a) to one or more, but not all, of the things requiring the

consent of the rights owner;

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-30 Section 216 Cap. 528

(b) to part, but not the whole, of the period for which the rights are to subsist.

(3) An assignment of a performer’s economic rights is not effective unless it is in writing signed by or on behalf of the assignor.

(4) A licence granted by the owner of a performer’s economic rights is binding on every successor in title to his interest in the rights, except a purchaser in good faith for valuable consideration and without notice (actual or constructive) of the licence or a person deriving title from such a purchaser; and references in this Part to doing anything with, or without, the licence of the rights owner are to be construed accordingly.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191B U.K.]

217. Prospective ownership of a performer’s economic rights (1) This section applies where by an agreement made in relation

to a future fixation of a performance, and signed by or on behalf of the performer, the performer purports to assign his performer’s economic rights (wholly or partially) to another person.

(2) If on the rights coming into existence the assignee or another person claiming under him would be entitled as against all other persons to require the rights to be vested in him, they shall vest in the assignee or his successor in title by virtue of this subsection.

(3) A licence granted by a prospective owner of a performer’s economic rights is binding on every successor in title to his interest (or prospective interest) in the rights, except a purchaser in good faith for valuable consideration and without notice (actual or constructive) of the licence or a person deriving title from such a purchaser.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-32 Section 217 Cap. 528

References in this Part to doing anything with, or without, the licence of the rights owner are to be construed accordingly.

(4) In subsection (3) “prospective owner” (準擁有人), in relation to a performer’s economic rights, means a person who is prospectively entitled to those rights, by virtue of such an agreement as is mentioned in subsection (1).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191C U.K.]

218. Exclusive licences (1) In this Part an “exclusive licence” (專用特許) means a

licence in writing signed by or on behalf of the owner of a performer’s economic rights authorizing the licensee to the exclusion of all other persons, including the person granting the licence, to do anything requiring the consent of the rights owner.

(2) The licensee under an exclusive licence has the same rights against a successor in title who is bound by the licence as he has against the person granting the licence.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191D U.K.]

219. Performer’s economic right to pass under will with unpublished original fixation Where under a bequest (whether general or specific) a person is entitled beneficially or otherwise to any material thing containing an original fixation of a performance which was not published before the death of the testator, the bequest is, unless a contrary intention is indicated in the testator’s will or a codicil to it, to be construed as including any performer’s rights in relation to the fixation to which the testator was entitled immediately before his death.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191E U.K.]

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-34 Section 218 Cap. 528

220. Infringement actionable by rights owner (1) An infringement of a performer’s economic rights or of any

right conferred by this Part on a person having fixation rights is actionable by the rights owner.

(2) In an action for infringement of a performer’s economic rights or of any right conferred by this Part on a person having fixation rights all such relief by way of damages, injunctions, accounts or otherwise is available to the plaintiff as is available in respect of the infringement of any other property right.

(3) This section has effect subject to the following provisions of this Part.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191I U.K.]

221. Provisions as to damages in infringement action (1) Where in an action for infringement of a performer’s

economic rights or of any right conferred by this Part on a person having fixation rights it is shown that at the time of the infringement the defendant did not know, and had no reason to believe, that the rights subsisted in the fixation to which the action relates, the plaintiff is not entitled to damages against him, but without prejudice to any other remedy.

(2) The court may in an action for infringement of a performer’s economic rights or of any right conferred by this Part on a person having fixation rights having regard to all the circumstances, and in particular to— (a) the flagrancy of the infringement; (b) any benefit accruing to the defendant by reason of the

infringement; and

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-36 Section 220 Cap. 528

award such additional damages as the justice of the case may require.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191J U.K.]

222. Right and remedies for exclusive licensee (1) An exclusive licensee has, except against the owner of a

performer’s economic rights, the same rights and remedies in respect of matters occurring after the grant of the licence as if the licence had been an assignment.

(2) His rights and remedies are concurrent with those of the rights owner; and references in the relevant provisions of this Part to the rights owner are to be construed accordingly.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191L U.K.]

223. Exercise of concurrent rights (1) Where an action for infringement of a performer’s economic

rights brought by the rights owner or an exclusive licensee relates (wholly or partly) to an infringement in respect of which they have concurrent rights of action, the rights owner or, as the case may be, the exclusive licensee may not, without the leave of the court, proceed with the action unless the other is either joined as plaintiff or added as a defendant.

(2) A rights owner or exclusive licensee who is added as a defendant in pursuance of subsection (1) is not liable for any costs in the action unless he takes part in the proceedings.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-38 Section 222 Cap. 528

(3) The above provisions do not affect the granting of interlocutory relief on an application by the rights owner or exclusive licensee alone.

(4) Where an action for infringement of a performer’s economic rights is brought which relates (wholly or partly) to an infringement in respect of which the rights owner and an exclusive licensee have or had concurrent rights of action— (a) the court shall in assessing damages take into account—

(i) the terms of the licence; and (ii) any pecuniary remedy already awarded or available

to either of them in respect of the infringement; (b) no account of profits shall be directed if an award of

damages has been made, or an account of profits has been directed, in favour of the other of them in respect of the infringement; and

(c) the court shall if an account of profits is directed apportion the profits between them as the court considers just, subject to any agreement between them,

and these provisions apply whether or not the rights owner and the exclusive licensee are both parties to the action.

(5) The owner of a performer’s economic rights shall notify any exclusive licensee having concurrent rights before applying for an order under section 228 (order for delivery up); and the court may on the application of the licensee make such order under section 228 as it thinks fit having regard to the terms of the licence.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191M U.K.]

Non-economic rights

224. Performers’ non-economic rights

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-40 Section 224 Cap. 528

(1) The rights conferred on a performer by— section 202 (consent required for fixation, etc. of unfixed performance); section 206 (infringement of performer’s rights by use of fixation made without consent); and section 207 (infringement of performer’s rights by importing,

exporting, possessing or dealing with infringing fixation), are not assignable or transmissible, except to the following extent.

They are referred to in this Part as “a performer’s non-economic rights”.

(2) On the death of a person entitled to any such right— (a) the right passes to such person as he may by

testamentary disposition specifically direct; and (b) if or to the extent that there is no such direction, the

right is exercisable by his personal representatives. (3) References in this Part to the performer, in the context of

the person having any such right, are to be construed as references to the person for the time being entitled to exercise those rights.

(4) Where by virtue of subsection (2)(a) a right becomes exercisable by more than one person, it is exercisable by each of them independently of the other or others.

(5) Any damages recovered by personal representatives by virtue of this section in respect of an infringement after a person’s death devolves as part of his estate as if the right of action had subsisted and been vested in him immediately before his death.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 192A U.K.]

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-42 Section 224 Cap. 528

225. Transmissibility of rights of person having fixation rights (1) The rights conferred by this Part on a person having fixation

rights are not assignable or transmissible. (2) This does not affect section 208(2)(b) or (3)(b), so far as

those provisions confer rights under this Part on a person to whom the benefit of a contract or licence is assigned.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 192B U.K.]

226. Consent (1) Consent for the purposes of this Part by a person having

a performer’s non-economic rights, or by a person having fixation rights, may be given in relation to a specific performance, to a specified description of performances or to performances generally, and may relate to past or future performances.

(2) A person having fixation rights in a performance is bound by any consent given by a person through whom he derives his rights under the exclusive fixation contract or licence in question, in the same way as if the consent had been given by him.

(3) Where a performer’s non-economic right passes to another person, any consent binding on the person previously entitled binds the person to whom the right passes in the same way as if the consent had been given by him.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 193 U.K.]

Remedies for infringement

227. Infringement actionable An infringement of a performer’s non-economic rights is actionable as a breach of statutory duty owed to the person entitled to the

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-44 Section 225 Cap. 528

rights.

Delivery up of infringing fixation

228. Order for delivery up (1) Where a person has in his possession, custody or control

for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business an infringing fixation of a performance, a person having performer’s rights or fixation rights in relation to the performance under this Part may apply to the court for an order that the fixation be delivered up to him or to such other person as the court may direct. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 14; 15 of 2007 s. 55)

(1A) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing fixations. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 14)

(2) An application may not be made after the end of the period specified in section 230; and the court shall not make an order unless the court also makes, or it appears to the court that there are grounds for making, an order under section 231 (order as to disposal of infringing fixation).

(3) A person to whom a fixation is delivered up in pursuance of an order under this section shall, if an order under section 231 is not made, retain it pending the making of an order, or the decision not to make an order, under that section.

(4) Nothing in this section affects any other power of the court. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 195 U.K.]

229. Meaning of “infringing fixation” (1) In this Part “infringing fixation” (侵犯權利的錄製

品), in relation to a performance, is to be construed in accordance with this section.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-46 Section 228 Cap. 528

(2) For the purposes of a performer’s rights, a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a performance of his is an infringing fixation if it is made, otherwise than for private purposes, without his consent.

(3) For the purposes of the rights of a person having fixation rights, a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a performance subject to the exclusive fixation contract is an infringing fixation if it is made, otherwise than for private purposes, without his consent or that of the performer.

(4) Except as provided in section 229A, a fixation of a performance is also an infringing fixation if— (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 56) (a) it has been or is proposed to be imported into

Hong Kong; and (b) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted

an infringement of the rights conferred by this Part in the performance in question, or a breach of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that performance.

(5) For the purposes of Division III (proceedings relating to importation of infringing fixations) “infringing fixation” (侵犯權利的錄製品) does not include a fixation of a performance—

(a) that was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; (b) that has been or is proposed to be imported into

Hong Kong; and (c) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted

an infringement of the rights conferred by this Part in the performance in question, or a breach

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-48 Section 229 Cap. 528

of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that performance.

(6) Where in any proceedings the question arises whether a fixation is an infringing fixation and it is shown— (a) that the fixation is a fixation of the unfixed

performance; and (b) that rights conferred by this Part subsist in the

performance or have subsisted at any time, it shall be presumed until the contrary is proved that the fixation was made at a time when rights conferred by this Part subsisted in the performance.

(7) In this Part, “infringing fixation” (侵犯權利的錄製品) includes a fixation which is to be treated as an infringing fixation by virtue of any of the following provisions—

(a) section 229A(5) (imported fixation not an “infringing fixation” for purposes of section 229(4)); (b) section 242A(3) (fixations made for purposes of

giving or receiving instruction); (c) section 243(3) (fixations made for purposes of

instruction or examination); (d) section 245(3) (fixations made by educational

establishments for educational purposes); (e) section 246A(3) (fixations made for purposes of

public administration); (f) section 251(2) (fixations of performance in

electronic form retained on transfer of principal fixation); or

(g) section 256(3) (fixations made for purposes of broadcast or cable programme). (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 56)

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-50 Section 229 Cap. 528

(8) In subsection (5)(a), “lawfully made” (合法地製作), in relation to a fixation of a performance made in a country, territory or area— (a) means that the fixation was made by—

(i) the performer; (ii) a person having fixation rights in relation to the

performance in the country, territory or area, as the case may be; or

(iii) a person having the consent of the performer or the person referred to in subparagraph (ii) to make the fixation in the country, territory or area, as the case may be; but (b) does not include a fixation that was made

in a country, territory or area where there is no law protecting rights in performances in the performance or where the rights in performances in the performance has expired. (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 56)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 197 U.K.]

229A. Imported fixation not an “infringing fixation” for the purposes of section 229(4) (1) A fixation of a performance to which this subsection applies

is not— (a) in relation to the person who imports it into Hong Kong,

an infringing fixation for the purposes of section 229(4) if— (i) it was lawfully made in the country, territory or

area where it was made; and

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-52 Section 229A Cap. 528

(ii) it is not imported with a view to its being dealt in by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; or

(b) in relation to the person who possesses it, an infringing fixation for the purposes of section 229(4) if— (i) it was lawfully made in the country, territory or

area where it was made; and (ii) it is not possessed with a view to its being dealt in

by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to a fixation of any performance except a fixation of a performance— (a) that is—

(i) a musical sound recording; (ii) a musical visual recording;

(iii) a television drama; or (iv) a movie; and

(b) that is, or is intended to be, played or shown in public. (3) Notwithstanding the exception in subsection (2), subsection

(1) applies to a fixation of a performance that is referred to in subsection (2)(a) and that is, or is intended to be, played or shown in public— (a) by an educational establishment for the educational

purposes of the establishment; or (b) by a specified library for use of the library.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3)(b), a library is regarded as a specified library if it falls within the description of any library specified under section 46(1)(b).

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-54 Section 229A Cap. 528

(5) Where a fixation of a performance which is not an infringing fixation by virtue of subsection (1) is subsequently dealt in for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business, it is to be treated, in relation to that dealing and the person who deals in it, as an infringing fixation.

(6) In this section, “lawfully made” (合法地製作), in relation to a fixation of a performance made in a country, territory or area— (a) means that the fixation was made by—

(i) the performer; (ii) a person having fixation rights in relation to the

performance in the country, territory or area, as the case may be; or

(iii) a person having the consent of the performer or the person referred to in subparagraph (ii) to make the fixation in the country, territory or area, as the case may be; but

(b) does not include a fixation that was made in a country, territory or area where there is no law protecting rights in performances in the performance or where the rights in performances in the performance has expired.

(7) Subject to subsection (6), expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 35B.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 57)

Supplementary provisions with respect to delivery up

230. Period after which remedy of delivery up not available (1) An application for an order under section 228 (order for

delivery up in civil proceedings) may not be made after the end of the period of 6 years from the date on which

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-56 Section 230 Cap. 528

the infringing fixation in question was made, subject to the following provisions of this section.

(2) If during the whole or any part of that period a person entitled to apply for an order— (a) is under a disability; or (b) is prevented by fraud or concealment from discovering

the facts entitling him to apply, an application may be made by him at any time before the end of the period of 6 years from the date on which he ceased to be under a disability or, as the case may be, could with reasonable diligence have discovered those facts.

(3) In subsection (2) “disability” (無行為能力) has the same meaning as in the Limitation Ordinance (Cap. 347).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 203 U.K.]

231. Order as to disposal of infringing fixation (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) An application may be made to the court for an order that an

infringing fixation of a performance delivered up in pursuance of an order under section 228 should be— (a) forfeited to such person having performer’s rights or

fixation rights in relation to the performance as the court may direct; or

(b) destroyed or otherwise dealt with as the court may think fit,

or for a decision that no such order should be made. (2) In considering what order (if any) should be made, the court

shall consider whether other remedies available in an action for infringement of the rights conferred by this Part would be adequate to compensate the person or persons entitled to the rights and to protect their interests.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-58 Section 231 Cap. 528

(3) The power to make rules of court under section 54 of the High Court Ordinance (Cap. 4) includes power to make rules of court for the purposes of this section. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(4) The rules of court for the purposes of this section may include rules as to the service of notice on persons having an interest in the fixation, and any such person is entitled— (a) to appear in proceedings for an order under this section,

whether or not he was served with notice; and (b) to appeal against any order made, whether or not he

appeared. (5) An order under this section does not take effect until the end

(6) Where there is more than one person interested in a fixation, the court shall make such order as it thinks just and may (in particular) direct that the fixation be sold, or otherwise dealt with, and the proceeds divided.

(7) If the court decides that no order should be made under this section, the person in whose possession, custody or control the fixation was before being delivered up is entitled to its return.

(8) References in this section to a person having an interest in a fixation include any person in whose favour an order could be made in respect of the fixation under this section or under section 111 (which makes similar provision in relation to infringement of copyright).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 204 U.K.]

232. Jurisdiction of District Court

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-60 Section 232 Cap. 528

(1) The District Court may entertain proceedings under— (a) section 228 (order for delivery up of infringing fixation);

or (b) section 231 (order as to disposal of infringing fixation), where the value of the infringing fixation in question does not exceed the limit for actions in tort set out in section 32(1) of the District Court Ordinance (Cap. 336). (Amended 28 of 2000 s. 45)

(2) Nothing in this section affects the jurisdiction of the Court of First Instance. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 205 U.K.]

Jurisdiction of Copyright Tribunal

233. Jurisdiction of Copyright Tribunal (1) The Copyright Tribunal has jurisdiction under this Part to

hear and determine proceedings under— (a) section 213 (application to give consent on behalf of

owner of the right of reproduction); (aa) section 213A (application to give consent on behalf of

owners of performers’ rental right); (Added 15 of 2007 s. 58)

(b) paragraph 6 of Schedule 3 (contrary rights). (2) The provisions of Division IX of Part II (general provisions

relating to the Copyright Tribunal) apply in relation to the Tribunal when exercising any jurisdiction under this Part.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 205B U.K.]

234. Qualifying person In this Part “qualifying person” (合資格的人) means—

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-62 Section 233 Cap. 528

(a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong or elsewhere; or

(b) a body incorporated under the law of any country, territory or area,

subject to section 236. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 206 U.K.]

235. Ships, aircraft and hovercraft registered in Hong Kong This Part applies to things done on a ship, aircraft or hovercraft registered under the law of Hong Kong as it applies to things done in Hong Kong.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 210 U.K.]

236. Denial of protection to people of countries, etc. not giving adequate protection to Hong Kong performers (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3) (1) Subject to subsection (5), if it appears to the Chief Executive

in Council that performer’s rights of Hong Kong performers or fixation rights of Hong Kong qualifying persons are not adequately protected in a country, territory or area as a result of any prejudicial treatment given to those performers or qualifying persons by that country, territory or area, the Chief Executive in Council may by regulation in accordance with this section restrict the rights conferred by this Part in relation to the performances of the performers connected with that country, territory or area or in relation to fixations made by qualifying persons connected with that country, territory or area.

(2) The Chief Executive in Council shall designate in the regulation the country, territory or area concerned and provide that, for the purposes specified in the regulation, a performance given or a fixation made after a date specified

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-64 Section 235 Cap. 528

in the regulation does not qualify for protection under this Part— (a) in the case of a performance, if at the time of the

performance the performer is an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in that country, territory or area (and not at the same time domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong); or

(b) in the case of a fixation, if at the time of the making of the fixation, the maker is— (i) an individual domiciled or resident or having a

right of abode in that country, territory or area (and not at the same time domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong); or

(ii) a body incorporated under the law of that country, territory or area,

(3) In this section “Hong Kong performers” (香港表演者) means a performer who is an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong.

(4) In this section “Hong Kong qualifying persons” (香港合資格的人) means a qualifying person who is— (a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of

abode in Hong Kong; or (b) a body incorporated under the law of Hong Kong.

(5) The Chief Executive in Council shall not exercise his power under this section in relation to a country, territory or area

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-66 Section 236 Cap. 528

which is a party to a bilateral or multilateral copyright or related right convention to which Hong Kong is also a party or the application of which has been extended to Hong Kong.

(Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)

237. Transitional provisions and savings Schedule 3 contains transitional provisions and savings relating to performances given and acts or events occurring, before the commencement of this Part, and otherwise with respect to the operation of the provisions of this Part.

Interpretation

238. Expressions having same meaning as in copyright provisions (1) The following expressions have the same meaning in this Part

as in Part II (copyright)— article in transit; artistic work; (Added 15 of 2007 s. 59) authorized officer; broadcast; business; cable programme; cable programme service; Commissioner; Copyright Tribunal; export; film; import; literary work;

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-68 Section 237 Cap. 528

published; and sound recording.

(1A) In sections 207(1A), 211(1A) and 228(1A), “dealing in” (經營) includes buying, selling, letting for hire, importing, exporting and distributing. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 15)

(2) The provisions of section 8(3) to (5), sections 9(4) and 27(4) (supplementary provisions relating to broadcasting and cable programme services) apply for the purposes of this Part, and in relation to an infringement of the rights conferred by this Part, as they apply for the purposes of Part II and in relation to an infringement of copyright.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 211 U.K.]

239. Index of defined expressions The following Table shows provisions defining or otherwise explaining expressions used in this Part (other than provisions defining or explaining an expression used only in the same section)— artistic work (Added 15 of 2007

s. 60) section 238(1) (and section 5)

broadcast (and related expressions) section 238 (and section 8) business (Amended 64 of 2000

s. 16) section 238(1) (and section 198(1))

cable programme, cable programme service (and related expressions)

section 238 (and section 9)

consent of performer (in relation to performer’s economic rights)

section 215(2)

copy and copying section 203

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-70 Section 239 Cap. 528

dealing in (Added 64 of 2000 s. 16)

section 238(1A)

exclusive fixation contract section 208(1) exclusive licence section 218 film section 238(1) (and section 7) fixation (of a performance) section 200(2) fixation rights (person having) section 208(2) and (3) infringing fixation section 229 literary work section 238(1) (and section

4(1)) performance section 200(2) performer section 200(2) performer’s economic rights section 215(1) performer’s non-economic rights section 224(1) published section 238(1) (and section 196) qualifying performance section 201 qualifying person section 234 rental right (Added 15 of 2007

s. 60) section 207A(4)

right of distribution section 204(5) right of making available to the public

section 205(5)

right of reproduction section 203(4) rights owner (in relation to performer’s

economic rights)

section 215(3) and (4)

sound recording section 238(1) (and section 6)

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION I 3-72 Section 239 Cap. 528

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 212 U.K.]

DIVISION II—RIGHTS IN PERFORMANCES: PERMITTED ACTS

240. Introductory (1) The provisions of this Division specify acts which may be

done in relation to a performance or fixation notwithstanding the rights conferred by this Part; they relate only to the question of infringement of those rights and do not affect any other right or obligation restricting the doing of any of the specified acts.

(2) In determining whether an act specified in this Division may be done in relation to a performance or fixation notwithstanding the rights conferred by this Part, the primary consideration is that the act does not conflict with a normal exploitation of the performance or fixation by the rights owner of the rights conferred by this Part and does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the rights owner of those rights.

(3) No inference is to be drawn from the description of any act which may by virtue of this Division be done without infringing the rights conferred by this Part as to the scope of those rights.

(4) The provisions of this Division are to be construed independently of each other, so that the fact that an act does not fall within one provision does not mean that it is not covered by another provision.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 1 U.K.]

241. Criticism, reviews and news reporting (1) Fair dealing with a performance or fixation—

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-74 Section 240 Cap. 528

(a) for the purpose of criticism or review, of that or another performance or fixation, or of a work; or

(b) for the purpose of reporting current events, does not infringe any of the rights conferred by this Part.

(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 39.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 2 U.K.]

242. Incidental inclusion of performance or fixation (1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by the

incidental inclusion of a performance or fixation in a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme.

(2) Those rights are also not infringed by anything done in relation to copies of, or the playing, showing, broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service of, anything whose making was, by virtue of subsection (1), not an infringement of those rights.

(3) A performance or fixation so far as it consists of music, or words spoken or sung with music, is not regarded as incidentally included in a sound recording, broadcast or cable programme if it is deliberately included.

(4) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 40.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 3 U.K.]

242A. Fair dealing for purposes of giving or receiving instruction (1) Fair dealing with a performance or fixation by or on behalf of

a teacher or by a pupil for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in a specified course of study provided by an educational establishment does not infringe any of the rights conferred by this Part.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-76 Section 242 Cap. 528

(2) In determining whether any dealing with a performance or fixation is fair dealing under subsection (1), the court shall take into account all the circumstances of the case and, in particular— (a) the purpose and nature of the dealing, including whether

the dealing is for a non-profit-making purpose and whether the dealing is of a commercial nature;

(b) the nature of the performance or fixation; (c) the amount and substantiality of the portion dealt with in

relation to the performance or fixation as a whole; and (d) the effect of the dealing on the potential market for or

value of the performance or fixation. (3) Where a fixation which apart from this section would be an

infringing fixation is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing fixation— (a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes any of the rights conferred by

this Part, for all subsequent purposes. (4) Where any dealing with a fixation involves the making

available of copies of the fixation through a wire or wireless network wholly or partly controlled by an educational establishment— (a) if the educational establishment fails to—

(i) adopt technological measures to restrict access to the copies of the fixation through the network so that the copies of the fixation are made available only to persons who need to use the copies of the fixation for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-78 Section 242A Cap. 528

question or for the purposes of maintaining or managing the network; or

(ii) ensure that the copies of the fixation are not stored in the network for a period longer than is necessary for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or, in any event, for a period longer than 12 consecutive months,

the dealing is not fair dealing under subsection (1); and (b) if the educational establishment—

(i) adopts technological measures to restrict access to the copies of the fixation through the network so that the copies of the fixation are made available only to persons who need to use the copies of the fixation for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or for the purposes of maintaining or managing the network; and

(ii) ensures that the copies of the fixation are not stored in the network for a period longer than is necessary for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or, in any event, for a period longer than 12 consecutive months,

subsection (2) applies in determining whether the dealing is fair dealing under subsection (1).

(5) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 41A.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 61)

243. Things done for purposes of instruction or examination

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-80 Section 243 Cap. 528

(1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by the copying of a fixation of a performance, to a reasonable extent, in the course of instruction, or of preparation for instruction, in the making of films or film sound-tracks, if the copying is done by a person giving or receiving instruction.

(2) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed— (a) by the copying of a fixation of a performance for the

purposes of setting or answering the questions in an examination; or

(b) by anything done for the purposes of an examination by way of communicating the questions to the candidates.

(3) Where a fixation which would otherwise be an infringing fixation is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is treated as an infringing fixation for the purposes of that dealing, and if that dealing infringes any right conferred by this Part, for all subsequent purposes.

For this purpose “dealt with” (進行交易) means sold or let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire.

(4) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 41.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 4 U.K.]

244. Playing or showing sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme at educational establishment (1) The playing or showing of a sound recording, film, broadcast

or cable programme at an educational establishment for the purposes of instruction before an audience consisting wholly or mainly of teachers and pupils at the establishment, parents or guardians of pupils at the establishment, and other persons directly connected with the activities of the establishment is not a playing or showing of a performance in public for the

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-82 Section 244 Cap. 528

purposes of infringement of the rights conferred by this Part. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 62)

(2) (Repealed 15 of 2007 s. 62) (3) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in

section 43. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 5 U.K.]

245. Recording of broadcasts and cable programmes by educational establishments (1) A recording of a broadcast or cable programme, or a copy

of such a recording, may be made by or on behalf of an educational establishment for the educational purposes of that establishment without thereby infringing any of the rights conferred by this Part in relation to any performance or fixation included in it.

(2) Recording or copying is not authorized by this section if, or to the extent that, licences under licensing schemes are available authorizing the recording or copying in question and the person making the recordings or copies knew or ought to have been aware of that fact.

(3) Where a recording or copy which would otherwise be an infringing fixation is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is treated as an infringing fixation for the purposes of that dealing, and if that dealing infringes any right conferred by this Part, for all subsequent purposes.

For this purpose “dealt with” (進行交易) means sold or let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire.

(4) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 44.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 6 U.K.]

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-84 Section 245 Cap. 528

246. Copying by librarians or archivists: articles of cultural or historical importance (1) The librarian or archivist of a specified library or archive may

make a copy of an article of cultural or historical importance or interest and deposit the copy at the library or archive without infringing any right conferred by this Part in respect of that article if the article is likely to be lost to Hong Kong through sale or export.

(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 53.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 7 U.K.]

246A. Fair dealing for purposes of public administration (1) Fair dealing with a performance or fixation by the

Government, the Executive Council, the Judiciary or any District Council for the purposes of efficient administration of urgent business does not infringe any of the rights conferred by this Part.

the dealing is for a non-profit-making purpose and whether the dealing is of a commercial nature;

(b) the nature of the performance or fixation; (c) the amount and substantiality of the portion dealt with in

relation to the performance or fixation as a whole; and (d) the effect of the dealing on the potential market for or

value of the performance or fixation.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-86 Section 246 Cap. 528

(3) Where a fixation which apart from this section would be an infringing fixation is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing fixation— (a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes any of the rights conferred by

this Part, for all subsequent purposes. (4) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in

section 54A. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 63)

246B. Legislative Council (1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by—

(a) anything done for the purposes of the proceedings of the Legislative Council or for the purposes of reporting such proceedings; or

(b) anything done by or on behalf of— (i) the members of the Legislative Council; or

(ii) The Legislative Council Commission, for the purposes of the exercise and discharge by the Legislative Council of its powers and functions.

(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 54B.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 63)

247. Judicial proceedings Judicial proceedings

(Amended 15 of 2007 s. 64)

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-88 Section 246B Cap. 528

(1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by anything done for the purposes of judicial proceedings or for the purpose of reporting such proceedings. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 64)

(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 54.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 8 U.K.]

248. Statutory inquiries (1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by anything

done for the purposes of the proceedings of a statutory inquiry or for the purpose of reporting any such proceedings held in public.

(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 55.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 9 U.K.]

249. Public records (1) Material which is comprised in public records which are

open to public inspection may be copied, and a copy may be supplied to any person without infringing any right conferred by this Part.

(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 58.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 10 U.K.]

250. Acts done under statutory authority (1) Where the doing of a particular act is specifically authorized

by an Ordinance, whenever enacted, then, unless the Ordinance provides otherwise, the doing of that act does not infringe the rights conferred by this Part.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-90 Section 248 Cap. 528

(2) Nothing in this section is to be construed as excluding any defence of statutory authority otherwise available under or by virtue of any Ordinance.

(3) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 59.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 11 U.K.]

251. Transfer of fixations of performances in electronic form (1) This section applies where a fixation of a performance in

electronic form (other than such a fixation which was made available to the public) has been purchased on terms which, expressly or impliedly or by virtue of any rule of law, allow the purchaser to make further fixations in connection with his use of the fixation.

(2) If there are no express terms— (a) prohibiting the transfer of the fixation by the purchaser,

imposing obligations which continue after a transfer, prohibiting the assignment of any consent or terminating any consent on a transfer; or

(b) providing for the terms on which a transferee may do the things which the purchaser was permitted to do,

anything which the purchaser was allowed to do may also be done by a transferee without infringement of the rights conferred by this Part, but any fixation made by the purchaser which is not also transferred is to be treated as an infringing fixation for all purposes after the transfer.

(3) Subsection (2) applies where the original purchased fixation is no longer usable and what is transferred is a further copy used in its place.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-92 Section 251 Cap. 528

(4) The above provisions also apply on a subsequent transfer, with the substitution for references in subsection (2) to the purchaser of references to the subsequent transferor.

(5) This section does not apply in relation to a fixation purchased before the commencement of this Part.

(6) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 64.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 12 U.K.]

252. Certain copying permitted when performances made available to the public The rights conferred by this Part in a fixed performance are not infringed by the copying of a fixation which is reasonably required for the viewing or listening of the fixation by a member of the public to whom the fixation is made available (within the meaning of section 205) provided that such act does not conflict with a normal exploitation of the fixation and does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the performer or the person who has fixation rights in relation to the performance.

253. Use of fixations of spoken words in certain cases (1) Where a fixation of the reading or recitation of a literary work

is made for the purpose— (a) of reporting current events; or (b) of broadcasting or including in a cable programme

service the whole or part of the reading or recitation, it is not an infringement of the rights conferred by this Part to use the fixation (or to copy the fixation and use the copy) for that purpose, if the conditions in subsection (2) are met.

(2) The conditions are that—

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-94 Section 252 Cap. 528

(a) the fixation is a direct fixation of the reading or recitation and is not taken from a previous fixation or from a broadcast or cable programme;

(b) the making of the fixation was not prohibited by or on behalf of the person giving the reading or recitation;

(c) the use made of the fixation is not of a kind prohibited by or on behalf of that person before the fixation was made; and

(d) the use is by or with the authority of a person who is lawfully in possession of the fixation.

(3) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 67.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 13 U.K.]

254. Fixations of folksongs (1) A fixation of a performance of a song may be made for

the purpose of including it in an archive maintained by a designated body without infringing any of the rights conferred by this Part, if the conditions in subsection (2) are met.

(2) The conditions are that— (a) the words are unpublished and of unknown authorship at

the time the fixation is made; (b) the making of the fixation does not infringe any

(3) Copies of a fixation made in reliance on subsection (1) and included in an archive maintained by a designated body may, if the prescribed conditions are met, be made and supplied by the archivist without infringing any of the rights conferred by this Part.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-96 Section 254 Cap. 528

(4) In this section— “designated body” (指定機構) means a body designated for the

purposes of section 70; and “the prescribed conditions” (訂明條件) means the conditions

prescribed for the purposes of that section, and other expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in that section.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 14 U.K.]

255. Performance, showing or playing of works for purposes of club, society, etc. (1) It is not an infringement of any right conferred by this Part

to perform, show or play a work (other than a broadcast or a cable programme) as part of the activities of, or for the benefit of, a club, society or other organization if the following conditions are met.

(2) The conditions are— (a) that the club, society or organization is not established or

conducted for profit and its main objects are charitable or are otherwise concerned with the advancement of religion, education or social welfare; and

(b) that the proceeds of any charge for admission to the place where the work is to be performed, shown or played are applied solely for the purposes of the club, society or organization.

(3) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 76.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 15 U.K.]

256. Incidental fixation for purposes of broadcast or cable programme

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-98 Section 255 Cap. 528

(1) A person who proposes to broadcast a fixation of a performance, or include a fixation of a performance in a cable programme service, in circumstances not infringing the rights conferred by this Part is to be treated as having consent for the purposes of this Part for the making of a further fixation for the purposes of the broadcast or cable programme.

(2) That consent is subject to the condition that the further fixation— (a) must not be used for any other purpose; and (b) must be destroyed within 3 months of being first used

for broadcasting the performance or including it in a cable programme service.

(3) A fixation made in accordance with this section is treated as an infringing fixation— (a) for the purposes of any use in breach of the condition

mentioned in subsection (2)(a); and (b) for all purposes after that condition or the condition

mentioned in subsection (2)(b) is broken. (4) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in

section 77. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 16 U.K.]

257. Recordings for purposes of supervision and control of broadcasts and cable programmes (1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by

the making or use by Radio Television Hong Kong for the purpose of maintaining supervision and control over programmes broadcast by them, of recordings of those programmes.

(2) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by the making or use of recordings—

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-100 Section 257 Cap. 528

(a) by the Communications Authority for the performance of its functions mentioned in section 9 of the Broadcasting (Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 391); or (Amended 17 of 2011 s. 28)

(b) pursuant to the instructions of the Communications Authority in the performance of those functions. (Amended 17 of 2011 s. 28)

(3) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 78.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 17 U.K.]

258. Free public showing or playing of broadcast or cable programme (1) The showing or playing in public of a broadcast or cable

programme (other than an encrypted broadcast or cable programme) to an audience who have not paid for admission to the place where the broadcast or programme is to be seen or heard does not infringe any right conferred by this Part in relation to a performance or fixation included in— (a) the broadcast or cable programme; or (b) any sound recording or film which is played or shown

in public by reception of the broadcast or cable programme.

(2) The audience are treated as having paid for admission to a place— (a) if they have paid for admission to a place of which that

place forms part; or (b) if goods or services are supplied at that place (or a place

of which it forms part)—

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-102 Section 258 Cap. 528

(i) at prices which are substantially attributable to the facilities afforded for seeing or hearing the broadcast or programme; or

(ii) at prices exceeding those usually charged there and which are partly attributable to those facilities.

(3) The following are not regarded as having paid for admission to a place— (a) persons admitted as residents or inmates of the place

which is operated by a charitable organization and the facilities therein are provided not for profit;

(4) Where the making of the broadcast or inclusion of the programme in a cable programme service was an infringement of the rights conferred by this Part in relation to a performance or fixation, the fact that it was heard or seen in public by the reception of the broadcast or programme is to be taken into account in assessing the damages for that infringement.

(5) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 81.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 18 U.K.]

258A. Playing of sound broadcasts inside vehicles (1) The playing of a sound broadcast inside a vehicle primarily

for the purpose of affording the driver of the vehicle access to public information (including but not limited to news reports,

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-104 Section 258A Cap. 528

weather forecasts and information relating to road traffic) does not infringe any of the rights conferred by this Part.

(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 81A.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 65)

259. Reception and re-transmission of broadcast in cable programme service (1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by

the inclusion of a performance or fixation in a television broadcast or a sound broadcast that is, by reception and immediate re-transmission without any alteration, included in a service provided by— (a) a communal aerial broadcast distribution system within

the scope of section 8(4)(e) of the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106);

(b) an interconnection between a communal aerial broadcast distribution system within the scope of section 8(4)(e) of the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106) and a subscription television network licensed, or deemed to be licensed, under the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106), where the re-transmission is for the reception of the users of the communal aerial broadcast distribution system; or (Amended 48 of 2000 s. 44)

(c) a system licensed under a broadcast relay station licence issued under the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106). (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28; 17 of 2011 s. 28)

(2) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by the inclusion of a performance or fixation in a television broadcast or sound broadcast that is not encrypted and that

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-106 Section 259 Cap. 528

is, by reception and immediate re-transmission without any alteration, included in a service provided— (a) by a system licensed under a satellite master antenna

television licence issued under the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap. 106); or (Amended 17 of 2011 s. 28)

until the expiration of 6 months beginning on the day of publication of the notice in accordance with subsection (6). (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)

(3) Where a television broadcast or sound broadcast is made or uplinked from a place in Hong Kong or elsewhere, and the broadcast is a lawful broadcast, then any person who, by the reception and immediate re-transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided by a system or an interconnection specified in subsection (1) or (2), being a programme comprising a performance, shall be in a like position, in any proceedings for infringement of the performer’s right (if any) in the performance, as if he had been the holder of a licence granted by the performer to include the performance in any programme so included in that service.

(4) Notwithstanding subsections (1) and (2), where the making of the broadcast was in infringement of those rights, the fact that the broadcast was re-transmitted as a programme in a cable

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-108 Section 259 Cap. 528

programme service is to be taken into account in assessing the damages for that infringement.

(5) Where a television broadcast or a sound broadcast is not encrypted, the person who, by the reception and immediate re-transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided by a system or interconnection specified in subsection (2) is deemed to have been granted an implied licence by the maker of the broadcast to receive and re-transmit the broadcast using the system which is only revocable by notice given in accordance with subsection (6).

(6) The maker of a broadcast in respect of which a licence is deemed to have been granted under subsection (5) may revoke the licence by publishing a notice of revocation in— (a) 1 Chinese language newspaper circulating in Hong

Kong; and (b) 1 English language newspaper circulating in Hong

Kong. (7) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in

section 82. (Amended E.R. 1 of 2013)

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 19 U.K.]

260. Provision of sub-titled copies of broadcast or cable programme (1) A designated body may, for the purpose of providing people

who are deaf or hard of hearing, or physically or mentally handicapped in other ways, with copies which are sub- titled or otherwise modified for their special needs, make recordings of television broadcasts or cable programmes without infringing any right conferred by this Part in relation to a performance or fixation included in the broadcast or cable programme.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION II 3-110 Section 260 Cap. 528

(2) Recording is not authorized by this section if, or to the extent that, licences under licensing schemes are available authorizing the recording in question and the person making the recordings knew or ought to have been aware of that fact.

(3) In this section “designated body” (指定機構) means a body designated for the purposes of section 83 and other expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in that section.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 20 U.K.]

261. Recording of broadcast or cable programme for archival purposes (1) A recording of a broadcast or cable programme of a

designated class, or a copy of such a recording, may be made for the purpose of being placed in an archive maintained by a designated body without thereby infringing any right conferred by this Part in relation to a performance or fixation included in the broadcast or cable programme.

(2) In this section “designated class” (指定類別) and “designated body” (指定機構) mean a class and a body respectively designated for the purposes of section 84 and other expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in that section.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 21 U.K.]

DIVISION III—PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO IMPORTATION OF INFRINGING FIXATIONS

262. Definitions In this Division— “detention order” (扣留令) means an order made under section

264(1);

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-112 Section 262 Cap. 528

“right holder” (權利持有人) means— (a) the performer of a performance in which performer’s

rights subsist under this Part or the exclusive licensee of the performer’s economic rights in such a performance; or

(b) the person who has fixation rights in relation to the performance.

263. Application for detention order (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) A right holder may apply to the Court of First Instance

for an order under section 264(1) where he has reasonable grounds for suspecting that the importation of an article that constitutes an infringing fixation of the performance in respect of which he is a right holder may take place. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

(2) An application under subsection (1) may be made ex parte but with previous notice to the Commissioner.

performances subsist under this Part in the performance in question;

(b) states whether the deponent is the owner or the exclusive licensee of the rights in performances conferred by this Part;

(c) where the deponent purports to be the exclusive licensee, states the facts and exhibits such documents relied upon by the deponent to establish that he is the exclusive licensee;

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-114 Section 263 Cap. 528

(d) states that a copy of the fixation of the performance exhibited to the affidavit is an authorized copy of the fixation;

(e) states the grounds for the application, including the facts relied upon by the deponent as showing that the article in question is prima facie an infringing fixation;

(f) sets out a sufficiently detailed description of the article in question to make it readily recognizable by the Commissioner;

(g) sets out particulars regarding the expected mode of transportation and the expected date of importation and, if available, particulars identifying the importer; and

(h) sets out such other information and exhibits such other documents as may be prescribed by rules of court.

(4) No application may be made under subsection (1) with respect to an article in transit.

(5) No application may be made under subsection (1) with respect to the importation by a person of an article for his private and domestic use.

(6) Section 121 applies in respect of an affidavit made in accordance with subsection (3) by the exclusive licensee of the performer’s economic rights that subsist in a qualifying performance under this Part in the same manner as it would apply if the affidavit were made by the owner of those rights.

264. Issuance of detention order (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) Where, on the hearing of an application made under section

263, the right holder presents adequate evidence to satisfy the Court of First Instance that the article in question is prima facie an infringing fixation, the Court of First Instance may make an order directing the Commissioner or an authorized

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-116 Section 264 Cap. 528

officer to take reasonable measures to seize or detain the article on or after its importation.

(3) A detention order may contain such terms and conditions as the Court of First Instance considers appropriate.

(5) Where the Commissioner or an authorized officer seizes or detains an article pursuant to any law, other than this Division or Division VII of Part II, any detention order made with respect to that article ceases to have effect.

(6) Where the Court of First Instance makes a detention order, the right holder shall forthwith serve a copy of the order on the Commissioner.

(7) A detention order has effect from the date on which it is made or such later date as may be specified by the Court of First Instance and ceases to have effect 60 days from that date unless the Commissioner or an authorized officer has, pursuant to the order and within that period, seized or detained any article to which the order applies.

(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

265. Enforcement of detention order

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-118 Section 265 Cap. 528

(Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) Where a detention order is served on the Commissioner, the

Commissioner or an authorized officer shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the order, seize or detain any article to which the order applies.

(2) The right holder shall— (a) supply to the Commissioner or an authorized officer

(c) upon notification in writing by the Commissioner or an authorized officer of the seizure or detention of the article, provide such storage space and other facilities as he may require.

(3) The Commissioner or an authorized officer may refuse to carry out the detention order if the right holder fails to comply with subsection (2).

(4) The Commissioner may, after giving written notice to the right holder, apply to the Court of First Instance for directions in carrying out the detention order, and the Court of First Instance may, after giving the right holder an opportunity to be heard, give such directions as it thinks fit. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-120 Section 265 Cap. 528

by the terms of the order. (6) Subject to subsection (7) and to any law authorizing the

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-122 Section 265 Cap. 528

retain custody of the article subject to the direction of the court in the infringement proceedings.

(10) No public holiday, gale warning day or black rainstorm warning day is reckoned in the computation of the period referred to in subsection (6), as may be extended under subsection (7).

(11) In this section— “black rainstorm warning day” (黑色暴雨警告日) means any day

266. Variation or setting aside of detention order (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) The Commissioner or the right holder may at any time apply

to the Court of First Instance to vary the detention order. (2) The importer or any other person affected by the detention

order may at any time apply to the Court of First Instance to vary or set aside the order.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-124 Section 266 Cap. 528

(4) On the hearing of an application under subsection (1) or (2) to vary the detention order, the Court of First Instance may vary the order in such manner as it thinks just.

(5) On the hearing of an application under subsection (2) to set aside the detention order, the Court of First Instance may set aside the order on such terms and conditions as it thinks just.

(6) For the purposes of subsection (3)— (a) the parties to an application under subsection (1) are

(b) the parties to an application under subsection (2) are the Commissioner, the right holder, the applicant and the importer, if the importer is not the applicant.

(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

267. Disclosure of information (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) (1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention

order, the Commissioner may disclose to the right holder— (a) the names and addresses of the importer, the consignor

and the consignee; (b) the nature and quantity of articles seized or detained

pursuant to the order; (c) any statement made to the Commissioner or an

authorized officer by any person in connection with the seizure or detention, either with the prior consent in writing of that person or without such consent where the person is dead or cannot after reasonable enquiries by

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-126 Section 267 Cap. 528

the Commissioner as to his whereabouts be found by the Commissioner; and

(d) any other information or document relating to any article seized or detained pursuant to the order which the Commissioner thinks fit to disclose.

(2) Where the right holder seeks disclosure of— (a) any information or document that is not referred to in

subsection (1); or (b) any information or document that is referred to in

subsection (1) but which the Commissioner has not disclosed,

(3) An application under subsection (2) may be begun by motion with previous notice to the Commissioner.

268. Inspection of articles, release of samples, etc. (1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention

order, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall— (a) give the right holder sufficient opportunity to inspect the

article for the purpose of substantiating his claim; and (b) give the importer an equivalent opportunity to inspect

the article for the purpose of refuting the right holder’s claim.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-128 Section 268 Cap. 528

the importer, as the case may be, gives the Commissioner or authorized officer the requisite undertakings.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), the requisite undertakings are undertakings in writing that the person giving the undertaking will— (a) return the samples to the Commissioner or authorized

officer at a specified time that is satisfactory to the Commissioner or authorized officer; and

(b) take reasonable care to prevent unnecessary damage to the samples.

or in relation to, a sample removed by the right holder or any use made by the right holder of such sample.

269. Costs payable (1) The Commissioner may assess the costs incurred by the

Government in connection with the carrying out of a detention order and may deduct those costs from the amount paid as a deposit by the right holder under section 265(2).

(2) Any costs assessed under subsection (1) shall be payable by the right holder to the Government and recoverable as a civil debt.

270. Compensation payable to importer, etc. (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2)

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-130 Section 269 Cap. 528

(1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order and the article is released pursuant to section 265(6), the importer, the consignee or the owner of the article may, within 6 months after the date on which the order is made, apply to the Court of First Instance for compensation for any loss or damage suffered by him by reason of the seizure or detention.

(2) Where— (a) an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention

order; (b) an action for infringement is brought under this Part

in respect of the article within the period referred to in section 265(6), as may be extended under section 265(7); and

(c) the action is discontinued, the claim of infringement is withdrawn or the court in the infringement proceedings determines that the infringement is not proved,

(3) On an application under subsection (1) or (2), the Court of First Instance may make such order for compensation as it deems fit.

(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

271. Rules (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2) The power to make rules of court under section 54 of the High Court Ordinance (Cap. 4) includes power to make rules of court

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-132 Section 271 Cap. 528

regulating and prescribing the procedure and the practice to be followed in the Court of First Instance under this Division, and any matter incidental to or relating to that procedure or practice, including rules prescribing any matter or thing that under this Division is to be or may be prescribed by rules of court.

(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

272. Protection of Commissioner and authorized officers (1) The Commissioner and authorized officers are not liable

for any loss or damage suffered by any person as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in connection with the carrying out of a detention order.

(2) The protection conferred by subsection (1) on the Commissioner and authorized officers in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in connection with the carrying out of those duties shall not affect in any manner any liability of the Government for that action taken or omitted to be taken.

Last updated date 25.4.2013

PART III—DIVISION III 3-134 Section 272 Cap. 528

PART IIIA

PERFORMERS’ MORAL RIGHTS (Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

Introductory

272A. Moral rights conferred on certain performers (1) This part confers the following moral rights on a performer of

a live aural performance or a performer whose performance is fixed in a sound recording— (a) the right to be identified as a performer (section 272B);

and (b) the right not to have his performance subjected to

derogatory treatment (section 272F). (2) The moral rights are conferred on the performer only if the

performance is a qualifying performance. (3) The moral rights conferred on the performer are in addition

to any other rights in relation to the performance that the performer or any other person may have under this Ordinance.

(4) In this Part— “aural performance” (聲藝表演)—

(a) means a performance which may be perceived by the human ear; or

(b) where part of a performance may be perceived by the human ear, means that part of the performance,

and includes a musical performance, a spoken performance and a performance in any intermediate forms between singing and speaking;

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-2 Section 272A Cap. 528

“make available to the public live” (即場向公眾提供), in relation to a performance, means to make available of the unfixed performance, by wire or wireless means, in such a way that members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere may access the performance from a place individually chosen by them;

“performership” (演出) means participation in a performance, as the performer or one of the performers;

“sound recording” (聲音紀錄)— (a) subject to paragraph (b), has the same meaning as in

Part II (copyright); (b) does not include a film sound-track which accompanies

a film within the meaning of Part II. (5) The following expressions have the same meaning in this Part

as in Part II (copyright)— broadcast; business; cable programme; cable programme service; and published.

(6) The following expressions have the same meaning in this Part as in Part III (rights in performances)— fixation; performance; performer; and qualifying performance.

(7) For the purposes of this Part, if a performance of a musical work is conducted by a conductor, the sounds of the performance are treated as having been made by the conductor and the person who actually made those sounds,

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-4 Section 272A Cap. 528

and a reference to a performer includes a reference to the conductor.

(8) Section 204(2), (3) and (4) applies, with the necessary modifications, to references in this Part to the issue to the public of copies of a sound recording, as it applies to references in Part III to the issue to the public of copies of a fixation.

(9) Section 205(2), (3) and (4) applies, with the necessary modifications, to references in this Part to the making available to the public of copies of a sound recording, as it applies to references in Part III to the making available to the public of copies of a fixation.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

Right to be identified as performer

272B. Right to be identified as performer (1) A performer of a live aural performance or a performer whose

performance is fixed in a sound recording has the right to be identified as a performer in the performance whenever— (a) the performance is staged in public, made available to

the public live, broadcast live or included live in a cable programme service; or

(b) copies of the sound recording in which the performance is fixed are issued or made available to the public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service.

(2) The right of the performer under this section is, in the case of the issue or making available to the public of copies of a sound recording in which the performance is fixed, the right to be identified in or on each copy or, if that is not appropriate, in some other manner likely to bring his identity to the notice of a person acquiring a copy.

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-6 Section 272B Cap. 528

(3) The right of the performer under this section is, in any case other than the case referred to in subsection (2), the right to be identified in a manner likely to bring his identity to the notice of a person hearing the performance, broadcast or cable programme in question.

(4) The rights of the performer referred to in subsections (2) and (3) include the right to be identified in a clear and reasonably prominent or audible manner.

(5) If the performer in asserting his right to be identified specifies a pseudonym, initials or some other particular form of identification, that form must be used; otherwise any reasonable form of identification may be used.

(6) If a performance is presented by performers who use a group name, identification by using the group name is sufficient identification of the performers in the group.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

272C. Requirement that right under section 272B be asserted (1) A person does not infringe the right conferred by section

272B (right to be identified as performer) by doing any of the acts referred to in that section unless the right has been asserted in accordance with the following provisions so as to bind him in relation to that act.

(2) The right may be asserted generally, or in relation to any specified act or description of acts— (a) on an assignment of a performer’s economic rights

conferred by Part III in a live aural performance that has taken place or is to take place or in a performance that has been fixed or is to be fixed in a sound recording, by including in the instrument effecting the assignment a statement that the performer asserts in relation to that

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-8 Section 272C Cap. 528

performance or that performance fixed in the sound recording his right to be identified; or

(b) by instrument in writing signed by the performer. (3) The persons bound by an assertion of the right under

subsection (2) are— (a) in the case of an assertion under subsection (2)(a), the

assignee and anyone claiming through him, whether he has notice of the assertion;

(b) in the case of an assertion under subsection (2)(b), anyone to whose notice the assertion is brought.

(4) In an action for infringement of the right the court shall, in considering remedies, take into account any delay in asserting the right.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

272D. Exceptions to right under section 272B (1) The right conferred by section 272B (right to be identified

as performer) does not apply where it is not reasonably practicable to identify the performer.

(2) The right does not apply in relation to a performance given for the purposes of reporting current events.

(3) The right does not apply in relation to a performance given for the purposes of advertising any goods or services or making announcements of matters of public interest.

(4) The right is not infringed by an act which by virtue of any of the following provisions would not infringe any right conferred by Part III— (a) section 241 (fair dealing for certain purposes), insofar as

it relates to the reporting of current events by means of a sound recording, broadcast or cable programme;

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-10 Section 272D Cap. 528

(b) section 242 (incidental inclusion of performance or fixation);

(c) section 243(2) (examination questions); (d) section 246B (Legislative Councin( � (e) section 247 (judicial proceedings); (f) section 248 (statutory inquiries).

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

Right to object to derogatory treatment

272E. Right to object to derogatory treatment (1) A performer of a live aural performance or a performer whose

performance is fixed in a sound recording has the right not to have his performance subjected to derogatory treatment.

(2) The right is infringed by a person who does any of the following acts— (a) in relation to a live aural performance, subjects the

performance, or causes the performance to be subjected, to derogatory treatment when the performance is caused to be heard in public, broadcasted, included in a cable programme service or made available to the public live;

(b) in relation to a performance fixed in a sound recording— (i) causes to be heard in public, broadcasts or includes

in a cable programme service the performance by means of the sound recording in a manner which subjects the performance to derogatory treatment; or

(ii) makes available to the public copies of the sound recording in a manner which subjects the performance to derogatory treatment; or

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-12 Section 272E Cap. 528

(c) in relation to a performance which has been subjected to derogatory treatment and is fixed in a sound recording— (i) causes to be heard in public, broadcasts or includes

in a cable programme service the sounding recording; or

(ii) makes available to the public copies of the sound recording.

(3) For the purposes of this section— (a) “treatment” (處理)—

(i) in relation to a live aural performance, means any addition to, deletion from, alteration to or adaptation of the performance; or

(ii) in relation to a performance fixed in a sound recording, means any addition to, deletion from, alteration to or adaptation of the sound recording; and

(b) the treatment of a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording is derogatory if it amounts to distortion, mutilation or other modification that is prejudicial to the reputation of the performer.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

272F. Infringing of right under section 272E by possessing or dealing with infringing articles (1) The right conferred by section 272E (right to object to

derogatory treatment) is also infringed by a person who— (a) possesses for the purpose of or in the course of any

trade or business; or (b) sells or lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire,

or distributes,

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-14 Section 272F Cap. 528

an article which is, and which he knows or has reason to believe is, an infringing article.

(2) In this section— “infringing article” (侵犯權利物品) means a performance fixed in

a sound recording which— (a) has been subjected to derogatory treatment within the

meaning of section 272E; and (b) has been or is likely to be the subject of any of the acts

referred to in that section in circumstances infringing that right.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

272G. Exceptions to right under section 272E (1) The right conferred by section 272E (right to object to

derogatory treatment) does not apply in relation to any performance given for the purposes of reporting current events.

(2) The right is not infringed by modifications made to a performance which are consistent with normal editorial or production practice.

(3) Subject to subsection (4), the right is not infringed by an act done for the purpose of— (a) avoiding the commission of an offence; or (b) complying with a duty imposed by or under an

enactment. (4) Where a performer is identified at the time of the relevant act

under subsection (3) or has previously been identified in or on published copies of sound recordings in which the relevant performance is fixed, subsection (3) has effect only if there is a sufficient disclaimer.

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-16 Section 272G Cap. 528

(5) In subsection (4), “sufficient disclaimer” (足夠的卸責聲明) means a clear and reasonably prominent indication— (a) given at the time of the relevant act under subsection (3);

and (b) if the performer is then identified, appearing along with

the identification, that the live aural performance or the performance fixed in a sound recording has been subjected to treatment to which the performer has not consented.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

Supplementary

272H. Duration of rights The rights conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer) and section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) continue to subsist so long as the performer’s rights conferred by Part III subsist in the sound recording in which the performance is fixed.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

272I. Consent and waiver of rights (1) It is not an infringement of any of the rights conferred by

section 272B (right to be identified as performer) and section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) to do any act to which the person entitled to the right has consented.

(2) Any of the rights referred to in subsection (1) may be waived by instrument in writing signed by the person giving up the right.

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-18 Section 272H Cap. 528

(3) A waiver may relate to a specific performance, to performances of a specified description or to performances generally, and may relate to existing or future performances.

(4) A waiver may be conditional or unconditional, and may be expressed to be subject to revocation.

(5) If a waiver is made in favour of the owner or prospective owner of the right in the performance, it is presumed to extend to his licensees and successors in title unless a contrary intention is expressed.

(6) Nothing in this Part is to be construed as excluding the operation of the general law of contract or estoppel in relation to an informal waiver or other transaction in relation to any of the rights referred to in subsection (1).

(7) In this section, “performance” (表演) means a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

272J. Application of provisions to joint performers (1) The right conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as

performer) is, in the case of joint performership, a right of each joint performer to be identified as a joint performer and must be asserted in accordance with section 272C by each joint performer in relation to himself.

(2) The right conferred by section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) is, in the case of joint performership, a right of each joint performer and his right is satisfied if he consents to the treatment in question.

(3) A waiver under section 272I of those rights by one joint performer does not affect the rights of the other joint performer or performers.

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-20 Section 272J Cap. 528

(4) If there are 2 or more performers in a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording, the performers may enter into a joint performership agreement in writing by which each of them agrees not to exercise his right conferred by section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) in respect of the live aural performance or the performance fixed in a sound recording, as the case may be, except jointly with the other performer or performers.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

272K. Application of provisions to part of performance (1) The right conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as

performer) applies in relation to the whole or any substantial part of a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording.

(2) The right conferred by section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) applies in relation to the whole or any part of a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

272L. Moral rights not assignable The rights conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer) and section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) are not assignable.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

272M. Transmission of moral rights on death (1) On the death of a person entitled to the right conferred by

section 272B (right to be identified as performer) or section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment)—

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-22 Section 272K Cap. 528

(a) the right passes to such person as he may by testamentary disposition specifically direct;

(b) if there is no such direction but the performer’s economic rights conferred by Part III in respect of the performance in question form part of his estate, the right passes to the person to whom the economic rights pass; and

(c) if or to the extent that the right does not pass under paragraph (a) or (b), the right is exercisable by his personal representatives.

(2) Where a performer’s economic rights conferred by Part III and forming part of his estate pass in part to one person and in part to another, as for example where a bequest is limited so as to apply— (a) to one or more, but not all, of the things the owner has

the exclusive right to do or consent; or (b) to part, but not the whole, of the period for which the

rights subsist, any right which passes with the performer’s economic rights by virtue of subsection (1)(b) is correspondingly divided.

(3) Where by virtue of subsection (1)(a) or (b) a right becomes exercisable by more than one person, the following provisions have effect with respect to the right— (a) it may, in the case of the right conferred by section

272B (right to be identified as performer), be asserted by any of them;

(b) it is, in the case of the right conferred by section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment), a right exercisable by each of them and is satisfied in relation to any of them if he consents to the treatment or act in question; and

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-24 Section 272M Cap. 528

(4) A consent or waiver previously given or made binds any person to whom a right passes by virtue of subsection (1).

(5) Any damages recovered by personal representatives by virtue of this section in respect of an infringement after a person’s death devolve as part of his estate as if the right of action had subsisted and been vested in him immediately before his death.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

272N. Remedies for infringement of performers’ moral rights (1) An infringement of the right conferred by section 272B (right

to be identified as performer) or section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) is actionable as a breach of statutory duty owed to the person entitled to the right.

(2) In proceedings for infringement of the right conferred by section 272E, the court may, if it thinks it is an adequate remedy in the circumstances, grant an injunction on terms prohibiting the doing of any act unless a disclaimer is made, in such terms and in such manner as may be approved by the court, dissociating a performer from the treatment of a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

272O. Presumptions relevant to sound recordings in which performances are fixed In proceedings brought by virtue of this Part with respect to a sound recording in which a performance is fixed, where copies of the sound recording as issued or made available to the public bear a statement—

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-26 Section 272N Cap. 528

(a) that a named person was a performer in the performance; or

(b) that a named group of performers were the performers in the performance,

the statement is admissible as evidence of the facts stated and is presumed to be correct until the contrary is proved.

(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)

Last updated date 25.4.2008

PART IIIA 3A-28 Section 272O Cap. 528

PART IV

TECHNOLOGICAL MEASURES AND GENERAL

Circumvention of effective technological measures (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 67)

273. Interpretation of sections 273 to 273H (1) In sections 273A to 273H, “circumvent” (規避), in relation to

an effective technological measure which has been applied in relation to a copyright work— (a) where the use of the work is controlled through the

measure by the copyright owner of the work, means to circumvent the measure without the authority of the copyright owner;

(b) where the use of the work is controlled through the measure by an exclusive licensee of the copyright owner of the work, means to circumvent the measure without the authority of the exclusive licensee; or

(c) where the use of the work is controlled through the measure by any other person who, with the licence of the copyright owner of the copyright work— (i) issues to the public copies of the work;

(ii) makes available to the public copies of the work; or

(iii) broadcasts the work, or includes the work in a cable programme service,

means to circumvent the measure without the authority of that other person.

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-2 Section 273 Cap. 528

(2) For the purposes of this section and sections 273A to 273H, where a technological measure has been applied in relation to a copyright work, the measure is referred to as an effective technological measure if the use of the work is controlled by any person referred to in subsection (1)(a), (b) or (c) through— (a) an access control or protection process (including the

encryption, scrambling and any other transformation of the work) which achieves the intended protection of the work in the normal course of its operation; or

(b) a copy control mechanism which achieves the intended protection of the work in the normal course of its operation.

(3) In subsection (2)— (a) “technological measure” (科技措施) means any

technology, device, component or means which is designed, in the normal course of its operation, to protect any description of copyright work;

(b) the reference to protection of a copyright work is to the prevention or restriction of acts which are done without the licence of the copyright owner of the work and are restricted by the copyright in the work;

(c) the reference to use of a copyright work does not extend to any use of the work which is outside the scope of the acts restricted by the copyright in the work.

(Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 68)

273A. Rights and remedies in respect of circumvention of effective technological measures (1) Subject to sections 273D and 273H, this section applies

where an effective technological measure has been applied in relation to a copyright work, and a person does any act

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-4 Section 273A Cap. 528

which circumvents the measure, knowing, or having reason to believe, that he is doing an act which circumvents the measure.

(2) The following persons have the same rights and remedies against the person referred to in subsection (1) as a copyright owner has in respect of an infringement of copyright— (a) the copyright owner of the work; (b) an exclusive licensee of the copyright owner of the

work; and (c) any other person who, with the licence of the copyright

owner of the work— (i) issues to the public copies of the work;

(ii) makes available to the public copies of the work; or

(iii) broadcasts the work, or includes the work in a cable programme service.

(3) The rights and remedies conferred by subsection (2) on the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (2)(c) are concurrent.

(4) Sections 112(3) and 113(1), (4), (5) and (6) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings in relation to the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (2)(c), as they apply in proceedings in relation to a copyright owner and an exclusive licensee with concurrent rights and remedies.

(5) Sections 115, 116 and 117 (presumptions as to certain matters relating to copyright) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings instituted under this section, as they apply in proceedings instituted under Part II (copyright).

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-6 Section 273A Cap. 528

273B. Rights and remedies in respect of devices and services designed to circumvent effective technological measures (1) Subject to sections 273E and 273H, this section applies

where an effective technological measure has been applied in relation to a copyright work, and a person— (a) makes, imports, exports, sells or lets for hire, offers or

exposes for sale or hire, or advertises for sale or hire, any relevant device;

(b) exhibits in public, possesses or distributes any relevant device for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business;

(c) distributes (otherwise than for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business) any relevant device to such an extent as to affect prejudicially the owner of the copyright; or

(d) provides any relevant service. (2) In subsection (1)— “relevant device” (有關器件), in relation to the effective

technological measure referred to in that subsection, means any device, product, component or means— (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the

purpose of the circumvention of the measure; (b) which has only a limited commercially significant

purpose or use other than to circumvent the measure; or (c) which is primarily designed, produced or adapted for the

purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of the measure;

“relevant service” (有關服務), in relation to the effective technological measure referred to in that subsection, means any service—

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-8 Section 273B Cap. 528

(a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the purpose of the circumvention of the measure;

(b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent the measure; or

(3) The following persons have the same rights and remedies against the person referred to in subsection (1) as a copyright owner has in respect of an infringement of copyright— (a) the copyright owner of the work; (b) an exclusive licensee of the copyright owner of the

work; and (c) any other person who, with the licence of the copyright

owner of the work— (i) issues to the public copies of the work;

(ii) makes available to the public copies of the work; or

(iii) broadcasts the work, or includes the work in a cable programme service.

(4) The rights and remedies conferred by subsection (3) on the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (3)(c) are concurrent.

(5) Sections 112(3) and 113(1), (4), (5) and (6) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings in relation to the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (3)(c), as they apply in proceedings in relation to a copyright owner and an exclusive licensee with concurrent rights and remedies.

(6) The copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (3)(c) have the same rights and

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-10 Section 273B Cap. 528

remedies under section 109 (order for delivery up) in relation to any device, product, component or means which a person has in his possession, custody or control with the intention that it is to be used to circumvent effective technological measures, as a copyright owner has in relation to an infringing copy.

(7) The rights and remedies conferred by subsection (6) on the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (3)(c) are concurrent.

(8) Section 113(7) (order as to exercise of rights by copyright owner where exclusive licensee has concurrent rights) applies, with the necessary modifications, in respect of anything done under section 109 by virtue of subsection (6), in relation to the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (3)(c), as it applies, in respect of anything done under section 109, in relation to a copyright owner and an exclusive licensee with concurrent rights and remedies.

(9) Section 111 (order as to disposal of infringing copy or other article) applies, with the necessary modifications, in relation to the disposal of anything delivered up under section 109 by virtue of subsection (6).

(10) Sections 115, 116 and 117 (presumptions as to certain matters relating to copyright) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings instituted under this section, as they apply in proceedings instituted under Part II (copyright).

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)

273C. Offences in relation to circumvention of effective technological measures (1) Subject to sections 273F and 273H, where an effective

technological measure has been applied in relation to a

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-12 Section 273C Cap. 528

copyright work, a person commits an offence if he— (a) makes for sale or hire any relevant device; (b) imports into Hong Kong for sale or hire any relevant

device; (c) exports from Hong Kong for sale or hire any relevant

device; (d) sells, lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire

any relevant device for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business;

(e) exhibits in public or distributes any relevant device for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business which consists of dealing in circumvention devices;

(f) possesses any relevant device with a view to— (i) its being sold or let for hire by any person for

the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; or

(ii) its being exhibited in public or distributed by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business which consists of dealing in circumvention devices; or

(g) provides any relevant service for the purpose of or in the course of a circumvention business.

(2) In subsection (1)— “circumvention business” (規避業務) means a business, conducted

for profit, which includes the offering to the public of services which enable or facilitate the circumvention of effective technological measures;

“circumvention device” (規避器件) means any device, product, component or means—

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-14 Section 273C Cap. 528

(a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the purpose of the circumvention of effective technological measures;

(b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent effective technological measures; or

(c) which is primarily designed, produced or adapted for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of effective technological measures;

“dealing in” (經銷) means selling, letting for hire, or distributing for profit or reward;

“relevant device” (有關器件), in relation to the effective technological measure referred to in that subsection— (a) subject to paragraph (b), means any device, product,

component or means— (i) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the

purpose of the circumvention of the measure; (ii) which has only a limited commercially significant

purpose or use other than to circumvent the measure; or

(iii) which is primarily designed, produced or adapted for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of the measure;

(b) does not include any unauthorized decoder referred to in section 6, or any decoder referred to in section 7, of the Broadcasting Ordinance (Cap. 562);

“relevant service” (有關服務), in relation to the effective technological measure referred to in that subsection, means any service— (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the

purpose of the circumvention of the measure;

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-16 Section 273C Cap. 528

(b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent the measure; or

(3) A person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on conviction on indictment to a fine of $500,000 and to imprisonment for 4 years.

(4) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence in respect of an effective technological measure under subsection (1) to prove that he did not know and had no reason to believe that the relevant device or relevant service which is the subject of the offence enabled or facilitated the circumvention of the measure.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)

273D. Exceptions to section 273A (1) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an

effective technological measure if— (a) the measure has been applied in relation to a computer

program; (b) the act is done with respect to the identification or

analysis of particular elements of the computer program that are not readily available to the person who does the act;

(c) the act is done for the sole purpose of achieving interoperability of an independently created computer program with the computer program or another computer program;

(d) the copy of computer program in relation to which the act is done is not an infringing copy; and

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-18 Section 273D Cap. 528

(e) the act of identification or analysis referred to in paragraph (b) does not constitute an infringement of copyright.

(2) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if— (a) the act is done by or under the authority of the owner or

operator of a computer, computer system or computer network; and

(b) the act is done for the sole purpose of testing, investigating or correcting a security flaw or vulnerability of the computer, computer system or computer network, as the case may be.

(3) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if the act is done for the sole purpose of research into cryptography and— (a) where the research is conducted by or on behalf of a

specified educational establishment, or for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in a specified course of study in the field of cryptography provided by a specified educational establishment— (i) the research does not constitute an infringement of

conduct the research; and (iii) the information derived from the research is not

disseminated to the public except in a specified manner; or

(b) in any other case— (i) the research does not constitute an infringement of

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-20 Section 273D Cap. 528

(ii) it is necessary for the act to be done in order to conduct the research; and

(iii) the act or the dissemination to the public of information derived from the research does not affect prejudicially the copyright owner.

(4) In subsection (3)— “specified educational establishment” (指明教育機構) means—

(a) an educational establishment specified in section 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14 or 15 of Schedule 1; or

(b) Hong Kong Shue Yan University registered under the Post Secondary Colleges Ordinance (Cap. 320);

“specified manner” (指明方式), in relation to the dissemination to the public of information derived from a research into cryptography— (a) means a manner which is reasonably calculated to

advance the state of knowledge or development of cryptography or related technology; and

(b) includes dissemination of the information in a journal or at a conference the target readers or audiences of which are primarily persons engaged in, or pursuing a course of study in, the field of cryptography or related technology.

(5) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if— (a) the measure, or the copyright work in relation to which

the measure has been applied, has the capability to collect or disseminate personally identifying information which tracks and records the manner of a person’s use of a computer network without providing conspicuous notice of such collection or dissemination to the person;

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-22 Section 273D Cap. 528

(b) the act is done for the sole purpose of identifying or disabling the function of the measure or work, as the case may be, in collecting or disseminating personally identifying information; and

(6) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if— (a) a person does the act when using a technology, product

or device; and (b) the sole purpose of the technology, product or device,

as the case may be, is to prevent access of minors to harmful materials on the Internet.

(7) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if— (a) the measure has been applied in relation to a copyright

work of any description issued to the public in a physical article;

(b) the measure contains regional coding or any other technology, device, component or means which has the effect of preventing or restricting access to the work for the purpose of controlling market segmentation on a geographical basis;

(c) the act is done for the sole purpose of overcoming the regional coding, technology, device, component or means, as the case may be, contained in the measure so as to gain access to the work; and

(d) the copy of the work in relation to which the act is done— (i) is not an infringing copy; or

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-24 Section 273D Cap. 528

(ii) if it is an infringing copy, is an infringing copy by virtue only of section 35(3) and was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made.

(8) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if— (a) the measure has been applied in relation to a copy of

any description mentioned in section 50(1), 51(1) or 53; (b) the act of circumvention is done by the librarian or

archivist of a specified library or archive; and (c) the act is done for the sole purpose of the doing of any

of the acts permitted under sections 50, 51 and 53. (9) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an

effective technological measure if the act is done by, or on behalf of, law enforcement agencies for the purpose of the prevention, detection or investigation of an offence, or the conduct of a prosecution.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)

273E. Exceptions to section 273B (1) In this section— “relevant device” (有關器件) means any device, product,

component or means— (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the

purpose of the circumvention of effective technological measures;

(b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent effective technological measures; or

(c) which is primarily designed, produced or adapted for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of effective technological measures;

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-26 Section 273E Cap. 528

“relevant service” (有關服務) means any service— (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the

purpose of the circumvention of effective technological measures;

(b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent effective technological measures; or

(c) which is performed for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of effective technological measures.

(2) Section 273B does not apply if— (a) a person works collaboratively with another person

to identify or analyse particular elements of a computer program for the sole purpose of achieving interoperability of an independently created computer program with the computer program or another computer program; and

(b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person to do any relevant act— (i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other

person; (ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any

relevant device to that other person; (iii) possesses any relevant device; or (iv) provides any relevant service to that other person.

(3) In subsection (2), “relevant act” (有關作為) means— (a) an act which circumvents an effective technological

measure and to which section 273A does not apply by virtue of section 273D(1); or

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-28 Section 273E Cap. 528

(b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in paragraph (a).

(4) Section 273B does not apply if— (a) a person works collaboratively with another person to

test, investigate or correct a security flaw or vulnerability of a computer, computer system or computer network under the authority of the owner or operator of the computer, computer system or computer network, as the case may be; and

(b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person to do any relevant act— (i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other

person; (ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any

relevant device to that other person; (iii) possesses any relevant device; or (iv) provides any relevant service to that other person.

(5) In subsection (4), “relevant act” (有關作為) means— (a) an act which circumvents an effective technological

measure and to which section 273A does not apply by virtue of section 273D(2); or

(b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in paragraph (a).

(6) Section 273B does not apply if— (a) a person works collaboratively with another person to

conduct research into cryptography; and (b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person

to do any relevant act—

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-30 Section 273E Cap. 528

(i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other person;

(ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any relevant device to that other person;

(iii) possesses any relevant device; or (iv) provides any relevant service to that other person.

(7) In subsection (6), “relevant act” (有關作為) means— (a) an act which circumvents an effective technological

measure and to which section 273A does not apply by virtue of section 273D(3); or

(b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in paragraph (a).

(8) Section 273B does not apply to a relevant device or relevant service if— (a) an effective technological measure, or a copyright

work in relation to which an effective technological measure has been applied, has a function in collecting or disseminating personally identifying information which tracks and records the manner of a person’s use of a computer network; and

(b) the sole purpose of the device or service, as the case may be, is to identify or disable that function of the measure or work, as the case may be.

(9) Section 273B does not apply to a relevant device if— (a) the relevant device is incorporated, or is intended to be

incorporated, into a technology, product or device; and (b) the sole purpose of the technology, product or device,

as the case may be, is to prevent access of minors to harmful materials on the Internet.

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-32 Section 273E Cap. 528

(10) Section 273B does not apply to a relevant service if the sole purpose of the service is to prevent access of minors to harmful materials on the Internet.

(11) Section 273B does not apply to a relevant device or relevant service if— (a) an effective technological measure has been applied in

relation to a copyright work issued to the public in a physical article;

(c) the sole purpose of the relevant device or relevant service, as the case may be, is to overcome the regional coding, technology, device, component or means, as the case may be, contained in the measure.

(12) Section 273B does not apply to an act done by, or on behalf of, law enforcement agencies for the purpose of the prevention, detection or investigation of an offence, or the conduct of a prosecution.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)

273F. Exceptions to section 273C (1) In this section— “relevant device” (有關器件) means any device, product,

component or means— (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the

purpose of the circumvention of effective technological measures;

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-34 Section 273F Cap. 528

(b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent effective technological measures; or

(c) which is primarily designed, produced or adapted for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of effective technological measures;

“relevant service” (有關服務) means any service— (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the

purpose of the circumvention of effective technological measures;

(b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent effective technological measures; or

(c) which is performed for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of effective technological measures.

(2) Section 273C does not apply if— (a) a person works collaboratively with another person

(b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person to do any relevant act— (i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other

person; (ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any

relevant device to that other person;

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-36 Section 273F Cap. 528

(iii) possesses any relevant device with a view to selling, letting for hire or distributing the device to that other person; or

(iv) provides any relevant service to that other person. (3) In subsection (2), “relevant act” (有關作為) means—

(a) an act which circumvents an effective technological measure and to which section 273A does not apply by virtue of section 273D(1); or

(b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in paragraph (a).

(4) Section 273C does not apply if— (a) a person works collaboratively with another person to

(b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person to do any relevant act— (i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other

person; (ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any

relevant device to that other person; (iii) possesses any relevant device with a view to

selling, letting for hire or distributing the device to that other person; or

(iv) provides any relevant service to that other person. (5) In subsection (4), “relevant act” (有關作為) means—

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-38 Section 273F Cap. 528

(a) an act which circumvents an effective technological measure and to which section 273A does not apply by virtue of section 273D(2); or

(b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in paragraph (a).

(6) Section 273C does not apply if— (a) a person works collaboratively with another person to

conduct research into cryptography; and (b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person

to do any relevant act— (i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other

person; (ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any

relevant device to that other person; (iii) possesses any relevant device with a view to

selling, letting for hire or distributing the device to that other person; or

(iv) provides any relevant service to that other person. (7) In subsection (6), “relevant act” (有關作為) means—

(a) an act which circumvents an effective technological measure and to which section 273A does not apply by virtue of section 273D(3); or

(b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in paragraph (a).

(8) Section 273C does not apply to a relevant device or relevant service if— (a) an effective technological measure, or a copyright

work in relation to which an effective technological

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-40 Section 273F Cap. 528

measure has been applied, has a function in collecting or disseminating personally identifying information which tracks and records the manner of a person’s use of a computer network; and

(b) the sole purpose of the device or service, as the case may be, is to identify or disable that function of the measure or work, as the case may be.

(9) Section 273C does not apply to a relevant device if— (a) the relevant device is incorporated, or is intended to be

incorporated, into a technology, product or device; and (b) the sole purpose of the technology, product or device,

as the case may be, is to prevent access of minors to harmful materials on the Internet.

(10) Section 273C does not apply to a relevant service if the sole purpose of the service is to prevent access of minors to harmful materials on the Internet.

(11) Section 273C does not apply to a relevant device or relevant service if— (a) an effective technological measure has been applied in

relation to a copyright work issued to the public in a physical article;

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-42 Section 273F Cap. 528

(12) Section 273C does not apply to an act done by, or on behalf of, law enforcement agencies for the purpose of the prevention, detection or investigation of an offence, or the conduct of a prosecution.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)

273G. Application of sections 273, 273A, 273B, 273D and 273E to performances Sections 273, 273A(1), (2), (3) and (4), 273B(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) and (9), 273D and 273E apply, with the necessary modifications, in relation to—

(a) an unfixed performance or a fixation of a performance; (b) a performer or a person having fixation rights in relation

to a performance; and (c) the rights conferred by Part III on a performer or a

person having fixation rights in relation to a performance. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)

273H. Exceptions to sections 273A, 273B, 273C and 273G The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may, by notice published in the Gazette, exclude from the application of any provisions of sections 273A, 273B, 273C and 273G any work or performance, class of works or performances or class of devices, products, components, means or services if he is satisfied—

(a) that any use of or dealing with the work or performance, class of works or performances or class of devices, products, components, means or services, as the case may be, does not constitute or lead to an infringement of copyright or the rights conferred by Part III (rights in performances); and

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-44 Section 273G Cap. 528

(b) that any such use or dealing has been, or is likely to be, adversely impaired or affected as a result of the application of the provisions.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)

Rights management information

274. Rights and remedies in respect of unlawful acts to interfere with rights management information (1) A person who provides rights management information is

entitled to the following rights and remedies. (2) He has the same rights and remedies against a person who—

(a) removes or alters any electronic rights management information provided by him without his authority; or

(b) issues or makes available to the public, sells or lets for hire, imports into or exports from Hong Kong, broadcasts or includes in a cable programme service, without his authority, works or copies of works, performances, fixations of performances to which the electronic rights management information is attached knowing that the electronic rights management information has been removed or altered without his authority,

as a copyright owner has in respect of an infringement of copyright.

(2A) The person who provides rights management information does not have the rights and remedies against the person referred to in subsection (2) unless the second-mentioned person, when doing an act referred to in subsection (2)(a) or (b), knows or has reason to believe that by doing the act he is inducing, enabling, facilitating or concealing an infringement

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-46 Section 274 Cap. 528

of copyright or an infringement of rights conferred by Part III (rights in performances). (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70)

(2B) If the copyright owner of a work to which rights management information is attached, or the copyright owner’s exclusive licensee, is not the person who provides the rights management information, the copyright owner or the exclusive licensee, as the case may be, has the same rights and remedies as the person who provides the rights management information has against the person referred to in subsection (2). (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70)

(2C) The rights and remedies conferred by subsection (1) on the person who provides rights management information and the rights and remedies conferred by subsection (2B) on the copyright owner and his exclusive licensee are concurrent. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70)

(2D) Sections 112(3) and 113(1), (4), (5) and (6) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings in relation to the person who provides rights management information, the copyright owner and the exclusive licensee, as they apply in proceedings in relation to a copyright owner and an exclusive licensee with concurrent rights and remedies. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70)

(2E) Sections 115, 116 and 117 (presumptions as to certain matters relating to copyright) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings instituted under this section, as they apply in proceedings instituted under Part II (copyright). (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70)

(2F) This section, except subsection (2E), applies, with the necessary modifications, in relation to— (a) a fixation of a performance; (b) a performer or a person having fixation rights in relation

to a performance; and

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-48 Section 274 Cap. 528

(c) the rights conferred by Part III on a performer or a person having fixation rights in relation to a performance. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70)

(3) References in this section to rights management information means— (a) information which identifies the work, the author of the

work, the owner of any right in the work, the performer, or the performance of the performer;

(b) information about the terms and conditions of use of the work, the person having fixation rights in relation to the performance, or the performance; or

(c) any numbers or codes that represent such information, when any of these items of information is attached to a copy of a work or a fixed performance or appears in connection with the making available of a work or a fixed performance to the public.

Fraudulent reception of transmissions

275. Rights and remedies in respect of apparatus, etc. for unauthorized reception of transmissions (1) A person who—

(a) makes charges for the reception of programmes included in a broadcasting or cable programme service provided from a place in Hong Kong or elsewhere; or

(b) sends encrypted transmissions of any other description from a place in Hong Kong or elsewhere,

is entitled to the following rights and remedies. (2) He has the same rights and remedies against a person who—

(a) makes, imports, exports or sells or lets for hire any apparatus or device designed or adapted to enable

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-50 Section 275 Cap. 528

or assist persons to receive the programmes or other transmissions when they are not entitled to do so; or

(b) publishes any information which is calculated to enable or assist persons to receive the programmes or other transmissions when they are not entitled to do so,

as a copyright owner has in respect of an infringement of copyright.

(3) Further, he has the same rights and remedies under section 109 (delivery up) in relation to any such apparatus or device as a copyright owner has in relation to an infringing copy.

(4) In section 108(1) (innocent infringement of copyright) as it applies to proceedings for infringement of the rights conferred by this section, the reference to the defendant not knowing or having reason to believe that copyright subsisted in the work is construed as a reference to his not knowing or having reason to believe that his acts infringed the rights conferred by this section.

(5) Section 111 applies, with the necessary modifications, in relation to the disposal of anything delivered up by virtue of subsection (3).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 298 U.K.]

276. Denial of rights under section 275 to people of countries, etc. not giving adequate protection to Hong Kong broadcasts, cable programmes and encrypted transmissions (Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3) (1) Subject to subsection (3), if it appears to the Chief Executive

in Council that broadcasts made or cable programmes or encrypted transmissions sent from Hong Kong are not adequately protected in a country, territory or area as a result of any prejudicial treatment given to those broadcasts, cable programmes or transmissions by that country, territory or

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-52 Section 276 Cap. 528

area, the Chief Executive in Council may by regulation in accordance with this section restrict the rights conferred by section 275 in relation to broadcasters or providers of cable programme services or encrypted transmissions of that country, territory or area.

(2) The Chief Executive in Council shall designate in the regulation the country, territory or area concerned and provide that, for the purposes specified in the regulation, a broadcast made or a cable programme or encrypted transmission sent after a date specified in the regulation does not qualify for protection conferred by section 275 if at the time of that making or sending the maker or sender is— (a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of

abode in that country, territory or area (and not at the same time domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong); or

(b) a body incorporated under the law of that country, territory or area,

and the regulation may make such provision for all the purposes of section 275 or for such purposes as are specified in the regulation, and either generally or in relation to such class of cases as are specified in the regulation, having regard to the nature and extent of that prejudicial treatment referred to in subsection (1).

(3) The Chief Executive in Council shall not exercise his power under this section in relation to a country, territory or area which is a party to a bilateral or multilateral copyright or related right convention to which Hong Kong is also a party or the application of which has been extended to Hong Kong.

(Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)

277. Supplementary provisions as to fraudulent reception

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-54 Section 277 Cap. 528

Where section 275 applies in relation to a broadcasting service or cable programme service, it also applies to any service run for the person providing that service, or a person providing programmes for that service, which consists wholly or mainly in the sending by means of a telecommunications system of sounds or visual images, or both.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 299 U.K.]

General

278. Commissioner may authorize officers The Commissioner may authorize any public officer to exercise any of the powers and perform any of the duties conferred or imposed on an authorized officer under this Ordinance.

279. Interpretation Expressions used in this Part which are defined for the purposes of Parts II (copyright) and III (rights in performances) have the same meaning as in those Parts.

280. (Omitted as spent)

281. Repeals The enactments specified in Schedule 5 are repealed to the extent specified.

282. Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2003 Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2003

(Amended 15 of 2007 s. 71)

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-56 Section 278 Cap. 528

Schedule 6 contains transitional provisions and savings in relation to certain amendments made to this Ordinance by the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2003 (27 of 2003).

(Added 27 of 2003 s. 8. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 71)

283. Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2007 (1) In this section, “2007 Amendment Ordinance” (《2007年修

訂條例》) means the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2007 (15 of 2007).

(2) Schedule 7 contains transitional provisions and savings in relation to certain amendments made to this Ordinance by the 2007 Amendment Ordinance.

(3) The Chief Executive in Council may make regulations containing transitional provisions and savings consequent on the enactment of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance.

(4) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (3), the regulations may in particular provide for— (a) the application of provisions of this Ordinance as

amended by the 2007 Amendment Ordinance; or (b) the continued application of provisions of this Ordinance

as in force immediately before the commencement of any provisions of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance,

in connection with any matter specified in the regulations. (5) Regulations made under this section may, if they so provide,

be deemed to have come into operation on a date earlier than the date on which they are published in the Gazette but not earlier than the date on which the 2007 Amendment Ordinance is published in the Gazette.

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-58 Section 283 Cap. 528

(6) To the extent that any regulations come into operation on a date earlier than the date on which they are published in the Gazette, those regulations shall be construed so as not to— (a) affect, in a manner prejudicial to any person, the rights

of that person existing before the date on which the regulations are published in the Gazette; or

(b) impose liabilities on any person in respect of anything done, or omitted to be done, before that date.

(7) In the event of an inconsistency between any regulations made under this section and the provisions of Schedule 7, Schedule 7 shall prevail to the extent of the inconsistency.

(Added 15 of 2007 s. 72)

Last updated date 11.7.2008

PART IV 4-60 Section 283 Cap. 528

SCHEDULE 1 [ss. 40A, 119B, 195 & 273D

& Schs. 2 & 3] (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 73)

EDUCATIONAL ESTABLISHMENTS

1. Any school, within the meaning of section 3 of the Education Ordinance (Cap. 279), entirely maintained and controlled by the Government.

2. Any school which is registered or provisionally registered under the Education Ordinance (Cap. 279).

3. Any post secondary college registered under the Post Secondary Colleges Ordinance (Cap. 320).

4. Lingnan University established by the Lingnan University Ordinance (Cap. 1165). (Replaced 54 of 1999 s. 36)

5. The Education University of Hong Kong established by The Education University of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap. 444). (Amended 6 of 2016 s. 2)

6. University of Hong Kong established by the University of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap. 1053).

7. The Hong Kong Polytechnic University established by The Hong Kong Polytechnic University Ordinance (Cap. 1075).

Last updated date 27.5.2016

SCHEDULE 1 S1-2 Section 1 Cap. 528

8. The Chinese University of Hong Kong established by The Chinese University of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap. 1109).

9. Hong Kong Baptist University established by the Hong Kong Baptist University Ordinance (Cap. 1126).

10. Any industrial training centre or skills centre defined in section 2 of the Vocational Training Council Ordinance (Cap. 1130).

11. Any technical college or technical institute defined in section 2 of the Vocational Training Council Ordinance (Cap. 1130).

12. City University of Hong Kong established by the City University of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap. 1132).

13. The Hong Kong Academy for Performing Arts established by The Hong Kong Academy for Performing Arts Ordinance (Cap. 1135).

14. The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology established by The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology Ordinance (Cap. 1141).

15. The Open University of Hong Kong established by The Open University of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap. 1145). (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 73)

Last updated date 27.5.2016

SCHEDULE 1 S1-4 Section 8 Cap. 528

SCHEDULE 1AA [s. 119B]

CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SECTION 119B(1) OF THIS ORDINANCE DOES NOT APPLY (EXTENT OF MAKING OR DISTRIBUTION OF INFRINGING

COPIES)

PART 1

INTRODUCTORY

1. Interpretation

(1) In this Schedule— “A4 size” (A4 尺寸) means a size measuring 29.7 cm × 21 cm; “infringing page” (侵犯版權頁) means a page that embodies,

whether in whole or in part, an infringing copy of any copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a magazine, periodical (other than a specified journal) or newspaper;

“marked retail price” (標示零售價)— (a) in relation to a copy of a book, means its retail price as

printed in or on it by the publisher; (b) in relation to a copy of a publication series or multi-

volume set of books, means its retail price as printed in or on it by the publisher; or

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 1 S1AA-2 Section 1 Cap. 528

(c) in relation to a copy of an issue of a specified journal, means its retail price as printed in or on it by the publisher;

“marked subscription price” (標示訂閱價), in relation to a specified journal, means the subscription price of the journal as printed in or on a copy of an issue of the journal by the publisher;

“qualifying copy” (限定複製品)— (a) in relation to a book, means a set of pages, whether in

a printed or electronic form, that embodies, whether in whole or in part, an infringing copy of any copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a copy of the book, and corresponds to more than 25% of the printed pages of that copy of the book; or

(b) in relation to a specified journal, means— (i) a set of pages, whether in a printed or electronic

form, that embodies, whether in whole or in part, an infringing copy of any copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a copy of an issue of the journal, and corresponds to more than 25% of the printed pages of that copy of the issue; or

(ii) a set of pages, whether in a printed or electronic form, that embodies an infringing copy made from the whole of an article in a printed copy of an issue of the journal, and corresponds to not more than 25% of the printed pages of that copy of the issue;

“recommended retail price” (建議零售價)— (a) in relation to a copy of a book, means its retail price as

recommended by the publisher before any discount is given to traders or consumers;

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 1 S1AA-4 Section 1 Cap. 528

(b) in relation to a copy of a publication series or multi- volume set of books, means its retail price as recommended by the publisher before any discount is given to traders or consumers; or

(c) in relation to a copy of an article in an issue of a specified journal, means its retail price as recommended by the publisher before any discount is given to traders or consumers;

“recommended subscription price” (建議訂閱價), in relation to a specified journal, means its subscription price as recommended by the publisher before any discount is given to traders or consumers;

“specified journal” (指明期刊) means a periodical that contains scholarly articles relating to a discipline, normally at least one of which in an issue has been peer-reviewed by one or more than one expert or scholar in the discipline. (2) Expressions used in this Schedule that are defined for

the purposes of Part II (copyright) of this Ordinance have the same meaning as in that Part.

2. Currency conversion

For the purposes of converting into Hong Kong dollars a marked retail price, marked subscription price, recommended retail price, recommended subscription price or market value that is denominated in a currency other than the Hong Kong dollar, reference is to be made to—

(a) the opening indicative counter exchange selling rate published by The Hong Kong Association of Banks in respect of that other currency; or

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 1 S1AA-6 Section 2 Cap. 528

(b) if no such rate is published, the representative exchange rate published by the International Monetary Fund in respect of that other currency.

PART 2

EXTENT OF MAKING OR DISTRIBUTION OF INFRINGING COPIES

3. Magazines, periodicals (other than specified journals) and newspapers

(1) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the making for distribution by a person, within any period of 14 days, of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in magazines, periodicals (other than specified journals) or newspapers if the total number of infringing pages made by the person within that period does not exceed 500.

(2) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the distribution by a person, within any period of 14 days, of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in magazines, periodicals (other than specified journals) or newspapers if the total number of infringing pages distributed by the person within that period does not exceed 500.

(3) Part 3 of this Schedule sets out provisions relating to the calculation of the total number of infringing pages for the purposes of subsections (1) and (2).

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 2 S1AA-8 Section 3 Cap. 528

4. Books and specified journals

(1) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the making for distribution by a person, within any period of 180 days, of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in books or specified journals if the total value of qualifying copies made by the person within that period does not exceed $6,000.

(2) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the distribution by a person, within any period of 180 days, of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in books or specified journals if the total value of qualifying copies distributed by the person within that period does not exceed $6,000.

(3) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the making for distribution by a person of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a book if the set of pages embodying such infringing copies made by the person does not fall within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.

(4) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the making for distribution by a person of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a specified journal if the set of pages embodying such infringing copies made by the person does not fall within the meaning of paragraph (b)

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 2 S1AA-10 Section 4 Cap. 528

of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.

(5) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the distribution by a person of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a book if the set of pages embodying such infringing copies distributed by the person does not fall within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.

(6) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the distribution by a person of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a specified journal if the set of pages embodying such infringing copies distributed by the person does not fall within the meaning of paragraph (b) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.

(7) Part 4 of this Schedule sets out provisions relating to the determination of the value of qualifying copies for the purposes of subsections (1) and (2).

PART 3

CALCULATION OF TOTAL NUMBER OF INFRINGING PAGES

5. Calculation of total number of infringing pages

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 3 S1AA-12 Section 5 Cap. 528

(1) This section applies to the calculation of the total number of infringing pages for the purposes of section 3(1) and (2) of this Schedule.

(2) In calculating the total number of infringing pages, the following formula is to be used—

A = B + C + D

where— A means the total number of

infringing pages; B means the number of

infringing pages of A4 size, as adjusted in accordance with subsections (3) and (4), if applicable;

C means the number of infringing pages smaller than A4 size, as adjusted in accordance with subsections (3) and (4), if applicable;

D means the number of infringing pages larger than A4 size, as adjusted in accordance with subsections (3) and (4), if applicable.

(3) In calculating the total number of infringing pages made or distributed in a printed form— (a) if any of the infringing pages are smaller than A4

size, the number of those infringing pages shall be adjusted downward in proportion to the difference between the size of those infringing pages and an infringing page of A4 size, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off;

(b) if any of the infringing pages are larger than A4 size, the number of those infringing pages shall

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 3 S1AA-14 Section 5 Cap. 528

be adjusted upward in proportion to the difference between the size of those infringing pages and an infringing page of A4 size, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off;

(c) if any of the infringing pages embody, whether in whole or in part, an image (referred to in this paragraph as “the reduced image”) of an infringing copy that has been reduced in size from the image (referred to in this paragraph as “the original image”) of the work from which the infringing copy was made, the number of those infringing pages shall be adjusted upward in proportion to the difference between the size of the reduced image and that of the original image, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off; and

(d) if any of the infringing pages embody, whether in whole or in part, an image (referred to in this paragraph as “the enlarged image”) of an infringing copy that has been enlarged in size from the image (referred to in this paragraph as “the original image”) of the work from which the infringing copy was made, the number of those infringing pages shall be adjusted downward in proportion to the difference between the size of the enlarged image and that of the original image, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off.

(4) In calculating the total number of infringing pages made or distributed in electronic form— (a) all images of infringing copies embodied in the

documents so made or distributed shall be printed

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 3 S1AA-16 Section 5 Cap. 528

on paper of A4 size and each side of such printout is taken to be one infringing page;

(b) if any of the infringing pages so printed embody, whether in whole or in part, an image (referred to in this paragraph as “the reduced image”) of an infringing copy that has been reduced in size from the image (referred to in this paragraph as “the original image”) of the work from which the infringing copy was made, the number of those infringing pages shall be adjusted upward in proportion to the difference between the size of the reduced image and that of the original image, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off; and

(c) if any of the infringing pages so printed embody, whether in whole or in part, an image (referred to in this paragraph as “the enlarged image”) of an infringing copy that has been enlarged in size from the image (referred to in this paragraph as “the original image”) of the work from which the infringing copy was made, the number of those infringing pages shall be adjusted downward in proportion to the difference between the size of the enlarged image and that of the original image, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off.

PART 4

DETERMINATION OF VALUE OF QUALIFYING

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 4 S1AA-18 Cap. 528

COPIES

6. Determination of value of qualifying copies made from books

(1) This section applies to the determination, for the purposes of section 4(1) and (2) of this Schedule, of the value of qualifying copies within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.

(2) A qualifying copy is taken to have the same value as a copy of a book (referred to in this section as a “comparable copy”) that— (a) is not an infringing copy; and (b) contains the copyright work that is the subject of

the qualifying copy. (3) The value of a comparable copy is taken to be—

(a) the marked retail price of the comparable copy; (b) if the comparable copy has no marked retail price,

the recommended retail price of the comparable copy; or

(c) if the comparable copy has neither a marked retail price nor a recommended retail price, subject to subsection (4), the market value of the comparable copy in so far as it is readily ascertainable.

(4) If the comparable copy forms one of the volumes in a copy of a publication series or multi-volume set (referred to in this section as a “comparable set”), and the comparable copy has neither a marked retail price nor a recommended retail price, the value of the comparable copy is taken to be—

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 4 S1AA-20 Section 6 Cap. 528

(a) a fraction of the marked retail price of the comparable set in which the denominator is the total number of printed pages of the comparable set and the numerator is the number of printed pages of the comparable copy, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off; or

(b) if the comparable set has no marked retail price, a fraction of the recommended retail price of the comparable set in which the denominator is the total number of printed pages of the comparable set and the numerator is the number of printed pages of the comparable copy, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (3)(a), if the comparable copy has 2 or more than 2 marked retail prices denominated in different currencies, the currency by reference to which the value of the comparable copy is to be calculated shall be determined in accordance with the following order— (a) firstly, Hong Kong dollar; (b) secondly, United States dollar; and (c) thirdly, the currency in which the first marked

retail price as printed in or on the comparable copy is denominated.

(6) For the purposes of subsection (4)(a), if the comparable set has 2 or more than 2 marked retail prices denominated in different currencies, the currency by reference to which the value of the comparable copy is to be calculated shall be determined in accordance with the following order— (a) firstly, Hong Kong dollar; (b) secondly, United States dollar; and

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 4 S1AA-22 Section 6 Cap. 528

(7) If the marked retail price, recommended retail price or market value referred to in subsection (3) or (4) is denominated in a currency other than the Hong Kong dollar, section 2 of this Schedule applies to the conversion of that price or value into Hong Kong dollars.

7. Determination of value of qualifying copies made from specified journals (general provisions)

(1) This section applies to the determination, for the purposes of section 4(1) and (2) of this Schedule, of the value of qualifying copies within the meaning of paragraph (b) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.

(2) If— (a) a qualifying copy within the meaning of paragraph

(b)(i) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule is made from a copy of an issue of a specified journal; and

(b) that qualifying copy consists of one or more than one qualifying copy within the meaning of paragraph (b)(ii) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule,

in determining the total value of the qualifying copies referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), only the value of the qualifying copy referred to in paragraph (a) is to be taken into account.

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 4 S1AA-24 Section 7 Cap. 528

8. Determination of value of qualifying copies made from specified journals (issues)

(1) This section applies to the determination, for the purposes of section 4(1) and (2) of this Schedule, of the value of qualifying copies within the meaning of paragraph (b)(i) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.

(2) A qualifying copy is taken to have the same value as a copy of an issue of a specified journal (referred to in this section as a “comparable copy”) that— (a) is not an infringing copy; and (b) contains the copyright work that is the subject of

the qualifying copy. (3) The value of a comparable copy is taken to be—

(a) the marked retail price of the comparable copy; (b) if the comparable copy has no marked retail

price, the marked subscription price of the specified journal concerned as printed in or on the comparable copy divided by the number of issues covered in the subscription, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off; or

(c) if the comparable copy has no marked retail price and the specified journal concerned has no marked subscription price as printed in or on the comparable copy, the recommended subscription price of the specified journal concerned divided by the number of issues covered in the subscription,

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 4 S1AA-26 Section 8 Cap. 528

with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3)(a), if the comparable copy has 2 or more than 2 marked retail prices denominated in different currencies, the currency by reference to which the value of the comparable copy is to be calculated shall be determined in accordance with the following order— (a) firstly, Hong Kong dollar; (b) secondly, United States dollar; and (c) thirdly, the currency in which the first marked

retail price as printed in or on the comparable copy is denominated.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (3)(b), if the specified journal concerned has 2 or more than 2 marked subscription prices, as printed in or on the comparable copy, denominated in different currencies, the currency by reference to which the value of the comparable copy is to be calculated shall be determined in accordance with the following order— (a) firstly, Hong Kong dollar; (b) secondly, United States dollar; and (c) thirdly, the currency in which the first marked

subscription price as printed in or on the comparable copy is denominated.

(6) If the marked retail price, marked subscription price or recommended subscription price referred to in subsection (3) is denominated in a currency other than the Hong Kong dollar, section 2 of this Schedule applies to the conversion of that price into Hong Kong dollars.

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 4 S1AA-28 Section 8 Cap. 528

9. Determination of value of qualifying copies made from specified journals (articles)

(1) This section applies to the determination, for the purposes of section 4(1) and (2) of this Schedule, of the value of qualifying copies within the meaning of paragraph (b)(ii) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.

(2) A qualifying copy is taken to have the same value as a copy of an article in an issue of a specified journal (referred to in this section as a “comparable copy”) that— (a) is not an infringing copy; and (b) contains the copyright work that is the subject of

the qualifying copy. (3) The value of a comparable copy is taken to be its

recommended retail price. (4) If the recommended retail price referred to in subsection

(3) is denominated in a currency other than the Hong Kong dollar, section 2 of this Schedule applies to the conversion of that price into Hong Kong dollars.

(Schedule 1AA added 15 of 2009 s. 4)

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AA—PART 4 S1AA-30 Section 9 Cap. 528

SCHEDULE 1AB [s. 119B]

CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SECTION 119B(1) OF THIS ORDINANCE DOES NOT APPLY (MANNER

OF DISTRIBUTION OF INFRINGING COPIES)

1. Interpretation

Expressions used in this Schedule that are defined for the purposes of Part II (copyright) of this Ordinance have the same meaning as in that Part.

2. Manner of distribution of infringing copies

(1) Subject to subsection (2), section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the distribution through a wire or wireless network of an infringing copy to which access is restricted by procedures of authentication or identification.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an infringing copy embodied in a document that is distributed to an electronic mail address or facsimile number.

(Schedule 1AB added 15 of 2009 s. 4)

Last updated date 16.7.2010

SCHEDULE 1AB S1AB-2 Section 1 Cap. 528

Schedule 1A [s. 198]

BODIES AND AUTHORITIES SPECIFIED FOR PURPOSES OF DEFINITION OF “SPECIFIED

COURSE OF STUDY”

1. Curriculum Development Council the members of which are appointed by the Chief Executive.

(Schedule 1A added 15 of 2007 s. 74)

Last updated date 6.7.2007

Schedule 1A S1A-2 Section 1 Cap. 528

SCHEDULE 2 [ss. 173, 191 & 199]

COPYRIGHT: TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS

(For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.)

Introductory

1. (1) In this Schedule— “the 1911 Act” (1911年法令) means the Copyright Act 1911 (1911

c. 46 U.K.) as extended to Hong Kong by Proclamation No. 3 of 1912 published in the Gazette of 28 June 1912;

“the 1956 Act” (1956年法令) means the Copyright Act 1956 (1956 c. 74 U.K.) as extended to Hong Kong by the Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders 1972 to 1990 (App. III, p. DD1);

“the Copyright Ordinance” (版權條例) means the Copyright Ordinance (Cap. 39) in force immediately before the commencement of Part II of this Ordinance;

“the new copyright provisions” (新的版權條文) means the provisions of this Ordinance relating to copyright, that is, Part II (including this Schedule and Schedule 1) and Schedules 4 and 5 so far as they make amendments or repeals consequential on the provisions of Part II;

“the WTO Ordinance” (世界貿易組織條例) means the Intellectual Property (World Trade Organization Amendments) Ordinance 1996 (11 of 1996).

(2) References in this Schedule to “commencement”, without more, are to the date on which this Ordinance (other than the

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-2 Section 1 Cap. 528

provisions specified in section 1(2) of this Ordinance) comes into force.

(3) References in this Schedule to “existing works” are to works made before commencement; and for this purpose a work of which the making extended over a period is to be taken to have been made when its making was completed.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 1 U.K.]

2. (1) In relation to the 1956 Act, references in this Schedule to a work include any work or other subject-matter within the meaning of that Act.

(2) In relation to the 1911 Act— (a) references in this Schedule to “copyright” include

the right conferred by section 24 of that Act in substitution for a right subsisting immediately before the commencement of that Act;

(b) references in this Schedule to “copyright in a sound recording” are to the copyright under that Act in records embodying the recording; and

(c) references in this Schedule to “copyright in a film” are to any copyright under that Act in the film (so far as it constituted a dramatic work for the purposes of that Act) or in photographs forming part of the film.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 2 U.K.]

General principles: continuity of the law

3. The new copyright provisions apply in relation to things existing at commencement as they apply in relation to things coming into

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-4 Section 2 Cap. 528

existence after commencement, subject to any express provision to the contrary.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 3 U.K.]

4. (1) The provisions of this paragraph have effect for securing the continuity of the law so far as the new copyright provisions re-enact (with or without modification) earlier provisions.

(2) A reference in an enactment, instrument or other document to copyright, or to a work or other subject-matter in which copyright subsists, which apart from this Ordinance would be construed as referring to copyright under the 1956 Act is to be construed, so far as may be required for continuing its effect, as being, or as the case may require, including, a reference to copyright under this Ordinance or to works in which copyright subsists under this Ordinance.

(3) Anything done (including subsidiary legislation made), or having effect as done, under or for the purposes of a provision repealed by this Ordinance has effect as if done under or for the purposes of the corresponding provision of the new copyright provisions.

(4) References (expressed or implied) in this Ordinance or any other enactment, instrument or document to any of the new copyright provisions are, so far as the context permits, to be construed as including, in relation to times, circumstances and purposes before commencement, a reference to corresponding earlier provisions.

(5) A reference (expressed or implied) in an enactment, instrument or other document to a provision repealed by this Ordinance is to be construed, so far as may be required for continuing its effect, as a reference to the corresponding provision of this Ordinance.

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-6 Section 4 Cap. 528

(6) The provisions of this paragraph have effect subject to any specific transitional provision or saving and to any express amendment made by this Ordinance.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 4 U.K.]

Subsistence of copyright: general

5. (1) Copyright subsists in an existing work after commencement if copyright subsisted in it immediately before commencement.

(2) Copyright subsists in an existing work after commencement if— (a) it would qualify for copyright protection under section

177 or 188 of this Ordinance— (i) had it been made after commencement;

(ii) had it been published after commencement; or (iii) in the case of a broadcast or cable programme, had

it been made or sent after commencement; and (b) copyright under the 1956 Act in the work would not

have expired had copyright subsisted in it under that Act.

(3) Copyright in an existing work qualifying for copyright protection under subparagraph (2) expires at the time when copyright in the work would expire under the following provisions had copyright subsisted in it immediately before commencement.

Contrary rights

6. Where any person has before commencement incurred any significant expenditure or liability in connection with the

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-8 Section 5 Cap. 528

reproduction or performance of a work or other subject-matter in a manner that at the time was lawful, or for the purpose of or with a view to the reproduction or performance of a work at a time when it would have been lawful but for the commencement, nothing in this Ordinance diminishes or prejudices any right or interest arising from or in connection with such action that is subsisting and valuable immediately before commencement unless the person who by virtue of paragraph 5(2) becomes entitled to restrain the reproduction or performances agrees to pay such compensation as the parties agree, or failing such agreement, as the Copyright Tribunal may determine.

Subsistence of copyright: films, broadcasts and cable programmes

7. (1) No copyright subsists in a film, as such, made before 12 December 1972.

(2) Where a film made before that date was an original dramatic work within the meaning of the 1911 Act, the new copyright provisions have effect in relation to the film as if it was an original dramatic work within the meaning of Part II.

(3) The new copyright provisions have effect in relation to photographs forming part of a film made before 12 December 1972 as they have effect in relation to photographs not forming part of a film.

(4) In relation to a film in which copyright does not or did not subsist as such but which is or was protected— (a) as an original dramatic works; or (b) by virtue of the protection of the photographs forming

part of the film, references in the new copyright provisions, and in this Schedule, to copyright in a film are to any copyright in the

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-10 Section 7 Cap. 528

film as an original dramatic work or, as the case may be, in photographs forming part of the film.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 7 U.K.]

8. No copyright subsists in— (a) a broadcast made before 12 December 1972; or (b) a cable programme included in a cable programme

service before 11 March 1994, and any such broadcast or cable programme is to be disregarded for the purposes of section 20(3) of this Ordinance (duration of copyright in repeats).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 9 U.K.]

Authorship of work

9. The question who was the author of an existing work is to be determined in accordance with the new copyright provisions for the purposes of the rights conferred by Division IV of Part II (moral rights), and for all other purposes is to be determined in accordance with the law in force at the time the work was made.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 10 U.K.]

First ownership of copyright

10. (1) The question who was the first owner of copyright in an existing work is to be determined in accordance with the law in force at the time the work was made.

(2) Where before commencement a person commissioned the making of a work in circumstances falling within—

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-12 Section 8 Cap. 528

(a) section 4(3) of the 1956 Act or paragraph (a) of the proviso to section 5(1) of the 1911 Act (engravings, photographs and portraits); or

(b) the proviso to section 12(4) of the 1956 Act (sound recordings),

those provisions apply to determine first ownership of copyright in any work made in pursuance of the commission after commencement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 11 U.K.]

Employee works

11. Section 14(2) of this Ordinance does not apply to an existing work.

Commissioned works

12. Section 15 of this Ordinance does not apply to an existing work.

Duration of copyright in existing works

13. (1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the duration of copyright in existing works. The question which provision applies to a work is to be determined by reference to the facts immediately before commencement; and expressions used in this paragraph which were defined for the purposes of the 1956 Act have the same meaning as in that Act.

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-14 Section 11 Cap. 528

(2) Copyright in the following descriptions of work continues to subsist until the date on which it would have expired under the 1956 Act— (a) literary, dramatic or musical works in relation to which

the period of 50 years mentioned in the proviso to section 2(3) of the 1956 Act (duration of copyright in works made available to the public after the death of the author) has begun to run;

(b) engravings in relation to which the period of 50 years mentioned in paragraph (a) of the proviso to section 3(4) of the 1956 Act (duration of copyright in works published after the death of the author) has begun to run;

(d) published sound recordings and sound recordings made before 12 December 1972;

(e) published films. (3) Copyright in anonymous or pseudonymous literary, dramatic,

musical or artistic works (other than photographs) or films continues to subsist— (a) if the work is published, until the date on which it would

have expired in accordance with the 1956 Act; and (b) if the work is unpublished, until the end of the period of

50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force or, if during that period the work is first made available to the public within the meaning of section 17(5) or 19(6) of this Ordinance (duration of copyright in works of unknown authorship), the date on which copyright expires in accordance with that provision,

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-16 Section 13 Cap. 528

unless, in any case, the identity of the author becomes known before that date, in which case section 17(2) or 19(2) of this Ordinance applies (general rule: life of the author plus 50 years).

(4) Copyright in the following descriptions of work continues to subsist until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force— (a) literary, dramatic and musical works of which the

author has died and in relation to which none of the acts mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (e) of the proviso to section 2(3) of the 1956 Act has been done;

(b) unpublished engravings of which the author has died; (c) unpublished photographs taken on or after 12 December

1972; (d) unpublished films of which the person by whom the

arrangements necessary for the making of the film were undertaken has died.

(5) Copyright in an unpublished sound recordings made on or after 12 December 1972 continues to subsist until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force unless the recording is published before the end of that period in which case copyright in it continues until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the recording is published.

(6) Copyright in any other description of existing work continues to subsist until the date on which copyright in that description of work expires in accordance with sections 17 to 21 of this Ordinance.

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-18 Section 13 Cap. 528

(7) The above provisions do not apply to works subject to Government or Legislative Council copyright (see paragraphs 32 to 34 below).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 12 U.K.]

Acts infringing copyright

14. (1) The provisions of Divisions II and III of Part II as to the acts constituting an infringement of copyright apply only in relation to acts done after commencement; the provisions of the 1956 Act and the Copyright Ordinance continue to apply in relation to acts done before commencement.

(2) Section 25 of this Ordinance does not apply in relation to a copy of a sound recording or computer program acquired by any person before 10 May 1996 for the purpose of renting it to the public.

(3) Where any person has before 1 January 1995 incurred any significant expenditure or liability in connection with the rental of any copy of a work or subject-matter in a manner that at the time was lawful, or for the purpose of or with a view to such a rental at a time when it would have been lawful but for the commencement of section 10 of the WTO Ordinance, nothing in that Ordinance shall diminish or prejudice any right or interest arising from or in connection with such action that is subsisting and valuable immediately before the commencement of that section if that person pays to the person who by virtue of the commencement of that section becomes entitled to restrain the rental such equitable remuneration as the parties agree, or failing such agreement, as the Copyright Tribunal may determine.

(4) For the purposes of section 35 of this Ordinance (meaning of “infringing copy”) the question whether the making of an

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-20 Section 14 Cap. 528

article constituted an infringement of copyright, or would have done if the article had been made in Hong Kong, is to be determined— (a) in relation to an article made on or after 10 May 1996

and before commencement, by reference to the 1956 Act as amended by the WTO Ordinance;

(b) in relation to an article made on or after 12 December 1972 and before 10 May 1996, by reference to the 1956 Act immediately before it was amended by the WTO Ordinance; and

(5) For the purposes of section 35 of the Ordinance (meaning of “infringing copy”), if an article has been imported before commencement without infringing copyright under the law existing at the time of importation, the terms of any exclusive licence agreement relating to that article are to be disregarded and, for the avoidance of doubt, any possession or dealing in the article which takes place after commencement shall not infringe copyright within the terms of sections 31 and 118 to 133 of the Ordinance.

(6) For the purposes of the application of sections 40(2) and 71(3) of this Ordinance (subsequent exploitation of things whose making was, by virtue of an earlier provision of the section, not an infringement of copyright) to things made before commencement, it is to be assumed that the new copyright provisions were in force at all material times.

(7) Section 63 of this Ordinance (articles for producing material in a particular typeface) applies where articles have been marketed as mentioned in subsection (1) of that section before commencement with the substitution for the period mentioned in subsection (2) of that section of the period of 25 years

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-22 Section 14 Cap. 528

from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force.

(8) Section 64 of this Ordinance (transfer of copies, adaptations, &c. of work in electronic form) does not apply in relation to a copy purchased before commencement.

(9) In section 74 of this Ordinance (reconstruction of buildings) the reference to the owner of the copyright in the drawings or plans is, in relation to buildings constructed before commencement, to the person who at the time of the construction was the owner of the copyright in the drawings or plans under the 1956 Act or the 1911 Act.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 14 U.K.]

15. (1) Sections 66 and 75 of this Ordinance (anonymous or pseudonymous works: acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright or death of author) has effect in relation to existing works subject to the following provisions.

(2) Subsection (1)(b)(i) of section 66 (assumption as to expiry of copyright) does not apply in relation to photographs.

(3) Subsection (1)(b)(ii) of the sections (assumption as to death of author) applies only— (a) where paragraph 11(3)(b) applies (unpublished

anonymous or pseudonymous works), after the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force; or

(b) where paragraph 11(6) applies (cases in which the duration of copyright is the same under the new copyright provisions as under the previous law).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 15 U.K.]

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-24 Section 15 Cap. 528

16. The following provisions of section 7 of the 1956 Act continue to apply in relation to existing works—

(a) subsection (6) (copying of unpublished works from manuscript or copy in library, museum or other institution);

(b) subsection (7) (publication of work containing material to which subsection (6) applies), except paragraph (a) (duty to give notice of intended publication);

and subsection (9)(d) (illustrations) continues to apply for the purposes of those provisions.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 16 U.K.]

17. Where in the case of a dramatic or musical work made before 1 July 1912, the right conferred by the 1911 Act did not include the sole right to perform the work in public, the acts restricted by the copyright are to be treated as not including—

(a) performing the work in public; (b) broadcasting the work or including it in a cable

programme service; or (c) doing any of the above in relation to an adaptation of

the work, and where the right conferred by the 1911 Act consisted only of the sole right to perform the work in public, the acts restricted by the copyright are to be treated as consisting only of those acts.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 17 U.K.]

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-26 Section 16 Cap. 528

18. Where a work made before 1 July 1912 consists of an essay, article or portion forming part of and first published in a review, magazine or their periodical or work of a like nature, the copyright is subject to any right of publishing the essay, article, or portion in a separate form to which the author was entitled at the commencement of the 1911 Act.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 18 U.K.]

Enforcement of copyright in registrable design

19. (1) Where section 10 of the 1956 Act (effect of industrial application of design corresponding to artistic work) applied in relation to an artistic work at any time before 1 August 1989, section 87(3) of this Ordinance applies and the period of 15 years mentioned there is to be calculated from the end of the calendar year in which the articles were first marketed.

(2) Where section 10 of the 1956 Act (effect of industrial application of design corresponding to artistic work) applied in relation to an artistic work at any time on or after 1 August 1989 and before commencement, section 87(3) of this Ordinance applies with the substitution for the period of 15 years mentioned there of the period of 25 years and the period of 25 years is to be calculated from the end of the calendar year in which the articles were first marketed.

(3) Except as provided in subparagraphs (1) and (2), section 87 of this Ordinance applies only where articles are marketed as mentioned in section 87(1)(b) of this Ordinance after commencement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 20 U.K.]

Abolition of statutory recording licence

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-28 Section 18 Cap. 528

20. Section 8 of the 1956 Act (statutory licence to copy records sold by retail) and the Copyright Royalty System (Records) Regulations (App. I, p. AL1) continue to apply where notice under subsection (1)(b) of section 8 was given before the repeal of that section by this Ordinance, but only in respect of the making of records—

(a) within one year of the repeal coming into force; and (b) up to the number stated in the notice as intended to be

sold. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 21 U.K.]

Moral rights

21. (1) No act done before commencement is actionable by virtue of any provision of Division IV of Part II (moral rights).

(2) Section 43 of the 1956 Act (false attribution of authorship) continues to apply in relation to acts done before commencement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 22 U.K.]

22. (1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the rights conferred by— (a) section 89 of this Ordinance (right to be identified as

author or director); and (b) section 92 of this Ordinance (right to object to

derogatory treatment of work). (2) The rights do not apply—

(a) in relation to a literary, dramatic, musical and artistic work of which the author died before commencement; or

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-30 Section 20 Cap. 528

(b) in relation to a film made before commencement. (3) The rights in relation to an existing literary, dramatic, musical

or artistic work do not apply— (a) where copyright first vested in the author, to anything

which by virtue of an assignment of copyright made or licence granted before commencement may be done without infringing copyright;

(b) where copyright first vested in a person other than the author, to anything done by or with the licence of the copyright owner.

(4) The rights do not apply to anything done in relation to a record made in pursuance of section 8 of the 1956 Act (statutory recording licence).

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 23 U.K.]

Certification of rental to the public of copies of computer programs or sound recordings

23. The repeal by this Ordinance of sections 41A (special provisions as to rental of computer programs and sound recordings) and 41B (application to settle royalty or other sum payable for rental of computer programs or sound recordings) of the Copyright Ordinance does not affect the operation of those sections in relation to any certification made by the Secretary for Trade and Industry under section 41A(4) of the Copyright Ordinance before commencement.

Assignments and licences

24. (1) Any document made or event occurring before commencement which had any operation—

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-32 Section 23 Cap. 528

(a) affecting the ownership of the copyright in an existing work; or

(b) creating, transferring or terminating an interest, right or licence in respect of the copyright in an existing work,

has the corresponding operation in relation to copyright in the work under this Ordinance.

(2) Expressions used in such a document are to be construed in accordance with their effect immediately before commencement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 25 U.K.]

25. (1) Section 102(1) of this Ordinance (assignment of future copyright: statutory vesting of legal interest on copyright coming into existence) does not apply in relation to an agreement made before 12 December 1972.

(2) The repeal by this Ordinance of section 37(2) of the 1956 Act (assignment of future copyright: devolution of right where assignee dies before copyright comes into existence) does not affect the operation of that provision in relation to an agreement made before commencement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 26 U.K.]

26. (1) Where the author of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work was the first owner of the copyright in it, no assignment of the copyright and no grant of any interest in it, made by him (otherwise than by will) on or after 1 July 1912 and before 12 December 1972, shall operate to vest in the assignee or grantee any rights with respect to the copyright in the work beyond the expiration of 25 years from the death of the author.

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-34 Section 25 Cap. 528

(2) The reversionary interest in the copyright expectant on the termination of that period may after commencement be assigned by the author during his life but in the absence of any assignment, on his death, devolves on his legal personal representatives as part of his estate.

(3) Nothing in this paragraph affects— (a) an assignment of the reversionary interest by a person to

whom it has been assigned; (b) an assignment of the reversionary interest after the death

of the author by his personal representatives or any person becoming entitled to it; or

(4) Nothing in this paragraph applies to the assignment of the copyright in a collective work or a licence to publish a work or part of a work as part of a collective work.

(5) In subparagraph (4) “collective work” (匯集作品) means— (a) any encyclopaedia, dictionary, yearbook, or similar

work; (b) a newspaper, review, magazine, or similar periodical;

and (c) any work written in distinct parts by different authors,

or in which works or parts of works of different authors are incorporated.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 27 U.K.]

27. (1) This paragraph applies where copyright subsists in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work made before 1 July 1912 in relation to which the author, before the commencement of the 1911 Act, made such an assignment or grant as was mentioned in paragraph (a) of the proviso to section 24(1) of

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-36 Section 27 Cap. 528

that Act (assignment or grant of copyright or performing right for full term of the right under the previous law).

(2) If before commencement any event has occurred or notice has been given which by virtue of paragraph 38 of the Seventh Schedule to the 1956 Act had any operation in relation to copyright in the work under that Act, the event or notice has the corresponding operation in relation to copyright under this Ordinance.

(3) Any right which immediately before commencement would by virtue of paragraph 38(3) of that Schedule have been exercisable in relation to the work, or copyright in it, is exercisable in relation to the work or copyright in it under this Ordinance.

(4) If in accordance with paragraph 38(4) of that Schedule copyright would, on a date on or after 12 December 1972, have reverted to the author or his personal representatives and that date falls after the commencement of the new copyright provisions— (a) the copyright in the work reverts to the author or his

personal representatives, as the case may be; and (b) any interest of any other person in the copyright which

subsists on that date by virtue of any document made before 1 July 1912 thereupon determines.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 28 U.K.]

28. Section 103(2) of this Ordinance (rights of exclusive licensee against successors in title of person granting licence) does not apply in relation to an exclusive licence granted before commencement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 29 U.K.]

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-38 Section 28 Cap. 528

Bequests

29. (1) Section 104 of this Ordinance (copyright to pass under will with original document or other material thing embodying unpublished work)— (a) does not apply where the testator died before 12

December 1972; and (b) where the testator died on or after that date and before

commencement, applies only in relation to an original document embodying a work.

(2) In the case of an author who died before 12 December 1972, the ownership after his death of a manuscript of his, where such ownership has been acquired under a testamentary disposition made by him and the manuscript is of a work which has not been published or performed in public, is prima facie proof of the copyright being with the owner of the manuscript.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 30 U.K.]

Remedies for infringement

30. (1) Sections 107 and 108 of this Ordinance (remedies for infringement) apply only in relation to an infringement of copyright committed after commencement; section 17 of the 1956 Act continues to apply in relation to infringements committed before commencement.

(2) Section 109 of this Ordinance (delivery up of infringing copies) applies to infringing copies and other articles made before or after commencement; section 18 of the 1956 Act, and section 7 of the 1911 Act, (conversion damages, etc.), do not apply after commencement except for the purposes of proceedings begun before commencement.

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-40 Section 29 Cap. 528

(3) Sections 112 and 113 of this Ordinance (rights and remedies of exclusive licensee) apply where sections 107 to 109 of this Ordinance apply; section 19 of the 1956 Act continues to apply where section 17 or 18 of that Act applies.

(4) Sections 115 to 117 of this Ordinance (presumptions) apply only in proceedings brought by virtue of this Ordinance; section 20 of the 1956 Act continues to apply in proceedings brought by virtue of that Act.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 31 U.K.]

31. Sections 112 and 113 of this Ordinance (rights and remedies of exclusive licensee) do not apply to a licence granted before 12 December 1972.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 32 U.K.]

32. The provisions of section 118 of this Ordinance (criminal liability for making or dealing with infringing articles, etc.) apply only in relation to acts done after commencement; section 21 of the 1956 Act (penalties and summary proceedings in respect of dealings which infringe copyright) and sections 5 and 5A of the Copyright Ordinance (offences in connection with infringing copies and making infringing copies outside Hong Kong, etc.) continue to apply in relation to acts done before commencement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 33 U.K.]

Ships, aircraft and hovercraft

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-42 Section 31 Cap. 528

33. Section 179 of this Ordinance (ships, aircraft and hovercraft registered in Hong Kong) does not apply in relation to anything done before commencement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 39 U.K.]

Government copyright

34. (1) Section 182 of this Ordinance (general provisions as to Government copyright) applies to an existing work if— (a) it was made, before commencement, by or under the

direction or control of— (i) Her Majesty in right of the Government of Hong

Kong; or (ii) a department of that Government; or

(b) it was first published, before commencement, by or under such direction or control, in Hong Kong,

and the work is not one to which section 183, 184 or 185 of this Ordinance applies (copyright in Ordinances, Bills and Legislative Council copyright: see paragraphs 36 and 37 below).

(2) Section 182(1)(b) of this Ordinance (first ownership of copyright) has effect subject to any agreement entered into before commencement under section 39(6) of the 1956 Act.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 40 U.K.]

35. (1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the duration of copyright in existing works to which section 182 of this Ordinance (Government copyright) applies. The question which provision applies to a work is to be determined by reference to the facts immediately before commencement; and expressions used in this paragraph which

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-44 Section 34 Cap. 528

were defined for the purposes of the 1956 Act have the same meaning as in that Act.

(2) Copyright in the following descriptions of work continues to subsist until the date on which it would have expired in accordance with the 1956 Act— (a) published literary, dramatic or musical works; (b) artistic works other than engravings or photographs; (c) published engravings; (d) published photographs and photographs taken before 12

December 1972; (e) published sound recordings and sound recordings made

before 12 December 1972; (f) published films.

(3) Copyright in unpublished literary, dramatic or musical works or films continues to subsist until— (a) the date on which copyright expires in accordance with

section 182(3) of this Ordinance; or (b) the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the

calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force,

whichever is the later. (4) Copyright in the following descriptions of work continues to

subsist until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force— (a) unpublished engravings; (b) unpublished photographs taken on or after 12 December

1972.

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-46 Section 35 Cap. 528

(5) Copyright in a sound recording not falling within subparagraph (2) above continues to subsist until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force, unless the recording is published before the end of that period, in which case copyright expires 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which it is published.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 41 U.K.]

36. Section 183 of this Ordinance (copyright in Ordinance) applies to existing Ordinances.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 42 U.K.]

Legislative Council copyright

37. (1) Section 184 of this Ordinance (general provisions as to Legislative Council copyright) applies to existing unpublished literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works, but does not otherwise apply to existing works.

(2) Section 185 of this Ordinance (copyright in Bills) does not apply to a Bill which was presented to the Legislative Council and published before commencement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 43 U.K.]

Copyright vesting in certain international organizations

38. (1) Any work in which immediately before commencement copyright subsisted by virtue of section 33 of the 1956 Act is deemed to satisfy the requirements of section 188(1) of this Ordinance.

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-48 Section 36 Cap. 528

(2) Copyright in any such work which is unpublished continues to subsist until the date on which it would have expired in accordance with the 1956 Act, or the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force, whichever is the earlier.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 44 U.K.]

Meaning of “publication”

39. Section 196(3) of this Ordinance (construction of building treated as equivalent to publication) applies only where the construction of the building began after commencement.

[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 45 U.K.]

Meaning of “unauthorized”

40. For the purposes of the application of the definition in section 198(1) of this Ordinance (minor definitions) of the expression “unauthorized” in relation to things done before commencement— (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 18)

(a) paragraph (a) applies in relation to things done before 12 December 1972 as if the reference to the licence of the copyright owner were a reference to his consent or acquiescence;

(b) paragraph (b) applies with the substitution for the words from “or, in a case” to the end of the words “or any person lawfully claiming under him”; and

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-50 Section 39 Cap. 528

Saving of subsidiary legislation

41. Until rules are made by the Chief Justice under section 174 of this Ordinance, the Copyright Tribunal Rules (App. I, p. BF1)+ in force immediately before commencement, so far as they are not inconsistent with this Ordinance, continue in force and have effect for all purposes as if made under this Ordinance, subject to such necessary adaptations and modifications as may be necessary for their having effect under this Ordinance.

42. Until rules of court under the High Court Ordinance (Cap. 4) are made for the purposes of sections 144 and 271 of this Ordinance, the Copyright (Border Measures) Rules (L.N. 482 of 1996), so far as they are not inconsistent with this Ordinance, continue in force and have effect as if made for the purposes of those sections subject to such necessary adaptations and modifications as may be necessary for those rules to have effect under the appropriate Part of this Ordinance. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)

43. Until regulations are made by the Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development under section 46 of this Ordinance, the Copyright (Libraries) Regulations (App. I, p. AJ1) as amended and in force immediately before commencement, so far as they are not inconsistent with this Ordinance, continue in force and have effect for all purposes as if made under this Ordinance, subject to such necessary adaptations and modifications as may be necessary for their having effect under this Ordinance. (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)

Editorial Note:

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-52 Section 41 Cap. 528

+ Please also see L.N. 5 of 1997.

Last updated date 1.7.2007

SCHEDULE 2 S2-54 Cap. 528

SCHEDULE 3 [ss. 233 & 237]

RIGHTS IN PERFORMANCE: TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS

Introductory

1. (1) In this Schedule— “the Copyright Ordinance” (《版權條例》) means the Copyright

Ordinance (Cap. 39) in force immediately before the commencement of Part III of this Ordinance;

“the new performance rights provisions” (新的表演權利條文) means the provisions of this Ordinance relating to rights in performances, that is, Part III (including this Schedule and Schedule 1), Schedules 4 and 5 and so far as they make amendments or repeals consequential on the provisions of Part III.

(2) References in this Schedule to “commencement”, without more, are to the date on which the new performance rights provisions come into force.

(3) References in this Schedule to “existing performances” (現存的表演) are to performances given before commencement; and for this purpose a performance which extended over a period is to be taken to have been given when the performance was completed.

2. In relation to the Copyright Ordinance, “performance” (表演) means—

(a) a dramatic performance;

Last updated date 30.6.1997

SCHEDULE 3 S3-2 Section 1 Cap. 528

(b) a musical performance; or (c) a reading or recitation of a literary work,

that is, or so far as it is, an acoustic presentation of an unfixed or live performance given by one or more individual persons.

General principles: continuity of the law

3. The new performance rights provisions apply in relation to performances given before commencement as they apply in relation to performances given after commencement, subject to any express provision to the contrary.

4. (1) The provisions of this paragraph have effect for securing the continuity of the law so far as the new performance rights provisions re-enact (with or without modification) earlier provisions.

(2) A reference in an enactment, instrument or other document to performer’s rights, or to a performance in which rights subsists, which apart from this Ordinance would be construed as referring to performers’ rights under the Copyright Ordinance is to be construed, so far as may be required for continuing its effect, as being, or as the case may require, including, a reference to performers’ rights under this Ordinance or to performances in which rights subsist under this Ordinance.

Last updated date 30.6.1997

SCHEDULE 3 S3-4 Section 3 Cap. 528

(4) References (expressed or implied) in this Ordinance or any other enactment, instrument or document to any of the new performance rights provisions are, so far as the context permits, to be construed as including, in relation to times, circumstances and purposes before commencement, a reference to corresponding earlier provisions.

(6) The provisions of this paragraph have effect subject to any specific transitional provision or saving and to any express amendment made by this Ordinance.

Subsistence of rights in performances

5. (1) The rights conferred by Part III subsist in an existing performance after commencement if— (a) the performance was a qualifying performance within

the meaning of the Copyright Ordinance or would be a qualifying performance had it been given after commencement; and

(b) either— (i) the performance was given not earlier than 50

years before the first day of the calendar year in which the new performance rights provisions commence; or

(ii) if the fixation of the performance was released within 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the performance was given, the release took place not earlier than 50 years before the

Last updated date 30.6.1997

SCHEDULE 3 S3-6 Section 5 Cap. 528

first day of the calendar year in which the new performance rights provisions commence.

(2) The rights conferred by Part III in an existing performance continue to subsist until the date on which those rights in that performance expire in accordance with section 214 of this Ordinance.

Contrary rights

6. Where any person has before commencement incurred any significant expenditure or liability in connection with the fixation of a performance or reproduction of a fixation in a manner that at the time was lawful, or for the purpose of or with a view to the fixation of a performance or reproduction of a fixation at a time when it would have been lawful but for the commencement, nothing in this Ordinance diminishes or prejudices any right or interest arising from or in connection with such action that is subsisting and valuable immediately before the commencement unless the person who by virtue of the commencement becomes entitled to restrain the fixation or reproduction of the performances agrees to pay such compensation as the parties agree, or failing such agreement, as the Copyright Tribunal may determine.

Acts infringing rights in performances

7. (1) The provisions of Part III as to the acts constituting an infringement of the rights conferred by that Part apply only in relation to acts done after commencement; the provisions of the Copyright Ordinance continue to apply in relation to acts done on or after 20 December 1996 and before commencement.

Last updated date 30.6.1997

SCHEDULE 3 S3-8 Section 6 Cap. 528

(2) For the purposes of section 229 of this Ordinance (meaning of “infringing fixation”) the question whether the fixation constituted an infringement of performers’ rights, or would have done if the performance had been given in Hong Kong, is to be determined, in relation to a performance given on or after 20 December 1996 and before commencement, by reference to the Copyright Ordinance.

Remedies for infringement

8. Section 228 of this Ordinance (delivery up of infringing fixations) applies to infringing fixations made before and after commencement; section 32 of the Copyright Ordinance does not apply after commencement except for the purposes of proceedings begun before commencement.

Ships, aircraft and hovercraft

9. Section 235 of this Ordinance (ships, aircraft and hovercraft registered in Hong Kong) does not apply in relation to anything done before commencement.

Last updated date 30.6.1997

SCHEDULE 3 S3-10 Section 8 Cap. 528

Schedule 4

(Omitted as spent)

Last updated date 13.7.2001

Schedule 4 S4-2 Cap. 528

SCHEDULE 5 [s. 281 & Schs. 2 & 3]

REPEALS Enactment Extent of repeal

1. Copyright Ordinance (Cap. 39) The whole Ordinance

2. Copyright (Notice of Publication)

Regulations (App. I, p. AK1)

The whole Regulations

3. Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders 1972 to

1990 (App. III, p. DD1)

All the Orders

4. Copyright (International Organizations)

Order, 1957 (S.I. 1957 No. 1524 U.K.)

In so far as the Order forms part of the law of Hong Kong

5. Copyright (Broadcasting Organizations)

Order, 1961 (S.I. 1961 No. 2460 U.K.)

In so far as the Order forms part of the law of Hong Kong

6. Copyright (Computer Software)

(Extension to Territories) Order 1987 (S.I.

1987 No. 2200 U.K.)

In so far as the Order forms part of the law of Hong Kong

7. Copyright (Taiwan) Order 1990

(L.N. 205 of 1990)

The whole Order

8. Copyright (Application to Other

Countries, Territories or Areas)

Regulation (Cap. 39 sub. leg. A)

The whole Regulation

9. Copyright (Designation of Qualifying

Countries, Territories or Areas)

Regulation (Cap. 39 sub. leg. B)

The whole Regulation

Last updated date 30.6.1997

SCHEDULE 5 S5-2 Cap. 528

SCHEDULE 6 [s. 282]

TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS Transitional provisions and savings in

relation to amendments effected by the Copyright (Amendment)

Ordinance 2003 (27 of 2003)

1. Interpretation

(1) In this Schedule, unless the context otherwise requires— “amendment Ordinance of 2003” (《2003年修訂條例》)

means the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2003 (27 of 2003);

“Suspension Ordinance” (《暫停條例》) means the Copyright (Suspension of Amendments) Ordinance 2001 (Cap. 568).

(2) In this Schedule, a reference to this Ordinance as it applied immediately before the commencement* of the amendment Ordinance of 2003 is a reference to this Ordinance as read together with the Suspension Ordinance, as those Ordinances applied immediately before that commencement.

2. Application of section 35A of this Ordinance to previously

Last updated date 28.11.2003

SCHEDULE 6 S6-2 Section 1 Cap. 528

imported copies

(1) This section applies to a copy of a work that is an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance as it applied immediately before the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003, and is such an infringing copy by virtue only of an importation or proposed importation into Hong Kong that occurred before that commencement.

(2) For the purpose of any act done after the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003 in relation to a copy of a work to which this section applies (including any act alleged to constitute an infringement of copyright or an offence under this Ordinance), section 35A of this Ordinance shall have effect as if it had been enacted before the occurrence of the importation or proposed importation referred to in subsection (1) and, accordingly, the copy is not to be regarded as an infringing copy unless, having regard to section 35A of this Ordinance, it would also be an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance if the importation or proposed importation into Hong Kong had occurred immediately after that commencement.

(3) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this section or in the amendment Ordinance of 2003 affects any right of action in relation to an infringement of copyright that occurred before the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003.

3. Exemption from criminal liability previously incurred in respect of “parallel-imported” copies of

Last updated date 28.11.2003

SCHEDULE 6 S6-4 Section 3 Cap. 528

works to which section 35A of this Ordinance applies

(2) As from the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003, a person shall not be liable to conviction for an offence under section 118(1) of this Ordinance, as that section applied immediately before that commencement, in respect of an act done before that commencement in relation to a copy of a work to which this section applies unless, having regard to section 35A of this Ordinance, the copy would also be an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance if the importation or proposed importation into Hong Kong had occurred immediately after that commencement.

4. Exemption from criminal liability previously incurred in respect of a back-up copy of, or necessary copying or adapting of, a copy of a work to which section 35A of this Ordinance applies

Last updated date 28.11.2003

SCHEDULE 6 S6-6 Section 4 Cap. 528

(1) This section applies to a copy of a work to which section 35A of this Ordinance applies, where the copy— (a) was made before the commencement of the

amendment Ordinance of 2003; and (b) is an infringing copy by virtue only of the fact

that it was made by a person who did not have a contractual right to use the work for the purposes of sections 60 and 61 of this Ordinance.

(2) As from the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003, no person shall be liable to conviction for an offence under section 118(1) of this Ordinance, as that section applied immediately before that commencement, in respect of a copy of a work to which this section applies unless, for the purposes of proceedings for an offence under section 118(1) of this Ordinance, and having regard to section 118A of this Ordinance, the same copy made immediately after that commencement would be a copy made by a person who did not have a contractual right to use the work for the purposes of sections 60 and 61 of this Ordinance.

(Schedule 6 added 27 of 2003 s. 9)

Editorial Note: * Commencement date: 28 November 2003.

Last updated date 28.11.2003

SCHEDULE 6 S6-8 Section 4 Cap. 528

SCHEDULE 7 [section 283]

TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS IN RELATION TO AMENDMENTS EFFECTED BY THE COPYRIGHT (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE 2007 (15

OF 2007)

(1. Part 3 of this Schedule (but only to the extent that Part 3 relates to the transitional provisions and savings in relation to the amendments effected by sections 6 (insofar as it relates to the new section 25(1)(c)&(d) of this Ordinance) and 51 of the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2007 (15 of 2007)) and Part 4 of this Schedule came into operation on 25 April 2008- see paragraph (c) of L.N. 47 of 2008 and paragraph (n) of L.N. 48 of 2008.

Paragraph (c) of L.N. 47 of 2008 is reproduced as follows:)

“(c)section 75 (insofar as it relates to Part 3 of the new Schedule 7 but only to the extent that Part 3 of the new Schedule 7 relates to the transitional provisions and savings in relation to the amendments effected by section 6 (insofar as it relates to the new section 25(1)(c))).” .

Paragraph (n) of L.N. 48 of 2008 is reproduced as follows:

“(n)section 75 insofar as it relates to—

(i) Part 3 of the new Schedule 7 but only to the extent that Part 3 of the new Schedule 7 relates to the transitional provisions and savings in relation to the amendments effected by—

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7 S7-2 Section 1 Cap. 528

(A) section 6 (insofar as it relates to the new section 25(1)(d)); and

(B) section 51; and

(ii) Part 4 of the new Schedule 7.”.

2. Remaining provisions of Part 3 of this Schedule have not yet come into operation.

PART 1

INTRODUCTORY

1. Interpretation

(1) In this Schedule— “2007 Amendment Ordinance” (《2007年修訂條例》)

means the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2007 (15 of 2007);

“Suspension Ordinance” (《暫停條例》) means the Copyright (Suspension of Amendments) Ordinance 2001 (Cap. 568).

(2) Expressions used in this Schedule which are defined for the purposes of Part II (copyright) and Part IIIA (performers’ moral rights) of this Ordinance have the same meaning as in those Parts.

PART 2

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 1 S7-4 Section 1 Cap. 528

ACTS PERMITTED IN RELATION TO COPYRIGHT WORKS AND PERFORMANCES

2. Savings for certain existing agreements

Nothing in section 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 61, 62, 63 or 65 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance affects a licence or agreement made before the commencement date* of that section.

PART 3

RENTAL RIGHT OF COPYRIGHT OWNERS AND PERFORMERS

Division 1—Transitional provisions and savings—in relation to amendments effected by section 6

of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(c), (e)

and (f) of this Ordinance)

3. General provisions

(1) Subject to sections 4 and 5 of this Schedule, section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 3—Division 1—Transitional provisions and savings S7-6 Section 3 Cap. 528

relates to section 25(1)(c), (e) and (f) of this Ordinance) applies to copyright works made before, on or after the commencement date# of that section.

(2) No act done before the commencement date of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(c), (e) and (f) of this Ordinance) shall be regarded as an infringement of any new right arising by virtue of that section.

4. New rental right: effect of pre-commencement authorization of copying

Where— (a) the owner or prospective owner of copyright in any

work has, before the commencement date# of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(c), (e) and (f) of this Ordinance), authorized a person to make a copy of the work; and

(b) a new right arises by virtue of that section in relation to that copy, the new right shall vest on the commencement date of that section in the person so authorized, subject to any agreement to the contrary.

5. Savings for existing stocks

(1) Any new right arising by virtue of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(c) of this Ordinance) does not apply to a copy of a film acquired by a person before the commencement

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 3—Division 1—Transitional provisions and savings S7-8 Section 4 Cap. 528

date# of that section for the purpose of renting it to the public.

(2) Any new right arising by virtue of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(e) and (f) of this Ordinance) does not apply to a copy of a comic book acquired by a person before the commencement date of that section for the purpose of renting it to the public.

Division 2—Transitional provisions and savings—in relation to amendments effected by section 6

of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(d) of

this Ordinance)

6. General provisions

(1) Subject to sections 7 and 8 of this Schedule, section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(d) of this Ordinance) applies to copyright works made before, on or after the commencement date# of that section.

(2) No act done before the commencement date of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(d) of this Ordinance) shall be regarded as an infringement of any new right arising by virtue of that section.

7. New rental right: effect of pre-commencement

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 3—Division 2—Transitional provisions and savings S7-10 Section 6 Cap. 528

authorization of copying

Where— (a) the owner or prospective owner of copyright in any

work has, before the commencement date# of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(d) of this Ordinance), authorized a person to make a copy of the work; and

8. Savings for existing stocks

Any new right arising by virtue of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(d) of this Ordinance) does not apply to a copy of a sound recording acquired by a person before the commencement date# of that section for the purpose of renting it to the public.

Division 3—Transitional provisions and savings in relation—to amendments effected by section 51 of the

2007 Amendment Ordinance

9. General provisions

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 3—Division 3—Transitional provisions and savings in relation S7-12 Section 9 Cap. 528

(1) Subject to sections 10 and 11 of this Schedule, section 51 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance applies to qualifying performances that take place before, on or after the commencement date** of that section.

(2) No act done before the commencement date of section 51 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance shall be regarded as an infringement of any new right arising by virtue of that section.

10. New rental right: effect of pre-commencement authorization of copying

Where— (a) the owner or prospective owner of a performer’s

rights in a qualifying performance has, before the commencement date** of section 51 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance, authorized a person to make a copy of a recording of the performance; and

11. Savings for existing stocks

Any new right arising by virtue of section 51 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance does not apply to a copy of a sound recording of a qualifying performance acquired by a person before

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 3—Division 3—Transitional provisions and savings in relation S7-14 Section 10 Cap. 528

the commencement date** of that section for the purpose of renting it to the public.

PART 4

MORAL RIGHTS OF PERFORMERS

Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by section 66 of the

2007 Amendment Ordinance

12. General provisions

No act done before the commencement date** of section 66 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance shall be regarded as an infringement of any new rights of performers arising by virtue of that section.

13. Savings for certain existing agreements

(1) Except as otherwise expressly provided, nothing in section 66 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance affects an agreement made before the commencement date** of that section.

(2) No act done in pursuance of an agreement referred to in subsection (1) on or after the commencement date of section 66 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance shall be regarded as an infringement of any new rights of performers arising by virtue of that section.

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 4 S7-16 Section 12 Cap. 528

14. New moral rights of performers of live aural performances

(1) Any new rights of performers arising by virtue of section 66 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance in respect of a live aural performance only subsist in a live aural performance that takes place on or after the commencement date** of that section.

(2) Any new rights of performers arising by virtue of section 66 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance in respect of a performance fixed in a sound recording only subsist if the performance concerned takes place on or after the commencement date of that section.

PART 5

INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT IN WORKS AND RIGHTS

IN PERFORMANCES

Division 1—Transitional provisions and savings—in relation to amendments effected by section

9(2) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance

15. Exemption from criminal liability incurred

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 5—Division 1—Transitional provisions and savings S7-18 Section 15 Cap. 528

in respect of copies of works imported before commencement of section 9(2) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance

(1) As from the commencement date* of section 9(2) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance, a person shall not be liable to conviction for an offence under section 118 of this Ordinance in respect of an act done before, on or after that commencement date in relation to a copy of a work to which this subsection applies.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to a copy of a work imported into Hong Kong before the commencement date of section 9(2) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance— (a) which is an infringing copy by virtue only

of section 35(3) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before that commencement date;

(b) which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; and

(c) which, if imported into Hong Kong on or after that commencement date, would, by virtue of section 35(4) of this Ordinance as amended by section 9(2) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance, not be an infringing copy for the purposes of sections 118 to 133 (criminal provisions) of this Ordinance.

Division 2—Transitional provisions and savings—in relation to amendments effected by section 10 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 5—Division 2—Transitional provisions and savings S7-20 Cap. 528

16. Application of section 35B of this Ordinance to previously imported copies

(1) For the purpose of any act done on or after the commencement date* of section 10 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance in relation to a copy of a work to which this subsection applies (including any act alleged to constitute an infringement of copyright or an offence under this Ordinance)— (a) section 35B of this Ordinance shall have effect as

if it had been enacted before the copy is imported into Hong Kong or acquired; and

(b) the copy is, by virtue of paragraph (a), not an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance unless, having regard to section 35B of this Ordinance, it would also be an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance if it were imported into Hong Kong or acquired on or after that commencement date.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to a copy of a work imported into Hong Kong before the commencement date of section 10 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance— (a) which is an infringing copy by virtue only

of section 35(3) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before that commencement date; and

(b) which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made.

(3) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this section or in the 2007 Amendment Ordinance relieves any person from liability to civil action in relation to an infringement of copyright which occurred before

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 5—Division 2—Transitional provisions and savings S7-22 Section 16 Cap. 528

the commencement date of section 10 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance.

17. Exemption from criminal liability previously incurred in respect of ”parallel-imported” copies of works to which section 35B of this Ordinance applies

(1) As from the commencement date* of section 10 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance, a person shall not be liable to conviction for an offence under section 118(1) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before that commencement date and read together with the Suspension Ordinance, in respect of an act done before that commencement date in relation to a copy of a work to which this subsection applies unless, having regard to section 35B of this Ordinance, the copy would also be an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance if it were imported into Hong Kong or acquired on or after that commencement date.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to a copy of a work imported into Hong Kong before the commencement date of section 10 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance— (a) which is an infringing copy by virtue only

of section 35(3) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before that commencement date; and

(b) which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made.

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 5—Division 2—Transitional provisions and savings S7-24 Section 17 Cap. 528

Division 3—Transitional provisions and savings in relation—to amendments effected by section 31 of the

2007 Amendment Ordinance

18. Application of section 118(2H) of this Ordinance

For the avoidance of doubt, section 118(2H) of this Ordinance does not apply in relation to any act referred to in section 118(2A) of this Ordinance and done by a body corporate or a partnership before the commencement date* of section 31(4) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance.

19. Retrospective application of the exemption and defence provided by section 118(2E), (2F), (2G), (3A) and (3B) of this Ordinance

(1) Section 118(2E), (2F), (2G), (3A) and (3B) of this Ordinance applies in proceedings to which this subsection applies, in the same manner as it applies in proceedings for an offence under section 118(2A) of this Ordinance.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to proceedings for an offence under section 118(1)(d) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before the commencement date* of section 31(4) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance and read together with the Suspension Ordinance, in a case where the infringing copy to which the charge relates is an

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 5—Division 3—Transitional provisions and savings in relation S7-26 Section 18 Cap. 528

infringing copy of the kind described in section 2(2), (3), (4) or (5) of the Suspension Ordinance.

(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to proceedings for an offence committed before 1 April 2001.

Division 4—Transitional provisions and savings in relation—to amendments effected by section 57 of the

2007 Amendment Ordinance

20. Application of section 229A of this Ordinance to previously imported fixations

(1) For the purpose of any act done on or after the commencement date* of section 57 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance in relation to a fixation of a performance to which this subsection applies (including any act alleged to constitute an infringement of any of the rights conferred by Part III of this Ordinance)— (a) section 229A of this Ordinance shall have effect

as if it had been enacted before the fixation is imported into Hong Kong or acquired; and

(b) the fixation is, by virtue of paragraph (a), not an infringing fixation for the purposes of section 229(4) of this Ordinance unless, having regard to section 229A of this Ordinance, it would also be an infringing fixation for the purposes of section 229(4) of this Ordinance if it were imported into Hong Kong or acquired on or after that commencement date.

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 5—Division 4—Transitional provisions and savings in relation S7-28 Section 20 Cap. 528

(2) Subsection (1) applies to a fixation of a performance imported into Hong Kong before the commencement date of section 57 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance— (a) which is an infringing fixation by virtue only

of section 229(4) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before that commencement date; and

(b) which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made.

(3) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this section or in the 2007 Amendment Ordinance relieves any person from liability to civil action in relation to an infringement of any of the rights conferred by Part III of this Ordinance which occurred before the commencement date of section 57 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance.

(Schedule 7 added 15 of 2007 s. 75)

Editorial Note: * Commencement date: 6 July 2007. # Commencement date: 25 April 2008 (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(c) and (d) of this Ordinance). ** Commencement date: 25 April 2008.

Last updated date 25.4.2008

SCHEDULE 7—PART 5—Division 4—Transitional provisions and savings in relation S7-30 Section 20 Cap. 528

《版权条例》( 第528 章)

《版权条例》

( 第 528 章 )

条次页次

第 I 部导言

1. 简称及释义 1-1 第 II 部版权

第 I 分部 —— 版权的存在、拥有权及期限

2. 版权及版权作品 2-1

3. 存在于版权作品的权利 2-1

4. 文学作品、戏剧作品及音乐作品 2-3

5. 艺术作品 2-5

6. 声音纪录 2-5

7. 影片 2-7

8. 广播 2-7

9. 有线传播节目 2-11

10. 已发表版本 2-21

11. 作品的作者 2-21

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-1

第 528 章

条次页次

12. 合作作品 2-23

13. 版权的第一拥有权 2-25

14. 雇员的作品 2-25

15. 委讬作品 2-25

16. 政府版权等 2-27

17. 文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品的版权期限

2-27

18. 声音纪录的版权期限 2-31

19. 影片的版权期限 2-33

20. 广播及有线传播节目的版权期限 2-35

21. 已发表版本的排印编排的版权期限 2-37

第 II 分部 —— 版权拥有人的权利

22. 作品的版权所限制的作为 2-37

23. 因复制而侵犯版权 2-41

24. 以向公众发放复制品方式侵犯版权 2-41

25. 以租赁作品予公众方式侵犯版权 2-43

26. 以向公众提供复制品方式侵犯版权 2-45

27. 以公开表演、放映或播放作品方式侵犯版权

2-47

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-3

第 528 章

条次页次

28. 以广播作品或将作品包括在有线传播节目服务内的方式侵犯版权

2-47

29. 以改编或作出与改编有关的作为的方式侵犯版权

2-49

30. 间接侵犯版权∶输入或输出侵犯版权复制品

2-51

31. 间接侵犯版权∶管有侵犯版权复制品或进行侵犯版权复制品交易

2-51

32. 间接侵犯版权∶提供制造侵犯版权复制品的方法

2-53

33. 间接侵犯版权∶允许处所用作进行侵犯版权表演

2-55

34. 间接侵犯版权∶提供器具作侵犯版权表演等

2-55

35. “ 侵犯版权复制品 ” 的涵义 2-57

35A. 电脑程式的复制品或与电脑程式载于同一物品的某些其他作品的复制品并非第 35(3) 条所指的 “ 侵犯版权复制品 ”

2-67

35B. 输入的复制品不属第 35(3) 条所指的 “ 侵犯版权复制品 ”

2-73

36. 就第 30 及 31 条而言的免责辩护 2-75

第 III 分部 —— 就版权作品而允许的作为

37. 引言条文 2-81

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-5

第 528 章

条次页次

38. 研究及私人研习 2-83

39. 批评、评论及新闻报导 2-85

40. 附带地包括版权材料 2-85

40A. 适用于第 40A 至 40F 条的定义 2-87

40B. 为阅读残障人士制作单一便于阅读文本 2-89

40C. 指明团体为阅读残障人士制作多份便于阅读文本

2-91

40D. 中间复制品 2-95

40E. 指明团体须备存的纪录 2-99

40F. 关于第 40A 至 40E 条的补充条文 2-101

41A. 为教学或接受教学的目的而作的公平处理 2-103

41. 为教学或考试的目的而作出的事情 2-109

42. 供教育用途的选集 2-111

43. 在教育机构的活动过程中表演、播放或放映作品

2-111

44. 由教育机构制作广播及有线传播节目的纪录

2-113

45. 教育机构或学生将已发表作品中的片段藉翻印复制

2-115

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-7

第 528 章

条次页次

46. 图书馆及档案室∶引言 2-117

47. 由图书馆馆长制作复制品∶期刊内的文章 2-119

48. 由图书馆馆长制作复制品∶已发表作品的部分

2-121

49. 对制造多份相同材料的复制品的限制 2-123

50. 由图书馆馆长制作复制品∶供应复制品予其他图书馆

2-123

51. 由图书馆馆长或档案室负责人制作复制品∶ 作品的替代复制品

2-125

52. 由图书馆馆长或档案室负责人制作复制品∶ 某些未发表的作品

2-125

53. 由图书馆馆长或档案室负责人制作复制品∶ 在文化或历史方面有重要性的物品

2-127

54A. 为公共行政的目的而公平处理 2-129

54B. 立法会 2-131

54. 司法程序 2-131

55. 法定研讯 2-133

56. 开放予公众查阅或在公事登记册内的材料 2-133

57. 在公务过程中传达给政府的材料 2-137

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-9

第 528 章

条次页次

58. 公共纪录 2-139

59. 根据法定权限所作出的作为 2-139

60. 合法使用者可制作电脑程式的后备复制品 2-139

61. 合法使用者可复制或改编程式 2-141

62. 在一般印刷过程中使用字体 2-141

63. 产生以某种字体展现的材料的物品 2-143

64. 电子形式作品的复制品的转移 2-145

65. 因向公众提供作品而允许作出的某些作为 2-147

66. 不具名或以假名署名的作品∶基于关于版权期限届满或作者死亡的假设而允许作出的作为

2-147

67. 在某些情况下使用讲出的文字的笔记或纪录

2-149

68. 公开诵读或背诵 2-151

69. 科学或技术文章的撮录 2-151

70. 民歌的纪录 2-153

71. 某些公开展示的艺术作品的表述 2-155

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-11

第 528 章

条次页次

72. 售卖艺术作品的宣传 2-155

73. 同一艺术家制作其后的作品 2-157

74. 重建建筑物 2-157

75. 影片∶基于关于版权期限届满等的假设而允许作出的作为

2-157

76. 表演、放映或展示或播放作品 2-159

77. 为广播或有线传播节目而附带制作纪录 2-161

78. 为监管和控制广播及有线传播节目而制作纪录

2-163

79. 为迁就时间而制作纪录 2-165

80. 电视广播或有线传播节目的照片 2-165

81. 免费公开放映或播放广播或有线传播节目 2-165

81A. 在车辆内播放声音广播 2-167

82. 接收和再传送有线传播节目服务的广播 2-169

83. 提供附有字幕的广播或有线传播节目的复制品

2-173

84. 为存档而制作的纪录 2-175

85. 改编本 2-175

86. 相应外观设计 2-177

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-13

第 528 章

条次页次

87. 利用从艺术作品衍生的外观设计的效力 2-177

88. 依据外观设计的注册而作出的事情 2-179

第 IV 分部 —— 精神权利

89. 被识别为作者或导演的权利 2-181

90. 被识别的权利必须宣示 2-185

91. 权利的例外情况 2-189

92. 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 2-193

93. 权利的例外情况 2-197

94. 在某些情况下权利受约制 2-199

95. 管有侵犯权利物品或进行侵犯权利物品的交易而侵犯权利

2-201

96. 作品的虚假署名 2-203

97. 权利的期限 2-207

98. 同意及放弃权利 2-207

99. 对合作作品适用的条文 2-209

100. 对作品的部分适用的条文 2-211 第 V 分部 —— 进行版权作品的权利的交

易

101. 转让及特许 2-211

102. 版权的准拥有人 2-213

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-15

第 528 章

条次页次

103. 专用特许 2-215

104. 版权藉遗嘱而与未发表作品一并转移 2-215

105. 精神权利不可转让 2-217

106. 在死亡时转传精神权利 2-217 第 VI 分部 —— 侵犯权利的补救

107. 版权拥有人可就侵犯版权提起诉讼 2-221

108. 关于侵犯版权诉讼中的损害赔偿的规定 2-221

109. 交付令 2-223

110. 期限过后不得以交付作为补救 2-225

111. 处置侵犯版权复制品或其他物品的命令 2-225

112. 专用特许持有人的权利和补救 2-229

113. 行使同时具有的权利 2-229

114. 侵犯精神权利的补救 2-233

115. 与文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品及艺术作品有关的推定

2-235

116. 与声音纪录、影片及电脑程式有关的推定 2-237

117. 与有政府版权的作品有关的推定 2-241

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-17

第 528 章

条次页次

118. 关乎制作侵犯版权物品等或进行侵犯版权物品等交易的罪行 *

2-241

118A. 第 60 及 61 条对第 118(1) 条所订罪行的适用

2-261

119. 第 118 条所订罪行的罚则 2-261

119A. 关乎在复制服务业务中管有侵犯版权复制品的罪行

2-263

119B. 关乎定期或频密为分发而制作或分发属刊印形式并载于书本等的版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的罪行

2-265

120. # 在香港以外地方等制作侵犯版权复制品 2-277

120A. 提出检控的时限 2-281

121. 誓章证据 2-281

122. 调查人员的权力 2-295

123. 发出授权进入和搜查的手令的权限 2-299

124. 妨碍调查人员 2-301

125. 主犯以外的人的法律责任 2-301

126. 披露资料等 2-303

127. 对在刑事法律程序中的告发人的保障 2-305

128. 检查物品，发还样本等 2-305

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-19

第 528 章

条次页次

129. 多边合作 2-309

130. 关乎披露资料的罪行 2-309

131. 可没收被检取的物品等 2-311

132. 在有人被控的情况下物品等的处置 2-315

133. 对没收申请的裁定 2-317

134. 区域法院的司法管辖权 2-325 第 VII 分部 —— 关乎输入侵犯版权物品

的法律程序

135. 定义 2-327

136. 扣留令的申请 2-327

137. 扣留令的发出 2-329

138. 扣留令的强制执行 2-333

139. 扣留令的更改或推翻 2-337

140. 资料的披露 2-339

141. 检查物品、发还样本等 2-341

142. 须缴付的费用 2-343

143. 须付予输入者等的补偿 2-345

144. 规则 2-347 第 VIII 分部 —— 版权特许

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-21

第 528 章

145. 特许计划及特许机构 2-347

条次页次

146. 版权特许机构注册处处长 2-349

147. 注册纪录册的备存及查阅 2-351

148. 申请注册和续期 2-351

149. 注册、注册证明书的发出 2-351

150. 在证明书的有效期内更改使用费 2-353

151. 注册的期限、续期及撤销 2-355

152. 规例 2-357

153. 如真诚地行使本分部所指职能则无须负上法律责任

2-357

154. 第 155 至 160 条适用的特许计划 2-357

155. 将建议的特许计划转介审裁处 2-359

156. 将特许计划转介审裁处 2-361

157. 将计划再次转介审裁处 2-361

158. 申请批出与特许计划有关的特许 2-365

159. 就与有权获得特许有关的命令而申请复核 2-367

160. 审裁处就特许计划作出的命令的效力 2-367

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-23

第 528 章

条次页次

161. 第 162 至 166 条适用的特许 2-371

162. 将建议的特许转介审裁处 2-373

163. 将即将失效的特许转介审裁处 2-373

164. 版权审裁处可判给中期付款和限制非正审强制令的申请

2-375

165. 申请复核就特许而作出的命令 2-377

166. 审裁处就特许作出的命令的效力 2-377

167. 一般考虑∶不合理的歧视 2-379

168. 某些计划或特许中的隐含弥偿 2-383

第 IX 分部 —— 版权审裁处

169. 版权审裁处 2-385

170. 审裁处的成员 2-387

171. 财政条文 2-389

172. 为法律程序的目的之组成 2-389

173. 审裁处的司法管辖权 2-393

174. 订立规则的一般权力 2-393

175. 讼费、命令的证明等 2-395

176. 就法律论点向法院提出上诉 2-397 第 X 分部 —— 享有版权保护所须具备的

资格

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-25

第 528 章

条次页次

177. 享有版权保护所须具备的资格 2-397

178. 藉作者而获得的资格 2-399

179. 在香港注册的船舶、航空器及气垫船 2-401

180. 对于某些不给予香港作品足够保护的国家的人民等不给予版权保护

2-401

181. 首次发表及关键时间的涵义 2-403 第 XI 分部 —— 杂项及一般条文

182. 政府版权 2-405

183. 条例的版权 2-407

184. 立法会版权 2-409

185. 条例草案的版权 2-411

186. 立法会∶关于版权的补充条文 2-413

187. 以提起与平行输入的作品的复制品有关的法律程序作无理威胁

2-415

188. 归属某些国际组织的版权 2-417

189. 民间文学艺术等∶不具名的未发表作品 2-419

190. 关长及获授权人员的保障 2-421

191. 过渡性条文及保留条文 2-423

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-27

第 528 章

条次页次

192. 在其他成文法则或普通法下的权利和特权 2-423

193. 与解释有关的一般规定 2-425

194. 对版权拥有人的提述的解释 2-425

195. “ 教育机构 ” 和相关词句的涵义 2-427

196. “ 发表 ” 和 “ 商业发表 ” 的涵义 2-427

197. 签署的规定∶对法人团体的适用范围 2-431

198. 次要定义 2-433

199. 界定词句的索引 2-443 第 III 部

在表演中的权利

第 I 分部 —— 权利、侵犯权利及侵犯权利的补救

200. 赋予表演者和具有录制权的人的权利 3-1

201. 合资格表演 3-3

202. 进行非录制表演的录制等须获得同意 3-5

203. 复制录制品须获得同意 3-5

204. 向公众发放复制品须获得同意 3-7

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-29

第 528 章

205. 向公众提供复制品须获得同意 3-9

条次页次

206. 藉使用在未获同意下制作的录制品而侵犯表演者的权利

3-11

207. 藉输入、输出或管有侵犯权利的录制品或进行侵犯权利的录制品交易而侵犯表演者的权利

3-11

207A. 藉在未获同意下租赁复制品予公众而侵犯表演者的权利

3-13

208. 独有录制合约和具有录制权的人 3-15

209. 制作受独有合约规限的表演的录制品须获得同意

3-17

210. 藉使用在未获同意下制作的录制品而侵犯录制权

3-19

211. 藉输入、输出或管有侵犯权利的录制品或进行侵犯权利的录制品交易而侵犯录制权

3-19

212. 在尽管有本分部赋予的权利的情况下仍允许的作为

3-23

213. 审裁处在某些情况下代复制权的拥有人给予同意的权力

3-23

213A. 审裁处在某些情况下代表演者的租赁权的拥有人给予同意的权力

3-25

214. 权利的期限 3-27

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-31

第 528 章

条次页次

215. 表演者的经济权利 3-27

216. 转让及特许 3-29

217. 表演者的经济权利的准拥有人 3-31

218. 专用特许 3-33

219. 表演者的经济权利根据遗嘱而与未发表的原本录制品一并转移

3-33

220. 权利的拥有人可就侵犯权利提起诉讼 3-35

221. 关于侵犯权利诉讼中的损害赔偿的规定 3-35

222. 专用特许持有人的权利和补救 3-37

223. 行使同时具有的权利 3-37

224. 非经济权利 3-39

225. 具有录制权的人的权利的可转传性 3-43

226. 同意 3-43

227. 可就侵犯权利提起诉讼 3-43

228. 交付令 3-45

229. “ 侵犯权利的录制品 ” 的涵义 3-45

229A. 输入的录制品不属第 229(4) 条所指的 “ 侵犯权利的录制品 ”

3-51

230. 期限过后不得以交付作为补救 3-55

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-33

第 528 章

条次页次

231. 处置侵犯权利的录制品的命令 3-57

232. 区域法院的司法管辖权 3-59

233. 版权审裁处的司法管辖权 3-61

234. 合资格的人 3-61

235. 在香港注册的船舶、航空器及气垫船 3-63

236. 对于某些不给予香港表演者足够保护的国家等的人民不给予保护

3-63

237. 过渡性条文及保留条文 3-67

238. 与版权条文中的词句具有相同涵义的词句 3-67

239. 界定词句的索引 3-69 第 II 分部 —— 在表演中的权利∶允许的作

为

240. 引言 3-73

241. 批评、评论及新闻报导 3-73

242. 附带地包括表演或录制品 3-75

242A. 为教学或接受教学的目的而作的公平处理 3-75

243. 为教学或考试的目的而作出的事情 3-79

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-35

第 528 章

244. 在教育机构播放或放映声音纪录、影片、广播或有线传播节目

3-81

条次页次

245. 由教学机构制作的广播及有线传播节目的纪录

3-83

246. 由图书馆馆长或档案室负责人制作复制品∶ 在文化或历史方面有重要性的物品

3-85

246A. 为公共行政的目的而公平处理 3-85

246B. 立法会 3-87

247. 司法程序 3-87

248. 法定研讯 3-89

249. 公共纪录 3-89

250. 根据法定权限所作出的作为 3-89

251. 表演的电子形式录制品的转移 3-91

252. 在向公众提供表演时允许进行的某些复制 3-93

253. 在某些情况下使用讲出的文字的录制品 3-93

254. 民歌的录制品 3-95

255. 为会社、社团等目的而表演、放映或展示或播放作品

3-97

256. 为广播或有线传播节目而附带地制作录制品

3-97

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-37

第 528 章

条次页次

257. 为监管和控制广播及有线传播节目而制作纪录

3-99

258. 免费公开放映或播放广播或有线传播节目 3-101

258A. 在车辆内播放声音广播 3-103

259. 接收和再传送有线传播节目服务的广播 3-105

260. 提供附有字幕的广播或有线传播节目的复制品

3-109

261. 为存档而制作广播或有线传播节目的纪录 3-111

第 III 分部 —— 关乎输入侵犯权利的录制品的法律程序

262. 定义 3-111

263. 扣留令的申请 3-113

264. 扣留令的发出 3-115

265. 扣留令的强制执行 3-117

266. 扣留令的更改或推翻 3-123

267. 资料的披露 3-125

268. 检查物品、发还样本等 3-127

269. 须缴付的费用 3-129

270. 须付予输入者等的补偿 3-129

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-39

第 528 章

271. 规则 3-131

条次页次

272. 关长及获授权人员的保障 3-133

第 IIIA 部表演者的精神权利

272A. 赋予某些表演者的精神权利 3A-1

272B. 被识别为表演者的权利 3A-5

272C. 第 272B 条的权利必须宣示 3A-7

272D. 第 272B 条的权利的例外情况 3A-9

272E. 反对受贬损处理的权利 3A-11

272F. 管有侵犯权利物品或就侵犯权利物品进行交易而侵犯第 272E 条的权利

3A-13

272G. 第 272E 条的权利的例外情况 3A-15

272H. 权利的期限 3A-17

272I. 同意及放弃权利 3A-17

272J. 条文对合作表演者的适用情况 3A-19

272K. 条文对表演的部分的适用情况 3A-21

272L. 精神权利不可转让 3A-21

272M. 在死亡时转传精神权利 3A-21

272N. 侵犯表演者的精神权利的补救 3A-25

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-41

第 528 章

条次页次

272O. 与录制了表演的声音纪录有关的推定 3A-25

第 IV 部科技措施及一般条文

273. 第 273 至 273H 条的释义 4-1

273A. 就对有效科技措施的规避而具有的权利及补救

4-3

273B. 就为规避有效科技措施而设计的器件及服务而具有的权利及补救

4-7

273C. 关乎规避有效科技措施的罪行 4-11

273D. 第 273A 条的例外情况 4-17

273E. 第 273B 条的例外情况 4-25

273F. 第 273C 条的例外情况 4-33

273G. 第 273、273A、273B、273D 及 273E 条对表演的适用范围

4-43

273H. 第 273A、273B、273C 及 273G 条的例外情况

4-43

274. 就干扰权利管理资料的不合法作为而具有的权利及补救

4-45

275. 就用作在未经授权下接收传送的器具等而具有的权利和补救

4-49

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-43

第 528 章

条次页次

276. 对于某些不给予香港的广播、有线传播节目及经编码处理的传送足够保护的国家等的人民不给予第 275 条所指的权利

4-51

277. 关于以欺诈手段接收的补充条文 4-53

278. 关长可授权予任何人员 4-55

279. 释义 4-55

280. (已失时效而略去 ) 4-55

281. 废除 4-55

282. 关乎《2003 年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

4-55

283. 关乎《2007 年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

4-57

附表 1 教育机构 S1-1

附表 1AA 本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用的情况 ( 制作或分发侵犯版权复制品的范围 )

S1AA-1

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-45

第 528 章

条次页次

附表 1AB 本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用的情况 ( 分发侵犯版权复制品的方式 )

S1AB-1

附表 1A 为 “ 指明课程 ” 的定义的目的而指明的机构及当局

S1A-1

附表 2 版权∶过渡性及保留条文 S2-1

附表 3 在表演中的权利∶过渡性条文及保留条文

S3-1

附表 4 (已失时效而略去 ) S4-1

附表 5 废除 S5-1

附表 6 过渡性条文及保留条文 S6-1

附表 7 关乎《2007 年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》 (2007 年第 15 号 ) 所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

S7-1

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

T-47

第 528 章

本条例旨在就版权及有关权利，以及就相关事宜订定条文。

(由 2007年第 15号第 3条修订 )

[1997 年 6 月 27 日 ]

第 I 部

导言

1. 简称及释义 (1) 本条例可引称为《版权条例》。 (2) (已失时效而略去 ) (3) 显示界定第 II 部及第 III 部使用的词句的条文的表分别在

第 199 及 239 条列明。

最后更新日期

6.7.2007

《版权条例》

1-1 第 I 部第 528 章第 1 条

第 II 部

版权

第 I 分部 —— 版权的存在、拥有权及期限

引言

2. 版权及版权作品 (1) 版权是按照本部而存在于下列类别的作品的产权 ——

(a) 原创的文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品； (b) 声音纪录、影片、广播或有线传播节目；及 (c) 已发表版本的排印编排。

(2) 在本部中，“ 版权作品 ” (copyright work) 指有版权存在的该等类别作品中的任何作品。

(3) 除非本部中关于享有版权保护所须具备的资格的规定均已获符合 ( 参阅第 177 条及该条所提述的条文 )，否则版权并不存在于任何作品。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 1 U.K.]

3. 存在于版权作品的权利 (1) 某类别作品的版权的拥有人具有作出第 II 分部中指明的

作为的独有权利，亦即该类别作品的版权所限制的作为。

(2) 就某些类别的版权作品而言，第 IV 分部 ( 精神权利 ) 所赋予的下列权利惠及作品的作者或导演 ( 无论他是否版权拥有人 ) 而存在 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-1 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 2 条

(a) 第 89 条 ( 作者或导演的被识别权利 )；及 (b) 第 92 条 ( 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 )。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 2 U.K.]

作品类别及有关条文

4. 文学作品、戏剧作品及音乐作品 (1) 在本部中 —— “ 文学作品 ” (literary work) 指除戏剧作品或音乐作品外的任何

写出、讲出或唱出的作品，并据此包括 —— (a) 资料或其他材料的任何形式的编汇，且因其内容的

选取或编排而构成智力创作，并包括 ( 但不限于 ) 列表；

(b) 电脑程式；及 (c) 为电脑程式而备的预备设计材料；

“ 音乐作品 ” (musical work) 指由音乐构成的作品，但不包括拟伴随该等音乐而唱出或讲出的文字或表演的动作；

“ 戏剧作品 ” (dramatic work) 包括舞蹈作品或默剧作品。 (2) 除非文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品以书面或其他方式

记录，否则版权并不存在于该等作品，而在该等作品经如此记录之前，其版权亦不存在；在本部中，凡提述该等作品的制作时间，即提述该等作品经如此记录的时间。

(3) 就第 (2) 款而言，作品是否由作者记录或是否经作者的允许而记录并不具关键性；如作品并非由作者记录，则第

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-3 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 4 条

(2) 款对版权是否在独立于经记录的作品的情况下存在于纪录本身此一问题，并无影响。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 3 U.K.]

5. 艺术作品在本部中 —— “ 平面美术作品 ” (graphic work) 包括 ——

(a) 任何髹扫画、绘画、图形、地图、图表或图则；及 (b) 任何雕刻、蚀刻、版画、木刻或相类的作品；

“ 建筑物 ” (building) 包括固定的构筑物以及建筑物或固定构筑物的部分；

“ 照片 ” (photograph) 指藉着把光或其他放射物记录在任何媒体上而在该媒体上产生影像或藉任何方法从该媒体产生影像的纪录，但该纪录不构成影片的一部分；

“ 雕塑品 ” (sculpture) 包括为制作雕塑品而制作的铸模或模型； “ 艺术作品 ” (artistic work) 指 ——

(a) 平面美术作品、照片、雕塑品或拼图 ( 不论其艺术质量 )；

(b) 属建筑物或建筑物模型的建筑作品；或 (c) 美术工艺作品。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 4 U.K.]

6. 声音纪录

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-5 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 5 条

(1) 在本部中，“ 声音纪录 ” (sound recording) 指 —— (a) 声音的纪录，而该声音可从该纪录重播；或 (b) 记录一项文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品的整项或

任何部分的纪录，而重现该作品或部分的声音可从该纪录产生，

不论该纪录是记录在什么媒体上，亦不论该声音以什么方法重播或产生。

(2) 如某一声音纪录是以前的声音纪录的复制品，则版权并不存在于该某一声音纪录；如某一声音纪录在某程度上是以前的声音纪录的复制品，则版权在该程度上并不存在于该某一声音纪录。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 5A U.K.]

7. 影片 (1) 在本部中，“ 影片 ” (film) 指纪录在任何媒体上的纪录，

而活动影像可藉任何方法自该纪录产生。

(2) 就本部而言，一部影片所附同的声带须视作该影片的一部分。

(3) 在不损害第 (2) 款的一般性的原则下，凡该款适用，则 —— (a) 在本部中，凡提述放映一部影片，包括播放该影片

所附同的影片声带；及

(b) 提述播放声音纪录，并不包括播放影片所附同的影片声带。

(4) 如某一影片是以前的影片的复制品，则版权并不存在于该某一影片；如某一影片在某程度上是以前的影片的复制品，则版权在该程度上并不存在于该某一影片。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 5B U.K.]

8. 广播

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-7 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 7 条

(1) 在本部中，“ 广播 ” (broadcast) 指藉无线电讯传送 —— (a) 能够被在香港或其他地方的公众人士合法地接收的

声音或影像及声音或表述声音或影像及声音的东西；或

(b) 为向在香港或其他地方的公众人士播送而传送的声音或影像及声音或表述声音或影像及声音的东西，

但传送方法并非透过向公众提供作品的复制品或表演的录制品的服务。

(2) 经编码处理的传送只有在传送人或提供该传送的内容的人将或授权将解码器提供予在香港或其他地方的公众人士的情况下，才可视为能够被在香港或其他地方的公众人士合法地接收。

(3) 在本部中，凡提述作出广播的人、广播某作品的人或将某作品包括在广播内的人，即提述 —— (a) 传送有关节目的人 ( 如该人对广播内容负有任何程

度的责任 )；及 (b) 任何提供有关节目的人，而该人与传送该节目的人

作出该节目的传送所需的安排，

而在本部中，在广播方面提述节目，即提述广播所包括的任何项目。

(4) 将凡载有节目的信号在作出广播的人的控制与责任下，于某地点进入一项无间断的连锁传讯程序 ( 以卫星传送而言，包括将广播信号传送往卫星然后送返地球的连锁程序 )，则就本部而言，广播即属自该地点作出。

(5) 在本部中，凡提述接收广播，即包括接收藉电讯系统转播的广播。

(6) 如某项广播侵犯另一广播或有线传播节目的版权，则版权并不存在于该某项广播或，如某项广播在某程度上侵犯另一广播或有线传播节目的版权，则版权在该程度上并不存在于该某项广播。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-9 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 8 条

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 6 U.K.]

9. 有线传播节目 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 在本部中 —— “ 互相连接 ” (interconnection) 包括涉及更改技术特质、形式或

系数的互相连接；

“ 有线传播节目 ” (cable programme) 指包括在有线传播节目服务内的项目；

“ 有线传播节目服务 ” (cable programme service) 指全部或主要由任何人为下述目的而藉电讯系统 ( 不论是否由该人或任何其他人营运 ) 合法地发送声音、影像、其他资料或该等项目的任何组合所构成的服务 —— (a) 供在香港或其他地方的 2 个或多于 2 个地点藉无线

电讯以外的方法合法地接收 ( 不论该等声音、影像、其他资料或该等项目的组合是否以供同时接收或应该服务的不同使用者的要求而供在不同时间接收 )；或

(b) 供在香港或其他地方的某地点为于该地点向公众人士或任何群体播送该等声音、影像，资料或该等项目的组合而合法地接收 ( 不论以任何方法接收 )，并包括有多点式微波传输系统作为组成部分的服务，但不包括根据第 (2) 款列为例外项目的服务；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-11 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 9 条

“ 影像 ” (visual images) 就第 (2)(a) 款中的例外项目而言，指可被看成活动图像的一连串影像；

“ 声音 ” (sounds) 就第 (2)(a) 款中的例外项目而言，指语音或音乐或语音及音乐，但就任何电讯系统而言，则不包括为利便使用藉该系统提供的电讯服务而提供资料的语音。

(2) 以下为 “ 有线传播节目服务 ” 的定义的例外项目 —— (a) 全部或主要由任何人传送声音或影像或声音及影像

所构成的服务 ( 例如一般称为视像会议及视像电话的服务 )，但该服务的一项基本特点须为在传送声音或影像或声音及影像之时，在每个接收的地点将会或可能藉赖以传送该等声音或影像或声音及影像的电讯系统或其部分 ( 视属何情况而定 )，将声音或影像或声音及影像传送供该人接收；

(b) 向公众提供作品的复制品或表演的录制品的服务，但不包括以传送活动影像的表述为一项基本特点的服务 ( 例如一般称为自选影像服务的服务 )；

达 ( 不论是在人与人之间、物与物之间或人与物之间 ) 任何并非声音或影像形式的事物的信号供大众接收；或

(ii) 在单一组处所内传送将如此传送或已如此传送的声音、影像或该等信号；

(d) 营运以光为唯一涉及传送某些事物的媒介的电讯系统，而藉光传送的该等事物的传送方式，是使该等事物无须其他东西而能够用眼睛接收或看见的；

(e) 由某人营运并非与另一电讯系统连接的某一电讯系统，而组成该某一系统的器具均位于 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-13 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 9 条

(i) 单一占用的单一组处所 ( 但作为的提供予以商业方式营运的处所的居民或住客的休憩设施的一部分而运作的服务则除外 )；或

(ii) 车辆、船只、航空器或气垫船或以机械方式连在一起的数量为 2 或以上的车辆、船只、航空器或气垫船；

(f) 由个人单独营运的并非与另一电讯系统连接的某一电讯系统，而 —— (i) 组成该某一电讯系统的所有器具均由该人所控

制；及

(ii) 其所传送的所有事物凡属语音、音乐及其他声音、影像、用作传达 ( 不论是在人与人之间、物与物之间或人与物之间 ) 任何并非声音或影像形式的事物的信号，或用作驱动或操控机械或器具的信号，均纯粹为该人的家居用途而传送，

而在 (e) 段及本段中提述另一电讯系统，并不包括提述 (c) 段提及的电讯系统 ( 不论是否由作出广播的人或任何其他人所营运 )；或

(g) 就某人所经营的业务而言，为该业务而营运并非与另一电讯系统连接的某一电讯系统，而以下条件就该某一电讯系统而获符合 —— (i) 除经营该业务的人外，并没有其他人涉及控制

组成该系统的器具；

(ii) 并没有语音、音乐及其他声音、影像、用作传达 ( 不论是在人与人之间、物与物之间或人与物之间 ) 任何并非声音或影像形式的事物的信号，或用作驱动或操控机械或器具的信号以为另一人提供服务的方式而藉该系统传送；

(iii) 如该系统传送的东西属声音或影像，该等声音或影像并没有为了供经营该业务的人或其从事

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-15 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 9 条

该业务的运作的雇员以外的人聆听或观看而传送；

(iv) 如该系统传送的东西属用作传达 ( 不论是在人与人之间、物与物之间或人与物之间 ) 任何并非声音或影像形式的事物的信号，该等信号并没有为传达事物予经营该业务的人、其从事该业务的运作的雇员或在业务过程中使用并且由经营该业务的人控制的东西以外的人或东西而传送；及

(v) 如该系统传送的东西属语音、音乐及其他声音，该等语音、音乐及声音并没有为驱动或操控并非用于业务过程中的机械或器具而传送。

(3) 行政长官会同行政会议可在其觉得适当的过渡性条文的规限下，藉命令修订第 (2) 款以删除例外项目。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(4) 在本部中，凡提述将有线传播节目或作品包括在有线传播节目服务中，即提述将该等节目或作品作为该服务的一部分而传送；而凡提述将有线传播节目或作品包括在该服务中的人，即提述提供该服务的人。

(5) 如某一有线传播节目 —— (a) 藉某广播的接收和即时再传送而包括在有线传播节

目服务内，版权并不存在于该某一有线传播节目；或

(b) 侵犯另一有线传播节目或某广播的版权，版权并不存在于该某一有线传播节目，如某一有线传播节目在某程度上侵犯该等版权，版权在该程度上并不存在于该某一有线传播节目。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 7 U.K. & 1956 c. 74 s. 14A U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-17 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 9 条

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-19 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章

10. 已发表版本 (1) 在本部中，“ 已发表版本 ” (published edition) 就其排印编

排的版权而言，指一项或多于一项文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品的整项或部分的已发表版本。

(2) 如已发表版本的排印编排重复以前版本的排印编排，则版权并不存在于该已发表版本的排印编排；如已发表版本的排印编排在某程度上重复以前版本的排印编排，则版权在该程度上并不存在于该已发表版本的排印编排。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 8 U.K.]

作者及版权的拥有权

11. 作品的作者 (1) 在本部中，“ 作者 ” (author) 就作品而言，指创作该作品

的人。

(2) 以下的人视为创作作品的人 —— (a) 就声音纪录而言，指制作人； (b) 就影片而言，指制作人及主要导演； (c) 就某一广播而言，指作出广播的人 (参看第 8(3)条 )；

就藉接收和即时再传送而转播另一广播的广播而言，指作出该另一广播的人；

(d) 就有线传播节目而言，指提供包括该节目在内的有线传播节目服务的人；

(e) 就已发表版本的排印编排而言，指发表人。 (3) 如文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品是电脑产

生的，作出创作该作品所需的安排的人视为作者。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-21 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 10 条

(4) 就本部而言，如作品的作者的身分不为人知，该作品属 “ 作者不为人知 ” 的作品；如作品是合作作品而所有合作作者的身分均不为人知，该作品属 “ 作者不为人知 ” 的作品。

(5) 就本部而言，如不能藉合理查究而确定作者的身分，则该作者的身分须视为不为人知；但如该作者的身分一旦为人所知，则该作者的身分此后即不得视为不为人知。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 9 U.K.]

12. 合作作品 (1) 在本部中，“ 合作作品 ” (work of joint authorship) 指 2 名

或多于 2 名作者合作制作的作品，而各名作者的贡献是不能明显地与另一或其他作者的贡献分开的。

(2) 除非任何影片的制作人和主要导演均属同一人，否则该影片须视为合作作品。

(3) 如某广播是视为由多于一人作出的，则该广播须视为合作作品 ( 第 8(3) 条 )。

(4) 在本部中，凡提述作品的作者，则就合作作品而言，须解释为提述该作品的全部作者，但另有规定的除外。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 10 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-23 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 12 条

13. 版权的第一拥有权除第 14、15 及 16 条另有规定外，作品的作者是该作品的任何版权的第一拥有人。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 11(1) U.K.]

14. 雇员的作品 (1) 凡文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品、艺术作品或影片是

由雇员在受雇工作期间制作的，则 —— (a) 除任何协议有相反的规定外；及 (b) 在符合第 (2) 款的规定下，该雇员的雇主是该作品的版权的第一拥有人。

(2) 除任何协议有相反的规定外，如有关雇主利用该等作品或在其允许下由他人利用该等作品，而利用的方式在该等作品创作当时是该雇主及有关雇员均不能合理地预料的，则雇主须就该项利用支付一笔偿金予该雇员，款额由该雇主及该雇员议定，如没有协议则由版权审裁处裁定。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 11(2) U.K.]

15. 委讬作品 (1) 凡作品是某人委讬制作的，而作者与委讬人之间订有就

版权的享有权作出明确的规定的协议，则委讬作品的版权属于根据该协议享有版权的人。　

(2) 尽管有第 (1) 款及第 13 及 103 条的规定，委讬制作作品的人 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-25 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 13 条

(a) 具有专用特许，可为作者及该委讬制作作品的人在委讬制作作品时可合理地预料的目的，利用该委讬作品；及

(b) 有权制止为任何他可合理地提出反对的目的而利用委讬作品。

16. 政府版权等 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) 第 13、14 及 15 条不适用于政府版权或立法会版权 ( 参看第 182 及 184 条 )，亦不适用于凭借第 188 条而存在的版权 ( 某些国际组织的版权 )。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

版权的期限

17. 文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品的版权期限 (1) 以下条文就文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品

的版权期限而具有效力。

(2) 除以下条文另有规定外，如有关作者于某公历年死亡，版权在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满。

(3) 除以下条文另有规定外，如属作者不为人知的作品，则 —— (a) 凡作品于某公历年首次制作，其版权自该年年终起

计的 50 年期间完结时届满；或 (b) 如该作品在该期间内某公历年首次向公众提供，其

版权在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-27 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 16 条

(4) 如第 (3)(a) 或 (b) 款段所指明的期间完结前，作者的身分变成为人所知，则第 (2) 款适用。

(5) 为施行第 (3) 款，“ 向公众提供 ” (making available to the public) —— (a) 就文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品而言，包括 ——

(i) 公开表演；或 (ii) 将作品广播或将其包括在有线传播节目服务内；

(b) 就艺术作品而言，包括 —— (i) 公开陈列； (由 2007年第 15号第 4条修订 )

(ii) 公开放映包括该作品的影片；或 (iii) 将该作品包括在广播或有线传播节目服务内；

(6) 如作品是由电脑产生而于某公历年制作的，则上述条文并不适用，而版权在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满。

(7) 就合作的作品而言，本条条文须如以下般予以修改 —— (a) 在第 (2) 款中，凡提述作者死亡须按以下规定解

释 —— (i) 如所有作者的身分均为人所知，该提述即提述

他们当中最后死亡的人的死亡；及

(ii) 如其中一名或多于一名作者的身分为人所知，但其他的一名或多于一名作者的身分不为人知，该提述即指为人所知的作者中最后死亡的人的死亡；及

(b) 在第 (4) 款中，凡提述作者的身分变成为人所知，须解释为提述任何一个作者的身分变成为人所知。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-29 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 17 条

(8) 本条不适用于政府版权或立法会版权 ( 参看第 182 至 184 条 )或凭借第188条而存在的版权 (某些国际组织的版权 )。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 12 U.K.]

18. 声音纪录的版权期限 (1) 以下条文就声音纪录的版权期限而具有效力。 (2) 除以下条文另有规定外 ——

(a) 凡声音纪录于某公历年制作，该声音纪录的版权在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满；或

(b) 如声音纪录在该期间内于某公历年发行，则该纪录的版权在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满。

(3) 为施行第 (2) 款，当声音纪录首次发表、公开播放、广播或包括在有线传播节目服务内时，即属 “ 发行 ”，但在决定任何声音纪录是否属已发行时，不得考虑任何未经授权的作为。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-31 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 18 条

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 13A U.K.]

19. 影片的版权期限 (1) 以下条文就影片的版权期限而具有效力。 (2) 除以下条文另有规定外，如以下人士中最后死亡的人的

死亡在某公历年发生，版权在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满 —— (a) 主要导演； (b) 剧本的作者； (c) 对白的作者；或 (d) 特别为影片创作并用于影片中的音乐的创作人。

(3) 如一名或多于一名第 (2)(a) 至 (d) 款所提述的人士的身分为人所知，但其余的一名或多于一名该等人士的身分不为人知，则在该款中提述该等人士中最后死亡的人的死亡，须解释为提述身分为人所知的人士中最后死亡的人的死亡。

(4) 倘若第 (2)(a) 至 (d) 款所提述的人士的身分不为人知 —— (a) 如影片于某公历年制作，该影片的版权自该年年终

起计的 50 年期间完结时届满；或 (b) 如影片在该期间于某公历年首次向公众提供，则该

影片的版权在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满。

(5) 如在第 (4)(a) 或 (b) 款所指明的期间完结前上述人士的身分变成为人所知，则第 (2) 及 (3) 款适用。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-33 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 19 条

(6) 为施行第 (4) 款，“ 向公众提供 ” (making available to the public) 包括 —— (a) 公开放映； (b) 作品的复制品如第 26 条所指而向公众提供；或 (c) 广播或包括在有线传播节目服务内，

但在为施行该款而就一般情况决定影片是否已向公众提供时，不得考虑任何未经授权的作为。

(7) 如在任何个案中，无人属第 (2)(a) 至 (d) 段所指的人士，则上述条文并不适用，而如影片于某公历年制作，该影片的版权在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满。

(8) 就本条而言，如不能藉合理查究而确定第 (2)(a) 至 (d) 款所提述的人士的身分，则该等人士的身分须视为不为人知；但如任何该等人士的身分一旦为人所知，则该人的身分此后即不得视为不为人知。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 13B U.K.]

20. 广播及有线传播节目的版权期限 (1) 以下条文就广播或有线传播节目的版权期限而具有效力。 (2) 除以下条文另有规定外，于某公历年作出的广播的版权，

在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满；于某公历年

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-35 第 II 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 20 条

包括在有线传播节目服务内的有线传播节目的版权，在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满。

(3) 重播的广播或有线传播节目的版权与原本的广播或有线传播节目的版权同时届满，因此，在原本的广播或有线传播节目的版权届满后，广播某重播的广播或将重播的有线传播节目包括在有线传播节目服务内，版权不会就该重播的广播或有线传播节目而产生。

(4) 重播的广播或有线传播节目指重播以前作出的广播或以前包括在有线传播节目服务内的有线传播节目。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 14 U.K.]

21. 已发表版本的排印编排的版权期限于某公历年首次发表的已发表版本的排印编排的版权，在自该年年终起计的 25 年期间完结时届满。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 15 U.K.]

第 II 分部 —— 版权拥有人的权利

受版权所限制的作为

22. 作品的版权所限制的作为 (1) 作品的版权的拥有人按照本分部的以下条文，具有在香

港作出以下作为的独有权利 —— (a) 复制该作品 ( 参阅第 23 条 )；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-37 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 22 条

(b) 向公众发放该作品的复制品 ( 参阅第 24 条 )； (c) 租赁该作品的复制品予公众 ( 参阅第 25 条 )； (由

2007年第 15号第 5条代替 ) (d) 向公众提供该作品的复制品 ( 参阅第 26 条 )； (e) 公开表演、放映或播放该作品 ( 参阅第 27 条 )； (f) 将该作品广播或将该作品包括在有线传播节目服务

内 ( 参阅第 28 条 )； (g) 制作该作品的改编本，或就该等改编本而作出任何

上述作为 ( 参阅第 29 条 )，而上述作为在本部中称为 “ 受版权所限制的作为 ”。

(2) 任何人未获作品的版权拥有人的特许，而自行或授权他人作出任何受版权所限制的作为，即属侵犯该作品的版权。

(3) 在本部中，凡提述作出受作品版权所限制的作为，即提述 —— (a) 就该作品的整项或其任何实质部分；及 (b) 直接或间接地，作出该作为，而任何介入作为本身是否侵犯版权则不具关键性。

(4) 本分部在下列条文的规限下有效 —— (a) 第 III 分部的条文 ( 就版权作品而允许的作为 )；及 (b) 第 VIII 分部的条文 ( 与版权的特许有关的条文 )。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 16 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-39 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 22 条

23. 因复制而侵犯版权 (1) 复制有关作品是受任何类别的版权作品的版权所限制的

作为；在本部中，凡提述复制及复制品，均按以下条文解释。

(2) 复制任何作品指以任何实质形式复制该作品，并包括藉电子方法将作品贮存于任何媒体。

(3) 就艺术作品而言，复制包括将平面作品制成立体的复制品以及将立体作品制成平面的复制品。

(4) 就影片、电视广播或有线传播节目而言，复制包括制作的构成该影片、广播或有线传播节目的全部或任何实质部分的任何影像的照片。

(5) 就已发表版本的排印编排而言，复制指制作该编排的精确复制品。

(6) 就任何类别的作品而言，复制包括制作该等作品的短暂存在的复制品或为该等作品的其他用途而附带制作复制品。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 17 U.K.]

24. 以向公众发放复制品方式侵犯版权 (1) 向公众发放有关作品的复制品，是受任何类别的版权作

品的版权所限制的作为。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-41 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 23 条

(2) 在本部中，凡提述向公众发放作品的复制品，即提述由版权拥有人或在其同意下将以前从未在香港或其他地方发行的复制品发行的作为。

(3) 在本部中，凡提述向公众发放作品的复制品，并不包括 —— (a) 以前曾发行的复制品的任何其后的分发、售卖、租

赁或借出 ( 但参阅第 25 条∶以租赁而侵犯版权 )；或 (b) 该等复制品其后输入香港。

(4) 在本部中，凡提述发放作品的复制品，包括发放原本的作品及发放电子形式的复制品。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 18 U.K.]

25. 以租赁作品予公众方式侵犯版权 (* 斜体部分尚未实施。) (1) 租赁任何以下作品的复制品予公众，是受该作品的版权

所限制的作为 —— (a) 电脑程式； (b) 声音纪录； (c) 影片； (d) 收录在声音纪录内的文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作

品；

*[(e) 载于连环图册内的文学作品或艺术作品；或 (f) 连环图册的已发表版本的排印编排。] (由 2007年

第 15号第 6条代替 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-43 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 25 条

(2) 在本部中，除本条以下条文另有规定外，“ 租赁 ” (rental) 指为直接或间接的经济或商业利益，而令作品的复制品在该复制品将予或可予归还的条款下供人使用。

(3) “ 租赁 ” (rental) 一词不包括 —— (a) 提供作公开表演、播放或放映之用或作广播或包括

在有线传播节目服务内之用；

(b) 提供作公开陈列之用；或 (由 2007年第 15号第 6 条修订 )

作品。

[比照 1988 c .48 s. 18A U.K.]

26. 以向公众提供复制品方式侵犯版权 (1) 向公众提供有关作品的复制品是受任何类别的版权作品

的版权所限制的作为。

(2) 在本部中，凡提述向公众提供作品的复制品，即提述藉有线或无线的方式提供，而如此提供的方法使公众人士可从其各自选择的地点及于其各自选择的时间观看或收听该作品 ( 例如透过一般称为电脑互联网服务的服务而提供作品的复制品 )。

(3) 在本部中，凡提述向公众提供作品的复制品，包括提供原本的作品。

(4) 仅提供使作品的复制品能够向公众提供的实物设施本身并不构成向公众提供作品的复制品的作为。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-45 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 26 条

27. 以公开表演、放映或播放作品方式侵犯版权 (1) 公开表演有关作品是受文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品

的版权所限制的作为。

(2) 在本部中，就作品而言，“ 表演 ” (performance) —— (a) 包括讲课、讲话、演说或讲道；及 (b) 一般而言，包括藉任何视像或有声方式表达，并包

括藉声音纪录、影片、广播或有线传播节目表达。

(3) 公开播放或放映有关作品，是受声音纪录、影片、广播或有线传播节目的版权所限制的作为。

(4) 如以器具接收藉电子方法传送的影像或声音而将作品公开表演、播放或放映，因而侵犯该作品的版权，则发送影像或声音的人及 ( 如属表演 ) 表演者，均不视为对侵犯版权负责。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 19 U.K.]

28. 以广播作品或将作品包括在有线传播节目服务内的方式侵犯版权

广播有关作品或将其包括在有线传播节目服务内，是受以下作品的版权所限制的作为 ——

(a) 文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品； (b) 声音纪录或影片；或 (c) 广播或有线传播节目。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-47 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 27 条

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 20 U.K.]

29. 以改编或作出与改编有关的作为的方式侵犯版权 (1) 制作有关作品的改编本，是受文学作品、戏剧作品或音

乐作品的版权所限制的作为。就此而言，当以书面或其他方式记录该等作品，即为制作改编本。

(2) 就文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品的改编本而作出第 23 至 28 条或第 (1) 款所指明的作为中的任何作为，亦属受该等作品的版权所限制的作为。就此而言，在作出该作为时该改编本是否已经以书面或其他方式记录，并不具关键性。

(3) 在本部中 “ 改编本 ” (adaptation) —— (a) 就文学作品 ( 电脑程式除外 ) 或戏剧作品而言，

指 —— (i) 该作品的翻译本；

(ii) 由戏剧作品转为非戏剧作品的戏剧作品的版本，或由非戏剧作品转为戏剧作品的非戏剧作品的版本 ( 视属何情况而定 )；

(iii) 全部或主要藉图画表达故事或动作的该作品的任何版本，而该等图画是适宜在书本或在报章、杂志或相类期刊上复制的；

(b) 就电脑程式而言，指该程式的编排版本或经更改的版本，或其翻译本；

转为电脑语言或代码的电脑程式的版本或由电脑语言或代码转为电脑程式的电脑程式的版本，或由一种电脑语言或代码转为另一种电脑语言或代码的电脑程式的版本。　

(5) 不得自本条而推论什么构成或并不构成复制某作品。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-49 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 29 条

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 21 U.K.]

间接侵犯版权

30. 间接侵犯版权∶输入或输出侵犯版权复制品任何人未获作品的版权拥有人的特许，将该作品的复制品输入或输出香港，而他知道或有理由相信该复制是该作品的侵犯版权复制品，而且他输入或输出该复制品并非供自己私人和家居使用，即属侵犯该作品的版权。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 22 U.K.]

31. 间接侵犯版权∶管有侵犯版权复制品或进行侵犯版权复制品交易

(1) 任何人未获作品的版权拥有人的特许，就该作品的复制品作出以下作为，而他知道或有理由相信该复制品是该作品的侵犯版权复制品，即属侵犯该作品的版权 —— (由 2000年第 64号第 2条修订 ) (a) 为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过

程中，管有该复制品； (由 2000年第 64号第 2条代替。由 2007年第 15号第 7条修订 )

(b) 将该复制品出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示该复制品；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-51 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 30 条

(d) 并非为任何贸易或业务的目的，亦并非在任何贸易或业务的过程中，分发该复制品并达到损害版权拥有人的程度。 (由 2000年第 64号第 2条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 7条修订 )

(2) 就第 (1)(a) 及 (c) 款而言，有关的贸易或业务是否包含经营版权作品的侵犯版权复制品并不具关键性。 (由 2000 年第 64号第 2条增补 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 23 U.K.]

32. 间接侵犯版权∶提供制造侵犯版权复制品的方法 (1) 任何人未获作品的版权拥有人的特许而 ——

(a) 制作物品； (b) 将物品输入或输出香港； (c) 为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过

程中，管有物品；或 (由 2000年第 64号第 3条代替。由 2007年第 15号第 8条修订 )

(d) 将物品出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示该物品，

而该物品是经特定设计或改装，用以制作该作品的复制品，而该人是在知道或有理由相信该物品是将用以制作该等侵犯版权复制品的情况下作出上述作为，则该人即属侵犯该作品的版权。

(2) 任何人未获作品的版权拥有人的特许，藉电讯系统传送该作品 ( 但并非藉广播或藉包括在有线传播节目服务内而传送 )，而他是在知道或有理由相信将有作品的侵犯版权复制品藉在香港或其他地方接收该传送而制作的情况下作出该传送，则该人即属侵犯该作品的版权。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-53 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 32 条

(3) 就第 (1)(c) 款而言，有关的贸易或业务是否包含经营经特定设计或改装用以制作版权作品的复制品的物品，并不具关键性。 (由 2000年第 64号第 3条增补 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 24 U.K.]

33. 间接侵犯版权∶允许处所用作进行侵犯版权表演 (1) 凡在公众娱乐场所作出的表演侵犯作品的版权，除非任

何允许该场所用作该表演的人在他给予允许时有合理理由相信该表演不会侵犯版权，否则该人亦须对该项侵犯版权负上法律责任。

(2) 在本条中，“ 公众娱乐场所 ” (place of public entertainment) 包括主要占用作其他用途但不时亦供租用作公众娱乐用途的处所。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 25 U.K.]

34. 间接侵犯版权∶提供器具作侵犯版权表演等 (1) 凡藉使用以下器具公开表演作品或公开播放或放映作品

而侵犯该作品的版权，则第 (2) 至 (4) 款所指明的人亦须对该项侵犯版权负上法律责任 —— (a) 播放声音纪录的器具； (b) 放映影片的器具；或 (c) 接收藉电子方法传送的影像或声音的器具。

(2) 供应器具或其任何实质部分的人如在供应该器具或该部分时 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-55 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 33 条

(a) 知道或有理由相信该器具相当可能被人以侵犯版权的方式使用；或

(b) ( 如该器具的正常用途涉及公开表演、播放或放映 ) 基于合理理由不相信该器具不会被人以侵犯版权的方式使用，

则该供应人须对该项侵犯版权负上法律责任。

(3) 允许该器具被带进处所的该处所的占用人如在给予允许时，知道或有理由相信该器具相当可能被人以侵犯版权的方式使用，该占用人亦须对该项侵犯版权负上法律责任。

(4) 供应用作侵犯版权的声音纪录或影片的人如在供应该声音纪录或影片时，知道或有理由相信他所供应的声音纪录或影片或以他所供应的声音纪录或影片直接或间接制作的复制品相当可能被人以侵犯版权的方式使用，则该人亦须对该项侵犯版权负上法律责任。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 26 U.K.]

35. “ 侵犯版权复制品 ” 的涵义侵犯版权复制品

(1) 在本部中，“ 侵犯版权复制品 ” (infringing copy) 就版权作品而言，须按照本条解释。

(2) 如某作品的复制品的制作构成侵犯有关作品的版权，则该复制品即属侵犯版权复制品。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-57 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 35 条

(3) 除第 35A 或 35B 条另有规定外，如 —— (由 2003 年第 27号第 2条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 9条修订 ) (a) 某作品的复制品 ( 附属作品的复制品除外 ) 已

输入或拟输入香港；及

(b) 该复制品 ( 附属作品的复制品除外 ) 假使是在香港制作即会构成侵犯有关作品的版权，或违反关乎该作品的专用特许协议，

该复制品 ( 附属作品的复制品除外 ) 亦属侵犯版权复制品 ( 附属作品的复制品除外 )。

(4) 就第 118 至 133 条 ( 刑事条文 ) 而言，“ 侵犯版权复制品 ” (infringing copy) 并不包括符合以下说明的某作品的复制品 ——

(a) 是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方合法地制作的； (由 2003年第 27号第 2条修订 ) (b) 已于自该作品在香港或其他地方发表的首天起

计 15 个月届满之后的任何时间输入香港或拟于该 15 个月届满之后的任何时间输入香港；及 (由 2007年第 15号第 9条修订 )

亦不包括符合以下说明的某附属作品的复制品 ——

(i) 是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方合法地制作的； (由 2003年第 27号第 2条修订 )

(ii) 已输入或拟输入香港；及 (iii) 假使是在香港制作即会构成侵犯有关作品的版

权，或违反关乎该作品的专用特许协议。

(5) 就第 VII 分部 ( 关乎输入侵犯版权物品的法律程序 ) 而言，“ 侵犯版权复制品 ” (infringing copy) 并不包括

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-59 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 35 条

符合以下说明的某作品的复制品或某附属作品的复制品 ——

(a) 是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方合法地制作的； (由 2003年第 27号第 2条修订 ) (b) 已输入或拟输入香港；及 (c) 假使是在香港制作即会构成侵犯有关作品的版

权，或违反关乎该作品的专用特许协议的。

(6) 凡在任何法律程序中出现某作品的复制品是否侵犯版权复制品的问题，并且证明 —— (a) 该复制品是该作品的复制品；及 (b) 版权存在于该作品或曾在任何时间存在于该作

品，

则须推定该复制品是在版权存在于该作品时制作，直至相反证明成立为止。 (6A) 凡在任何法律程序中，出现某作品的复制品 ( 该复制品是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方合法地制作的 ) 是否仅凭借第 (3) 款而属侵犯版权复制品的问题，并且证明 —— (a) ( 如属贮存于光碟的任何作品的复制品 ) 该光碟

没有按《防止盗用版权条例》( 第 544 章 ) 第 15 条规定，标上制造者代码；

(b) 在该复制品上的标签或标记、收录该复制品的物品或包装或盛载该复制品的包装物或盛器，显示该复制品是在香港以外的国家、地区或地方制作的；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-61 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 35 条

则除非有相反证据，该复制品须推定为已输入香港。 (由 2007年第 15号第 9条增补 )

(6B) 在第 (6A)(a) 款中 —— “ 光碟 ” (optical disc) 具有《防止盗用版权条例》( 第 544 章 ) 第 2(1) 条给予该词的涵义； “标上 ” (marked)具有《防止盗用版权条例》(第544章 ) 第 15(3) 条给予该词的涵义； “ 制造者代码 ” (manufacturer’s code) 具有《防止盗用版权条例》(第544章 )第2(1)条给予该词的涵义。 (由 2007年第 15号第 9条增补 )

(7) 在本部中，“ 侵犯版权复制品 ” (infringing copy) 包括凭借任何以下条文而被视为侵犯版权复制品的复制品 ——

(a) 第 35B(5)条 (输入的复制品不属第 35(3)条所指的 “侵犯版权复制品 ”)； (b) 第 40B(5) 条 ( 为阅读残障人士制作的便于阅读

文本 )； (c) 第 40C(7) 条 ( 指明团体为阅读残障人士制作的

便于阅读文本 )； (d) 第 40D(2) 条 ( 指明团体管有的中间复制品 )； (e) 第40D(7)条 (指明团体进行交易的中间复制品 )； (f) 第 41A(7) 条 ( 为教学或接受教学的目的而制作

的复制品 )； (g) 第 41(5) 条 ( 为教学或考试的目的而制作的复制

品 )； (h) 第 44(3) 条 ( 教育机构为教育的目的而制作的纪

录 )； (i) 第 45(3) 条 ( 教育机构为教学的目的而藉翻印进

行复制 )；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-63 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 35 条

(j) 第 46(4)(b) 条 ( 图书馆馆长或档案室负责人倚赖虚假的声明而制作的复制品 )；

(k) 第 54A(3) 条 ( 为公共行政的目的而制作的复制品 )；

(l) 第 64(2) 条 ( 在主体复制品转移时采用电子形式保留的作品的另一份复制品、改编本等 )；

(m) 第 72(2) 条 ( 为宣传售卖的艺术作品的目的而制作的复制品 )；或

(n) 第 77(4) 条 ( 为广播或有线传播节目的目的而制作的复制品 )。 (由 2007年第 15号第 9条代替 )

(8) 就第 (3)、(4) 及 (5) 款而言，“ 附属作品 ” (accessory work) 指以下作品 ——

(a) 附贴于某物品上或在某物品上展示的标签所包含或构成的作品；

(b) 包装或盛载某物品的包装物或盛器所包含或构成的作品；

(d) 某物品所附带并在售卖时与该物品一并提供的书面指示、保证书或其他资料所包含或构成的作品；或

(e) 某物品所附带并在售卖时与该物品一并提供的具指示性质的声音纪录或影片，

而该物品 ( 包括标签、包装物、盛器、指示、保证书、其他资料、声音纪录或影片，视属何情况而定 ) 的经济价值并非主要归因于该作品的经济价值。

(9) (由 2003年第 27号第 2条废除 ) [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 27 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-65 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 35 条

35A. 电脑程式的复制品或与电脑程式载于同一物品的某些其他作品的复制品并非第 35(3) 条所指的 “ 侵犯版权复制品 ” (1) 如本款适用的作品的复制品是在制作它的所在国家、地

区或地方合法地制作的，则它并非第 35(3) 条所指的侵犯版权复制品。

(2) 如某作品的复制品 —— (a) 属电脑程式的复制品；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-67 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 35A 条

(b) 不属电脑程式的复制品，但与电脑程式的复制品载于同一物品，且并非第 (3) 或 (4) 款所规定者，

而假使没有第 (1) 款，该复制品便会是第 35(3) 条所指的侵犯版权复制品，则第 (1) 款适用于该复制品。

(3) 任何第 (2)(b) 款所描述的作品的复制品如符合以下说明，则第 (1) 款不适用于该复制品 —— (a) 该复制品是或实质上是整出电影或电视剧或电视电

影的复制品；或

(b) 如该复制品是某电影或电视剧或电视电影的部分的复制品，则 —— (i) 该电影或电视剧或电视电影的所有部分 ( 指其

复制品载于有关物品的部分 ) 合起来构成或实质上构成整出该电影或电视剧或电视电影；或

(ii) 该电影或电视剧或电视电影的所有部分 ( 指其复制品载于有关物品的部分 ) 的总计观看时间 ( 就电影而言 ) 超逾 15 分钟，或 ( 就电视剧或电视电影而言 ) 超逾 10 分钟，

而在 (a) 及 (b)(i) 段中对电视剧或电视电影的提述，就由一集或多于一集剧情组成的电视剧或电视电影而言，即为对该电视剧或电视电影的一集剧情的提述。

(4) 任何第 (2)(b) 款所描述的作品的复制品如属 —— (a) 电影或电视剧或电视电影的复制品 ( 第 (3) 款适用者

除外 )； (b) 音乐声音纪录或音乐视像纪录的复制品；或 (c) 构成电子书的一部分的复制品， (“ 指明作品复制品 ”) 则在下述情况下，第 (1) 款不适用于该复制品：某人在获取载有该指明作品复制品的物品供自己使用时，其目的是为了获取载于该物品的各指明作品复制品的可能性，大于为了获取载于该物品的不属指明作品复制品的各作品的复制品的可能性。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-69 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 35A 条

(5) 就第 (4) 款而言，于考虑获取某物品的目的是为了获取载于该物品的某作品的复制品的可能性时，任何电脑程式中如有任何部分的功能是提供方法以进行以下活动，则该等部分的复制品须被视为指明作品复制品的部分 —— (a) 观看或收听载于该物品的指明作品复制品，或 ( 如

该作品经编码处理 ) 就该作品进行解码，以便能够观看或收听该指明作品复制品；或

(b) 搜索载于该物品的指明作品复制品的任何特定部分。 (6) 在本条中，“ 电子书 ” (e-book) 指载于单一物品的作品的

复制品的组合，而该组合包含 —— (a) 以下每项作品的一份或多于一份复制品 ——

(i) 电脑程式；及 (ii) 文学作品 ( 电脑程式除外 )、戏剧作品、音乐作

品或艺术作品 (“ 主要作品 ”)，而其编排方式令主要作品的复制品以书本、杂志或期刊的电子版本的形式呈现；及

(b) 一份或多于一份影片或声音纪录的复制品 ( 如该复制品或该等复制品是附同主要作品作说明用途的 )。

(7) 为免生疑问，在本条 ( 第 (6) 款除外 ) 中，对作品的复制品的提述，即为对整项作品的复制品或作品的任何实质部分的复制品的提述。

(由 2003年第 27号第 3条增补 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-71 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 35A 条

35B. 输入的复制品不属第 35(3) 条所指的 “ 侵犯版权复制品 ” (1) 任何本款适用的作品的复制品 ——

(a) 如符合以下说明，则就将该复制品输入香港的人而言，不属第 35(3) 条所指的侵犯版权复制品 —— (i) 该复制品是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方

合法地制作的；而且

(ii) 输入该复制品的本意，并非令某人可为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中，经销该复制品；或

(b) 如符合以下说明，则就管有该复制品的人而言，不属第 35(3) 条所指的侵犯版权复制品 —— (i) 该复制品是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方

合法地制作的；而且

(ii) 管有该复制品的本意，并非令某人可为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中，经销该复制品。

(2) 第 (1) 款适用于任何类别作品的复制品，但符合以下说明的作品的复制品除外 —— (a) 属 ——

(i) 音乐声音纪录； (ii) 音乐视像纪录；

(iii) 电视剧或电视电影；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-73 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 35B 条

(iv) 电影；而且 (b) 正公开或拟公开播放或放映。

(3) 尽管有第 (2)款所订的例外情况，第 (1)款仍适用于第 (2)(a) 款所提述的、符合以下说明的任何作品的复制品 —— (a) 正由或拟由某教育机构为该机构的教育目的而公开

播放或放映的；或

(b) 正由或拟由某指明图书馆为该图书馆的用途而公开播放或放映的。

(4) 就第 (3)(b) 款而言，如任何图书馆属于根据第 46(1)(b) 条指明的任何图书馆的类别，该图书馆须视为指明图书馆。

(5) 凡某作品的复制品凭借第 (1) 款而不属侵犯版权复制品，如其后有人为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中，经销该复制品 —— (a) 而该经销是在第 35(4)(b) 条所提述的 15 个月期间内

进行的，则就第 118 至 133 条 ( 刑事条文 ) 而言，该复制品须就有关经销及就经销该复制品的人而言视为侵犯版权复制品；及

(b) 则不论该经销是于何时进行的，就本条例的任何条文 ( 第 118 至 133 条除外 ) 而言，该复制品须就有关经销及就经销该复制品的人而言视为侵犯版权复制品。

(6) 在本条中，“ 经销 ” (deal in) 指出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租、或为出售或出租而展示，或为牟利或报酬而分发。

(由 2007年第 15号第 10条增补 )

免责辩护

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-75 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 36 条

36. 就第 30 及 31 条而言的免责辩护 (1) 现声明如有某作品的复制品是在制作它的所在国家、地

区或地方合法地制作的，且它仅凭借第 35(3) 条而属侵犯版权复制品，则就第 30 及 31 条而言以及为免生疑问，在根据第 30 或 31 条而就某作品的复制品进行的侵犯版权诉讼中，如被告人证明 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 11 条修订 ) (a) 他已作出合理查究足以使他自己信纳该已输入或拟

输入香港的该作品的复制品并非该作品的侵犯版权复制品；

(b) 他基于合理理由而信纳在有关个案的情况下，该复制品并非侵犯版权复制品；及

则他已证明他没有理由相信该复制品是侵犯版权复制品。

(2) 法院在裁定被告人是否已根据第 (1) 款证明他没有理由相信该复制品是侵犯版权复制品时，可顾及的因素包括 ( 但不限于 ) 以下事项 —— (a) 他是否已就有关类别作品向有关的行业团体作出查

究；

(b) 他是否已给予通知促请有关的版权拥有人或专用特许持有人注意他在输入和出售该作品的复制品方面的权益；

(d) 对被告作出的该等查究的回应 ( 如有的话 ) 是否合理和及时；

(e) 他是否已获提供有关的版权拥有人或专用特许持有人 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的姓名或名称、地址及其联络之详细资料；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-77 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 36 条

(f) 他是否已获提供有关作品首日发表之日期； (g) 他是否已获提供任何有关专用特许之证明。

(3) 凡某人一如第 30 或 31 条所述般侵犯版权，在针对该人侵犯版权的诉讼中，如该人证明以下事项，即可以此作为免责辩护 —— (a) 他已向版权拥有人或专用特许持有人 ( 视属何情况

而定 ) 订购该作品的复制品，以获得该作品的复制品的供应；

(b) 他已向某人作出订购，但该人基于不合理理由而不作出提供或在不合理的条款下始同意提供，故此其作为并不合情理；及

(4) 法院在裁定版权拥有人或专用特许持有人是否已作出不合情理的作为时，须将个别行业为有秩序地分发该类别作品的复制品而既有的惯常做法列为考虑因素，尤其须考虑该订单如获履行，会否与版权拥有人或专用特许持有人对该作品的正常利用有所抵触，或会否不合理地损害版权有人或专用特许持有人的合法权益。

(5) 法院在裁定是否基于 “不合理理由 ”而不作出提供或在 “不合理的条款下 ” 始同意提供时，须考虑个别行业或个别公众的合理需求，包括但不限于价格及提货时间、该行业对在香港存货之处理、该行业对个别媒体、类别或语言的产品之一般处理、订单之大小、已作之查询以及有无任何人士以前曾经向个别供应商订货而未得到兑现。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-79 第 II 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 36 条

第 III 分部 —— 就版权作品而允许的作为

引言

37. 引言条文 (1) 本分部的条文指明某些在尽管有版权存在的情况下仍可

就版权作品而作出的作为；该等条文只关乎侵犯版权的问题而不影响限制作出任何该等指明作为的任何其他权利或义务。

(2) 凡本分部规定某项作为不属侵犯版权，或可作出该作为而不侵犯版权，而没有特别提及某类别的版权作品，则有关作为并不属侵犯任何类别的作品的版权。

(3) 在决定本分部指明的作为是否可在尽管有版权存在的情况下就版权作品而作出时，基本考虑因素是该项作为并不与版权拥有人对作品的正常利用有所抵触，以及该项作为并没有不合理地损害版权拥有人的合法权益。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-81 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 37 条

(4) 不得从凭借本分部可予作出而不属侵犯版权的任何作为的描述，而推论受任何类别作品的版权所限制的作为的范围。

(5) 本分部各条条文的解释互相独立，故某作为并不属于某条文的范围，并不表示另一条文不涵盖该作为。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 28 U.K.]

一般条文

38. 研究及私人研习 (1) 为研究或私人研习而公平处理任何作品，不属侵犯该等

作品的任何版权，就已发表版本而言，亦不属侵犯其排印编排的版权。 (由 2007年第 15号第 12条修订 )

(2) 由并非属研究者或学生的人在以下的情况下进行复制，不属公平处理 —— (a) 由图书馆馆长或代其行事的人作出根据第 49 条订立

的规则不允许根据第 47 或 48 条作出的事情 ( 文章或已发表作品的部分∶对制造多份相同材料的复制品的限制 )；或

(b) 在其他情况下，进行复制的人知道或有理由相信如此复制会造成实质上相同材料的复制品在实质上相同的时间提供予多于一人作实质上相同的用途。

(3) 法院在裁定对作品的处理是否第 (1) 款所指的公平处理时，须考虑有关个案的整体情况，并尤其须考虑 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-83 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 38 条

(a) 该项处理的目的及性质，包括该项处理是否为非牟利的目的而作出以及是否属商业性质；

(b) 该作品的性质； (c) 就该作品的整项而言，被处理的部分所占的数量及

实质分量；及

(d) 该项处理对该作品的潜在市场或价值的影响。 (由 2007年第 15号第 12条代替 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 29 U.K.]

39. 批评、评论及新闻报导 (1) 为批评或评论某一作品或另一作品或批评或评论某一作

品的表演而公平处理该某一作品，只要附有足够的确认声明，即不属侵犯该某一作品的任何版权，而就已发表版本而言，亦不属侵犯其排印编排的版权。

(2) 为报导时事而公平处理某一作品，只要附有足够的确认声明 ( 除第 (3) 款另有规定外 )，不属侵犯该作品的任何版权。

(3) 藉声音纪录、影片、广播或有线传播节目报导时事，不须附有确认声明。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 30 U.K.]

40. 附带地包括版权材料 (1) 某项作品附带地包括在艺术作品、声音纪录、影片、广

播或有线传播节目内，不属侵犯该作品的版权。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-85 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 39 条

(2) 某项东西的制作若凭借第 (1) 款而不属侵犯版权，则向公众发放或提供该东西的复制品，或播放、放映、广播该项东西，或将该项东西包括在有线传播节目服务内，亦不属侵犯版权。

(3) 蓄意将音乐作品、伴随音乐而讲出或唱出的文字包括在另一作品中，或蓄意将声音纪录、广播或有线传播节目中包括音乐作品或该等文字的部分包括在另一作品中，并不视为附带地包括在该另一作品中。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 31 U.K.]

阅读残障人士

40A. 适用于第 40A 至 40F 条的定义在本条及在第 40B 至 40F 条中 —— “ 便于阅读文本 ” (accessible copy) 就某版权作品而言，指令阅

读残障人士较易阅读或使用该作品的文本；

“ 指明团体 ” (specified body) 指符合任何以下描述的团体 —— (a) 附表 1 第 1 条所指明的教育机构； (b) 根据《税务条例》( 第 112 章 ) 第 88 条获豁免缴税的

教育机构；

或是在其他情况下以促进阅读残障人士的福利为务的组织；

“ 借出 ” (lend) 就某复制品而言，指在并非为直接或间接的经济或商业利益的情况下，提供该复制品予人使用，而使用条款是该复制品将予归还；

“ 阅读残障 ” (print disability) 就某人而言，指 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-87 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 40A 条

(a) 失明； (b) 该人的视力受到损害，以致该人不能依靠矫正视力

镜片，将视力改善至一般可接受的能在没有特别强度或种类的光线下阅读的水平；

睛以达至一般可接受的作阅读的程度。

(由 2007年第 15号第 13条增补 )

40B. 为阅读残障人士制作单一便于阅读文本 (1) 如 ——

(a) 任何阅读残障人士管有任何文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品的整项或其部分的文本 ( 在本条中称为 “ 原版文本 ”)；而

(b) 由于其残疾以致他无法阅读或使用该原版文本，则由该人士或任何人代他制作一份该原版文本的便于阅读文本以供该人士个人使用，并不属侵犯该作品的版权，而就已发表版本而言，此举亦不属侵犯其排印编排的版权。

(2) 在以下情况下，第 (1) 款不适用 —— (a) 有关原版文本属侵犯版权复制品；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-89 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 40B 条

(b) 有关原版文本属音乐作品或其部分的原版文本，而制作便于阅读文本会涉及记录该作品或其部分的表演；或

(3) 除非在阅读残障人士制作或任何人代他制作便于阅读文本之时，该文本的制作者已作出合理查究，并信纳无法以合理的商业价格，取得属可供该人士阅读或使用的形式的有关版权作品的文本，否则第 (1) 款不适用。

(4) 任何人如根据本条代阅读残障人士制作便于阅读文本，并就此收取费用，该费用不得超逾为制作及供应该文本而招致的成本。

(5) 凡任何便于阅读文本 ( 若非因本条即属侵犯版权复制品者 ) 按照本条制作或供应，但其后该文本被用以进行交易，则 —— (a) 就该交易而言，该文本须视为侵犯版权复制品；及 (b) 如该交易侵犯版权，则就所有其后的目的而言，该

文本须视为侵犯版权复制品。

(6) 在第 (5) 款中，“ 被用以进行交易 ” (dealt with) 指被出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示。

(由 2007年第 15号第 13条增补 )

40C. 指明团体为阅读残障人士制作多份便于阅读文本 (1) 如 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-91 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 40C 条

(a) 任何指明团体管有任何文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品的商业发表的整项或其部分的文本 ( 在本条中称为 “ 原版文本 ”)；及

(b) 阅读残障人士无法阅读或使用该原版文本，则该指明团体为该等人士制作或向该等人士供应该原版文本的便于阅读文本以供该等人士个人使用，并不属侵犯该作品的版权，而就已发表版本而言，此举亦不属侵犯其排印编排的版权。

(2) 在以下情况下，第 (1) 款不适用 —— (a) 有关原版文本属侵犯版权复制品； (b) 有关原版文本属音乐作品或其部分的原版文本，而

制作便于阅读文本会涉及记录该作品或其部分的表演；或

(3) 除非在制作便于阅读文本之时，指明团体已作出合理查究，并信纳无法以合理的商业价格，取得属可供阅读残障人士阅读或使用的形式的有关版权作品的文本，否则第 (1) 款不适用。

(4) 指明团体必须 —— (a) 在制作或供应便于阅读文本之前的一段合理时间内，

将其制作或供应该等便于阅读文本的意向，通知有关版权拥有人；或

(b) 在制作或供应便于阅读文本之后的一段合理时间内，将它已制作或供应该等便于阅读文本一事，通知有关版权拥有人。

(5) 如指明团体在作出合理查究后，仍不能确定有关版权拥有人的身分及联络方法的详细资料，则第 (4) 款的规定不适用。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-93 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 40C 条

(6) 指明团体如根据本条制作及供应便于阅读文本，并就此收取费用，该费用不得超逾为制作及供应该文本而招致的成本。

(7) 凡任何便于阅读文本 ( 若非因本条即属侵犯版权复制品者 ) 按照本条制作或供应，但其后该文本被用以进行交易，则 —— (a) 就该交易而言，该文本须视为侵犯版权复制品；及 (b) 如该交易侵犯版权，则就所有其后的目的而言，该

文本须视为侵犯版权复制品。

(8) 在第 (7) 款中，“ 被用以进行交易 ” (dealt with) 指被出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示。

(由 2007年第 15号第 13条增补 )

40D. 中间复制品 (1) 任何根据第 40C 条有权制作原版文本的便于阅读文本的

指明团体，可管有任何在制作该便于阅读文本的过程中必然产生的该原版文本的中间复制品，但 —— (a) 该指明团体只可为制作更多便于阅读文本的目的，

而管有该中间复制品；及

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-95 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 40D 条

(b) 该指明团体必须在已不需再为该目的而管有该中间复制品之后的 3 个月内，将之销毁。

(2) 任何并非按照第 (1) 款管有的中间复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品。

(3) 指明团体可将根据第 (1) 款管有的中间复制品，借予或转移予另一同样根据第 40C 条有权制作有关版权作品的便于阅读文本的指明团体。

(4) 指明团体必须 —— (a) 在借出或转移中间复制品之前的一段合理时间内，

将其借出或转移该中间复制品的意向，通知有关版权拥有人；或

(b) 在借出或转移中间复制品之后的一段合理时间内，将它已借出或转移该中间复制品一事，通知有关版权拥有人。

(5) 如指明团体在作出合理查究后，仍不能确定有关版权拥有人的身分及联络方法的详细资料，则第 (4) 款的规定不适用。

(6) 指明团体如就借出或转移本条所指的中间复制品收取费用，该费用不得超逾为借出或转移该中间复制品而招致的成本。

(7) 凡任何中间复制品 ( 若非因本条即属侵犯版权复制品者 ) 按照本条被管有、借出或转移，但其后该中间复制品被用以进行交易，则 —— (a) 就该交易而言，该中间复制品须视为侵犯版权复制

品；及

(b) 如该交易侵犯版权，则就所有其后的目的而言，该中间复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品。

(8) 在第 (7) 款中，“ 被用以进行交易 ” (dealt with) 指被出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示。

(由 2007年第 15号第 13条增补 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-97 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 40D 条

40E. 指明团体须备存的纪录 (1) 指明团体必须在根据第 40C 条制作或供应任何便于阅读

文本之后，在切实可行范围内，尽快就该便于阅读文本作出纪录。

(2) 第 (1) 款所提述的纪录必须载有 —— (a) 制作或供应有关便于阅读文本的日期； (b) 该便于阅读文本所采用的形式； (c) 有关原版文本的名称、发表人及版本； (d) ( 如该便于阅读文本是为某团体或某类别人士制作或

是供应予某团体或某类别人士的 ) 有关团体的名称或对有关类别人士的描述；及

(e) ( 如制作或供应的便于阅读文本多于一份 ) 该等便于阅读文本的总数。

(3) 指明团体必须在根据第 40D 条借出或转移任何中间复制品之后，在切实可行范围内，尽快就该中间复制品作出纪录。

(4) 第 (3) 款所提述的纪录必须载有 —— (a) 借得或获转移有关中间复制品的指明团体的名称，

以及借出或转移该中间复制品的日期；

(b) 该中间复制品所采用的形式；及

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-99 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 40E 条

(a) 在根据第 (1) 或 (3) 款作出任何纪录之后，保留该纪录最少 3 年；及

(b) 容许有关版权拥有人或代该人行事的人在给予合理通知的情况下，于任何合理时间查阅该纪录及制作该纪录的复本。

(由 2007年第 15号第 13条增补 )

40F. 关于第 40A 至 40E 条的补充条文 (1) 本条补充第 40A 至 40E 条。 (2) 就任何版权作品的文本 ( 根据第 40B 或 40C 条制作的便

于阅读文本除外 ) 而言，如阅读残障人士能像没患有阅读残障般阅读或使用该文本，该文本方可视为可供阅读残障人士阅读或使用。

(3) 版权作品的便于阅读文本可采用的形式如下 —— (a) 该作品的声音纪录； (b) 该作品的点字、大字体或电子版本；或 (c) 该作品的任何其他专门规格。

(4) 任何版权作品的便于阅读文本可包含引领使用该作品的版本的设施，但不得包含 —— (a) 并非对克服因阅读残障而产生的困难属必要的改动；

或

(b) 侵犯第 92 条赋予该作品的作者的其作品不受贬损处理的精神权利的改动。

(由 2007年第 15号第 13条增补 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-101 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 40F 条

教育

41A. 为教学或接受教学的目的而作的公平处理 (1) 在由教育机构提供的指明课程中，教师或任何代表他的

人或学生如为教学或接受教学的目的而公平处理任何作品，即不属侵犯该作品的版权，而就已发表版本而言，此举亦不属侵犯其排印编排的版权。

(2) 法院在裁定对作品的处理是否第 (1) 款所指的公平处理时，须考虑有关个案的整体情况，并尤其须考虑 —— (a) 该项处理的目的及性质，包括该项处理是否为非牟

利的目的而作出以及是否属商业性质；

(b) 该作品的性质； (c) 就该作品的整项而言，被处理的部分所占的数量及

实质分量；及

(d) 该项处理对该作品的潜在市场或价值的影响。 (3) 凡对作品的处理涉及在选集中收录已发表的文学作品或

戏剧作品的任何片段或摘录 —— (a) 如此举并无附有足够的确认声明，则该项处理不属

第 (1) 款所指的公平处理；及 (b) 如此举附有足够的确认声明，则第 (2) 款适用于裁定

该项处理是否属第 (1) 款所指的公平处理。 (4) 凡对作品的处理涉及将任何广播或有线传播节目制作成

纪录或制作该纪录的复制品 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-103 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 41A 条

(a) 如该纪录并无载有确认作者或被记录的作品所蕴含的其他创作努力的声明，则该项处理不属第 (1) 款所指的公平处理；及

(b) 如该纪录载有确认作者或被记录的作品所蕴含的其他创作努力的声明，则第 (2) 款适用于裁定该项处理是否属第 (1) 款所指的公平处理。

(5) 凡对作品的处理涉及透过全部或部分由任何教育机构控制的有线或无线网络而提供该作品的复制品 —— (a) 如该教育机构没有 ——

(i) 采用科技措施，限制透过该网络而取用该作品的复制品，以令该作品的复制品，只提供予在有关指明课程中为教学或接受教学的目的而有需要使用该作品的复制品的人，或为保养或管理该网络的目的而有需要使用该作品的复制品的人；或

(ii) 确保将该作品的复制品贮存于该网络中的期间，不超过在有关指明课程中为教学或接受教学的目的而有需要保留的期间或 ( 在任何情况下 ) 不超过连续 12 个月的期间，

则该项处理不属第 (1) 款所指的公平处理；而 (b) 如该教育机构 ——

(i) 采用科技措施，限制透过该网络而取用该作品的复制品，以令该作品的复制品，只提供予在有关指明课程中为教学或接受教学的目的而有需要使用该作品的复制品的人，或为保养或管理该网络的目的而有需要使用该作品的复制品的人；及

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-105 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 41A 条

则第 (2) 款适用于裁定该项处理是否属第 (1) 款所指的公平处理。

(6) 在不损害第 37(5) 条的一般性的原则下，凡对作品的处理涉及制作翻印复制品，则制作该等复制品并不属于第 45 条的范围，并不表示本条不涵盖该制作，而第 (2) 款适用于裁定该项处理是否属第 (1) 款所指的公平处理。

(7) 凡任何复制品 ( 若非因本条即属侵犯版权复制品者 ) 按照本条制作，但其后该复制品被用以进行交易，则 —— (a) 就该交易而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品；

及

(b) 如该交易侵犯版权，则就所有其后的目的而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品。

(8) 在第 (7) 款中，“ 被用以进行交易 ” (dealt with) 指被出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示。

(由 2007年第 15号第 14条增补 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-107 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 41A 条

41. 为教学或考试的目的而作出的事情 (1) 如在教学或教学准备过程中在合理的范围内复制文学作

品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品，而该复制 —— (a) 由教学或接受教学的人作出；及 (b) 并非藉翻印程序进行，则该复制不属侵犯该作品的版权。

(2) 在影片制作或影片声带制作的教学或教学准备过程中，因制作影片或影片声带而由教学或接受教学的人复制声音纪录、影片、广播或有线传播节目，并不属侵犯该作品的版权。

(3) 为考试的目的并藉拟出试题、向考生传达试题或解答试题而作出的任何事情，不属侵犯版权。

(4) 第 (3) 款并不延伸而适用于制作音乐作品的翻印复制品供考生表演该作品之用。

(5) 凡任何复制品 ( 假若非因本条该复制品即属侵犯版权复制品 ) 按照本条制作，但其后有人进行该复制品的交易，则就该项交易而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品，又如该项交易侵犯版权，则就所有其后的目的而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品。

就本款而言，“ 进行交易 ” (dealt with) 指出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 32 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-109 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 41 条

42. 供教育用途的选集 (1) 凡从已发表的文学作品或戏剧作品中摘录短的片段而将

其包括在集合本中，而该集合本 —— (a) 是拟在教育机构中使用的，并且在集合本名称中及

由集合本的发表人发放或代表集合本的发表人发放的宣传品中均如此描述；及

(b) 主要是由没有版权存在的材料构成的，则只要该等作品本身并非拟在该教育机构中使用并且将该等作品包括在该集合本中是附有足够的确认声明的，将该片段包括在该集合本中并不属侵犯该作品的版权。

(2) 第 (1) 款并不授权同一发表人在任何 5 年期间内，从由同一作者制作的版权作品中抽取多于 2 项摘录，以包括在该发表人所发表的集合本中。

(3) 就作品的任何特定片段而言，第 (2) 款提述的从由同一作者制作的作品中抽取摘录 —— (a) 须视作包括从由该作者与他人共同制作的作品中抽

取摘录；及

(b) 如有关片段是从该等作品中抽取的，则须视作包括从由其中任何一位作者制作的作品 ( 不论该作品为该作者单独制作或与另一作者共同制作 ) 中抽取摘录。

(4) 在本条中，凡提述在教育机构中使用作品，即提述为该等机构的教育目的而使用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 33 U.K.]

43. 在教育机构的活动过程中表演、播放或放映作品 (1) 凡 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-111 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 42 条

(a) 在教育机构的活动过程中由教师或学生表演文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品；或

(b) 在教育机构中由任何人为教学的目的而表演文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品，

而观众或听众只包括或主要包括该机构的教师和学生、该机构的学生的父母或监护人及与该机构的活动有直接关连的其他人，则就侵犯版权而言，该表演不属公开表演。 (由 2007年第 15号第 15条修订 )

(2) 为教学或接受教学的目的而在教育机构中向上述观众或听众播放或放映声音纪录、影片、广播或有线传播节目，就侵犯版权而言，不属公开播放或放映有关作品。 (由 2007年第 15号第 15条修订 )

(3) (由 2007年第 15号第 15条废除 ) [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 34 U.K.]

44. 由教育机构制作广播及有线传播节目的纪录 (1) 任何广播或有线传播节目的纪录或该纪录的复制品，在

以下情况之下，可由教育机构或代教育机构为该机构的教育目的而制作，而不属侵犯该广播或有线传播节目或包括在其中的任何作品的版权 —— (a) 该机构制作的该纪录已包含确认作者的声明或确认

被记录的作品所载的其他创作努力的声明；及

(b) 并非为图利而制作。 (2) 如有特许计划下的特许授权进行有关的记录或复制，而

制作纪录或复制品的人已知道或应已知道该事实，则本

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-113 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 44 条

条并不授权进行有关的记录或复制或在该特许所授权的范围内进行有关的记录或复制。

(3) 凡任何纪录或复制品 ( 假若非因本条该复制品即属侵犯版权复制品 ) 按照本条制作，但其后有人进行该复制品的交易，则就该项交易而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品，又如该项交易侵犯版权，则就所有其后的目的而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品。

就本款而言，“ 进行交易 ” (dealt with) 指出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 35 U.K.]

45. 教育机构或学生将已发表作品中的片段藉翻印复制教育机构或学生将已发表作品中的片段藉翻印复制

(由 2007年第 15号 16条修订 )

(1) 教育机构或其代表可为教学目的，而学生亦可为在任何由教育机构提供的指明课程中接受教学的目的，在合理的范围内制作艺术作品或已发表的文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品的片段的翻印复制品，而不属侵犯该等作品的版权及排印编排的版权。 (由 2007年第 15号 16条修订 )

(2) 如有特许计划下的特许授权进行有关的复制，而制作复制品的人已知道或应已知道该事实，则本条并不授权进行有关的复制或在该特许所授权的范围内进行有关的复制。

(3) 凡任何复制品 ( 假使非因本条该复制品即属侵犯版权复制品 ) 按照本条制作，但其后有人进行该复制品的交易，则就该项交易而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-115 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 45 条

又如该项交易侵犯版权，则就所有其后的目的而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品。

就本款而言，“ 进行交易 ” (dealt with) 指出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 36 U.K.]

图书馆及档案室

46. 图书馆及档案室∶引言 ( 有关《立法会决议》(2007 年第 130 号法律公告 ) 所作之修订的保留及过渡性条文，见载于该决议第 (12) 段。) (1) 为施行在第 47 至 53 条 ( 由图书馆馆长及档案室负责

人进行复制 ) 中任何条文，商务及经济发展局局长可 —— (由 1997年第 362号法律公告修订；由 2002年第 106号法律公告修订；由 2007年第 130号法律公告修订 ) (a) 藉规例订明条件；及 (b) 藉宪报公告指明图书馆或档案室。

(2) 在第 47 至 53 条中 —— (a) 在任何条文中，凡提述订明条件，即提述为施行该

等条文而根据第 (1)(a) 款订明的条件；及 (b) 在任何条文中，凡提述指明图书馆或指明档案室，

即提述为施行该等条文而根据第 (1)(b) 款指明的图书馆或档案室。

(3) 上述规例可 —— (a) 规定凡图书馆馆长或档案室负责人在制作或供应某

作品的复制品前须信纳某事项 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-117 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 46 条

(i) 则该馆长或负责人可倚赖由要求获得该复制品的人就该事项而作出经签署的声明，但如该馆长或负责人知道该声明在任何要项上属虚假，则属例外；及

(ii) 在订明的情况下，如没有按订明格式作出经签署的声明，则该馆长或负责人不得制作或供应复制品；

(b) 就不同类别的图书馆或档案室和为不同目的而订立不同的规定。

(4) 凡要求获得复制品的人作出在任何要项上属虚假的声明并获供应复制品，而该复制品假使由该人制作即属侵犯版权复制品，则 —— (a) 该人须负上侵犯版权的法律责任，犹如他自己制作

该复制品一样；及

(b) 该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品。 (5) 在本条及第 47 至 53 条中，凡提述图书馆馆长或档案室

负责人，包括代其行事的人。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 37 U.K.]

47. 由图书馆馆长制作复制品∶期刊内的文章 (1) 如订明条件获符合，指明图书馆的馆长可制作和供应期

刊内的文章的复制品，而不属侵犯该文本的版权、附同该文本的任何插图的版权，或该文本的排印编排的版权。

(2) 订明条件必须包括以下各项 —— (a) 要求获得复制品的人，须令图书馆馆长信纳他是为

研究或私人研习的目的而需要该等复制品，并且不

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-119 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 47 条

会为任何其他目的使用该等复制品，方可获供应该等复制品；

(b) 不得提供同一篇文章的多于一份复制品予同一人，亦不得从同一期的期刊提供多于一篇文章的复制品予同一人；及

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 38 U.K.]

48. 由图书馆馆长制作复制品∶已发表作品的部分 (1) 如订明条件获符合，指明图书馆的馆长可从文学作品、

戏剧作品或音乐作品 ( 但并非期刊内的文章 ) 的已发表版本，制作和供应该等作品的一部分的复制品，而不属侵犯该作品的版权、附同该作品的任何插图的版权，或该作品的排印编排的版权。

(2) 订明条件必须包括以下各项 —— (a) 要求获得复制品的人，须令图书馆馆长信纳他是为

研究或私人研习的目的而需要该等复制品，并且不会为任何其他目的使用该等复制品，方可获供应该等复制品；

(b) 不得提供同一份材料的多于一份复制品予同一人，亦不得提供任何作品的超出合理比例的部分的复制品；及

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 39 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-121 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 48 条

49. 对制造多份相同材料的复制品的限制 (1) 为施行第 47 及 48 条 ( 由图书馆馆长复制文章或已发表作

品的一部分 ) 而订立的规例，须载有条文，规定要求获得复制品的人，须令图书馆馆长信纳他对复制品的需求与其他人对该复制品的相近需求并无关连，方可获供应该复制品。

(2) 上述规例可规定 —— (a) 如在实质上相同的时间为实质上相同的目的要求获

得实质上属相同材料的复制品，则该等对复制品的需求须视为相近；及

(b) 如某些人在同一时间及地点接受与材料有关的指示，则该等人的需求须视为有关连。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 40 U.K.]

50. 由图书馆馆长制作复制品∶供应复制品予其他图书馆 (1) 如订明条件获符合，指明图书馆的馆长可制作和提供下

列项目的复制品予另一指明图书馆 —— (a) 期刊内的文章； (b) 文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品的已发表版本的整

项或部分；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-123 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 49 条

(2) 图书馆馆长如在制作复制品时，知道有权授权制作该复制品的人的姓名或名称和地址，或经合理查究后可确定该人的姓名或名称和地址，则第 (1)(b) 及 (c) 款并不适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 41 U.K.]

51. 由图书馆馆长或档案室负责人制作复制品∶作品的替代复制品 (1) 如订明条件获符合，则指明图书馆的馆长或指明档案室

的负责人可从属该图书馆或档案室的永久收藏品的任何项目，制作复制品 —— (a) 并藉将复制品以增补或代替原有项目的形式收入永

久收藏品，以保存或替代该原有项目；或

(b) 以替代属另一指明图书馆或指明档案室的永久收藏品中已失去、毁灭或损毁的项目，

而不属侵犯任何文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品的版权、附同该等作品的任何插图的版权、属已发表版本的作品的排印编排的版权，而就任何声音纪录或影片而言，则不属侵犯该声音纪录或影片的版权。

(2) 订明条件必须包括施加以下限制的条文∶只有在购买有关项目作该用途并非合理地切实可行的情况下，方可制作复制品。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 42 U.K.]

52. 由图书馆馆长或档案室负责人制作复制品∶某些未发表的作品 (1) 如订明条件获符合，指明图书馆的馆长或指明档案室的

负责人可在图书馆或档案室 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-125 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 51 条

(a) 从任何文件 ( 包括电子形式的文件 ) 制作和供应文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品的整项或部分的复制品；或

(b) 制作和供应声音纪录或影片的整项或部分的复制品，而不属侵犯该等作品或附同该等作品的任何插图或声音纪录或影片的版权。

(2) 如 —— (a) 该作品在存放于该图书馆或档案室之前已经发表；

或

(b) 版权拥有人已禁止将作品复制，而制作该等复制品的图书馆馆长或档案室负责人在制作复制品时，是知道或应该知道该事实的，则本条并不适用。

(3) 订明条件必须包括以下各项 —— (a) 要求获得复制品的人，须令图书馆馆长或档案室负

责人信纳他是为研究或私人研习的目的而需要该等复制品，并且不会用为任何其他目的使用该等复制品，方可获供应该等复制品；

(b) 不得提供同一份材料的多于一份复制品予同一人；及

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 43 U.K.]

53. 由图书馆馆长或档案室负责人制作复制品∶在文化或历史方面有重要性的物品

如某物品在文化或历史方面有重要性或有令人感兴趣之处，并相当可能因出售或输出而使香港失去该物品，则指明图书

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-127 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 53 条

馆的馆长或指明档案室的负责人可制作该物品的复制品和将复制品存放于该图书馆或档案室，而不属侵犯有关该物品的版权。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 44 U.K.]

公共行政

54A. 为公共行政的目的而公平处理 (1) 政府、行政会议、司法机构或任何区议会如为有效率地

处理紧急事务的目的，而公平处理任何作品，即不属侵犯该作品的版权，而就已发表版本而言，此举亦不属侵犯其排印编排的版权。

利的目的而作出以及是否属商业性质；

(b) 该作品的性质； (c) 就该作品的整项而言，被处理的部分所占的数量及

实质分量；及

(d) 该项处理对该作品的潜在市场或价值的影响。 (3) 凡任何复制品 ( 若非因本条即属侵犯版权复制品者 ) 按照

本条制作，但其后该复制品被用以进行交易，则 —— (a) 就该交易而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品；

及

(b) 如该交易侵犯版权，则就所有其后的目的而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品。

(4) 在第 (3) 款中，“ 被用以进行交易 ” (dealt with) 指被出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租、或为出售或出租而展示。

(由 2007年第 15号第 17条增补 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-129 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 54A 条

54B. 立法会 (1) 以下作为不属侵犯版权 ——

(a) 为立法会程序的目的而作出任何事情；或 (b) 为行使立法会的权力及执行其职能的目的而 ——

(i) 由立法会议员或任何人代立法会议员；或 (ii) 由立法会行政管理委员会或任何人代立法会行

政管理委员会，

作出任何事情。

(2) 为报导立法会程序的目的而作出任何事情，并不属侵犯版权；但这不得解释为授权任何人复制本身是该等程序的已发表报导的作品。

(由 2007年第 15号第 17条增补 )

54. 司法程序司法程序

(由 2007年第 15号第 18条修订 )

(1) 为司法程序的目的而作出任何事情，并不属侵犯版权。 (2) 为报导司法程序的目的而作出任何事情，并不属侵犯版

权；但这不得解释为授权任何人复制本身是该等程序的已发表报导的作品。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 18条修订 ) [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 45 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-131 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 54B 条

55. 法定研讯 (1) 为法定研讯的程序的目的而作出任何事情，并不属侵犯

版权。

(2) 为报导公开进行的该等程序的目的而作出任何事情，并不属侵犯版权；但这不得解释为授权任何人复制本身是该等程序的已发表报导的作品。

(3) 向公众发放或提供法定研讯的载有某作品或其材料的报告书的文本，并不属侵犯该作品的版权。

(4) 在本条中 —— “ 法定研讯 ” (statutory inquiry) 指 ——

(a) 依据《调查委员会条例》( 第 86 章 ) 进行的研讯或调查；或

(b) 由条例或根据条例所施加的责任或由条例或根据条例所赋予的权力，而进行的研讯或调查。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 46 U.K.]

56. 开放予公众查阅或在公事登记册内的材料 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 依据法例规定须开放予公众查阅的材料，或法定登记册

内的材料，如由适当的人或在其授权下复制，并且只复制该材料中属于任何类别的事实资料，而复制的目的并不涉及向公众发放或提供该等复制品，则该项复制并不属侵犯版权。

(2) 依据法例规定须开放予公众查阅的材料的复制品如由适当的人或在其授权下复制或向公众发放或提供，而目的是让公众可在较方便的时间或地点查阅该等材料，或为方便行使某项权利 ( 而该法例规定是为该项权利的行使而施加的 )，则该项复制或向公众发放或提供并不属侵犯版权。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-133 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 55 条

(3) 凡依据法例规定须开放予公众查阅的材料，或法定登记册内的材料，载有一般人感兴趣的科学、技术、商业或经济方面的资料，如由适当的人或在其授权下复制该等材料或向公众发放或提供该等材料的复制品，而目的是使该等资料得以传布，则该项复制或向公众发放或提供并不属侵犯版权。

(4) 行政长官可藉规例规定在规例指明的情况下，第 (1)、(2) 或 (3)款只适用于按规例指明的方式而加有标记的复制品。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(5) 行政长官可藉规例规定第 (1) 至 (3) 款须按规例指明的程度及作出的变通而适用于以下项目，一如第 (1) 至 (3) 款适用于依据法例规定须开放予公众查阅的材料或法定登记册内的材料一样 —— (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 ) (a) (i) 由规例所指明的国际组织开放予公众查阅的材

料；或

(ii) 由规例所指明的人开放予公众查阅的材料，而该人乃根据香港是缔约一方的国际协议而在香港具有职能者；或

(b) 由规例所指明的国际组织备存的登记册。 (6) 在本条中 —— “ 法例规定 ” (statutory requirement) 指由条例或根据条例施加

的规定；

“ 法定登记册 ” (statutory register) 指依据由条例或根据条例施加的规定而备存的登记册、注册记录册或类似的名册；

“ 适当的人 ” (appropriate person) 指须开放材料予公众查阅的人或备存法定登记册的人 ( 视属何情况而定 )。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 47 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-135 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 56 条

57. 在公务过程中传达给政府的材料 (1) 凡任何作品在公务过程中由版权拥有人或在版权拥有人

的特许下已为任何目的而传达予政府，而记录或收录该作品的文件或其他实物是由政府拥有或由政府保管或控制的，本条即适用。

(2) 凡某作品已为某目的传达予政府，则政府可为该目的或为版权拥有人可合理预料的有关连目的，复制该作品或向公众发放或提供该作品的复制品，而不属侵犯该作品的版权。

(3) 如某作品先前已发表，但并非是凭借本条发表的，则政府不得凭借本条复制该作品或向公众发放或提供该作品的复制品。

(4) 在第 (1) 款中，“ 公务 ” (public business) 包括政府进行的任何活动。

(5) 本条在政府与版权拥有人订立的协议的规限下具有效力。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 48 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-137 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 57 条

58. 公共纪录 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 开放予公众查阅的公共纪录内的材料可予复制，其复制

品亦可供应予任何人，而该项复制及供应并不属侵犯版权。

(2) 在本条中，“ 公共纪录 ” (public record) 指在立法会程序、司法程序或行政事务的过程中制作、收到或取得的属任何性质或类别的纪录，并包括构成纪录的一部分或附连于纪录或在其他方面与纪录有关连的证物和其他具关键性的证据，而该等纪录是由任何政府部门或须由任何政府部门保管，或可能转移给政府的任何部门或由其取得的。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 49 U.K.]

59. 根据法定权限所作出的作为 (1) 凡某条例 ( 不论何时制定 ) 明确授权作出某作为，则除非

该条例另有规定，否则作出该作为不属侵犯版权。

(2) 本条不得解释为令任何可根据或凭借任何条例而提出的法定权限免责辩护不得提出。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 50 U.K.]

电脑程式∶合法使用者

60. 合法使用者可制作电脑程式的后备复制品 (1) 电脑程式的复制品的合法使用者如需要该程式的后备复

制品供作他的合法用途，可制作该程式的后备复制品，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-139 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 58 条

而不属侵犯该程式的版权。

(2) 就本条及第 61 条而言，某人如有合约权利使用某电脑程式，该人即为该程式的合法使用者。

(3) 本条在任何与本条条文相反的协议的规限下具有效力。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 50A U.K.]

61. 合法使用者可复制或改编程式 (1) 如电脑程式的复制品的合法使用者为其合法用途所需而

复制或改编该程式，则他进行该项复制或改编并不属侵犯该程式的版权。

(2) 如为合法使用电脑程式而有此需要，该电脑程式的复制品的合法使用者尤可为更正该程式的错误所需而复制或改编该程式。

(3) 本条不适用于根据第 60 条而允许的任何复制或改编。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 50C U.K.]

字体

62. 在一般印刷过程中使用字体 (1) 以下的作为并不属侵犯由字体的设计所构成的艺术作品

的版权 —— (a) 在一般打字、作文、排版或印刷过程中使用该字体； (b) 为该等用途而管有任何物品；或 (c) 就该等用途所产生的材料作出任何事情，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-141 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 61 条

而尽管某物品属该艺术作品的侵犯版权复制品，使用该物品亦不属侵犯该艺术作品的版权。

(2) 然而，凡任何物品是经特定设计或改装以产生以某种字体展现的材料，并且有人制作、输入或输出该等物品，或进行该等物品的交易，或为进行该等物品的交易而管有该等物品，则本部下列条文就该等人士而适用，犹如第 (1) 款提及的材料的产生确有侵犯由字体的设计所构成的艺术作品的版权一样 —— 第 32 条 ( 间接侵犯版权∶制作、输入、输出或管有用以制作侵犯版权复制品的物品，或进行该等物品的交易 )；第 109 条 ( 交付令 )；及第 118(4) 条 ( 制作或管有该等物品的罪行 )。

(3) 在第 (2) 款中，凡提述 “ 进行物品的交易 ”，即提述出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租、为出售或出租而展示有关物品、公开陈列或分发该有关物品。 (由 2007年第 15 号第 19条修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 54 U.K.]

63. 产生以某种字体展现的材料的物品 (1) 凡任何物品是经特定设计或改装以产生以某种字体展现

的材料，而该字体的设计是构成艺术作品的，则该艺术作品的版权拥有人如已将该物品推出市场或该物品已在其特许下推出市场，本条即适用于该艺术作品的版权。　

(2) 凡首批该等物品于某公历年推出市场，则在自该年年终起计的 25 年期间完结后，任何人可藉进一步制作该等物品或为制作该等物品而作出任何事情以复制有关作品，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-143 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 63 条

亦可就如此制作的物品作出任何事情，而不属侵犯该作品的版权。

(3) 在第 (1) 款中，“ 推出市场 ” (marketed) 指在香港或在其他地方出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 55 U.K.]

电子形式作品

64. 电子形式作品的复制品的转移 (1) 凡有人购买电子形式作品的复制品 ( 已向公众提供的复

制品除外 )，而按购买的条款 ( 不论是明订的或是隐含的或是凭借任何法律规则而有的条款 )，是容许该购买者在与其使用该作品有关连的情况下复制该作品，或改编该作品，或制作改编本的复制品的，本条即适用。

(2) 如没有明订条款 —— (a) 禁止购买者将该复制品转移、施加在转移后仍继续

的义务、禁止转让任何特许，或规定特许在转移时即告终止；或

(b) 规定受让人可在什么条款下作出购买者获允许作出的事情，

则凡属购买者获允许作出的事情，受让人均可作出，而不属侵犯版权；但购买者所制作的任何复制品、改编本或改编本的复制品，如没有一并转移，则在该项转移后，该等复制品、改编本或改编本的复制品就任何目的而言均视为侵犯版权复制品。

(3) 凡原本购买的复制品已不能再用，而所转移的是取代该复制品而使用的进一步复制品，则第 (2) 款亦适用。

(4) 上述条文亦适用于其后的转移，但在第 (2) 款中提述购买者，须代以提述其后的出让人。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-145 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 64 条

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 56 U.K.]

65. 因向公众提供作品而允许作出的某些作为凡某作品的复制品向公众人士提供，而为让该等公众人士中任何人观看或聆听该作品而在技术上需要制作一项短暂存在和附带的复制品，则尽管有第 23 条的规定，该项制作并不属侵犯该作品的版权。

杂项∶文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品及艺术作品

66. 不具名或以假名署名的作品∶基于关于版权期限届满或作者死亡的假设而允许作出的作为

(1) 在以下情况发生时所作出的作为，或依据在以下情况发生时所作的安排而作出的作为，并不属侵犯文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品的版权 —— (a) 不可能藉合理查究而确定有关作者的身分；及 (b) 假设有以下情况属合理 ——

(i) 版权期限已届满；或 (ii) 该作为或安排于某公历年作出，而作者已于该

年开始之时之前的 50 年期间开始之时或之前死亡的。

(2) 第 (1)(b)(ii) 款并不就以下作品而适用 —— (a) 有政府版权存在的作品；或 (b) 版权原先是凭借第 188 条归属某国际组织的作品，

且在该条之下的规例就该作品指明超逾 50 年的版权期限。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-147 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 65 条

(3) 就合作作品而言 —— (a) 在第 (1) 款中提述不可能确定作者的身分，须解释为

提述不可能确定所有作者的身分；及

(b) 在第 (1)(b)(ii) 款中提述作者已死亡，须解释为提述所有作者已死亡。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 57 U.K.]

67. 在某些情况下使用讲出的文字的笔记或纪录 (1) 凡为下列目的藉书面或其他形式制作讲出的文字的纪

录 —— (a) 报导时事；或 (b) 广播作品的整项或其部分，或将作品的整项或其部

分包括在有线传播节目服务内，

则如第 (2) 款所述条件获符合，使用该纪录或取自该纪录的材料 ( 或复制该纪录或任何该等材料并使用该复制品 ) 作上述用途，并不属侵犯该等作为文学作品的文字的版权。

(2) 有关的条件为 —— (a) 该纪录是该等讲出的文字的直接纪录，而非取自以

前的纪录或取自广播或有线传播节目；

(b) 有关讲者不禁止制作该记录，而如该作品已有版权存在，则制作该纪录并不属侵犯该版权；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-149 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 67 条

(d) 由合法管有该纪录的人或在其授权下作有关使用。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 58 U.K.]

68. 公开诵读或背诵 (1) 由一个人公开诵读或背诵已发表的文学作品或戏剧作品

的合理摘录，只要附有足够的确认声明，即不属侵犯该作品的任何版权。

(2) 凡诵读或背诵凭借第 (1) 款并不属侵犯有关作品的版权，则将该诵读或背诵制作成声音纪录或予以广播或包括在有线传播节目服务内，并不属侵犯该作品的版权，但构成该声音纪录、广播或有线传播节目的材料，须主要是无须就其而依赖第 (1) 款者。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 59 U.K.]

69. 科学或技术文章的撮录 (1) 凡与科学或技术课题有关的文章在期刊上发表，并附有

显示该文章内容的撮录，则复制该撮录或向公众发放或提供该撮录的复制品，并不属侵犯该撮录或该文章的版权。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 60(1) U.K.]

(2) 如有特许计划下的特许授权作出有关的作为，而如此作出有关的作为的人已知道或应已知道该事实，则本条并不适用，或在该特许授权作出有关的作为的范围内不适用。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-151 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 68 条

70. 民歌的纪录 ( 有关《立法会决议》(2007 年第 130 号法律公告 ) 所作之修订的保留及过渡性条文，见载于该决议第 (12) 段。) (1) 凡为了将歌曲表演的声音纪录包括在根据第 (4)(b) 款而获

指定的机构设置的档案室内，而将歌曲的表演制作成声音纪录，则如第 (2) 款所列条件获符合，该项制作并不属侵犯作为文学作品的有关歌词的版权，亦不属侵犯伴奏的音乐作品的版权。

(2) 有关的条件为 —— (a) 在制作有关纪录时该等歌词未曾发表并属作者不为

人知；

(b) 有关纪录的制作不属侵犯任何其他版权；及 (c) 有关纪录的制作未为任何表演者禁止。

(3) 如根据第 (4)(a) 款订明的条件获符合，则依据第 (1) 款而制作并包括在根据第 (4)(b) 款而获指定的机构设置的档案纪录内的声音纪录，可由档案负责人复制和供应予他人，而不属侵犯该声音纪录的版权或包括在该纪录内的作品的版权。

(4) 商务及经济发展局局长可为施行本条而藉规例 —— (由 2002年第 106号法律公告修订；由 2007年第 130号法律公告修订 ) (a) 订明某些条件；及 (b) 指定任何机构，而商务及经济发展局局长除非信纳

某机构并非为牟利而设立或经营，否则不得指定该机构。 (由 1997年第 362号法律公告修订；由 2002 年第 106号法律公告修订；由 2007年第 130号法律公告修订 )

(5) 根据第 (4)(a) 款订明的条件必须包括以下规定 —— (a) 要求获得复制品的人，须令档案室负责人信纳他是

为研究或私人研习的目的而需要该等复制品，并且

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-153 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 70 条

不会为其他目的而使用该等复制品，方可获供应该等复制品；及

(b) 不得提供同一声音纪录的复制品多于一份予同一人。 (6) 在本条中，凡提述档案室负责人，包括代其行事的人。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 61 U.K.]

71. 某些公开展示的艺术作品的表述 (1) 本条适用于 ——

(a) 建筑物；及 (b) 永久位于公众地方或开放予公众的处所的雕塑品、

建筑物的模型及美术工艺作品。

(2) 下列各项并不属侵犯该等作品的版权 —— (a) 制作表述该等作品的平面美术作品； (b) 为该等作品拍照或摄制影片；或 (c) 广播该等作品的影像或将该等作品的影像包括在有

线传播节目服务内。

(3) 凡任何东西的制作凭借本条并不属侵犯版权，则向公众发放或提供该物品的复制品、广播该物品或将该物品包括在有线传播节目服务内，亦不属侵犯该版权。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 62 U.K.]

72. 售卖艺术作品的宣传 (1) 为宣传艺术作品供售卖而复制该作品或向公众发放或提

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-155 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 71 条

供该复制品，并不属侵犯该作品的版权。

(2) 凡任何复制品 ( 假使非因本条该复制品即属侵犯版权复制品 ) 按照本条制作，但其后有人进行该复制品的交易，则就该项交易而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品，又如该项交易侵犯版权，则就所有其后的目的而言，该复制品须视为侵犯版权复制品。

就本款而言，“ 进行交易 ” (dealt with) 指出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租、公开陈列或分发，或为出售或出租而展示。 (由 2007年第 15号第 20条修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 63 U.K.]

73. 同一艺术家制作其后的作品凡某一艺术作品的作者并非该作品的版权拥有人，如他在制作另一艺术作品时复制该先前作品，则该作者如并非重复或模仿该先前作品的主要设计，该项复制并不属侵犯该先前作品的版权。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 64 U.K.]

74. 重建建筑物为重建某建筑物的目的而作出的任何事情，不属侵犯下列版权 ——

(a) 该建筑物的版权；或 (b) 建造该建筑物所按照的绘图或图则的版权 ( 该建筑

物由该绘图或图则的版权拥有人建造或在其特许下建造 )。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 65 U.K.]

杂项∶影片及声音纪录

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-157 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 73 条

75. 影片∶基于关于版权期限届满等的假设而允许作出的作为 (1) 在以下情况发生时作出的作为，或依据在以下情况发

生时所作的安排而作出的作为，并不属侵犯影片的版权 —— (a) 不可能藉合理查究而确定任何第 19(2)(a) 至 (d) 条所

提述的人士 ( 版权期限是参照该等人士的寿命而确定的 ) 的身分；及

(b) 假设有以下情况属合理 —— (i) 版权期限已届满；或

(ii) 该作为或安排于某公历年作出，而该等人士中最后死亡的人是在该年开始之时之前的 50 年期间开始之时或之前死亡的。

(2) 第 (1)(b)(ii) 款并不就以下影片而适用 —— (a) 有政府版权存在的影片；或 (b) 版权原先是凭借第 188 条归属某国际组织的影片，

且根据该条订立的规例就该等影片指明超逾 50 年的版权期限。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 66A U.K.]

76. 表演、放映或展示或播放作品 (1) 凡作为某会社、社团或其他组织的活动的一部分或为该

会社、社团或其他组织的利益而表演、放映或展示或播放作品 ( 广播或有线传播节目除外 )，并符合以下条件，则不属侵犯该作品的版权。

(2) 有关的条件为 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-159 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 76 条

(a) 该会社、社团或组织并非为牟利而成立或经营，而其主要宗旨属慈善性质，或是关于宣扬宗教，或推广教育或社会福利的；及

(b) 表演、放映或展示或播放该作品的地方的入场费的收益，纯粹是运用于该会社、社团或组织的目的。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 67 U.K.]

杂项∶广播及有线传播节目

77. 为广播或有线传播节目而附带制作纪录 (1) 如某人凭借版权特许或版权转让而获授权广播 ——

(a) 文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品或该等作品的改编本；

(b) 艺术作品；或 (c) 声音纪录或影片，或将其包括在有线传播节目服务内，本条即适用。

(2) 该人凭借本条须视为获得作品的版权的拥有人特许，可为该广播或有线传播节目的目的而作出或授权他人作出以下事情 —— (a) 就文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品或该等作品的改

编本而言，将该作品或改编本制成声音纪录或影片；

(b) 就艺术作品而言，为该作品拍照或摄制影片； (c) 就声音纪录或影片而言，制作该作品的复制品。

(3) 该项特许受以下条件规限 —— (a) 有关的声音纪录、影片、照片或复制品不得用作任

何其他用途；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-161 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 77 条

(b) 在自有关的声音纪录、影片、照片或复制品首次用作广播或将其包括在有线传播节目服务内 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 起计的 3 个月内，必须将该声音纪录、影片、照片或复制品销毁。

(4) 按照本条制作的声音纪录、影片、照片或复制品 —— (a) 就于违反第 (3)(a) 款提及的条件的情况下使用而言，

须视为侵犯版权复制品；及

(b) 在该条件或第 (3)(b) 款提及的条件遭违反后，就所有目的而言，须视为侵犯版权复制品。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 68 U.K.]

78. 为监管和控制广播及有线传播节目而制作纪录 (1) 香港电台为维持监管和控制其广播的节目而将节目制作

成纪录，或使用该等纪录，并不属侵犯版权。

(2) 以下制作或使用纪录并不属侵犯版权 —— (a) 通讯事务管理局为执行《广播 ( 杂项条文 ) 条例》( 第

391章 )第9条提及的该局的职能而制作或使用纪录；或 (由 2011年第 17号第 28条修订 )

(b) 依据通讯事务管理局的指示履行该等职能而制作或使用纪录。 (由 2011年第 17号第 28条修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 69 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-163 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 78 条

79. 为迁就时间而制作纪录纯粹为可在一个较方便的时间观看或聆听广播或有线传播节目的目的，而制作该广播或有线传播节目的纪录供私人和家居使用，并不属侵犯该广播或有线传播节目或其所包括的作品的版权。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 70 U.K.]

80. 电视广播或有线传播节目的照片将构成电视广播或有线传播节目的一部分的影像的全部或部分拍成照片，或制作该等照片的复制品，供私人和家居使用，并不属侵犯该广播或有线传播节目或其所包括的任何影片的版权。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 71 U.K.]

81. 免费公开放映或播放广播或有线传播节目 (1) 如向任何观众或听众公开放映或播放任何广播或有线传

播节目 ( 不包括经编码处理的广播或有线传播节目 )，而该等观众或听众并没有支付进入某地方观看或聆听该广播或有线传播节目的入场费，则该项放映或播放并不属侵犯 —— (a) 该项广播或有线传播节目的版权；或 (b) 包括在其内的声音纪录或影片的版权。

(2) 如有以下情况，观众或听众可视为已支付进入某地方观看或聆听广播或有线传播节目的入场费 —— (a) 该等观众或听众已支付进入某一地方的入场费，而

观看或聆听广播或有线传播节目的地方构成该某一地方的一部分；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-165 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 79 条

(b) 在该地方 ( 或观看或聆听广播或有线传播节目的地方构成其一部分的地方 ) 有货品供应或服务提供，而该货品或服务的价格 —— (i) 实质上可归因于提供观看或聆听该广播或节目

的设施；或

(ii) 高于通常在该地方收取的价格，并且可部分归因于上述设施。

(3) 凡 —— (a) 某一地方是由慈善组织营办的，而在其内提供设施

并非为牟利的，则以该地方的居民或住客身分入场的人并不视为已支付进入该某一地方观看或聆听广播或有线传播节目的入场费；

(b) 某会社或社团的主要宗旨属慈善性质，而所支付的费用只是该会社或社团的会籍费用，且提供观看或聆听有关广播或有线传播节目的设施，亦只是为该会社或社团的主要目的而附带地提供的，则以该会社或社团的会员身分入场的人，并不视为已支付进入某地方观看或聆听该广播或节目的入场费。

(4) 凡作出该项广播或将该节目包括在有线传播节目服务内属侵犯声音纪录或影片的版权，则在评估该项侵犯版权行为的损害赔偿时，藉接收该项广播或节目而使公众聆听或观看该声音纪录或影片这一事实须列为考虑因素。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 72 U.K.]

81A. 在车辆内播放声音广播 (1) 凡在车辆内播放声音广播的主要目的，是让该车辆的司

机取得公共资讯 ( 包括 ( 但不限于 ) 新闻报导、天气预测及关于交通情况的资讯 )，则如此播放声音广播并不属侵犯该声音广播的版权、该声音广播所包含的任何声音纪

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-167 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 81A 条

录的版权或该声音广播所包含的任何文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品的版权。

(2) 在第 (1) 款中，“ 车辆 ” (vehicle) 指任何为供在道路上使用而制造或改装的车辆。

(由 2007年第 15号第 21条增补 )

82. 接收和再传送有线传播节目服务的广播 (1) 任何人均不会因藉接收和即时再传送没有作出更改的电

视或声音广播而将任何节目包括在由以下系统或互相连接所提供的服务内，而侵犯该等广播的版权 —— (a) 在《电讯条例》( 第 106 章 ) 第 8(4)(e) 条所指范围内

的公共天线广播分配系统；

(b) 在《电讯条例》( 第 106 章 ) 第 8(4)(e) 条所指范围内的公共天线广播分配系统与根据《电讯条例》( 第 106 章 ) 领有牌照或当作领有牌照的收费电视网络之间的互相连接，而该项再传送的目的是供公共天线广播分配系统的用户接收；或 (由 2000年第 48号第 44条修订 )

(2) 任何人均不会因藉接收和即时再传送没有作出更改的没有经编码处理的电视广播或没有经编码处理的声音广播而将任何节目包括在由以下系统或互相连接所提供的服务内，而侵犯该等广播的版权 —— (a) 领有根据《电讯条例》( 第 106 章 ) 发出的卫星电视共

用天线牌照的系统；或 (由 2011年第 17号第 28条修订 )

(b) 在领有根据《电讯条例》( 第 106 章 ) 发出的卫星电视共用天线牌照的系统与根据《电讯条例》( 第 106 章 ) 领有牌照或当作领有牌照的收费电视网络之间的互

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-169 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 82 条

相连接，而该项再传送的目的是供卫星电视共用天线系统的用户接收，(由 2000年第 48号第 44条修订；由 2011年第 17号第 28条修订 )

直至自按照第 (5)款刊登通知当日起计的6个月届满为止。 (3) 凡某电视广播或声音广播从香港或其他地方某地方作出

或作向上传输，而该广播乃合法的广播，则任何人因藉接收和即时再传送没有作出更改的该广播而将任何节目 ( 该节目须属包含文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品或该等作品的改编本，或艺术作品，或声音纪录或影片者 ) 包括在藉第 (1) 或 (2) 款所指明的系统或互相连接所提供的服务内，则该人在任何关于侵犯该等作品、纪录或影片的版权 ( 如有的话 ) 的法律程序中的地位，犹如其为由版权拥有人批出的将该等作品、改编本、纪录或影片包括在任何已如此包括在该服务内的节目的特许的持有人一样。

(4) 凡某电视广播或声音广播没有经编码处理，则任何人如藉接收和即时再传送没有作出更改的该广播而将节目包括在藉第 (2) 款所指明的系统或互相连接所提供的服务内，该人即当作已获该广播的制作者批给隐含特许以使用该系统接收和再传送该广播，而该隐含特许只可藉按照第 (5) 款给予的通知撤销。

(5) 根据第 (4) 款当作已批出特许的广播的制作者可在 —— (a) 一份行销于香港的中文报章；及 (b) 一份行销于香港的英文报章，刊登撤销通知而撤销该特许。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 73 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-171 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 82 条

83. 提供附有字幕的广播或有线传播节目的复制品 ( 有关《立法会决议》(2007 年第 130 号法律公告 ) 所作之修订的保留及过渡性条文，见载于该决议第 (12) 段。) (1) 为了将附有字幕或在其他方面经变通以切合失聪或听觉

有问题的人或身体上或精神上有其他方面残障的人的特殊需要的电视广播或有线传播节目的复制品提供予该等人士，根据第 (3) 款而指定的任何机构均可制作该等复制品并向公众发放及提供该等复制品，而不属侵犯该等广播或有线传播节目或其所包括的作品的版权。

(2) 如有特许计划下的特许授权作出有关的作为，而如此作出有关的作为的人已知道或应已知道该事实，则本条并不适用，或在该特许授权作出有关的作为的范围内适用。

(3) 商务及经济发展局局长可为施行本条而藉宪报公告指定任何机构，而商务及经济发展局局长除非信纳某机构并非为牟利而设立或经营，否则不得指定该机构。 (由

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-173 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 83 条

1997年第 362号法律公告修订；由 2002年第 106号法律公告修订；由 2007年第 130号法律公告修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 74 U.K.]

84. 为存档而制作的纪录 ( 有关《立法会决议》(2007 年第 130 号法律公告 ) 所作之修订的保留及过渡性条文，见载于该决议第 (12) 段。) (1) 任何人均可为了将属根据第 (2) 款而指定的种类的广播或

有线传播节目的纪录或其复制品放在根据第 (2) 款而获指定的机构设置的档案室内，而制作该纪录或其复制品，而不属侵犯该广播或有线传播节目或其所包括的作品的版权。

(2) 商务及经济发展局局长可为施行本条而藉宪报公告指定某种类的广播或有线传播节目，及藉宪报公告指定任何机构，而商务及经济发展局局长除非信纳某机构并非为牟利而成立或经营，否则不得指定该机构。 (由 1997年第 362号法律公告修订；由 2002年第 106号法律公告修订；由 2007年第 130号法律公告修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 75 U.K.]

改编本

85. 改编本凡任何作为凭借本分部可作出而不属侵犯文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品的版权，则在该作品是改编自另一作品的改编本的情况下，该作为亦不属侵犯该另一作品的版权。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-175 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 84 条

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 76 U.K.]

外观设计

86. 相应外观设计在第 87 及 88 条中，“ 相应外观设计 ” (corresponding design)，

就一项艺术作品而言，指《注册外观设计条例》( 第 522 章 ) 所指的外观设计，而该外观设计如应用于某物品，即会产生就本部而言会被视为该艺术作品的复制品的东西。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 53(2) U.K.]

87. 利用从艺术作品衍生的外观设计的效力 (1) 如版权拥有人或在版权拥有人的特许下藉以下方式利用

艺术作品，本条即适用 —— (a) 藉工业程序而制造就本部而言被视为该作品的复制

品的物品；及

(b) 在香港或其他地方将该等物品推出市场。 (2) 凡包含经注册的相应外观设计的该等物品于某公历年首

次推出市场，则在自该年年终起计的 25 年期间完结后，该项作品可藉制作任何类别的物品而复制，或藉为制作任何类别的物品而作出的事情而复制，并可就如此制作的物品作出任何事情，而不属侵犯该作品的版权。

(3) 凡包含未经注册的相应外观设计的该等物品于某公历年首次推出市场，则在自该年年终起计的15年期间完结后，该项作品可藉制作任何类别的物品而复制，或藉为制作任何类别的物品而作出的事情而复制，并可就如此制作的物品作出任何事情，而不属侵犯该作品的版权。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-177 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 86 条

(4) 如艺术作品只有部分如第 (1) 款所提及般被利用，则第 (2) 或 (3) 款只就该部分而适用。

(5) 在本条中 —— (a) “ 经注册的相应外观设计 ” (registered corresponding

design) 指已根据《注册外观设计条例》( 第 522 章 ) 注册的相应外观设计；

(b) “ 未经注册的相应外观设计 ” (unregistered corresponding design) 指未有根据《注册外观设计条例》( 第 522 章 ) 注册的相应外观设计，并包括根据该条例不属可予注册的相应外观设计；

要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示该物品的提述。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 52 U.K.]

88. 依据外观设计的注册而作出的事情在以下情况下作出任何事情，均不属侵犯艺术作品的版权 ——

(a) 依据一项转让或特许而作出任何事情，而该转让或特许是由根据《注册外观设计条例》( 第 522 号 ) 注册为相应外观设计的注册拥有人的人作出或批出的；及

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-179 第 II 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 88 条

(b) 真诚地依据有关注册并且在不知悉有任何关于取消该项注册或纠正外观设计注册纪录册内有关记项的法律程序的情况下作出该事情，

而即使注册为注册拥有人的人并不是就该条例而言的外观设计拥有人，上述条文仍然适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 53(1) U.K.]

第 IV 分部 —— 精神权利

被识别为作者或导演的权利

89. 被识别为作者或导演的权利 (1) 具有版权的文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品

的作者以及具有版权的影片的导演，在本条提及的情况下具有被识别为作品的作者或导演的权利；但除非该权利已按照第 90 条宣示，否则该权利并未遭侵犯。 (由 2007年第 15号第 22条修订 )

(2) 凡有文学作品 ( 但拟在音乐伴随下唱出或讲出的文字则除外 ) 或戏剧作品 —— (a) 作商业发表、公开表演、广播或包括在有线传播节

目服务内；或

(b) 包括在影片或声音纪录中，而该影片或声音纪录的复制品是向公众发放或提供的，

则该作品的作者即具有被识别的权利；如有人将该作品的改编本作任何上述用途，则该权利包括被识别为该改编本所根据的原来作品的作者的权利。

(3) 凡有音乐作品，或由拟在音乐伴随下唱出或讲出的文字所构成的文学作品 —— (a) 作商业发表、公开表演、广播或包括在有线传播节

目服务内；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-181 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 89 条

(b) 被制成声音纪录，而该声音纪录的复制品是向公众发放或提供的；或

则该作品的作者即具有被识别的权利；如有人将该作品的改编本作任何上述用途，则该权利包括被识别为该改编本所根据的原来作品的作者的权利。

(4) 凡有 —— (a) 艺术作品作商业发表或公开陈列，或其影像作广播

或包括在有线传播节目服务内； (由 2007年第 15 号第 22条修订 )

(b) 艺术作品的影像包括在影片中，而该影片是公开放映的或该影片的复制品是向公众发放或提供的；或

则该艺术作品的作者即具有被识别为作者的权利。

(5) 建筑物形式的建筑作品的作者，亦有权在建成的有关建筑物上被识别为作者；如有超过一座建筑物依照该设计建成，则作者有权在第一座如此建成的建筑物上被识别为作者。

(6) 凡公开放映或广播某影片，或将某影片包括在有线传播节目服务内，或向公众发放或提供某影片的复制品，则该影片的导演即具有被识别的权利。

(7) 在 —— (a) 影片或声音纪录的复制品作商业发表或向公众发放

或提供方面，作者或导演根据本条具有的权利为有权在每份该等复制品之上或之内被识别，在如此被识别并不适当的情况下，则有权以相当可能使取得该等复制品的人知悉其身分的其他方式被识别；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-183 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 89 条

(b) 建筑物上识别身分方面，作者或导演根据本条具有的权利为有权以适当方法被识别，而该方法须能使进入或接近该建筑物的人看见该项识别的；及

而在每种情况下，该项识别必须清楚和合理地显眼。

(8) 如作者或导演在宣示其被识别的权利时指明用假名、英文名缩写或其他特定形式的识别方法，则必须采用该形式，否则可采用任何合理形式。 (由 2007年第 15号第 22条修订 )

(9) 本条在第 91 条的规限下具有效力。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 77 U.K.]

90. 被识别的权利必须宣示被识别的权利必须宣示

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-185 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 90 条

(由 2007年第 15号第 23条修订 )

(1) 除非第 89 条 ( 被识别为作者或导演的权利 ) 所赋予的权利已按照以下条文宣示，以对作出该条所提及作为的人就他作出该作为加以约束，否则任何人作出该条提及的作为，并不属侵犯该权利。

(2) 该权利可藉以下方式一般性地宣示，或就任何指明的作为或指明类别的作为宣示 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 23 条修订 ) (a) 在转让作品的版权时，在转让版权的文书中加入述

明作者或导演就该作品宣示其被识别的权利的陈述；或

(b) 由作者或导演签署的文书。 (3) 被识别的权利可藉以下方式就公开陈列的艺术作品而宣

示 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 23条修订 ) (a) 凡作者或其他版权第一拥有人放弃对艺术作品原版

的管有或放弃对艺术作品复制品 ( 由他本人所制作或在他指示或控制下所制作的 ) 的管有，则确保作者在当时已在该原版或复制品上被识别，或已在附连原版或复制品的框架、装裱或其他东西上被识别；或

(b) 在作者或版权第一拥有人授权制作作品复制品的特许中，加入一项由批出特许的人签署或由他人代其签署的书面陈述，该陈述指出如依据特许而公开陈列该复制品，则作者即宣示其被识别的权利。

(4) 受根据第 (2) 或 (3) 款宣示被识别的权利约束的人为 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 23条修订 ) (a) 就根据第 (2)(a) 款宣示权利而言，承让人及透过承

让人提出申索的人 ( 不论他是否知悉该项宣示 )； (b) 就根据第 (2)(b) 款宣示权利而言，得悉该项宣示的

人；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-187 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 90 条

(d) 就根据第 (3)(b) 款宣示权利而言，特许持有人及获得依据特许而制作的复制品的人 ( 不论他是否知悉该项宣示 )。

(5) 在就被识别的权利遭侵犯而进行的诉讼中，法庭在考虑补救时，须将宣示该权利的任何延误列为考虑因素。

(由 2007年第 15号第 23条修订 ) [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 78 U.K.]

91. 权利的例外情况 (1) 第 89 条 ( 被识别为作者或导演的权利 ) 所赋予的权利有

以下例外情况。

(2) 该权利并不就以下类别的作品而适用 —— (a) 电脑程式； (b) 字体设计； (c) 任何由电脑产生的作品。

(3) 如作品版权原本是凭借第 14(1) 条 ( 雇员的作品 ) 而归属作者的雇主，则该权利不适用于由有关版权拥有人或在其授权下所作出的任何事情。

(4) 如任何作为凭借以下任何条文而不属侵犯作品的版权，则该作为亦不属侵犯被识别的权利 —— (a) 第 39 条 ( 为某些目的而作的公平处理 )，但只限于

该作为是关乎藉声音纪录、影片、广播或有线传播节目而报导时事的范围内；

(b) 第 40 条 ( 附带地将作品包括在某艺术作品、声音纪录、影片、广播或有线传播节目内 )；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-189 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 91 条

订；由 2007年第 15号第 24条修订 ) (e) 第 55(1) 或 (2) 条 ( 法定研讯 )； (f) 第 66 或 75 条 ( 基于关于版权期限届满等的假设而

允许作出的作为 )。 (5) 被识别的权利不就任何为报导时事的目的制作的作品而

适用。

(6) 如制作文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品的目的是将该等作品于 —— (a) 报章、杂志或相类期刊发表；或 (b) 百科全书、字典、词典、年鉴或其他参考性汇集作

品发表，

或作者同意为于上述刊物发表而提供作品，则被识别的权利不就该等作品于上述刊物发表而适用。

(7) 凡 —— (a) 有政府版权或立法会版权存在于某作品被识别的权

利不就该作品而适用；或 (由 1999年第 22号第 3 条修订 )

(b) 某作品的版权凭借第 188 条而原本归属某国际组织，被识别的权利不就该作品而适用，

但如作者或导演以前已在该作品上或作品的已发表版本上被识别为作者或导演，则属例外。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 79 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-191 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 91 条

反对作品受贬损处理的权利

92. 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 (1) 具有版权的文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品

的作者以及具有版权的影片的导演，在本条提及的情况下具有使其作品不受贬损处理的权利。

(2) 就本条而言 —— (a) “ 处理 ” (treatment) 作品指对作品进行任何增加、删

除、修改或改编，但不包括 —— (i) 翻译文学作品或戏剧作品；或

(ii) 将音乐作品编曲或改作而只涉及转调或转音域；及

(b) 如作品经处理后受歪曲或残缺不全，或在其他方面对作者或导演的荣誉或声誉具损害性，则该项处理属贬损处理，

而在以下条文中，凡提述作品受贬损处理，即须据此解释。

(3) 就文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品而言，任何人如 —— (a) 将受贬损处理的作品作商业发表、公开表演、广播

或包括在有线传播节目服务内；或

(b) 向公众发放或提供受贬损处理的作品的影片或声音纪录的复制品，或向公众发放或提供包括受贬损处理的作品在内的影片或声音纪录的复制品，

该人即属侵犯该权利。

(4) 就艺术作品而言，任何人如 —— (a) 将受贬损处理的作品作商业发表或公开陈列，或将

受贬损处理的作品的影像广播或包括在有线传播节目服务内； (由 2007年第 15号第 25条修订 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-193 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 92 条

(b) 公开放映包括受贬损处理的作品的影像在内的影片，或向公众发放或提供该影片的复制品；或

(ii) 雕塑品；或 (iii) 美术工艺作品，

该人即属侵犯该权利。

(5) 第 (4) 款不适用于建筑物形式的建筑作品；但如该等作品的作者已在该建筑物上被识别，而该建筑物属受贬损处理的标的物，则该作者有权要求除去该识别。

(6) 就影片而言，任何人如 —— (a) 将受贬损处理的影片公开放映、广播或包括在有线

传播节目服务内；或

(b) 向公众发放或提供受贬损处理的影片的复制品，该人即属侵犯该权利。

(7) 因先前并非由作者或导演作出的处理而产生的某作品的部分凡受到处理，则该等部分如源出于该作者或导演或相当可能被视为该作者或导演的作品，本条所赋予的权利的适用范围，即扩及对该等部分的处理。

(8) 本条在第 93 及 94 条 ( 权利的例外情况及约制 ) 的规限下具有效力。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 80 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-195 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 92 条

93. 权利的例外情况 (1) 第 92 条 ( 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利有

以下例外情况。

(2) 该权利不适用于电脑程式或任何由电脑产生的作品。 (3) 该权利不就为报导时事的目的制作的作品而适用。 (4) 如制作文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品的目

的是将该等作品于 —— (a) 报章、杂志或相类期刊发表；或 (b) 百科全书、字典、词典、年鉴或其他参考性汇集作

品发表，

或作者同意为于上述刊物发表而提供作品，则该权利不就该等作品于上述刊物发表而适用。如该等作品在其已发表版本没有修改的情况下其后在其他地方被利用，则该权利亦不就该项利用而适用。

(5) 如任何作为凭借第 66 或 75 条 ( 在基于关于版权期限届满等的假设而允许作出的作为 ) 而不属侵犯版权，则该作为亦不属侵犯该权利。

(6) 在符合第 (7) 款的规定下，任何为以下目的而作出的事情均不属侵犯该权利 —— (a) 避免犯罪；或 (b) 履行由成文法则或根据成文法则所施加的责任。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-197 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 93 条

(7) 凡作者或导演在第 (6) 款所指的有关作为作出之时被识别，或先前已在已发表的作品复制品之内或之上被识别，则必须有足够的卸责声明，第 (6) 款方具有效力。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 81 U.K.]

94. 在某些情况下权利受约制 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡 ——

(a) 某作品凭借第 14(1) 条 ( 在受雇工作期间制作的作品 ) 而原本归属作者的雇主；

(b) 有政府版权或立法会版权存在于某作品；及 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(2) 第 92 条 ( 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利，不适用于由第 (1) 款所提述作品的版权拥有人或在其授权下就该等作品所作出的任何事情，但如作者或导演 —— (a) 在有关作为作出之时被识别；或 (b) 先前已在作品的已发表复制品之内或之上被识别，则属例外，而凡该权利在该情况下适用，则只要有足够的卸责声明，该权利不属遭侵犯。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 82 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-199 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 94 条

95. 管有侵犯权利物品或进行侵犯权利物品的交易而侵犯权利 (1) 任何人知道或有理由相信某物品属侵犯权利物品而将该

物品作以下处置，即属侵犯第 92 条 ( 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利 —— (a) 为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过

程中，管有该物品； (由 2000年第 64号第 4条代替。由 2007年第 15号第 26条修订 )

(b) 将该物品出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示该物品；

(d) 并非为任何贸易或业务的目的亦并非在任何贸易或业务的过程中，分发该物品致使作者或导演的荣誉或声誉蒙受不利影响。 (由 2000年第 64号第 4条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 26条修订 )

(1A) 就第 (1)(a) 及 (c) 款而言，有关的贸易或业务是否包含经营侵犯权利物品并不具关键性。 (由 2000年第 64 号第 4条增补 )

(2) “ 侵犯权利物品 ” (infringing article) 指某项作品或该作品的复制品，而该作品或复制品 —— (a) 曾受到第 92 条所指的贬损处理；及 (b) 曾经或相当可能在侵犯该权利的情况下属该条提及

的作为的标的物。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 83 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-201 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 95 条

作品的虚假署名

96. 作品的虚假署名 (1) 任何人在本条提及情况下具有 ——

(a) 免被虚假地署名为某文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品的作者的权利；及

(b) 免被虚假地署名为某影片的导演的权利，而在本条中，“ 署名 ” (attribution) 就上述作品而言，指道

出谁是作者或导演的陈述 ( 明示的或隐含的 )。 (2) 任何人如 ——

(a) 向公众发放或提供任何在内里或上面有虚假署名的上述类别作品的复制品；或

(b) 公开陈列在内里或上面有虚假署名的艺术作品或其复制品， (由 2007年第 15号第 27条修订 )

即属侵犯该权利。

(3) 任何人如 —— (a) 将文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品当作某人的作品

而公开表演、广播该作品或将该作品包括在有线传播节目服务内；或

(b) 将影片当作某人所导演的影片而公开放映、广播该影片或将该影片包括在有线传播节目服务内，

而他知道或有理由相信有关署名是虚假的，他亦属侵犯该权利。

(4) 凡有材料载有与第 (2) 或 (3) 款提及的作为有关的虚假署名，任何人如向公众发放或提供或公开展示该材料，亦属侵犯该权利。

(5) 任何人为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中 —— (由 2000年第 64号第 5条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 27条修订 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-203 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 96 条

(a) 管有在内里或上面有虚假署名的第 (1) 款提及的任何类别作品的复制品，或进行该等复制品的交易；或

(b) 管有在内里或上面有虚假署名的艺术作品，或进行该等作品的交易，

而他知道或有理由相信有该署名存在和该署名是虚假的，他亦属侵犯该权利。

(6) 凡作者放弃对其艺术作品的管有后，该作品曾经被更改，则任何人如为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中 —— (由 2000年第 64号第 5条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 27条修订 ) (a) 将该经更改的作品作为作者未经更改的作品 ( 而他

知道或有理由相信事实并非如此 ) 而进行该经更改的作品的交易；或

(b) 将经更改的作品的复制品作为作者未经更改作品的复制品 ( 而他知道或有理由相信事实并非如此 ) 而进行该复制品的交易，

他亦属侵犯该权利。 (6A) 就第 (5) 及 (6) 款而言，有关的贸易或业务是否包含经营 —— (a) 在内里或上面有虚假署名的作品或作品的复制品；

或

(b) 经更改的作品或经更改的作品的复制品，并不具关键性。 (由 2000年第 64号第 5条增补 )

(7) 在本条中，凡提述进行交易，即提述出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租、公开陈列、分发或为出售或出租而展示。 (由 2007年第 15号第 27条修订 )

(8) 凡有 —— (a) 文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品被虚假地陈述为某

人的作品的改编本；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-205 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 96 条

(b) 艺术作品的复制品被虚假地陈述为该艺术作品的作者所制作的复制品，

而事实并非如此，本条亦予适用，一如在某人被虚假署名为该作品的作者的情况下适用一样。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 84 U.K.]

补充条文

97. 权利的期限 (1) 第 89 条 ( 被识别为作者或导演的权利 ) 所赋予的权利以

及第 92 条 ( 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利，在作品的版权存在的期间持续存在。

(2) 第 96 条 ( 虚假署名 ) 所赋予的权利持续存在，直至有关的人死后 20 年为止。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 86 U.K.]

98. 同意及放弃权利 (1) 具有本分部所赋予的任何权利的人如同意作出某作为，

则作出该作为并不属侵犯该权利。

(2) 任何该等权利可藉由放弃权利的人签署的文书而放弃。 (3) 放弃权利 ——

(a) 可关乎某特定作品、某指明类别的作品或一般地关乎所有作品，以及可关乎现存或未来的作品；及

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-207 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 97 条

(b) 可以是有条件或无条件的，亦可明示为可予撤回的，而放弃权利如是为惠及该项放弃权利所关乎的作品的版权拥有人或准拥有人而作出的，则可推定该项放弃权利亦延伸而适用于该拥有人或准拥有人的特许持有人及所有权继承人，但如明示有相反的意愿，则属例外。

(4) 本分部不得解释为摒除与任何关乎第 (1) 款提及的权利的非正式放弃或其他处理有关的一般合约法或不容反悔法的施行。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 87 U.K.]

99. 对合作作品适用的条文 (1) 就合作作品而言，第 89 条 ( 被识别为作者或导演的权利 )

所赋予的权利为每名合作作者被识别为合作作者的权利，而该权利须由每名合作作者按照第90条就其本身而宣示。 (由 2007年第 15号第 28条修订 )

(2) 就合作作品而言，第 92 条 ( 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利为每名合作作者的权利；如合作作者同意作品接受有关的处理，即属体现其权利。 (由 2007年第 15号第 28条修订 )

(3) 合作作者中的其中一名作者根据第 98 条放弃该等权利，并不影响其他合作作者的该等权利。

(4) 在第 96 条 ( 虚假署名 ) 提及的情况下 —— (a) 任何有关合作作品的作者的虚假陈述；及 (b) 就单人作品虚假地以合作作者署名，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-209 第 II 部 —— 第 IV 分部第 528 章第 99 条

均属侵犯第 96 条所赋予的权利，而上述虚假署名亦属侵犯每名署名 ( 不论该署名是否正确 ) 为任何类别作者的人的权利。

(5) 本条条文经必要的修改后，亦适用于合作导演 ( 或被指称为合作导演 ) 的影片，一如该等条文适用于合作作品 ( 或被指称为合作作品 ) 的作品一样。

如某影片是由 2 名或多于 2 名导演合作制作，而且每名导演的贡献是与其他导演的贡献分不开的，该影片即属 “ 合作导演 ” 的影片。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 88 U.K.]

100. 对作品的部分适用的条文 (1) 第 89 条 ( 被识别为作者或导演的权利 ) 所赋予的权利就

作品的整项或其任何实质部分而适用。

(2) 第 92 条 ( 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利以及第 96 条 ( 虚假署名 ) 所赋予的权利，均就作品的整项或其任何部分而适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 89 U.K.]

第 V 分部 —— 进行版权作品的权利的交易

版权

101. 转让及特许 (1) 版权可作为非土地财产或动产，藉转让、遗嘱性质的处

置或法律的施行而转传。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-211 第 II 部 —— 第 V 分部第 528 章第 101 条

(2) 版权的转让或其他方式的转传可以是局部的，即只局限适用于 —— (a) 版权拥有人具有独有权利可作出的一项或多于一项

的事情，但并非版权拥有人具有独有权利可作出的全部事情；

(b) 版权存在的期间的部分，而非该期间的整段。 (3) 版权的转让必须采用书面形式，由转让人签署或由他人

代其签署，否则无效。

(4) 由版权拥有人批出的特许对其版权的权益的每名所有权继承人均具约束力，但付出有值代价而并不知悉 ( 不论实际知悉或法律构定的知悉 ) 该特许存在的真诚购买人及从该购买人取得所有权的人则除外；在本部中，凡提述在版权拥有人的特许下或在没有版权拥有人的特许下而作出的任何事情，均据此解释。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 90 U.K.]

102. 版权的准拥有人 (1) 在不损害第 14 及 15 条的原则下，凡版权的准拥有人藉

就未来版权订立并签署 ( 或由他人代其签署 ) 的协议，宣称将该未来版权 ( 全部或局部 ) 转让他人，则在该版权产生之时，承让人或藉承让人提出申索的人如相对于所有其他人而言，将会有权要求将版权归属予他，该版权即凭借本款归属该承让人或其所有权继承人。

(2) 在本部中 —— “ 未来版权 ” (future copyright) 指就未来的作品或某种类的作品

而将会或可能产生的版权，或将会或可能因某未来事件的发生而产生的版权；及

“ 准拥有人 ” (prospective owner) 须据此解释，并且包括凭借第 (1) 款提及的协议而预期会有权享有版权的人。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-213 第 II 部 —— 第 V 分部第 528 章第 102 条

(3) 由版权的准拥有人批出的特许对其权利的权益 ( 或预期权益 ) 的每名所有权继承人均具约束力，但付出有值代价而并不知悉 ( 不论实际知悉或法律构定的知悉 ) 该特许存在的真诚购买人及从该购买人取得所有权的人则除外；在本部中，凡提述在版权拥有人的特许下或在没有版权拥有人的特许下而作出的任何事情，均据此解释。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 91 U.K.]

103. 专用特许 (1) 在本部中，“ 专用特许 ” (exclusive licence) 指由版权拥有

人签署或由他人代其签署的书面特许，授权特许持有人在摒除所有其他人 ( 包括批出该特许的人 ) 的情况下行使本应属该版权拥有人可行使的独有权利。

(2) 在专用特许下的特许持有人所具有的相对于受特许约束的所有权继承人而言的权利，与其所具有的相对于批出该特许的人而言的权利相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 92 U.K.]

104. 版权藉遗嘱而与未发表作品一并转移凡某人根据遗赠 ( 不论是特定遗赠或一般遗赠 ) 而对以下项目享有实益或并非实益的权益 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-215 第 II 部 —— 第 V 分部第 528 章第 103 条

(a) 记录或载有在立遗嘱人死亡之前仍未发表的文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品的原稿或其他实物；或

(b) 录载在立遗嘱人死亡之前仍未发表的声音纪录或影片的原实物，

则只要该立遗嘱人在紧接其死亡前是该作品的版权的拥有人，该遗赠即包括该作品的版权，但如立遗嘱人的遗嘱或遗嘱更改附件显示相反的意愿，则属例外。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 93 U.K.]

精神权利

105. 精神权利不可转让第 IV 分部 ( 精神权利 ) 所赋予的权利不可转让。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 94 U.K.]

106. 在死亡时转传精神权利 (1) 凡享有第 89 条 ( 作者或导演的被识别权利 ) 或第 92 条 ( 反

对作品受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利的人死亡 —— (a) 该等权利转移予该人藉遗嘱性质的处置而特定指示

的人；

(b) 如无该等指示但有关作品的版权构成其遗产的一部分，而该版权转移予某人，则该权利转移予该人；及

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-217 第 II 部 —— 第 V 分部第 528 章第 105 条

(a) 或 (b) 段转移，则该权利在该程度上可由其遗产代理人行使。

(2) 凡构成某人遗产的一部分的版权部分转移予某人而部分则转移予另一人，例如某遗赠只局限适用于 —— (a) 版权拥有人具有独有权利作出或授权作出的一项或

多于一项的事情，但并非版权拥有人具有独有权利作出或授权作出的全部事情；或

(b) 版权存在的期间的部分，而非该期间的整段，则任何凭借第 (1) 款而与版权一并转移的权利，亦相应地作出分拆。

(3) 凡某权利凭借第 (1)(a) 或 (b) 款变成可由多于一人行使，则 —— (a) 就第 89 条 ( 作者或导演的被识别权利 ) 所赋予的权

利而言，可由其中任何一人宣示； (由 2007年第 15 号第 29条修订 )

(b) 就第 92 条 ( 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利而言，该权利属可由该等人各自行使的权利；如其中任何一人同意有关的处理或作为，即属体现该人的权利；及 (由 2007年第 15号第 29条修订 )

(4) 凡权利凭借第 (1) 款转移予某人，先前所作的同意或放弃对该人具约束力。　

(5) 凡某人获第 96 条 ( 虚假署名 ) 所赋予的权利在其死后遭侵犯，则该人的遗产代理人可就该项侵犯而提起诉讼。

(6) 该遗产代理人凭借本条就某人的权利在该人死后遭侵犯而追讨所得的损害赔偿，须作为该人的遗产的一部分而传予，犹如该诉讼权在紧接该人死亡前已存在并归属该人一样。　

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 95 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-219 第 II 部 —— 第 V 分部第 528 章第 106 条

第 VI 分部 —— 侵犯权利的补救

版权拥有人的权利及补救

107. 版权拥有人可就侵犯版权提起诉讼 (1) 版权拥有人可就侵犯版权提起诉讼。 (2) 在就侵犯版权进行的诉讼中，原告人可得损害赔偿、强

制令、交出利润或其他形式的济助，与就侵犯任何其他产权而可得者相同。

(3) 本条在本分部的以下条文的规限下具有效力。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 96 U.K.]

108. 关于侵犯版权诉讼中的损害赔偿的规定 (1) 在就侵犯版权进行的诉讼中，如证明在侵犯版权时，被

告人不知道和没有理由相信该诉讼所关乎的作品有版权存在，则原告人无权向被告人要求损害赔偿，但任何其他补救则不受影响。

(2) 在就侵犯版权进行的诉讼中，法院在顾及案件的所有情况，尤其是以下情况后 —— (a) 该等权利受侵犯的昭彰程度； (b) 因侵犯版权行为而归于被告人的利益；及 (c) 被告人的业务帐目和纪录的完整程度、准确程度及

可靠程度，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-221 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 107 条

可为在该案件达致公正所需而判给额外损害赔偿。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 97 U.K.]

109. 交付令 (1) 凡任何人 ——

(a) 为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中，管有、保管或控制某作品的侵犯版权复制品；或 (由 2000年第 64号第 6条修订；由 2007年第 15 号第 30条修订 )

(b) 管有、保管或控制某物品，而该物品是经特定设计或改装，用以制作某版权作品的复制品的，而该人知道或有理由相信该物品曾经或将会用作制作侵犯版权复制品，

则该作品的版权的拥有人可向法院申请命令，规定该等侵犯版权复制品或该物品须交付予他或法院所指示的其他人。 (1A) 就第 (1)(a) 款而言，有关的贸易或业务是否包含经营版权作品的侵犯版权复制品并不具关键性。 (由 2000 年第 64号第 6条增补 )

(2) 任何申请必须在第 110 条 ( 期限过后不得以交付作补救 ) 指明的期限结束前提出；除非法院亦根据第 111 条 ( 处置侵犯版权复制品或其他物品的命令 ) 作出命令，或法院认为有理由根据第 111 条作出命令，否则法院不得根据本条作出命令。

(3) 如法院没有根据第 111 条作出命令，则依据一项根据本条作出的命令而获交付侵犯版权复制品或其他物品的人

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-223 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 109 条

须保留该侵犯版权复制品或该物品，以听候法院根据该条作出命令或裁定不根据该条作出命令。

(4) 本条并不影响法院的任何其他权力。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 99 U.K.]

110. 期限过后不得以交付作为补救 (1) 除本条以下条文另有规定外，任何人不得在自有关的侵

犯版权复制品或物品的制作日期起计的 6 年期间完结后，根据第 109 条 ( 在民事法律程序中的交付令 ) 提出申请。

(2) 如在上述期间的整段或任何部分，版权拥有人 —— (a) 无行为能力；或 (b) 因欺诈或隐瞒事实而使他不能够发现令他有权申请

该命令的事实，

则在自他不再无行为能力或在自他假使付出合理的努力便应可发现该等事实 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的日期起计的 6 年期间完结之前的任何时间，均可提出该申请。

(3) 在第 (2) 款中，“ 无行为能力 ” (disability) 的涵义与《时效条例》( 第 347 章 ) 中该词的涵义相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 113 U.K.]

111. 处置侵犯版权复制品或其他物品的命令 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-225 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 110 条

(1) 凡有依据一项根据第 109 条作出的命令而交付的侵犯版权复制品或其他物品，则可向法院申请命令，以将该等复制品或其他物品 —— (a) 没收归予版权拥有人所有；或 (b) 销毁或按法院认为合适的其他方法处置，或向法院申请不应作出该等命令的裁决。

(2) 在考虑应作出什么命令 ( 如有的话 ) 时，法院须考虑就侵犯版权进行诉讼可获得的其他补救是否足以补偿版权拥有人和保护该版权拥有人的权益。

(3) 根据《高等法院条例》( 第 4 章 ) 第 54 条订立法院规则的权力，包括为施行本条而订立法院规则的权力。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(4) 为施行本条而订立旳法院规则，可包括送达通知予对复制品或其他物品具有权益的人的规则，而任何该等人士均有权 —— (a) 在为根据本条作出命令而进行的法律程序中出庭 ( 不

论他是否获送达通知 )；及 (b) 提出上诉反对任何已作出的命令 ( 不论他是否曾出

庭 )。 (5) 根据本条作出的命令，在可给予上诉通知的期限完结时

始生效，如上诉通知在该期限完结前妥为给予，则在上诉的法律程序获最终裁定或遭放弃时始生效。

(6) 凡多于一人对复制品或其他物品享有权益，法院可作出其认为公正的命令，并尤其可指示将该复制品或物品出售或作其他处置，并将收益分配。

(7) 如法院裁定不应根据本条作出命令，则在复制品或其他物品交付之前管有、保管或控制该复制品或该其他物品的人，具有获发还该复制品或物品的权利。

(8) 在本条中，凡提述对复制品或其他物品享有权益的人，即包括可根据本条或第 231 条 ( 该条就侵犯在表演中的权

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-227 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 111 条

利订立相类的条文 ) 就该复制品或该等其他物品作出命令而惠及的任何人。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 114 U.K.]

专用特许持有人的权利和补救

112. 专用特许持有人的权利和补救 (1) 专用特许持有人就特许批出之后所发生的事项，具有在

犹如该项特许是一项转让的情况下相同的权利和补救，但相对于版权拥有人而言，则属例外。

(2) 专用特许持有人的权利和补救与版权拥有人的权利和补救是同时具有的；而在本部的有关条文中，凡提述版权拥有人，亦据此解释。

(3) 在专用特许持有人凭借本条而提起的诉讼中，被告人可引用的免责辩护，与在假使该诉讼是版权的拥有人提起的情况下被告人可引用的免责辩护相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 101 U.K.]

113. 行使同时具有的权利 (1) 在符合第 (2) 款的规定下，凡版权拥有人或专用特许持有

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-229 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 112 条

人就侵犯版权提起诉讼，而该版权拥有人及专用特许持有人就该诉讼 ( 全部或部分 ) 所关乎的侵犯版权同时具有诉讼权，则除非另一方加入作为原告人或被告人，否则该版权拥有人或专用特许持有人 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 如没有法院许可，不得进行该诉讼。

(2) 凡专用特许持有人就侵犯版权提起诉讼，而该诉讼 ( 全部或部分 ) 关乎第 35(3) 条所指的侵犯版权复制品所涉的侵犯版权，则除非版权拥有人加入作为原告人，否则专用特许持有人如没有法院许可，不得进行该诉讼。

(3) 如专用特许持有人根据第 (2) 款申请在没有版权拥有人加入作为原告人的情况下进行诉讼的许可，则除非有其他非版权拥有人或专用特许持有人所能控制的特别情况，而该等情况并非为讼费方面的考虑，否则法院不得批出许可。

(4) 依据第 (1) 款加入作为被告人的版权拥有人或专用特许持有人，除非参与法律程序，否则无须对诉讼的任何讼费负上法律责任。

(5) 本条的条文不影响法院应版权拥有人或专用特许持有人的单独申请而批予非正审济助。

(6) 凡就侵犯版权提起诉讼，而版权拥有人及专用特许持有人不论是现在或过去就该诉讼 ( 全部或部分 ) 所关乎的侵犯版权同时具有诉讼权，则 —— (a) 法院在评估损害赔偿时须考虑 ——

(i) 特许的条款；及 (ii) 版权拥有人或专用特许持有人已就侵犯版权获

判给或可得到的金钱上的补救；

(b) 如法院已就侵犯版权向他们当中的另一方判给损害赔偿，或已指示交出所得利润予另一方，则法院不得指示交出所得利润；及

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-231 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 113 条

不论版权的拥有人或专用特许持有人是否同时是诉讼的一方，此等条文仍然适用。　

(7) 版权拥有人在申请根据第 109 条 ( 交付令 ) 作出的命令之前，须通知与他同时具有权利的任何专用特许持有人；而法院可应专用特许持有人的申请，在顾及该特许的条款后根据第 109 条作出其认为合适的命令。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 102 U.K.]

侵犯精神权利的补救

114. 侵犯精神权利的补救 (1) 侵犯第 IV 分部 ( 精神权利 ) 所赋予的权利，可作为违反

应对具有该项权利的人所尽的法定责任而就该侵犯提起诉讼。

(2) 在就侵犯第 92 条 ( 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利而进行的法律程序中，法院如认为在当时情况下批出具有有关规定的条款的强制令是足够的补救，即可批出该强制令；上述有关规定指规定除非有按该法院批准的条款及方式作出的卸责声明，说明作者或导演与该作品的处理无涉，否则禁止作出任何作为。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 103 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-233 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 114 条

推定

115. 与文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品及艺术作品有关的推定 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 以下推定在凭借本分部就文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作

品及艺术作品而提起的法律程序中适用。

(2) 凡看来属作者的姓名或名称在已发表的作品之上出现或在作品制作时在作品之上出现，则须推定姓名或名称在已发表作品之上出现或在作品制作时在作品之上出现的人 —— (a) 是该作品的作者； (b) 是并非在第 14(1)、182、184 或 188 条 ( 在受雇工作

期间制作的作品、政府版权、立法会版权或某些国际组织的版权 ) 所指的情况下制作该作品的， (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

直至相反证明成立为止。

(3) 就被指称为合作作品的作品而言，第 (2) 款就每一名被指称为作者之一的人而适用。

(4) 凡没有如第 (2) 款提及般出现看来属作者的姓名或名称，但有看来属发表人的姓名或名称在首次发表的该作品之上出现，则须推定姓名或名称如此出现的人是该作品在发表时的版权的拥有人，直至相反证明成立为止。

(5) 如作品的作者已死亡，或经合理查究后仍不能确定作者的身分，则在没有相反证据的情况下，须推定 —— (a) 该作品是原本的作品；及 (b) 原告人就什么是作品的首次发表和作出首次发表的

所在国家的指称均属正确。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 104 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-235 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 115 条

116. 与声音纪录、影片及电脑程式有关的推定 (1) 如向公众发放或提供的声音纪录的复制品附有标签或其

他标记，述明 —— (a) 在该复制品如此发放或提供的日期，某被指名的人

是该声音纪录的版权的拥有人；或

(b) 该声音纪录是在某指明年份或在某指明国家首次发表的，

则在凭借本分部就该声音纪录而提起的法律程序中，该标签或标记可获接纳为所述明事实的证据，且该标签或标记须推定为正确的，直至相反证明成立为止。

(2) 如向公众发放或提供的影片的复制品附有一项陈述，述明 —— (a) 某被指名的人是该影片的导演或制作人； (b) 某被指名的人是该影片的主要导演、剧本的作者、

对白的作者或特别为该影片创作并用于该影片中的音乐的创作人；

(d) 该影片是在某指明年份或在某指明国家首次发表的，则在凭借本分部就该影片而提起的法律程序中，该项陈述可获接纳为所述明事实的证据，且该项陈述须推定为正确的，直至相反证明成立为止。

(3) 如向公众提供或以电子形式向公众发放的电脑程式的复制品附有一项陈述，述明 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-237 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 116 条

(a) 在该复制品如此发放或提供的日期某被指名的人是该程式的版权的拥有人；或

(b) 该程式是在某指明国家首次发表的，或该程式的复制品是在某指明年份首次向公众提供或以电子形式向公众发放的，

则在凭借本分部就该电脑程式而提起的法律程序中，该项陈述可获接纳为所述明事实的证据，且该项陈述须推定为正确的，直至相反证明成立为止。

(4) 在关乎被指称为已在该等复制品向公众发放或提供的日期之前发生的侵犯权利的法律程序中，上述推定同样适用。

(5) 如公开放映、广播或包括在有线传播节目服务内的影片附有一项陈述，述明 —— (a) 某被指名的人是该影片的导演或制作人； (b) 某被指名的人是该影片的主要导演、剧本的作者、

对白的作者或特别为该影片创作并用于该影片中的音乐的创作人；或

则在凭借本分部就该影片而提起的法律程序中，该项陈述可获接纳为所述明事实的证据，且该项陈述须推定为正确的，直至相反证明成立为止。在关乎被指称为已在该影片公开放映、广播或包括在有线传播节目服务内的日期之前发生的侵犯权利的法律程序中，此项推定同样适用。

(6) 就本条而言，任何指明某人为某影片的导演的陈述，除非出现相反的表示，否则即当作为意指该人是该影片的主要导演。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 105 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-239 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 116 条

117. 与有政府版权的作品有关的推定如文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品有政府版权存在，并且该作品的已刊印复制品上附有一项陈述，述明该作品作首次商业发表的年份，则在凭借本分部就该作品而提起的法律程序中，该项陈述可获接纳为所述明事实的证据，并且在没有相反证据的情况下，该项陈述须推定为正确的。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 106 U.K.]

罪行

118. 关乎制作侵犯版权物品等或进行侵犯版权物品等交易的罪行 * (1) 任何人如未获版权作品 (“ 该作品 ”) 的版权拥有人的特许

而作出以下作为，即属犯罪 —— (a) 制作该作品的侵犯版权复制品，以作出售或出租之

用；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-241 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 117 条

(b) 将该作品的侵犯版权复制品输入香港，但并非供他私人和家居使用；

(d) 为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中，出售、出租、或要约出售或要约出租或为出售或出租而展示该作品的侵犯版权复制品；

(e) 为任何包含经销版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的贸易或业务的目的或在任何该等贸易或业务的过程中，公开陈列或分发该作品的侵犯版权复制品；

(f) 管有该作品的侵犯版权复制品，以期令 —— (i) 某人可为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易

或业务的过程中，出售或出租该侵犯版权复制品；或

(ii) 某人可为任何包含经销版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的贸易或业务的目的或在任何该等贸易或业务的过程中，公开陈列或分发该侵犯版权复制品；或

(g) 分发该作品的侵犯版权复制品 ( 但并非为任何包含经销版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的贸易或业务的目的，亦并非在任何该等贸易或业务的过程中分发 )，达到损害版权拥有人的权利的程度。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条代替 )

(1A) 凡 —— (a) 任何人为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业

务的过程中，公开陈列或分发版权作品的侵犯版权复制品；而

(b) 如此陈列或分发该侵犯版权复制品的情况，令人合理地怀疑该贸易或业务包含经销版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-243 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 118 条

则就任何根据第 (1)(e) 款提起的法律程序而言，除非有相反的证据，否则该贸易或业务须被推定为包含经销版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的贸易或业务。 (由 2007年第 15 号第 31条增补 )

(1B) 凡 —— (a) 任何人管有版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，以期令某

人可为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中，公开陈列或分发该侵犯版权复制品；而

(b) 如此管有该侵犯版权复制品的情况，令人合理地怀疑该贸易或业务包含经销版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，

则就任何根据第 (1)(f)(ii) 款提起的法律程序而言，除非有相反的证据，否则该贸易或业务须被推定为包含经销版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的贸易或业务。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条增补 )

(2) 第 (1)(b) 及 (c) 及 (4)(b) 及 (c) 款并不适用于过境物品。 (2A) 任何人如未获本款适用的版权作品的版权拥有人的特许，

而为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中，管有该作品的侵犯版权复制品，以期令某人可为该贸易或业务的目的或在该贸易或业务的过程中，使用该侵犯版权复制品，该首述的人即属犯罪。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条增补 )

(2B) 第 (2A) 款适用于属以下项目的版权作品 —— (a) 电脑程式； (b) 电影； (c) 电视剧或电视电影； (d) 音乐声音纪录；或 (e) 音乐视像纪录。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条增补 )

(2C) 第 (2A) 款不适用于任何属刊印形式的电脑程式的侵犯版权复制品。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条增补 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-245 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 118 条

(2D) 在以下情况下，第 (2A) 款并不就管有电脑程式的侵犯版权复制品一事而适用 —— (a) 该电脑程式包含本身不属电脑程式的作品的整项或

其任何部分，而获提供该作品的复制品的公众人士中任何人观看或聆听该作品，在技术层面上需有该电脑程式；或

(b) 该电脑程式包含在本身不属电脑程式的作品内作为其部分，而获提供该作品的复制品的公众人士中的任何人观看或聆听该作品，在技术层面上需有该电脑程式。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条增补 )

(2E) 在以下情况下，第 (2A) 款并不适用于香港电影资料馆为保存文物的目的而管有电影、电视剧或电视电影、音乐声音纪录或音乐视像纪录的侵犯版权复制品 —— (a) 该侵犯版权复制品是由公众捐赠或提供予香港电影

资料馆的；或

(b) 该侵犯版权复制品是由香港电影资料馆制作的，而制作目的是保存或替代 (a) 段所提述的侵犯版权复制品，以对应丧失、损耗或损毁。 (由 2007年第 15 号第 31条增补 )

(2F) 在以下情况下，第 (2A) 款并不适用于香港电影资料馆为就电影、电视剧或电视电影、音乐声音纪录或音乐视像纪录的侵犯版权复制品作出任何作为的目的 ( 该目的为第 (2E) 款所提述的目的以外者 ) 而管有该侵犯版权复制品 —— (a) 该侵犯版权复制品是 ——

(i) 由公众捐赠或提供予香港电影资料馆的侵犯版权复制品；或

(ii) 由香港电影资料馆制作的，而制作目的是保存或替代第 (i) 节所提述的侵犯版权复制品，以对应丧失、损耗或损毁；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-247 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 118 条

(b) 不可能藉合理查究而确定有关作品的版权拥有人的身分及联络方法的详细资料；及

(2G) 在以下情况下，第 (2A) 款不适用 —— (a) 管有侵犯版权复制品的人，是为了就该侵犯版权复

制品提供法律服务而管有该复制品的，及 —— (i) 该人属在根据《法律执业者条例》( 第 159 章 ) 备

存的律师登记册或大律师登记册上登记的人；或

(ii) 该人已在香港以外司法管辖区获认许为法律执业者；

(b) 管有侵犯版权复制品的人，是正在根据《大律师 ( 认许资格及实习 ) 规则》( 第 159 章，附属法例 AC) 跟随某大律师从事实习大律师，而他管有该侵犯版权复制品，是为了协助该大律师就该侵犯版权复制品提供法律服务；

(d) 管有侵犯版权复制品的人，是在其当事人的处所管有该复制品，而该复制品是其当事人向他提供的。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条增补 )

(2H) 在不损害第 125 条的原则下，凡任何法人团体或合伙作出第 (2A) 款所提述的任何作为，则除非有证据显示下述的人并没有授权作出该作为，否则该人须被推定为亦曾作出该作为 —— (a) 就法人团体而言 ——

(i) 于该作为作出之时负责该法人团体的内部管理的该法人团体的董事；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-249 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 118 条

(ii) ( 如没有上述董事 ) 于该作为作出之时在该法人团体的董事的直接授权下负责该法人团体的内部管理的人；

(b) 就合伙而言 —— (i) 于该作为作出之时负责该合伙的内部管理的该

合伙的合伙人；或

(ii) ( 如没有上述合伙人 ) 于该作为作出之时在该合伙的合伙人的直接授权下负责该合伙的内部管理的人。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条増补 )

(2I) 任何凭借第 (2H) 款而被控犯第 (2A) 款所订罪行的被告人，在以下情况下须视为他并没有作出有关作为 —— (a) 所举出的证据已足够就他并没有授权作出有关作为

带出争论点；而且

(b) 控方没有提出足以排除合理疑点的相反证明。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条増补 )

(2J) 就第 (2I)(a) 款而言 —— (a) 如法院信纳以下情况，则有关被告人须视为已举出

足够的证据 —— (i) 有关被告人已安排有关法人团体或合伙拨出财

务资源，以取得足够数量的关乎该法律程序的版权作品的复制品 ( 该复制品不属侵犯版权复制品 ) 以供该法人团体或合伙使用，而有关被告人亦已指示该等资源用作上述用途；或

(ii) 有关法人团体或合伙已为取得足够数量的关乎该法律程序的版权作品的复制品 ( 该复制品不属侵犯版权复制品 ) 以供该法人团体或合伙使用，而招致开支；

(b) 在不抵触 (a) 段的情况下，法院在裁定是否已举出足够证据时，可顾及 ( 包括 ( 但不限于 )) ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-251 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 118 条

(i) 有关被告人是否已引入禁止该法人团体或合伙使用版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的政策或常规；

(ii) 有关被告人是否已采取行动，以防止该法人团体或合伙使用版权作品的侵犯版权复制品。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条増补 )

(3) 任何被控第 (1) 或 (2A) 款所订罪行的人如证明他不知道亦无理由相信有关的复制品是版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，即可以此作为免责辩护。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31 条修订 )

(3A) 任何被控犯第 (2A) 款所订罪行的人如证明以下事宜，即可以此作为免责辩护 —— (a) 他在受雇工作期间，管有有关的侵犯版权复制品；

及

(b) 有关的侵犯版权复制品是其雇主或代表其雇主的人向他提供，让他在他受雇工作期间使用的。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条增补 )

(3B) 第 (3A) 款不适用于 —— (a) 在获取有关的侵犯版权复制品之时，职分属能够作

出或影响关乎获取该复制品的决定的雇员；或

(b) 在有关罪行发生之时，职分属能够作出或影响关乎使用或清除有关的侵犯版权复制品的决定的雇员。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条增补 )

(4) 如任何人 —— (a) 制作任何物品； (b) 将任何物品输入香港； (c) 将任何物品输出香港； (d) 管有任何物品；或 (e) 出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租任何物品，或为

出售或出租而展示任何物品，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-253 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 118 条

而该物品是经特定设计或改装以供制作某版权作品的复制品，并且是用作或拟用作制作版权作品的侵犯版权复制品以供出售或出租，或以供为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中使用，该人即属犯罪。 (由 2000年第 64号第 7条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 31条修订 )

(5) 任何被控第 (4) 款所订罪行的人如证明他不知道亦无理由相信该物品是用作或拟用作制作侵犯版权复制品以供出售或出租，或以供为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中使用，即可以此作为免责辩护。 (由 2000年第 64号第 7条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 31条修订 )

(6) 如某版权作品的复制品仅凭借第 35(3) 条而属侵犯版权复制品，并且没有根据第 35(4) 条不被包括在内，而该复制品是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方合法地制作的，则就第 (1)(b) 及 (3) 款而言，任何就该版权作品的复制品而被控第 (1) 款所订罪行的人如证明 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 31条修订 ) (a) 他已作出合理查究足以使他自己信纳有关的复制品

并非该作品的侵犯版权复制品；

(b) 他基于合理理由而信纳在有关个案的情况下该复制品并非侵犯版权复制品；

则他已证明他没有理由相信有关的复制品是该版权作品的侵犯版权复制品。

(7) 法院在裁定被控人是否已根据第 (6) 款证明他没有理由相信有关的复制品是该作品的侵犯版权复制品时，可顾及的因素包括 ( 但不限于 ) 以下事项 —— (a) 他是否已就有关类别作品向有关的行业团体作出查

究；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-255 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 118 条

(b) 他是否已给予通知促请有关的版权拥有人或专用特许持有人注意他在输入及出售该作品的复制品方面的权益；

(d) 对被控人作出的该等查究的回应 ( 如有的话 ) 是否合理和及时；

(e) 他是否已获得提供有关版权拥有人或专用特许持有人 ( 视乎属何情况而定 ) 之姓名、地址及其联络之详细资料；

(f) 他是否已获得有关作品首次发表之日期； (g) 他是否已获提供任何有关专用特许之证明。

(8) 任何人如管有任何物品，而他知道或有理由相信该物品是用作或拟用作制作任何版权作品的侵犯版权复制品以供出售或出租，或以供为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中使用，该人即属犯罪。 (由 2000 年第 64号第 7条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 31条修订 )

(8A) (由 2007年第 15号第 31条废除 ) (9) 第 115 至 117 条 ( 与版权有关的各种事宜的推定 ) 不适用

于就本条所订罪行而提起的法律程序。

(10) 在本条中，“ 经销 ” (dealing in) 指出售、出租或为牟利或报酬而分发。 (由 2007年第 15号第 31条增补 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 107 U.K.]

编辑附注：

* (由 2007年第 15号第 31条修订 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-257 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 118 条

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-259 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章

118A. 第 60 及 61 条对第 118(1) 条所订罪行的适用就任何为第 118(1) 条所订罪行而进行的法律程序而言 ——

(a) 就第 60 及 61 条而言，某人如有合约权利在香港之内或以外的任何地方使用某电脑程式，该人即属该程式的合法使用者，而第 60(2) 条据此而具有效力；及

(b) 第 60 及 61 条就第 35A(1) 条适用的不属电脑程式的作品的复制品而适用，一如该两条就电脑程式的复制品而适用一样；据此，任何作为如根据第 60 或 61 条可就某电脑程式的复制品作出而不属侵犯该程式的版权，则该作为可就第 35A(1) 条适用的不属电脑程式的作品的复制品作出，而不属侵犯该作品的版权。

(由 2003年第 27号第 4条增补 )

119. 第 118 条所订罪行的罚则

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-261 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 118A 条

(1) 任何人犯第 118(1) 或 (2A) 条所订罪行，一经循公诉程序定罪，可处监禁 4 年，并可就每份侵犯版权复制品处第 5 级罚款。 (由 2000年第 64号第 8条修订；由 2004年第 4号第 2条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 32条修订 )

(2) 任何人犯第 118(4) 或 (8) 条所订罪行，一经循公诉程序定罪，可处罚款 $500,000 及监禁 8 年。

119A. 关乎在复制服务业务中管有侵犯版权复制品的罪行 (1) 在本条中 —— “ 报酬 ” (reward) 指并非只具象征式价值的报酬； “ 复制服务业务 ” (copying service business) 指为牟利而经营的

包括向公众要约提供翻印复制服务的业务，如某业务包括在多于一处地方向公众要约提供翻印复制服务，则指在一处该等地方进行的该业务的任何部分。

(2) 任何人如为复制服务业务的目的或在该项业务的过程中，管有某版权作品在书本、杂志或期刊发表的版本的一份翻印复制品，而该复制品属该版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，该人即属犯罪。

(3) 在就第 (2) 款所订罪行而进行的法律程序中，被控人如证明有关的某版权作品的侵犯版权复制品并非为有关的复制服务业务的目的而制作，亦非在该项业务的过程中制作，即可以此作为免责辩护。

(4) 在就第 (2) 款所订罪行而进行的法律程序中，被控人如证明有关的某版权作品的侵犯版权复制品并非为牟利而制作，亦非为报酬而制作，即可以此作为免责辩护。

(5) 在就第 (2) 款所订罪行而进行的法律程序中，被控人如证明他不知道亦无理由相信有关的某版权作品的复制品是该版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，即可以此作为免责辩护。

(6) 任何人犯第 (2) 款所订罪行，一经循公诉程序定罪，可处监禁 4 年，并可就每份侵犯版权复制品处第 5 级罚款。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-263 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 119A 条

(7) 第 115、116 及 117 条 ( 就与版权有关连的各种事宜而作出的推定 ) 不适用于就第 (2) 款所订罪行而进行的法律程序。

(由 2004年第 4号第 3条增补 )

119B. 关乎定期或频密为分发而制作或分发属刊印形式并载于书本等的版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的罪行

(1) 任何人如为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中，定期或频密作出任何以下作为，该人即属犯罪 —— (a) 在未获第 (2) 款所描述的版权作品的版权拥有人的特

许下，为分发而制作该作品的侵犯版权复制品，因而导致该版权拥有人蒙受经济损失；或

(b) 在未获第 (2) 款所描述的版权作品的版权拥有人的特许下，分发该作品的侵犯版权复制品，因而导致该版权拥有人蒙受经济损失。

(2) 第 (1)(a) 及 (b) 款所提述的版权作品属刊印形式并载于以下项目的版权作品 —— (a) 书本； (b) 杂志；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-265 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 119B 条

(3) 在附表1AA及1AB所描述的情况中，第 (1)款不适用。(由 2009年第 15号第 3条代替 )

(4) 第 (1) 款不适用于符合任何以下描述的教育机构 —— (a) 附表 1 第 1 条所指明的教育机构； (b) 根据《税务条例》( 第 112 章 ) 第 88 条获豁免缴税的

教育机构；或

复制品并不受认证或识别程序所限，则第 (1) 款不适用于该项分发。

(6) 如有关侵犯版权复制品符合以下说明，则第 (1) 款不适用 —— (a) 该侵犯版权复制品属政府拥有的图书馆或档案室的

特别收藏品的一部分，或属任何根据第 (10)(a) 款指定的图书馆或档案室的特别收藏品的一部分；及

(b) 该侵犯版权复制品仅为以下用途而被分发 —— (i) 在任何 (a) 段所提述的图书馆或档案室之内或

在该图书馆或档案室举办的活动中，作即场参考之用；或

(ii) 为展览或研究的目的而借出予其他图书馆或档案室。

(7) 第 (6)(a) 款所提述的图书馆或档案室如制作或分发任何属特别收藏品的项目的单一复制品，而制作或分发目的是保存或替代该项目，以对应丧失、损耗或损毁，则第 (1) 款不适用于该项制作或分发，但该复制品只可分发作第 (6)(b) 款所提述的用途之用。

(8) 在第 (6) 及 (7) 款中，“ 特别收藏品 ” (special collection) ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-267 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 119B 条

(a) 就政府拥有的图书馆或档案室而言，指主要由公众所捐赠或提供的、属康乐及文化事务署署长认为具有文化、历史或文物的重要性或价值的作品或物品、或作品或物品的复制品而组成的收藏品；

(b) 就根据第 (10)(a) 款指定的图书馆或档案室而言，指主要由公众所捐赠或提供的、属该图书馆或档案室的主管或掌控机构 ( 不论如何称述 ) 认为具有文化、历史或文物的重要性或价值的作品或物品、或作品或物品的复制品而组成的收藏品。

(9) 为施行第 (6) 及 (7) 款下的豁免，政府拥有的档案室包括政府拥有的博物馆。

(10) 商务及经济发展局局长在顾及康乐及文化事务署署长的意见下，可 —— (a) 为施行第 (6)(a) 款而藉宪报刊登的公告指定任何根

据《税务条例》( 第 112 章 ) 第 88 条获豁免缴税的图书馆或档案室；及

(b) 藉规例订明任何根据 (a) 段指定的图书馆或档案室为符合享有第 (6) 及 (7) 款下的豁免的资格而必须符合的条件。

(11) 在不损害第 125 条的原则下，凡任何法人团体或合伙作出第 (1) 款所提述的任何作为，则除非有证据显示下述的人并没有授权作出该作为，否则该人须被推定为亦曾作出该作为 —— (a) 就法人团体而言 ——

(i) 于该作为作出之时负责该法人团体的内部管理的该法人团体的董事；或

(ii) ( 如没有上述董事 ) 于该作为作出之时在该法人团体的董事的直接授权下负责该法人团体的内部管理的人；

(b) 就合伙而言 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-269 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 119B 条

(i) 于该作为作出之时负责该合伙的内部管理的该合伙的合伙人；或

(ii) ( 如没有上述合伙人 ) 于该作为作出之时在该合伙的合伙人的直接授权下负责该合伙的内部管理的人。

(12) 任何凭借第 (11) 款而被控犯第 (1) 款所订罪行的被告人，在以下情况下须视为他并没有作出有关作为 —— (a) 所举出的证据已足够就他并没有授权作出有关作为

带出争论点；而且

(b) 控方没有提出足以排除合理疑点的相反证明。 (13) 就第 (12)(a) 款而言 ——

(a) 如法院信纳以下情况，则有关被告人须视为已举出足够的证据 —— (i) 有关被告人已安排有关法人团体或合伙拨出财

务资源，以按照该法人团体或合伙的需要取得适当特许以制作或分发、或制作及分发关乎该法律程序的版权作品的复制品以供该法人团体或合伙使用，而有关被告人亦已指示该等资源用作上述用途；

(ii) 有关被告人已安排有关法人团体或合伙拨出财务资源，以取得足够数量的关乎该法律程序的版权作品的复制品 ( 该复制品不属侵犯版权复制品 ) 以供该法人团体或合伙使用，而有关被告人亦已指示该等资源用作上述用途；

(iii) 有关法人团体或合伙已为按照该法人团体或合伙的需要取得适当特许以制作或分发、或制作及分发关乎该法律程序的版权作品的复制品以供该法人团体或合伙使用，而招致开支；或

(iv) 有关法人团体或合伙已为取得足够数量的关乎该法律程序的版权作品的复制品 ( 该复制品不

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-271 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 119B 条

属侵犯版权复制品 ) 以供该法人团体或合伙使用，而招致开支；

(b) 在不抵触 (a) 段的情况下，法院在裁定是否已举出足够证据时，可顾及 ( 包括 ( 但不限于 )) —— (i) 有关被告人是否已引入禁止该法人团体或合伙

制作及分发版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的政策或常规；

(ii) 有关被告人是否已采取行动，以防止该法人团体或合伙制作或分发版权作品的侵犯版权复制品。

(14) 任何被控犯第 (1) 款所订罪行的人如证明以下事宜，即可以此作为免责辩护 —— (a) 他已为取得有关版权拥有人的特许而采取足够而合

理的步骤，但未能获得该版权拥有人及时回应；

(b) 他已作出合理努力，但仍不能取得可透过商业途径取得的有关版权作品的复制品，而有关版权拥有人已拒绝按合理的商业条款向他批出特许；

(d) 他在作出合理查究后，仍不能确定有关版权拥有人的身分及联络方法的详细资料。

(15) 就第 (1) 款所指的作为而被控犯任何罪行的人如证明以下事宜，即可以此作为免责辩护 —— (a) 他在受雇工作期间，作出该作为；及 (b) 他按照其雇主或代表其雇主的人在他受雇工作期间

给予他的指示，作出该作为。

(16) 凡雇员在制作或分发有关的侵犯版权复制品之时，其职分属能够作出或影响关乎制作或分发该侵犯版权复制品的决定，则第 (15) 款不适用于该雇员。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-273 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 119B 条

(17) 任何人犯第 (1) 款所订罪行，一经循公诉程序定罪，可就每份侵犯版权复制品处第 5 级罚款，并可处监禁 4 年。

(18) 第 115 及 117 条 ( 与版权有关的各种事宜的推定 ) 不适用于就第 (1) 款所订罪行而提起的法律程序。

(19)-(21) (由 2009年第 15号第 3条废除 ) (22) 商务及经济发展局局长可藉于宪报刊登的公告修订附表

1AA 及 1AB。(由 2009年第 15号第 3条增补 ) (由 2007年第 15号第 33条增补 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-275 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 119B 条

120. # 在香港以外地方等制作侵犯版权复制品 (1) 任何人如在香港以外地方制作任何输往香港而非供他私

人和家居使用的物品，而他知道该物品假使在香港制作即会构成版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，该人即属犯罪。

(2) 任何人如在香港以外地方制作经特定设计或改装以供制作属某版权作品的复制品的物品，而他知道或有理由相信该物品将会在香港用作或拟在香港用作制作该版权作品的侵犯版权复制品以供出售或出租，或以供为任何贸

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-277 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 120 条

易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中使用，该人即属犯罪。 (由 2000年第 64号第 9条修订；由 2007 年第 15号第 34条修订 ) (2A) 就第 (2) 款而言，有关的贸易或业务是否包含经营版权作品的侵犯版权复制品并不具关键性。 (由 2000年第 64号第 9条增补 )

(3) 任何人如在香港以外地方制作或从香港输出经特定设计或改装以供制作属某版权作品的复制品的物品，而他知道或有理由相信 —— (a) 该物品将会或拟在香港以外地方用作制作输往香港

的另一物品；及

(b) (a) 段提及的另一物品假使在香港制作，即会构成该版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，

该人即属犯罪。

(4) 任何人如在香港或其他地方协助、教唆、怂使或促致另一人犯第 (1)、(2) 或 (3) 款所订罪行，即属以主犯身分犯该罪。

(5) 第 (1)、(2) 及 (3) 款所订罪行并不损害第 118 条所订罪行。 (6) 任何人犯第 (1)、(2) 或 (3) 款所订罪行，一经定罪，可处

罚款 $500,000 及监禁 8 年。 (7) 就本条而言，“ 物品 ” (article) 不包括过境物品。 (8) 第 115 至 117 条 ( 就与版权有关连的各种事宜而作出的推

定 ) 不适用于就本条所订罪行而进行的法律程序。

编辑附注：

#《2001 年版权 ( 暂停实施修订 ) 条例》( 第 568 章 ) 规定就本条而暂停实施《2000 年知识产权 ( 杂项修订 ) 条例》(2000 年第 64 号 ) 所作的若干修订。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-279 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 120 条

120A. 提出检控的时限自犯本条例所订罪行的日期起计的 3 年届满后，不得就该罪行而提出检控。

(由 1998年第 22号第 44条增补。由 2007年第 15号第 35条修订 )

补充条文

121. 誓章证据 (1) 为便利证明版权的存在及版权的拥有权，并在不损害第

11 至 16 条 ( 作者及版权的拥有权 ) 及第 17 至 21 条 ( 版权的期限 ) 的实施的原则下，任何誓章如看来是由版权作品的版权拥有人作出或由他人代其作出的，并且述明 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 36条修订 ) (a) 该作品于何日期和地点制作或首次发表； (b) 该作品的作者的姓名或名称； (由 2007年第 15号

第 36条代替 ) (ba) 凡该作品的作者属个人 ——

(i) 该作者的居籍所在地； (ii) 该作者的住处所在地；或

(iii) 该作者具有居留权的地方； (由 2007年第 15 号第 36条增补 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-281 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 120A 条

(bb) 凡该作品的作者属法人团体 —— (i) 该作者成立为法团的地方；或

(ii) 该作者的主要营业地点； (由 2007年第 15号第 36条增补 )

(d) 该作品有版权存在；及 (e) 附于誓章作为证物的该作品的复制品是该作品的真

确复制品，

则在符合第 (4) 款所载的条件下，该誓章即须在根据本条例进行的任何法律程序中获接纳为证据而无须进一步证明。

(2) 为便利证明版权的存在及版权的拥有权，并在不损害第 (1) 款以及第 11 至 16 条 ( 作者及版权的拥有权 ) 及第 17 至 21 条 ( 版权的期限 ) 的实施的原则下，任何誓章如看来是由版权作品的版权拥有人作出或由他人代其作出的，并且 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 36条修订 ) (a) 述明 ——

(i) 该版权作品已在根据第 (16) 款订明的版权注册纪录册中注册；及 (由 2004年第 29号法律公告修订 )

(ii) 该作品有版权存在；及 (iii) 该版权拥有人的姓名或名称；及 (由 2007年

第 15号第 36条修订 ) (b) 附有由掌管版权注册纪录册的有关当局发出的该

作品的注册证明书的副本作为证物，而该副本经第 (4)(a) 款指明的人核证为真确副本，

则在符合第 (4) 款所载的条件下，该誓章即须在根据本条例进行的任何法律程序中获接纳为证据而无须进一步证明。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-283 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 121 条

(2A) 为利便确立第 35(3)(b) 条所提述的事宜的目的，任何誓章如看来是由版权作品的版权拥有人作出或由他人代其作出的，并 —— (a) 述明该版权拥有人的姓名或名称； (b) 述明附于该誓章作为证物的该作品的复制品，是该

作品的真确复制品；

香港以外地方由该版权拥有人制作的；或

(ii) 附于该誓章作为证物的该作品的复制品，是在香港以外地方，由已获该版权拥有人的特许在该地制作该作品的复制品但没有获该版权拥有人的特许在香港制作该作品的复制品的人制作的；及

(d) 述明 (c)(ii) 段所提述的人 ( 如有的话 ) 的姓名或名称及地址，

则在符合第 (4) 款所载的条件下，该誓章即在根据本条例进行的任何法律程序中获接纳为证据，而无须进一步证明。 (由 2007年第 15号第 36条增补 )

(2B) 就根据第 118(1) 条提起的任何法律程序而言，任何誓章如看来是由版权作品的版权拥有人作出或由他人代其作出的，并 —— (a) 述明该版权拥有人的姓名或名称；及 (b) 述明该誓章所指名的人并没有获该版权拥有人的特

许，以就该作品作出第 118(1)(a)、(b)、(c)、(d)、 (e)、(f) 或 (g) 条所提述的任何作为，

则在符合第 (4) 款所载的条件下，该誓章须在该法律程序中获接纳为证据而无须进一步证明。 (由 2007年第 15 号第 36条增补 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-285 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 121 条

(2C) 就根据第 118(2A) 条提起的任何法律程序而言，任何誓章如看来是由版权作品的版权拥有人作出或由他人代其作出的，并 —— (a) 述明该版权拥有人的姓名或名称；及 (b) 述明该誓章所指名的人并没有获该版权拥有人的特

许，以就该作品作出第 118(2A) 条所提述的任何作为，

则在符合第 (4) 款所载的条件下，该誓章须在该法律程序中获接纳为证据而无须进一步证明。 (由 2007年第 15 号第 36条增补 ) (2D) 就根据第 119B(1) 条提起的任何法律程序而言，任何誓章如看来是由版权作品的版权拥有人作出或由他人代其作出的，并 —— (a) 述明该版权拥有人的姓名或名称；及 (b) 述明该誓章所指名的人并没有获该版权拥有人的特

许，以就该作品作出第119B(1)条所提述的任何作为，则在符合第 (4) 款所载的条件下，该誓章须在该法律程序中获接纳为证据而无须进一步证明。 (由 2007 年第 15号第 36条增补 )

(3) 凡有某誓章符合第 (4) 款的条件并根据第 (1)、(2)、(2A)、 (2B)、(2C) 或 (2D) 款向法院出示，则在没有相反证据的情况下，法院须推定 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 36条修订 ) (a) 该誓章内的陈述是真实的；及 (b) 该誓章是按照第 (4) 款作出和认证的。

(4) 如符合下述条件，誓章即可根据第 (1)、(2)、(2A)、(2B)、 (2C) 或 (2D) 款提交作为证据 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 36条修订 ) (a) 该誓章 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-287 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 121 条

(i) ( 如是在香港作出的 ) 是在律师或《宣誓及声明条例》( 第 11 章 ) 所界定的监誓员面前宣誓作出的；或

(ii) ( 如是在香港以外地方作出的 ) 是在公证人面前宣誓作出的；

(b) 如该誓章是在律师、监誓员或公证人面前作出的，须由该公证人或领事馆官员签署认证，证明该誓章是如此作出的；

(d) 除第 (6) 款另有规定外，如该誓章于某项聆讯中作为证据提交，则该誓章的副本须在该聆讯展开前的 10 天之前，由控方或原告人送达或代控方或原告人送达每一名被告人。

(5) 尽管誓章凭借本条而可获接纳为证据，任何被告人或其律师可在获送达誓章的副本的 3 天内送达要求誓章的宣誓人出庭的通知。

(6) 各方可在聆讯前同意免除第 (4)(d) 款的规定。 (7) 根据第 (1)、(2)、(2A)、(2B)、(2C) 或 (2D) 款而提交作为

证据的誓章 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 36条修订 ) (a) 如既非用中文亦非用英文写成，必须附有中文或英

文译本，而除非检控人或原告人及被告人 ( 或如多于一名被告人，则指全部被告人 ) 同意或由他人代其同意，否则该译本必须由法院的翻译人员核证；

(b) 如提述任何其他文件为证物，则根据第 (4)(d) 款送达法律程序的任何其他一方的誓章的副本须附有该文件的副本，或附有必需的资料，使获送达该誓章的一方能够查阅该文件或其副本。

(8) 在不损害第 (5) 款的原则下 —— (a) 送达誓章或由他人代为送达誓章的一方可传召宣誓

人作供；及

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-289 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 121 条

(b) 如根据第 (5) 款就任何誓章送达通知的被告人令法院信纳 —— (i) ( 在该誓章有述明某作品的版权的存在或拥有

权的情况下 ) 有关作品的版权的存在或拥有权确实受争议；

(ii) ( 在该誓章有述明某人是否已获某版权作品的版权拥有人的特许以作出某特定作为的情况下 ) 有关的人是否已获该版权拥有人的特许以作出某特定作为确实受争议；或

(iii) ( 在该誓章属是根据第 (2A) 款作出的情况下 ) 在该誓章内述明的第 (i) 及 (ii) 节所提述事宜以外的事宜确实受争议，

则法院可在聆讯前或在聆讯进行之时，要求该誓章的宣誓人到法院席前作供，法院亦可自行在聆讯前或在聆讯进行之时，要求该誓章的宣誓人到法院席前作供。 (由 2007年第 15号第 36条代替 )

(9) 在不损害第 (8)(a) 款的原则下，根据本条而可获接纳为证据的誓章的宣誓人，只有在法院根据第 (8)(b) 款提出要求下才须到法院席前作供。

(10) 除非法院另有指示，否则凭借本条获接纳为证据的誓章须在聆讯时以高声宣读，凡法院指示无须高声宣读，则须就未经高声宣读的部分以口头作出交代。

(11) 在根据本条获接纳为证据的誓章中被称为证物和被识别的任何文件或物体，均须视为犹如由宣誓人在法院上出示为证物和予以识别的一样。

(12) 本条规定须送达任何人的文件可藉以下方式送达 —— (a) 交付该人或其律师；或 (b) 如文件须送达法人团体，则可于其注册办事处或主

要办事处交付其秘书或书记，或以致予其秘书或书记的挂号邮递的方式寄往该地址。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-291 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 121 条

(13) 在不损害法院判给讼费的权力的原则下，如被告人有以下情况，法院可判他须支付讼费 —— (a) 他获送达第 (1)、(2)、(2A)、(2B)、(2C) 或 (2D) 款所

描述的誓章； (由 2007年第 15号第 36条修订 ) (b) 他根据第 (5) 款亲自或通过其律师送达通知；及 (c) 他其后就有关罪行被定罪或被裁断须负上侵犯版权

的法律责任 ( 视属何情况而定 )。 (14) 法院在根据第 (13) 款作出判给时，须顾及控方或原告人

因被告人根据第 (5) 款送达的通知而招致的实际讼费，法院并可根据第 (13) 款判给超逾法院可判给的讼费限额 ( 如有的话 ) 的讼费。

(15) 就第 (1)(e) 款而言，如有关作品是电脑程序 ( 不论该程序属源代码或目标代码形式 )，则属只用目标代码形式的电脑程序的复制品亦可视为该程序的真确复制品。

(16) 商务及经济发展局局长可藉规例为施行第 (2) 款订明版权注册纪录册。 (由 1997年第 362号法律公告修订；由 2002年第 106号法律公告修订；由 2007年第 130号法律公告修订 )

(17) 在本条中，“ 法院 ” (court) 包括裁判官。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-293 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 121 条

122. 调查人员的权力 (1) 获授权人员 ——

(a) (i) 可在符合第 123 条的规定下进入和搜查任何地方； (由 1998年第 22号第 45条修订 )

(ii) 可截停、登上和搜查任何船只 ( 战舰除外 ) 或航空器 ( 军用航空器除外 )；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-295 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 122 条

(iii) 可截停和搜查任何车辆 ( 军用车辆除外 )，但他须有合理理由怀疑在该处所、地方、船只、航空器或车辆中有 ——

(A) 任何是版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的物品；

(B) 任何经特定设计或改装以供制作某版权作品的复制品并且是用作或拟用作制作该作品的侵犯版权复制品的物品；或

(b) 可检取、移走或扣留 —— (i) 任何他觉得是版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的物

品，或任何经特定设计或改装以供制作某版权作品的复制品并且他觉得是拟用作制作该作品的侵犯版权复制品的物品；

(ii) 任何他觉得是或相当可能是本部所订罪行的证据或任何他觉得是包含或相当可能包含该证据的东西；及

(iii) 任何他有合理理由怀疑是或曾经在与本部所订罪行有关连的情况下使用的船只、航空器或车辆 ( 战舰或军用航空器或军用车辆除外 )。

(2) 获授权人员可 —— (a) 强行进入他获本部赋权或授权进入和搜查的地方；

(由 1998年第 22号第 45条代替 ) (b) 强行登上他获本部赋权截停、登上和搜查的船只、

航空器或车辆；

何人，直至该地方已搜查完毕为止；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-297 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 122 条

(e) 防止任何人接近或登上他获本部赋权截停、登上和搜查的船只、航空器或车辆，直至该船只、航空器或车辆已搜查完毕为止。

(3) 获授权人员可召请任何获授权人员协助他行使他在本条下的任何权力。 (由 1998年第 22号第 45条增补 )

123. 发出授权进入和搜查的手令的权限 (1) 裁判官如基于一项经宣誓而作的告发，信纳有合理理由

怀疑任何地方内有根据第 122(1)(b) 条可予检取、移走或扣留的物品或东西，则可发出手令授权任何获授权人员进入和搜查该地方。

(2) 在符合第 (3) 款的规定下，获授权人员除非在根据本条发出的手令的权限下行事，否则不得根据第 122(1)(a)(i) 条进入和搜查任何地方。

(3) 如取得手令所必然引致的阻延可能导致失去证据或毁灭证据或因任何其他理由而使获取手令并非合理地切实可行，则获授权人员可在没有根据本条发出的手令的情况下根据第 122(1)(a)(i) 条进入和搜查任何地方。

(由 1998年第 22号第 46条代替 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-299 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 123 条

124. 妨碍调查人员 (1) 在不损害任何其他条例的原则下，任何人如 ——

(a) 故意妨碍获授权人员根据本条行使他的权力或执行他的职责；

(b) 故意不遵从该获授权人员向他恰当地提出的要求；或

即属犯罪，一经定罪，可处第 4 级罚款及监禁 3 个月。 (2) 任何人当被要求向根据本条例行使其权力或执行其职责

的获授权人员提供资料时，如明知而向该获授权人员提供虚假或具误导性的资料，即属犯罪，一经定罪，可处第 4 级罚款及监禁 3 个月。

(3) 本条并不要求任何人提供可导致他自己入罪的资料。

125. 主犯以外的人的法律责任 (1) 凡任何法人团体就任何作为而犯了本条例所订的罪行，

而该罪行经证明是在该法人团体的任何董事、经理、秘书或其他相类高级人员或本意是以任何该等身分行事的任何人同意或纵容下犯的，或经证明是可归因于该法人团体的任何董事、经理、秘书或其他相类高级人员或本意是以任何该等身分行事的任何人本身的任何作为的，则上述的人及该法人团体均属犯该罪行。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-301 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 124 条

(2) 凡任何法人团体的事务是由其成员管理的，而任何成员在与其管理职能相关连的情况下作出某作为，第 (1) 款即就该作为适用，犹如该成员是该法人团体的董事一样。

(3) 凡由合伙的任何合伙人所犯的本条例所订的罪行，经证明是在该合伙的任何其他合伙人或任何与该合伙的管理有关的人同意或纵容下犯的，或证明是可归因于该合伙的任何其他合伙人或任何与该合伙的管理有关的人本身的任何作为的，则该其他合伙人或与该合伙的管理有关的人即属犯相同罪行。

126. 披露资料等 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 根据第 122 条被检取或扣留的任何物品如属下列物品，

或如关长有合理理由怀疑该被检取或扣留的物品属下列物品 —— (a) 版权作品的侵犯版权复制品；或 (b) 经特定设计或改装以供制作某版权作品的复制品并

曾用作或拟用作制作任何该等作品的侵犯版权复制品的物品，

则关长须在合理地切实可行范围内将检取或扣留一事 ( 视属何情况而定 )通知有关版权的拥有人或其获授权代理人。

(2) 在第 (1) 款所指明的情况下，关长可向该版权的拥有人或其获授权代理人披露以下资料 —— (a) 该物品于何时间、地址或地点被检取或扣留； (b) 如该物品是自某人处检取或扣留的，该人的姓名或

名称及地址；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-303 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 126 条

(d) 该人就该项检取或扣留而向关长或任何获授权人员所作的任何陈述，但须事先得到该人的书面同意，如该人已死亡或关长在合理地查究该人的所在后仍未能找到该人，则不须事先得到该人的书面同意；及

(e) 关乎被检取或扣留的物品，并且是关长认为适宜披露的任何其他资料或文件。

(3) 凡 —— (a) 该版权的拥有人或其获授权代理人寻求披露并没有

在第 (2) 款中提述的任何资料或文件；或 (b) 关长并没有披露在第 (2) 款中提述的资料或文件，该拥有人或其获授权代理人即可向原讼法庭申请一项命令，规定关长披露该等资料或文件，而原讼法庭则可应该申请而作出其认为合适的命令以规定作出披露。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(4) 根据第 (3) 款提出的申请，可在事先给予关长通知的情况下藉动议而开始进行。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

127. 对在刑事法律程序中的告发人的保障 (1) 除非法院认为为维护司法公正而有需要，否则任何告发

人的姓名或名称或身分和所提供的资料，不得在根据本部进行的刑事法律程序中披露。

(2) 法院可为防止任何该等披露而作出任何有需要的命令和采取任何有需要的程序。

128. 检查物品，发还样本等

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-305 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 127 条

( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 根据第 122 条自某人处检取或扣留的物品如属下列物品，

曾用作或拟用作制作任何该等作品的侵犯版权复制品的物品，

关长或获授权人员可给予有关的版权作品的拥有人或其获授权代理人或该某人充分机会，为确定该物品是否版权作品的侵犯版权复制品或经特定设计或改装以供制作版权作品的复制品而检查该物品。

(2) 凡有多于一件物品根据第 122 条自某人处检取或扣留，如关长或获授权人员认为为确定该物品是否版权作品的侵犯版权复制品或为确定该物品是否属经特定设计或改装，用以制作版权作品的复制品的物品而有需要，则关长或获授权人员可在版权的拥有人或其授权代理人或该某人 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 给予关长或获授权人员所需承诺的条件下，允许该版权的拥有人或其授权代理人或该某人移走被检取或扣留的物品的样本。

(3) 就第 (2) 款而言，所需的承诺指给予该承诺的人会作出以下事情的书面承诺 —— (a) 在关长或获授权人员认为满意的指明时间，将样本

交还关长或获授权人员；及

(b) 以合理谨慎防止对样本造成不必要的损害。 (4) 凡物品自某人处检取或扣留，如关长或任何获授权人员

允许版权拥有人或其代理人或该某人按照本条检查任何该等物品，或移走任何样本，则就由于以下所述而使该某人蒙受的任何损失或损害而言，政府无须对他负上任何法律责任 —— (a) 检查时所招致对任何物品造成的损害；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-307 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 128 条

(b) 版权拥有人或任何其他人对版权拥有人、其代理人或该某人移走的任何样本作出的任何事情或就该样本作出的任何事情，或版权拥有人或该某人对该样本作出的任何使用。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

129. 多边合作 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) 为促进在保护知识产权权利方面的多边合作，关长可向以下国家、地区或地方的海关当局或负责强制执行知识产权权利的其他当局披露依据本条例取得的资料 ——

(a) 在有关时间属世界贸易组织成员的任何国家、地区或地方；或

(b) 关长认为合适的国家、地区或地方。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

130. 关乎披露资料的罪行 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条 ) (1) 除第 (2) 款另有规定外，任何人向任何其他人披露他依据

本条例取得的任何资料，即属犯罪，但如该项披露 —— (a) 是他或任何其他人为根据本条例执行职能而作出的；

或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-309 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 129 条

(b) 是根据法院的指示或命令而作出的，则属例外。

(2) 任何人如 —— (a) 根据第 126(1) 或 (2) 款披露资料，或根据原讼法庭命

令 ( 根据第 126(3) 条作出的 ) 披露资料； (b) 根据第 129 条披露资料； (c) 根据第 140(1) 条披露资料，或根据原讼法庭命令 ( 根

据第 140(2) 条作出的 ) 披露资料；或 (d) 根据第 267(1) 条披露资料，或根据原讼法庭命令 ( 根

据第 267(2) 条作出的 ) 披露资料，则该人不属犯第 (1) 款所订罪行。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(3) 任何人犯第 (1) 款所订罪行，一经定罪，可处第 4 级罚款及监禁 1 年。

131. 可没收被检取的物品等 (1) 不论是否有人被控以第 118、119A、119B 或 120 条所订

罪行，任何获授权人员根据第 122 条检取或扣留的任何物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西均可按照以下条文予以没收。 (由 2004年第 4号第 4条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 37条修订 )

(2) 关长须在不抵触第 (3) 款的条文下和在自检取或扣留有关物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西当日起计的 30 天内，向关长知悉在作出检取或扣留时或向紧接作出检取或扣留后是该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西的拥有人的人，送达检取通知书或扣留通知书。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-311 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 131 条

(3) 如该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西是在下列的人在场时被检取或扣留的，则第 (2) 款并不适用 —— (a) 该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西的拥有人，或

该拥有人的雇员或代理人；

(b) 因犯罪行或涉嫌犯罪行而导致该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西被检取或扣留的人；或

(a) 交付该人； (b) 以致予该人的挂号邮递的方式寄往关长所知的该人

的居住或业务地址 ( 如有的话 )；或 (c) 在不能按照 (a) 或 (b) 段送达的情况下，在香港海关

内的一处公众可以到达的地方展示一段不少于 7 天的期间，该期间自检取或扣留该物品、船双、航空器、车辆或东西当日起计的 30 天内起计，

即当作已妥为送达。

(5) 如任何物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西根据第 (1) 款可予没收，则该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西的拥有人或该拥有人的获授权代理人，或在作出检取或扣留时管有该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西的人，或对该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西享有法律或衡平法上的权益的人，可在自以下日期起计的 30 天内 —— (a) 检取或扣留当日；或 (b) 如第 (2) 款所指的通知书 ——

(i) 是以交付方式送达须予送达的人的，则指送达当日；或

(ii) 是以挂号邮递方式寄送的，则指邮寄当日后第 2 天；或

(iii) 是按第 (4)(c) 款所述展示的，则指如此展示该通知书的首日，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-313 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 131 条

向关长发出书面通知，述明其全名及接收送达文件的香港地址，并声请该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西不可没收。

(6) 申索人可随时藉书面通知关长而撤回申索通知书。 (7) 如在第 (5) 款所指明的发出申索通知的适当期限届满当

日，仍无人以书面向关长发出该通知，则该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西随即没收归予政府，但如有人就该被检取或扣留的物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西而被控第 118、119A、119B 或 120 条所订罪行，则属例外。 (由 2004年第 4号第 4条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 37 条修订 )

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

132. 在有人被控的情况下物品等的处置在不损害第 131 条的原则下，凡任何人被控第 118、119A、 119B 或 120 条所订罪行，法院如信纳获授权人员就该罪行根据第 122 条检取或扣留的任何物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西 —— (由 2004年第 4号第 5条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 38条修订 )

(a) 属版权作品的侵犯版权复制品； (b) 属经特定设计或改装以供制作某版权作品的复制品

并曾用作或拟用作制作任何该等作品的侵犯版权复制品的物品；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-315 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 132 条

(i) 没收归予政府； (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 ) (ii) 交付予法院觉得是有关版权的拥有人的人；或

(iii) 以法院认为合适的其他方式处置。

133. 对没收申请的裁定 (1) 凡申索通知书根据第 131 条发出，则关长或获授权人员

须向裁判官、区域法院或原讼法庭申请没收有关物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西，但如关长在收到申索通知书后的合理期间内，基于该案的证据而信纳该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西应交付予有关申索人，则属例外。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(2) 关长或获授权人员须在申请书内述明申索人的姓名或名称及地址。

(3) 凡有第 (1) 款所指的申请向裁判官提出，则该裁判官须向申索人发出传票规定其在聆讯该申请时到裁判官席前，并须安排将该传票文本送达关长。

(4) 凡向区域法院或原讼法庭提出第 (1) 款所指的申请，则该申请可藉动议开始。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(5) 凡申索人是根据第 118、119A、119B 或 120 条就被检取或扣留的物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西而提起的刑事法律程序中的被告人，而除该申索人外并无其他申索人，则法院可应关长就此而提出的申请，在紧接该刑事法律程序之后聆讯没收申请，而为根据本款进行聆讯，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-317 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 133 条

任何在根据或凭借第 (3) 或 (4) 款 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 发出或送达传票或任何聆讯通知书方面的规定，均不适用。 (由 2004年第 4号第 6条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 39 条修订 )

(6) 凡申索人超过一名而其中一人是根据第 118、119A、 119B 或 120 条就检取或扣留的物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西而提起的刑事法律程序中的被告人，则法院可应关长就此而提出的申请，在紧接该刑事法律程序之后聆讯没收申请。 (由 2004年第 4号第 6条修订；由 2007 年第 15号第 39条修订 )

(7) 如在聆讯第 (1) 款所指的申请时，申索人或其他虽非申索人但却属曾有权或本应有权根据第 131(5) 条提出申索的人，到法院席前出席聆讯，法院须就该申请进行聆讯。

(8) 法院可在没收申请的聆讯或在押后聆讯中，就下列人士所提出的关于为何不应将物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西没收的声称，进行聆讯 —— (a) 未获送达检取通知书或扣留通知书，且在该物品、

船只、航空器、车辆或东西被检取或扣留时并不在场的人，或在检取或扣留时或在紧接检取或扣留后，身分未为关长知悉的人；及

(b) 法院觉得是有权利对该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西提出拥有权的申索，或是对该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西享有法律或衡平法上的权益的人。

(9) 如在聆讯第 (1) 款所指的申请时，申索人或其他虽非申索人但却属曾有权或本应有权根据第 131(5) 条提出申索的人，没有到法院席前出席聆讯，而法院信纳 —— (a) 根据第 (3) 或 (4) 款 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 须予送达的

传票或聆讯通知书 ( 如有的话 ) 已经送达； (b) 在接收送达文件地址的人或被提名代申索人接收送

达文件的律师，曾拒绝接收 (a) 段所提述的传票或聆讯通知书；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-319 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 133 条

则法院可无须就该申索人的下落再作查讯而就该申请进行聆讯和作出裁定。

(10) 根据第 (1) 款向裁判官提出的申请，就《裁判官条例》( 第 227 章 ) 第 8 条而言，须当作是一项申诉。

(11) 在不损害第 132 条的原则下，在聆讯第 (1) 款所指的申请时，凡法院信纳有关物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西属可予没收者，并且有如下情况 ( 如适当的话 )，则法院须命令将该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西没收归予政府 —— (a) 到法院席前的人不能令法院信纳其曾有权或本应有

权就被检取或扣留的物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西根据第 131(5) 条提出申索；及

(b) 并无其他人到法院席前并令法院信纳其曾有权或本应有权提出该申索。

(12) 在不损害第 132 条的原则下，在聆讯第 (1) 款所指的申请时，法院如在任何情况 ( 第 (11) 款提述的情况除外 ) 下信纳 —— (a) 某人属有权或本应有权就被检取或扣留的物品、船

只、航空器、车辆或东西根据第 131(5) 条提出申索者；及

(b) 该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西属可予没收者，即可命令将该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西 —— (i) 没收归予政府；

(ii) 在符合第 (13) 款的规定下，并在符合法院于该命令所指明的任何条件下交付予申索人；或

(iii) 在符合法院在该命令所指明的方式以及以法院在该命令所指明的条件下处置。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-321 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 133 条

(13) 除非申索人令法院信纳有关物品并非任何版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，或任何经特定设计或改装以供制作某版权作品的复制品并且是用作或拟用作制作该版权作品的侵犯版权复制品的物品 ( 视属何情况而定 )，否则法院不得根据第 (12)(ii) 款就该物品作出命令。

(14) 在法院已作出将物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西交付某人的命令后，如无法寻获该人或该人拒绝接收该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西，则关长可向法院提出申请，而法院则可 —— (a) 命令将该物品、船只、航空器、车辆或东西没收归

予政府；或

(b) 作出法院认为就有关情况而言属合适的任何其他命令。

(15) 除非在文意中另有规定，否则在本条或第 132 条中，凡提述法院，即包括提述裁判官。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-323 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 133 条

134. 区域法院的司法管辖权 (1) 凡有关的侵犯版权复制品或指称的侵犯版权复制品及有

关的其他物品的价值不超出《区域法院条例》( 第 336 章 ) 第 32(1) 条就侵权行为诉讼所列明的限额，则区域法院可受理根据以下条文进行的法律程序 —— (由 2000年第 28号第 45条修订 ) (a) 第 109 条 ( 侵犯版权复制品或其他物品的交付令 )； (b) 第 111 条 ( 处置侵犯版权复制品或其他物品的命令 )；

或

(2) 本条并不影响原讼法庭的司法管辖权。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 115 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-325 第 II 部 —— 第 VI 分部第 528 章第 134 条

第 VII 分部 —— 关乎输入侵犯版权物品的法律程序

135. 定义在本分部中 —— “ 扣留令 ” (detention order) 指根据第 137(1) 条作出的命令； “ 权利持有人 ” (right holder) 指根据本条例存在于作品的版权

的拥有人或专用特许持有人。

136. 扣留令的申请 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡就某作品而言属权利持有人的人，有合理理由怀疑属

构成该作品的侵犯版权复制品的物品可能被输入，则该权利持有人可向原讼法庭申请根据第 137(1) 条作出的命令。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(2) 根据第 (1) 款提出的申请可以单方面提出，但须事先给予关长通知。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(3) 根据第 (1) 款提出的申请，必须采用法院规则订明的格式，并须有权利持有人作出的誓章支持，而该誓章须 —— (a) 述明于提出申请时，有关的作品根据本部有版权存

在；

(b) 述明宣誓人是该版权的拥有人或是专用特许持有人；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-327 第 II 部 —— 第 VII 分部第 528 章第 135 条

(d) 述明附于誓章作为证物的该作品的复制品是该作品的获授权复制品；

(e) 述明提出申请的理由，包括宣誓人赖以显示有关物品表面看来是侵犯版权复制品的事实；

(f) 列出有关物品的足够详细说明，使关长可轻易辨认该物品； (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(g) 列出预期采用的运输工具的详情及预期输入的日期，以及识别输入者的详情 ( 如有的话 )；及

(h) 列出法院规则所订明的其他资料和附有法院规则订明的其他文件作为证物。

(4) 任何人不得就过境物品而根据第 (1) 款提出申请。 (5) 如有任何人输入任何物品供他私人和家居使用，则不得

根据第 (1) 款就该输入提出申请。 (6) 第 121 条适用于任何根据本部而有版权存在的作品的版

权的的专用特许持有人按照第 (3) 款作出的誓章，而适用的方式与假使该誓章是由该版权拥有人作出而该条即会适用的方式相同。

137. 扣留令的发出 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-329 第 II 部 —— 第 VII 分部第 528 章第 137 条

(1) 凡有就根据第 136 条提出的申请而进行的聆讯，则如在进行该聆讯时权利持有人出示充分的证据，令原讼法庭信纳有关物品表面看来是侵犯版权复制品，则原讼法庭可作出命令，指示关长或任何获授权人员采取合理措施，于该物品输入时或输入后检取或扣留该物品。

(2) 原讼法庭可规定权利持有人提供保证或任何相等的担保，其款额须足以保障输入者及对被检取或扣留的物品享有权益的任何其他人 ( 包括该物品的收货人及拥有人 ) 在该项检取或扣留如属错误或该物品如根据第 138(6) 条发还输入者时，可免受可能会招致的任何损失或损害。

(3) 扣留令可载有原讼法庭认为适当的条款及条件。 (4) 如任何物品已由关长或任何获授权人员依据任何法律检

取或扣留，并正由其保管，则原讼法庭不得就该物品作出扣留令。

(5) 凡关长或任何获授权人员依据本分部或第 III 部第 III 分部以外的任何法律检取或扣留任何物品，则就该物品而作出的任何扣留令即须停止具有效力。

(6) 凡原讼法庭作出扣留令，则权利持有人须立即将该命令的副本一份送达关长。

(7) 扣留令由作出的日期或由原讼法庭指明的较后的日期起具有效力，并须于自该日期起计的 60 天届满时停止具有效力，但如关长或任何获授权人员已依据该命令于该期间内检取或扣留该命令适用的任何物品，则属例外。

(由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订；由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-331 第 II 部 —— 第 VII 分部第 528 章第 137 条

138. 扣留令的强制执行 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡有某扣留令送达关长，则关长或任何获授权人员须在

该命令的条款及条件的规限下，检取或扣留该命令适用的任何物品。

(2) 权利持有人须 —— (a) 向关长或任何获授权人员提供该物品及有关输入的

充分资料，使该物品可以辨认和使付运的货物或有关输入可以识别，并提供关长或任何获授权人员为执行该扣留令而可合理要求的任何其他资料；

(b) 将一笔关长认为足以偿付政府就执行该扣留令而相当可能招致的费用的款额存放于关长处；及

(3) 如权利持有人没有遵从第 (2) 款，则关长或任何获授权人员可拒绝执行扣留令。

(4) 关长可在给予权利持有人书面通知后，向原讼法庭申请执行该扣留令的指示，而原讼法庭在给予该权利持有人陈述的机会后，可发出其认为合适的指示。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(5) 在任何物品依据扣留令被检取或扣留后，关长或任何获授权人员须立即将检取或扣留一事以书面通知 —— (a) 有关权利持有人； (b) 有关输入者；及 (c) 该命令的条款规定须通知的任何其他人。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-333 第 II 部 —— 第 VII 分部第 528 章第 138 条

(6) 如权利持有人在获给予有关检取或扣留的通知后10天内，没有以书面通知关长，谓关乎该物品的侵犯版权诉讼已根据本部提起，则除第 (7) 款及授权关长或任何获授权人员检取或扣留物品的任何法律另有规定外，关长或任何获授权人员须将已依据扣留令被检取或扣留的任何物品发还输入者。

(7) 原讼法庭可应权利持有人提出的申请，在给予关长及根据第 (5) 款规定须予通知的每名人士陈述的机会后，如信纳延长第 (6) 款所提述的期间的请求属合理，将该期间延长，但延长的期间以不超逾 10 天为限。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(8) 在根据第 (7) 款进行的法律程序中，原讼法庭可要求权利持有人除提供按照第 137(2) 条提供的保证或任何相等的担保外，尚须提供额外的保证或任何相等的担保。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(9) 凡权利持有人在第 (6) 款所提述的期间内 ( 该期间或已根据第 (7) 款延长 )，已经以书面通知关长，谓关乎该物品的侵犯版权诉讼已根据本部提起，则关长或任何获授权人员须在侵犯版权法律程序中法院所作出的指示的规限下，继续保管该物品。

(10) 在计算第 (6) 款所提述的期间 ( 该期间或已根据第 (7) 款延长 ) 时，任何公众假期、烈风警告日或黑色暴雨警告日均不得计算在内。

(11) 在本条中 —— “ 烈风警告日 ” (gale warning day) 指全日或其中部分时间有烈

风警告的日子，而 “ 烈风警告 ” (gale warning) 具有《司法程序 ( 烈风警告期间聆讯延期 ) 条例》( 第 62 章 ) 第 2 条给予该词的涵义；

“ 黑色暴雨警告日 ” (black rainstorm warning day) 指全日或其中部分时间有黑色暴雨警告的日子，而 “ 黑色暴雨警告 ” (black rainstorm warning) 指由香港天文台台长藉使用通常称为黑色暴雨警告讯号的暴雨警告讯号而发出的关于在

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-335 第 II 部 —— 第 VII 分部第 528 章第 138 条

香港或香港附近出现暴雨的警告。 (由 1997年第 362号法律公告修订 )

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

139. 扣留令的更改或推翻 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 关长或权利持有人可随时向原讼法庭申请更改扣留令。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 ) (2) 受扣留令影响的输入者或任何其他人可随时向原讼法庭

申请更改或推翻该命令。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-337 第 II 部 —— 第 VII 分部第 528 章第 139 条

(3) 根据第 (1) 或 (2) 款提出申请的人须将定出的聆讯该申请的日期，按原讼法庭法官的命令通知其他各方。

(4) 原讼法庭在聆讯根据第 (1) 或 (2) 款提出更改扣留令的申请时，可以其认为公正的方式更改该命令。

(5) 原讼法庭在聆讯根据第 (2) 款提出推翻扣留令的申请时，可在其认为公正的条款及条件下推翻该命令。

(6) 就第 (3) 款而言 —— (a) 根据第 (1) 款提出的申请的各方，指关长、权利持有

人及 ( 如有关物品已依据扣留令被检取或扣留 ) 输入者，以及根据第 138(5) 条规定须予通知的任何其他人；及

(b) 根据第 (2) 款提出的申请的各方，指关长、权利持有人、申请人及输入者 ( 如输入者并非申请人 )。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

140. 资料的披露 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡有任何物品依据扣留令被检取或扣留，则关长可向权

利持有人披露 —— (a) 输入者、付货人及收货人的姓名或名称及地址； (b) 依据该命令检取或扣留的物品的性质及数量； (c) 任何人就该项检取或扣留而向关长或任何获授权人

员所作的任何陈述，但须事先得到该人的书面同意，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-339 第 II 部 —— 第 VII 分部第 528 章第 140 条

如该人已死亡或关长在合理地查究该人的所在后仍未能找到该人，则不须事先得到该人的书面同意；及

(d) 关乎依据该命令而被检取或扣留的物品，并且是关长认为适宜披露的任何其他资料或文件。

(2) 凡权利持有人寻求披露 —— (a) 并没有在第 (1) 款中提述的任何资料或文件；或 (b) 在第 (1) 款中提述而关长并没有披露的资料或文件，该权利持有人即可向原讼法庭申请一项命令，规定关长披露该等资料或文件，而原讼法庭则可应该申请而作出其认为合适的命令以规定作出披露。 (由 1998年第 25 号第 2条修订 )

(3) 根据第 (2) 款提出的申请，可在事先给予关长通知的情况下藉动议而开始进行。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

141. 检查物品、发还样本等 (1) 凡有任何物品依据扣留令被检取或扣留，关长或任何获

授权人员须 —— (a) 给予权利持有人充分机会，为确立其申索而检查该

物品；及

(b) 给予输入者同等机会，为反驳权利持有人的申索而检查该物品。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-341 第 II 部 —— 第 VII 分部第 528 章第 141 条

(2) 凡有多于一件物品依据扣留令被检取或扣留，而权利持有人或输入者 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 给予关长或任何获授权人员所需的承诺，则关长或该获授权人员可允许该权利持有人或输入者移走被检取或扣留的物品的样本。

(3) 就第 (2) 款而言，所需的承诺指给予该承诺的人会作出以下事情的书面承诺 —— (a) 在关长或获授权人员认为满意的指明时间，将样本

交还关长或获授权人员；及

(b) 以合理谨慎防止对样本造成不必要的损害。 (4) 如关长或任何获授权人员允许权利持有人按照本条检查

任何已被检取或扣留的物品，或移走任何样本，则就由于以下所述而使输入者蒙受的任何损失或损害而言，政府无须对该输入者负上任何法律责任 —— (a) 检查时所招致对任何物品造成的损害；或 (b) 权利持有人或任何其他人对权利持有人移走的任何

样本作出的任何事情或就该样本作出的任何事情，或权利持有人对该样本作出的任何使用。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

142. 须缴付的费用 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 关长可评定政府就执行扣留令而招致的费用，并可从权

利持有人根据第 138(2) 条缴付作为按金的款额中扣除该等费用。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-343 第 II 部 —— 第 VII 分部第 528 章第 142 条

(2) 根据第 (1) 款评定的任何费用，须由权利持有人向政府缴付，并可作为民事债项追讨。

143. 须付予输入者等的补偿 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条 ) (1) 凡有任何物品依据任何扣留令被检取或扣留，而该物品

又依据第 138(6) 条予以发还，则该物品的输入者、收货人或拥有人可于该命令作出的日期后 6 个月内，向原讼法庭申请因该项检取或扣留而使他蒙受的任何损失或损害的补偿。

(2) 凡 —— (a) 有任何物品依据扣留令被检取或扣留； (b) 任何侵犯版权诉讼在第 138(6) 条所提述的期间内 ( 该

期间或已根据第 138(7) 条延长 ) 根据本部就该物品而提起；及

则该物品的输入者、收货人或拥有人可在该宗诉讼中止、该项申索被撤回或法院作出裁定 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的日期后 6 个月内，向原讼法庭申请因该项检取或扣留而使他蒙受的任何损失或损害的补偿。

(3) 原讼法庭可应根据第 (1) 或 (2) 款提出的申请，作出其认为合适的补偿令。

(由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-345 第 II 部 —— 第 VII 分部第 528 章第 143 条

144. 规则 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条 ) 根据《高等法院规则》( 第 4 章 ) 第 54 条订立法院规则的权力，包括就规管和订明根据本分部在原讼法庭须遵守的程序及常规以及该等程序或常规的任何附带或有关事宜订立法院规则 ( 包括订立订明任何根据本分部须由或可由法院规则订明的事宜或事情的规则 ) 的权力。

(由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

第 VIII 分部 —— 版权特许

145. 特许计划及特许机构 (1) 在本部中，“ 特许计划 ” (licensing scheme) 指任何列明以

下项目的计划 —— (a) 计划的营办人，或由该营办人代为行事的人愿意批

出版权特许的个案种类；及

(b) 在该等个案种类中会据以批出特许的条款，而就此而言，“ 计划 ” (scheme) 包括任何具有计划性质的东西，

不论该东西是否被描述为计划或收费表，亦不论其有任何其他名称。

(2) 在本条中，“ 版权特许 ” (copyright licences) 指特许作出或授权作出受版权限制的作为中的任何作为的特许。

(3) 在本分部中，凡提述涵盖多于一名作者的作品的特许或特许计划，不包括仅涵盖以下作品的特许或特许计划 —— (a) 由相同作者制作的单一部或多于一部的汇集作品；

或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-347 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 145 条

(b) 由单一个人、商号、公司或公司集团或其雇员制作或分发的作品，或由单一个人、商号、公司或公司集团委讬制作的作品，

而就此而言，“ 公司集团 ” (group of companies) 具有《公司条例》( 第 622 章 ) 第 2(1) 条给予该词的涵义。 (由 2012年第 28号第 912及 920条修订 )

(4) 在本分部中 —— “ 特许机构 ” (licensing body) 指不论是否根据第 149 条注册的

社团或其他组织，其主要宗旨或其中一项主要宗旨是作为版权的拥有人或版权的准拥有人或作为其代理人而就版权特许进行洽谈或批出版权特许，此外，其宗旨包括批出涵盖多于一名作者的作品的特许；

“ 处长 ” (Registrar) 指第 146 条所指明的版权特许机构注册处处长；

“ 注册 ” (registration) 用作名词时指按照第 149 条将特许机构的名称记入注册纪录册内；而 “ 注册 ”(registered) 用作动词亦据此解释；

“ 注册纪录册 ” (register) 指根据第 147 条设立的版权特许机构注册纪录册。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 116 U.K.]

特许机构的注册

146. 版权特许机构注册处处长知识产权署署长即为版权特许机构注册处处长。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-349 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 146 条

147. 注册纪录册的备存及查阅 (1) 处长须按其决定的格式及方式设立和备存一份版权特许

机构注册纪录册，该注册纪录册须载有处长认为合适的详情。

(2) 注册纪录册须以处长藉宪报公告指明的方式，在处长如此指明的地方供公开查阅，但在查阅前须先缴付处长如此指明的适当费用。

148. 申请注册和续期 (1) 任何特许机构可按照处长藉宪报公告指明的格式及方式

申请注册或注册续期。

(2) 申请必须附有 —— (a) 适当的订明费用；及 (b) 一份书面陈述，该陈述须载有处长一般地指明或就

该项申请而指明的详情。

(3) 由法人团体提出的申请，可由获该法人团体为此而授权的任何人签署，而处长可规定须就该项授权提交其认为必需的证明。

(4) 由合伙提出的申请必须由每一名合伙人签署。 (5) 不论申请是否获批准，根据本条所缴付的任何费用概不

退还。

149. 注册、注册证明书的发出 (1) 凡有某项注册申请提出，如处长信纳 ——

(a) 申请人是合适和适当的获注册人选；及

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-351 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 147 条

(b) 就将来而言，申请人至少藉下列方法使公众可以得到关于为不同用途而收取的版权使用费的收费率的资料 —— (i) 在其小册子及特许申请表内列明该等收费率；

(ii) 在其注册办事处及营业地点以显眼的方式向公众展示该等收费率；及

(iii) 在发出注册证明书后 2 星期内的任何一天于香港的一份中文报章及一份英文报章刊登该等收费率，

则处长可批准该项注册申请，并可将该申请人的姓名或名称记入注册纪录册内。

(2) 在注册纪录册内记入该申请人的记项后，处长即须向该申请人发出一份由处长决定格式的注册证明书，该证明书须就以下项目指明特许机构必须遵从的规定 —— (a) 刊登版权使用费的收费率；及 (b) 按不超逾所刊登的版权使用费的收费率而收取版权

使用费。

150. 在证明书的有效期内更改使用费 (1) 注册特许机构如建议不按照在注册或注册续期的情况下

而最近刊登的收费率收取版权使用费，须在所建议的新收费率的生效日期前的最少一个月前以书面通知处长，而该通知须连同该新收费率的充分详情。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-353 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 150 条

(2) 该特许机构须在为不同用途而收取的版权使用费的新收费率的生效日期前的最少 14 天前，最起码以第 149(1)(b) 条所指明的方法向公众提供与该新收费率有关的资料。

(3) 凡特许机构没有遵守第 (1) 或 (2) 款或没有遵守该两款，其注册即当作在新收费率的生效日期起被撤销。

151. 注册的期限、续期及撤销 (1) 注册证明书在自其获批予的日期起计的 12 个月期间内或

在该证明书中指明的较短期间内有效。

(2) 注册特许机构可申请将其注册续期一段不超逾 12 个月的期间。

(3) 注册续期的申请，须在现有注册期满失效前的最少一个月前提出。

(4) 如有以下情况，处长可拒绝任何特许机构的注册续期申请，或将该特许机构的注册撤销 —— (a) 该特许机构不再是合适和恰当的获注册人选；或 (b) 处长根据第 (5) 款或第 149(2) 条就该特许机构而指

明的任何规定不获遵守。

(5) 在注册获得续期时，处长须向特许机构发出一份符合处长所决定的格式的新证明书，该证明书须指明关于以下事项的规定 —— (a) 版权使用费的收费率的发表；及 (b) 收取不超逾所发表的收费率的版权使用费。

(6) 如特许机构的注册续期申请被拒绝或其注册被撤销，则处长须将该特许机构的名称从注册纪录册中除去。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-355 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 151 条

152. 规例 ( 有关《立法会决议》(2007 年第 130 号法律公告 ) 所作之修订的保留及过渡性条文，见载于该决议第 (12) 段。) 商务及经济发展局局长可藉规例 —— (由 1997年第 362号法律公告修订；由 2002年第 106号法律公告修订；由 2007年第 130号法律公告修订 )

(a) 订明申请注册及申请注册续期的费用；及 (b) 为使注册制度更有效地施行而订定条文。

153. 如真诚地行使本分部所指职能则无须负上法律责任 (1) 处长如在行使或本意是行使由本分部赋予或施加或根据

本分部而赋予或施加的任何职能时，真诚地作出或没有作出任何事情，则处长不会就此而招致法律责任。

(2) 在本条中，“ 职能 ” (functions) 包括权力及职责。

关于特许计划的转介及申请

154. 第 155 至 160 条适用的特许计划第 155 至 160 条 ( 关于特许计划的转介及申请 ) 适用于由特许

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-357 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 152 条

机构营办并涵盖多于一名作者的作品的特许计划，但只限于在该等计划是关乎以下项目的特许的范围内如此适用 ——

(a) 复制该作品； (b) ( 如该作品是第 25(1)(a)、(b)、(c)、(d)、(e) 或 (f) 条

所提述的作品 ) 租赁该作品的复制品予公众； (由 2007年第 15号第 40条修订 )

而凡在上述各条中提述的特许计划，即据此解释。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 117 U.K.]

155. 将建议的特许计划转介审裁处 (1) 凡某些人声称他们在特许计划会适用的某类别的个案中

需要取得特许 ( 不论是一般性地或是就任何类别个案 )，并有组织声称是该等人的代表，则该组织可将建议由任何特许机构营办的特许计划的条款转介审裁处。

(2) 审裁处须首先决定是否受理该项转介，并可以该项转介为时过早为理由而拒绝受理。

(3) 审裁处如决定受理该项转介，须考虑所转介的事宜，并作出审裁处裁定在当时情况下属合理的命令，以确认或更改建议的计划，而该确认或更改，可以是一般性的，亦可以是就该计划与该项转介所关乎的类别的个案有关的范围而作出的。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-359 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 155 条

(4) 所作出的命令可规定该命令无限期有效，亦可规定该命令在审裁处裁定的期间有效。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 118 U.K.]

156. 将特许计划转介审裁处 (1) 如在特许计划营办期间，在该计划的营办人与以下人士

或组织之间发生争议，而 —— (a) 有人声称他需要在该计划所适用的类别的个案中取

得特许；或

(b) 有组织声称是该等人的代表，则在该计划所关乎的该类别个案的范围内，该人或该组织可将该计划转介版权审裁处。

(2) 已根据本条转介审裁处的计划仍可继续营办，直至就该项转介进行的法律程序审结为止。

(3) 审裁处须考虑争议中的事项，并作出审裁处裁定在当时情况下属合理的命令，以在有关计划与该项转介所关乎的类别的个案有关的范围内，确认或更改该计划。

(4) 所作出的命令可规定该命令无限期有效，亦可规定该命令在审裁处裁定的期间有效。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 119 U.K.]

157. 将计划再次转介审裁处

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-361 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 156 条

(1) 凡先前根据第 155 或 156 条转介特许计划而版权审裁处已就该计划作出命令，或先前根据本条转介特许计划而版权审裁处已就该计划作出命令，则在该项命令仍然有效时 —— (a) 该计划的营办人； (b) 声称需要在该命令所适用的类别的个案中取得特许

的人；或

(2) 除获审裁处特别许可外 —— (a) 在自就先前的转介作出的命令的日期起计的 12 个月

内，不得就相同类别的个案将特许计划再度转介审裁处；或

(b) 如作出的命令规定该项命令有效 15 个月或少于 15 个月，则在该项命令届满日期之前的最后 3 个月，方可就相同类别的个案将特许计划再度转介审裁处。

(3) 如任何计划已根据本条转介审裁处并仍在营办，则该计划可继续营办，直至就该项转介进行的法律程序审结为止。

(4) 审裁处须考虑争议中的事项，并作出审裁处裁定在当时情况下属合理的命令，在有关计划与该项转介所关乎的类别的个案有关的范围内，确认或更改或进一步更改该计划。

(5) 所作出的命令可规定该命令无限期有效，亦可规定该命令在审裁处裁定的期间有效。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 120 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-363 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 157 条

158. 申请批出与特许计划有关的特许 (1) 凡在特许计划所涵盖的个案中，有人声称该计划的营办

人拒绝按照该计划向他批出特许或拒绝促致按照该计划向他批出特许，或在向该营办人提出要求之后的一段合理的时间内，该营办人没有如此做，则该人可向版权审裁处申请作出本条所指的命令。

(2) 凡在特许计划不包括的个案中，有人声称该计划的营办人 —— (a) 已拒绝向他批出特许或拒绝促致向他批出特许，或

在向该营办人提出要求之后的一段合理时间内，该营办人没有如此做，而在当时情况下不批出特许是不合理的；或

(b) 就特许建议不合理的条款，则该人可向审裁处申请作出本条所指的命令。

(3) 就第 (2) 款而言，任何个案如有以下情况，则该个案须视为不包括在特许计划之内 —— (a) 该计划规定特许的批出须符合某些条款，而该等条

款将某些事项排除在该特许之外，而该个案属于该被排除在该特许之外的例外情况；或

(b) 该个案与根据该计划而获批出特许的个案相似至如该个案不获以相同方式处理便属不合理的程度。

(4) 审裁处如信纳该项声称是具备充分理由的，则审裁处须作出命令，宣布就该项命令指明的事项而言，申请人有权在审裁处裁定为按照该计划而属适用的条款下，或在当时情况下属合理的条款下 (视属何情况而定 )取得特许。

(5) 所作出的命令可规定该命令无限期有效，亦可规定该命令在审裁处裁定的期间有效。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 121 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-365 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 158 条

159. 就与有权获得特许有关的命令而申请复核 (1) 凡版权审裁处已根据第 158 条作出命令，指某人根据特

许计划而有权获得特许，则该计划的营办人或原申请人可向审裁处申请复核其命令。

(2) 除获审裁处特别许可外 —— (a) 在自作出命令的日期起计的 12 个月内，或在自审裁

处根据本条而就一项先前的申请作出裁决的日期起计的 12 个月内，不得提出申请；或

(b) 如作出的命令规定该项命令有效 15 个月或少于 15 个月，或因根据本条而就一项先前的申请作出的裁决而使该命令在自作出该项裁决起计的 15 个月内届满，则在该项命令届满日期之前的最后 3 个月，方可提出申请。

(3) 审裁处须应复核申请并在顾及按照有关的特许计划而适用的条款或有关的个案的情况 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 后，在审裁处裁定为合理的情况下，确认或更改其命令。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 122 U.K.]

160. 审裁处就特许计划作出的命令的效力 (1) 凡版权审裁处已根据以下条文确认或更改某特许计划，

则只要该项命令继续有效，在该计划是关乎某类别的个

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-367 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 159 条

案 ( 而有关命令是就该个案作出的 ) 的范围内，该特许计划即属有效或即属可继续营办 ( 视属何情况而定 ) —— (a) 第 155 条 ( 将建议的计划的条款转介 )；或 (b) 第 156 或 157 条 ( 将现有的计划转介审裁处 )。

(2) 在该项命令有效时，如任何人在该项命令所适用的种类的个案中 —— (a) 就涵盖有关个案的特许而向该计划的营办人缴付根

据该计划而须缴付的任何收费，或如该等收费的款额不能确定，则向该营办人作出承诺，在款额确定后当即缴付该等收费；及

(b) 遵从适用于该计划下的特许的其他条款，则就侵犯版权而言，该人所处的地位，犹如该人在所有关键时间属有关版权的拥有人按照该计划而批出的特许的持有人一样。

(3) 凡有命令更改须缴付的收费的款额，审裁处可指示该项命令自其作出的日期之前的日期起生效，但该生效日期不得早于作出转介的日期，或 ( 如较迟的话 ) 该计划实施的日期。该项指示如作出的话，则 —— (a) 须就已缴付的收费而作出必需的偿还，或进一步付

款；及

(b) 第 (2)(a) 款所提述的根据该计划而须缴付的收费，须解释为提述凭借该命令而须缴付的收费。

(4) 凡审裁处已根据第 158 条作出命令 ( 关于有权根据特许计划获得特许的命令 )，而该项命令仍继续有效，该命令所惠及的人 —— (a) 如向该计划的营办人缴付按照该命令所须缴付的任

何收费，或如款额不能确定，则作出承诺，在款额确定后当即缴付该等收费；及

(b) 遵从该命令指明的其他条款，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-369 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 160 条

则就侵犯版权而言，该人所处的地位，犹如该人在所有关键时间属有关版权的拥有人按照该命令所指明的条款而批出的特许的持有人一样。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 123 U.K.]

就特许机构批出的特许而作出的转介及申请

161. 第 162 至 166 条适用的特许第 162 至 166 条 ( 就特许机构批出的特许而作出的转介及申请 ) 适用于由特许机构并非依据特许计划而批出并涵盖多于一名作者的作品的特许，但只限于该等特许授权作出以下事情的范围内如此适用 ——

(a) 复制该作品； (b) ( 如该作品是第 25(1)(a)、(b)、(c)、(d)、(e) 或 (f) 条

所提述的作品 ) 租赁该作品的复制品予公众； (由 2007年第 15号第 41条修订 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-371 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 161 条

(g) 任何其他受该作品有关的版权所限制的作为，而凡在上述各条中提述的特许，即据此解释。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 124 U.K.]

162. 将建议的特许转介审裁处 (1) 准特许持有人可将特许机构建议批出的特许的条款转介

版权审裁处。

(2) 审裁处须首先决定是否受理该项转介，并可以该项转介为时过早为理由而拒绝受理。

(3) 审裁处如决定受理该项转介，须就建议的特许的条款作出考虑，并作出审裁处裁定在当时情况下属合理的命令，以确认或更改该等条款。

(4) 所作出的命令可规定该命令无限期有效，亦可规定该命令在审裁处裁定的期间有效。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 125 U.K.]

163. 将即将失效的特许转介审裁处 (1) 任何特许如因时间届满或由于特许机构给予通知而到期

失效，则该特许的持有人可基于该特许在当时情况下停止有效是不合理为理由而向版权审裁处提出申请。

(2) 在特许到期失效之前的最后 3 个月，该项申请方可提出。 (3) 已转介审裁处的特许仍可继续有效，直至就该转介而进

行的法律程序审结为止。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-373 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 162 条

(4) 审裁处如裁断该项申请是具备充分理由的，须作出命令宣布有关的特许持有人继续有权按照审裁处裁定在当时情况下属合理的条款享有特许的利益。

(5) 审裁处根据本条作出的命令可规定该命令无限期有效，亦可规定该命令在审裁处裁定的期间有效。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 126 U.K.]

164. 版权审裁处可判给中期付款和限制非正审强制令的申请 (1) 凡已有申请根据第 162 或 163 条向版权审裁处提出，审

裁处可自行或应特许机构的申请，命令特许持有人就该审裁处认为属公正的使用费向该特许机构作出中期付款。

(2) 凡已有转介或申请根据第 162 或 163 条向审裁处作出或提出，审裁处可自行或应准特许持有人或特许持有人的申请作出命令，规定在听候该项转介或申请的最终裁定前，或在审裁处作出进一步的命令前，该特许机构不得针对准特许持有人 ( 如情况属根据第 162 条作出的转介 ) 或不得针对特许持有人 ( 如情况属根据第 163 条提出的申请 ) 而申请任何非正审强制令。

(3) 凡审裁处已根据第 (2) 款作出命令，特许机构为针对准特许持有人或特许持有人 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 而在任何法院申请非正审强制令，均不得受理，如已获受理，则须搁置，直至该项转介或申请获最终裁定或审裁处作出进一步的命令为止。

(4) 除非根据第 (2) 款作出的命令于较早时终止，否则该命令在该项转介或申请 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 获最终裁定时停止有效。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-375 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 164 条

165. 申请复核就特许而作出的命令 (1) 凡版权审裁处已根据第 162 或 163 条作出命令，特许机

构或有权享有该命令的利益的人，可向审裁处申请复核其命令。

(2) 除获审裁处的特别许可外 —— (a) 在自作出命令的日期起计的 12 个月内，或在自审裁

处根据本条而就一项先前的申请作出裁决的日期起计的 12 个月内，不得提出申请；或

(b) 如作出的命令规定该项命令有效 15 个月或少于 15 个月，或因根据本条而就一项先前的申请作出的裁决而使该命令在作出该项裁决起计的 15 个月内届满，则在该项命令届满日期之前的最后 3 个月，方可提出申请。

(3) 审裁处须按其裁定在当时情况下属合理者而应复核申请确认或更改其命令。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 127 U.K.]

166. 审裁处就特许作出的命令的效力 (1) 凡版权审裁处已根据第 162 或 163 条作出命令，而该项

命令仍继续有效，则有权享有该命令的利益的人 —— (a) 如向特许机构缴付按照该命令而须缴付的任何收费，

或如款额不能确定，则作出承诺，在款额确定后当即缴付该等收费；及

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-377 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 165 条

(b) 遵从该命令指明的其他条款，则就侵犯版权而言，该人所处的地位，犹如该人在所有关键时间属有关版权的拥有人按照该命令所指明的条款批出的特许的持有人一样。

(2) 该命令的利益，在以下情况下可以转让 —— (a) 就根据第 162 条作出的命令而言，审裁处的命令的

条款并不禁止转让；及

(b) 就根据第 163 条作出的命令而言，原有的特许的条款并不禁止转让。

(3) 审裁处可作出指示，规定根据第 162 或 163 条作出的命令，或在根据第 165 条作出的更改该命令下的须缴付收费的款额的范围内的另一命令，自其作出的日期之前的日期起生效，但该生效日期不得早于作出转介或提出申请的日期或 ( 如较迟的话 ) 批出该特许的日期或该特许到期失效的日期 ( 视属何情况而定 )。

(4) 该项指示如作出的话，则 —— (a) 须就已缴付的收费而作出任何必需的偿还，或进一

步付款；及

(b) 第 (1)(a) 款所提述的根据该命令而须缴付的收费，如该命令由一项较后的命令更改，则须解释为提述凭借该较后的命令而须缴付的收费。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 128 U.K.]

在某些种类的个案中须考虑的因素

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-379 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 167 条

167. 一般考虑∶不合理的歧视 (1) 版权审裁处在审理其席前的每一宗个案时均须顾及公众

利益，而就任何特许计划或特许根据本分部作出的转介或提出的申请而言，在裁定什么是合理时，须顾及 —— (a) 其他情况相类的人可获提供的其他计划，或向该等

人批出的其他特许；

(b) 该等特许计划的条款； (c) 有关作品的性质； (d) 有关各方的相对议价能力；及 (e) 特许持有人或准特许持有人可在何种程度上获提供

的关乎特许计划或特许的条款的有关资料。

(2) 版权审裁处须行使其权力以确保在该转介或申请所关乎的计划或特许下的特许持有人或准特许持有人，和由同一人或由任何其他人所营办的其他计划下或批出的其他特许下的特许持有人之间，并没有存在任何不合理的歧视。

(3) 第 (1) 及 (2) 款提及审裁处须顾及的特定事宜，并不影响审裁处须顾及一切有关考虑因素的一般责任，尤其是审裁处行使其权力会否与作品的正常利用造成冲突或会不合理地损害版权拥有人的合法权益。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 135 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-381 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 167 条

计划或特许中的隐含弥偿

168. 某些计划或特许中的隐含弥偿 (1) 凡有 ——

(a) 就版权作品而对受限制作为给予特许的计划；及 (b) 由特许机构批出的特许，在对其所适用的作品作出指明的详尽程度，不足以使特许持有人藉查阅该计划或特许和查阅某一作品而断定该作品是否属于该计划或特许范围内的作品，则本条适用于该计划及特许。

(2) 在本条所适用的 —— (a) 每一项计划中，均隐含由该计划的营办人对根据该

计划获批出特许的人就有关法律责任而作出弥偿的承诺；及

(b) 每一项特许中，均隐含由特许机构对特许持有人就有关法律责任而作出弥偿的承诺，

上述有关法律责任是指特许持有人在属于其特许的表面范围所包括的情况下，作出或授权作出受某一作品的版权所限制的作为，因而侵犯版权所招致的任何法律责任。

(3) 如在任何个案中 —— (a) 从查阅特许及作品所得，该作品表面上并非不属于

该特许所适用的作品类别的范围内的作品；及

(b) 该特许没有明文规定其并不延伸适用于遭侵犯版权的作品类别，

则该个案的情况属该特许的表面范围所包括的情况。

(4) 在本条中，“ 法律责任 ” (liability) 包括支付讼费的法律责任；凡有特许持有人因侵犯版权而有实际或打算针对他而进行的法律程序，则本条就该特许持有人因此而合理

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-383 第 II 部 —— 第 VIII 分部第 528 章第 168 条

地招致的讼费而适用，一如本条适用于特许持有人就该项侵犯版权而有法律责任支付的款项一样。

(5) 本条所适用的计划或特许可载有合理条文 —— (a) 就本条的隐含承诺而提出申索的方式和时限作出规

定；

(b) 使该计划的营办人或特许机构 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 能够接手进行对其有法律责任作出弥偿的款额有影响的任何法律程序。

(6) 凡有根据第 (2) 款而有的隐含弥偿，则除第 (7) 款另有规定外，遭侵犯版权的作品的版权拥有人如并非上述计划或特许机构 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的成员，法院可就该项侵犯版权而判给惠及版权拥有人的损害赔偿，其款额不得超逾在假如该拥有人是该计划或特许机构的成员的情况下本会获得的款额。

(7) 法院不得就损害赔偿判给会与作品的正常利用造成冲突或会不合理地损害版权拥有人的合法权益的款额。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 136 U.K.]

第 IX 分部 —— 版权审裁处

审裁处

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-385 第 II 部 —— 第 IX 分部第 528 章第 169 条

169. 版权审裁处 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 现设立一审裁处，名为版权审裁处。 (2) 该审裁处由以下成员组成，而所有该等成员均由行政长

官委任 —— (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 ) (a) 一名主席和一名副主席，而该两人均须具备根据《区

域法院条例》( 第 336 章 ) 第 5 条获委任为区域法院法官的资格；及 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(b) 7 名普通成员，而每名该等成员均以其个人身分获委任。

170. 审裁处的成员 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 版权审裁处的成员须在符合以下条文的规定下，按照其

委任条款任职和离职。

(2) 审裁处的成员可藉向行政长官发出的书面通知而辞职。 (3) 如有关成员有以下情况，行政长官可藉向该成员发出书

面通知将其免职 —— (a) 他已破产或已与其债权人作出债务偿还安排； (b) 他因身体或精神上的疾病而无行为能力；或 (c) 行政长官认为他因其他理由不能够或不适合履行其

作为成员的职责。

(4) 如审裁处的成员因疾病、缺勤或其他合理因由而在当其时不能够一般地或就个别法律程序履行其职位的职责，则行政长官可委任一名具备获委任担任该职位的资格的人，在一段不超逾 6 个月的期间内或就该等法律程序 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 执行该成员的职责。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-387 第 II 部 —— 第 IX 分部第 528 章第 170 条

(5) 根据第 (4) 款获委任以代替另一人的人在其获委任的期间或就有关的法律程序而具有的权力，须与该另一人所具有的相同。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 ) [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 146 U.K.]

171. 财政条文 ( 有关《立法会决议》(2007 年第 130 号法律公告 ) 所作之修订的保留及过渡性条文，见载于该决议第 (12) 段。) (1) 并非公职人员的版权审裁处成员须获付酬金 ( 不论以薪

金或费用形式 ) 及津贴，而该酬金及津贴由商务及经济发展局局长厘定。

(2) 商务及经济发展局局长可为审裁处委任职员，而该等职员的人数及酬金由商务及经济发展局局长厘定。

(3) 审裁处成员的酬金和津贴、其任何职员的酬金，以及商务及经济发展局局长所厘定的审裁处的其他开支，均由政府一般收入拨付。

(由 1997年第 362号法律公告修订；由 2002年第 106号法律公告修订；由 2007年第 130号法律公告修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 147 U.K.]

172. 为法律程序的目的之组成

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-389 第 II 部 —— 第 IX 分部第 528 章第 171 条

(1) 为任何法律程序的目的，版权审裁处须由以下成员组成 —— (a) 一名主席，他须是审裁处主席或审裁处副主席；及 (b) 2 名或多于 2 名普通成员。 (1A) 尽管有第 (1) 款的规定，在根据第 174 条 ( 一般程序规则 ) 订立的规则中为施行本款而指明的法律程序，可由任何以下人士单独开庭聆讯及裁定 —— (a) 审裁处主席； (b) 审裁处副主席；或 (c) 审裁处主席所委任的具备适合资格的审裁处普通成

员。 (由 2007年第 15号第 42条增补 ) (2) 如审裁处成员就任何事项的处理不能达致一致意见，则

须以过半数票取决，而在此情况下如票数相等，主席有权再投一票作为决定票。

(3) 凡在审裁处席前进行的任何法律程序的聆讯已进行了一部分，但有一名或多于一名审裁处成员不能继续聆讯，则只要审裁处成员的人数没有减至不足 3 名，就该等法律程序而言，审裁处仍属妥为组成。

(4) 如主席不能继续进行聆讯，则审裁处主席须 —— (a) 委任余下的其中一名成员以主席身分行事；及 (b) 委任一名具备适合资格的人出席有关法律程序，并

就其中产生的任何法律问题向成员提供意见。

(5) 第 (1A) 或 (4)(b) 款而言，“ 具备适合资格 ” 指本身是审裁处副主席或具备获委任为审裁处副主席的资格的人。 (由 2007年第 15号第 42条修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 148 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-391 第 II 部 —— 第 IX 分部第 528 章第 172 条

司法管辖权和程序

173. 审裁处的司法管辖权版权审裁处根据本部具有就根据以下各条文提出的法律程序进行聆讯和作出裁定的司法管辖权 ——

(a) 第 14 条 ( 对就作品的不能合理地预料的使用而向雇员支付的偿金作出裁定 )；

(b) 第 155、156 或 157 条 ( 特许计划下的特许的转介 )； (c) 第 158 或 159 条 ( 就有权获得特许计划下的特许而

提出的申请 )； (d) 第 162、163 或 165 条 ( 就特许机构的特许而作出转

介或提出申请 )； (e) 附表 2 第 6 段 ( 反对的权利 )； (f) 附表 2 第 14(3) 段 ( 侵犯版权的作为 )。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 149 U.K.]

174. 订立规则的一般权力 (1) 终审法院首席法官可就规管在版权审裁处席前进行的法

律程序、就该等法律程序而可征收的费用及就强制执行该审裁处作出的命令，订立规则。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(2) 该等规则可就审裁处而应用《仲裁条例》( 第 609 章 ) 的任何条文，而任何如此应用的条文必须在规则中列明或列于其附表中。 (由 2010年第 17号第 112条修订 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-393 第 II 部 —— 第 IX 分部第 528 章第 173 条

(3) 规则可 —— (a) 规定除非审裁处信纳某代表组织就其声称代表的类

别的人而言是合理地有代表性的，否则禁止审裁处受理由该代表组织根据第 155、156 或 157 条作出的转介；

(b) 指明任何法律程序中的各方，并赋权审裁处使任何令审裁处信纳对有关事项有实质利害关系的任何人或组织成为该法律程序的一方；

(4) 规则可就为规管或订明根据第 176 条 ( 就法律论点而向法院提出上诉 ) 对审裁处的裁决提出上诉的任何附带或相应事项，订立条文。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 150 U.K.]

175. 讼费、命令的证明等 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条 ) (1) 在特殊情况下，版权审裁处可命令在其席前进行的法律

程序中任何一方的讼费须由审裁处所指示的任何其他一方缴付，而审裁处亦可就讼费的款额作出评定或结算，或指示讼费须以何种方式评定。

(2) 终审法院首席法官可而藉规则订明第 (1) 款所指的特殊情况。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(3) 一份文件如看来是审裁处命令的副本，并看来是由主席核证为真确副本，则在没有相反证明的情况下，该文件在任何法律程序中须为该命令的充分证据。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-395 第 II 部 —— 第 IX 分部第 528 章第 175 条

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 151 U.K.]

上诉

176. 就法律论点向法院提出上诉 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条 ) (1) 由版权审裁处的裁决所引起的任何法律论点的上诉，须

向原讼法庭提出。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 ) (2) 根据第 174 条订立的规则可限定任何上诉须在某段时间

内提出。

(3) 根据该条订立的规则可就以下事宜作出规定 —— (a) 在审裁处的裁决遭上诉的个案中，暂停实施审裁处

的命令或授权或规定审裁处暂停实施其命令；

(b) 就暂停实施的审裁处的命令的效力而对本部任何条文的实施作出变通；

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 152 U.K.]

第 X 分部 —— 享有版权保护所须具备的资格

177. 享有版权保护所须具备的资格 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 如作品符合以下条件，则有版权存在 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-397 第 II 部 —— 第 X 分部第 528 章第 177 条

(a) 作者符合第 178 条所列的资格规定；或 (b) 该作品在香港或其他地方发表；或 (c) 如该作品属广播或有线传播节目，该作品自香港或

其他地方作出或发送。

(2) 如某作品曾符合本分部或第 182、184 或 188 条 ( 政府版权、立法会版权或某些国际组织的版权 ) 所列的资格规定，则该作品的版权不会因任何其后发生的事情而停止存在。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 153 U.K.]

178. 藉作者而获得的资格 (1) 如某作品的作者在关键时间 ——

(a) 是以香港或其他地方为居籍或在香港或其他地方居住或在香港或其他地方有居留权的个人；或

(b) 是根据任何国家、地区或地方的法律成立为法团的团体，

则该作品享有版权保护的资格。

(2) 如合作作品的任何作者在关键时间符合第 (1) 款所列的规定，则该作品享有版权保护的资格；但如某作品只根据本条方享有版权保护的资格，则就以下条文而言，只有符合第 (1) 款规定的作者方会获顾及 —— 第 13 及 14(1) 条 ( 版权的第一拥有人；作者或作者的雇主可享有的权利 )；第 17 及 19 条 ( 版权的期限 ) 及就第 17 及 19 条而适用的

第 11(4) 条 (“ 作者不为人知 ” 的涵意 )；及第 66 及 75 条 ( 基于关于版权期限届满等的假设而允许作出的作为 )。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 154 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-399 第 II 部 —— 第 X 分部第 528 章第 178 条

179. 在香港注册的船舶、航空器及气垫船本部适用于在根据香港法律而注册的船舶、航空器及气垫船上作出的事情，犹如其适用于在香港作出的事情一样。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 162 U.K.]

180. 对于某些不给予香港作品足够保护的国家的人民等不给予版权保护

( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 除第 (4) 款另有规定外，行政长官会同行政会议如觉得香

港作品或某类或多于一类香港作品因受到某国家、地区或地方不利的待遇而在该国家、地区或地方没有得到足够的保护，则行政长官会同行政会议可藉规例而按照本条，限制本部就与该国家、地区或地方有关的作者的作品而赋予的权利。

(2) 行政长官会同行政会议须在规例中指定有关的国家、地区或地方，并须规定就规例所指明的目的而言，在规例所指明的日期之后在该国家、地区或地方首次发表的作品的作者如在该项发表时属下列身分，则该项作品并不具备凭借发表而享有版权保护的资格 —— (a) 作者是以该国家、地区或地方为其居籍或在该国家、

地区或地方居住，或有该国家、地区或地方的居留权 ( 但并非同时以香港为居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留权 ) 的个人；或

(b) 作者是根据该国家、地区或地方的法律成立为法团的团体，

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-401 第 II 部 —— 第 X 分部第 528 章第 179 条

而规例可在顾及第 (1) 款所提述的不利待遇的性质及程度后，为本部的全部目的或为规例所指明的某些目的，一般地或就规例所指明的个案种类，订定条文。

(3) 在本条中，“ 香港作品 ” (Hong Kong works) 指版权作品，而其作者在关键时间 —— (a) 是以香港为其居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留权

的个人；或

(b) 是根据香港法律成立为法团的团体。 (4) 行政长官会同行政会议不得就香港亦是缔约方或延伸适

用于香港的双边或多边版权或有关权利的公约的缔约国家、地区或地方行使其在本条下的权力。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 ) [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 160 U.K.]

181. 首次发表及关键时间的涵义 (1) 就第 180 条而言，在某国家、地区或地方的发表虽然与

在其他地方的发表同时作出，该发表仍视为首次发表；就此目的而言，于发表日期前30日内在其他地方的发表，亦视为同时发表。

(2) 就第 178 及 180 条而言，关乎文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品的关键时间为 —— (a) 就未发表的作品而言，指制作该作品的时间，如其

制作历时一段期间，指该期间中相当大的部分；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-403 第 II 部 —— 第 X 分部第 528 章第 181 条

(b) 就已发表的作品而言，指作品首次发表的时间，如作者已在该时间前死亡，则指紧接他死亡之前的时间。

(3) 就第 178 及 180 条而言，关乎其他类别的作品的关键时间如下 —— (a) 就声音纪录或影片而言，指其制作的时间； (b) 就广播而言，指作出广播的时间； (c) 就有线传播节目而言，指该节目包括在有线传播节

目服务内的时间；

(d) 就已发表版本的排印编排而言，指该版本首次发表的时间。

[比照 1988 c. 48 ss. 154 & 155 U.K.]

第 XI 分部 —— 杂项及一般条文

政府版权及立法会版权

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

182. 政府版权 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡某作品是由政府人员在执行其职责的过程中制作

的 —— (a) 则尽管有第 177 条 ( 享有版权保护所须具备的资格

的一般规定 ) 的规定，该作品仍具备版权保护的资格；及

(b) 政府是该作品的任何版权的第一拥有人。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-405 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 182 条

(2) 上述作品的版权，尽管可能会转让或已经转让予另一人，在本部中均称为 “ 政府版权 ”。

(3) 作品的政府版权按以下规定持续存在 —— (a) 如该项作品于某公历年制作，则政府版权持续存在

直至自该年年终起计的 125 年期间完结为止；或 (b) 如该作品于某公历年制作，而该作品在自该年年终

起计的 75 年期间完结之前已于另一公历年首次作商业发表，则该作品的政府版权持续存在直至自该另一年年终起计的 50 年期间完结为止。

(4) 就合作作品而言，凡其中一名或多于一名 ( 但并非所有 ) 作者属第 (1) 款所指范围内的人，则本条只就该等作者以及凭借该等作者对作品的贡献而存在的版权而适用。

(5) 除以上提及的之外以及在本部另有明订的摒除条文的规限下，本部的条文就政府版权而适用，一如其就其他版权而适用一样。

(6) 如任何作品有立法会版权存在，则本条不适用于该作品；如任何作品在某程度上有立法会版权存在，则本条在该程度上不适用于该作品 ( 参阅第 184 及 185 条 )。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 163 U.K.]

183. 条例的版权 (1) 政府享有每一条条例的版权。 (2) 如某条例于某公历年在宪报刊登，则该条例的版权由条

例在宪报刊登的日期起存在，直至自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结为止。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-407 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 183 条

(3) 在本部中，凡提述政府版权 ( 第 182 条除外 )，即包括本条所指的版权，而除以上提及的之外，本部的条文就本条所指的版权而适用，一如其就其他政府版权而适用一样。

(4) 任何条例均没有其他版权或属版权性质的权利存在。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 164 U.K.]

184. 立法会版权 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡某作品是由立法会制作的或在立法会的指示或控制下

制作的 —— (a) 则尽管有第 177 条 ( 享有版权保护所须具备的资格

的一般规定 ) 的规定，该作品仍具备版权保护的资格；及

(b) 立法会是该作品的任何版权的第一拥有人。 (2) 上述作品的版权，尽管可能会转让或已经转让予另一人，

在本部中均称为 “ 立法会版权 ”。 (3) 如文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品于某公历

年制作，则该项作品的立法会版权持续存在，直至自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结为止。

(4) 就本条而言，由立法会制作的或在立法会的指示或控制下制作的作品包括 —— (a) 立法会任何人员或雇员在执行其职责的过程中制作

的任何作品；及

(b) 立法会程序的任何声音纪录、影片、即场广播或即场有线传播节目，

但任何作品并不仅因是立法会委讬制作或是代立法会委讬制作，而被视为由立法会制作或在立法会的指示或控制下制作。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-409 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 184 条

(5) 就合作作品而言，凡其中一名或多于一名 ( 但并非所有 ) 作者是代立法会行事的或是在立法会的指示或控制下行事的，则本条只就该等作者以及凭借该等作者对作品的贡献而存在的版权而适用。

(6) 除以上提及的之外以及在本部另有明订的摒除条文的规限下，本部的条文就立法会版权而适用，一如其就其他版权而适用一样。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 ) [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 165 U.K.]

185. 条例草案的版权 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 除议员条例草案外，每一条提交立法会的条例草案的版

权均按照以下条文属政府所有。

(2) 议员条例草案的版权属立法会所有。 (3) 如条例草案于某公历年首次在宪报刊登，则本条所指的

版权由条例草案首次在宪报刊登的日期起存在，而 —— (a) 在条例草案是在 1997 年 7 月 1 日前在宪报刊登的情

况下 —— (i) 该项版权存在直至该条例草案获得批准为止；

或

(ii) 如该条例草案没有获得批准，则该项版权存在直至自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结为止；及

(b) 在条例草案是在 1997 年 7 月 1 日当日或之后在宪报刊登的情况下 ——

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-411 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 185 条

(i) 该项版权存在直至行政长官签署该条例草案为止；或

(ii) 如行政长官没有签署该条例草案，则该项版权存在直至自该年年终起计的50年期间完结为止。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条代替 )

(4) 在本部中，凡提述政府版权 ( 第 182 条除外 )，即包括第 (1) 款所指的版权；而除以上提及者外，本部的条文就第 (1) 款所指的版权而适用，一如其就其他政府版权而适用一样。

(5) 在本部中，凡提述立法会版权 ( 第 184 条除外 )，即包括第 (2) 款所指的版权；而除以上提及者外，本部的条文就第 (2) 款所指的版权而适用，一如其就其他立法会版权而适用一样。

(6) 任何条例草案的版权一旦已根据本条存在，则该条例草案即没有其他版权或属版权性质的权利存在；但就未能在立法会的某一次会期获通过而在其后的会期再度提交的条例草案而言，此规定并不损害本条其后就该等条例草案而实施。

(7) 在本条中，“ 议员条例草案 ” (member’s bill) 指由一名立法会议员提交的不属政府法案的条例草案。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 ) [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 166 U.K.]

186. 立法会∶关于版权的补充条文 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 就版权的持有、进行交易和强制执行而言，以及就与版

权有关的所有法律程序而言，立法会须当作具有法人团

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-413 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 186 条

体的法律行为能力，而该行为能力并不受立法会的解散影响。

(2) 立法会作为版权拥有人的职能可由立法会主席代立法会执行，而立法会主席如就此而授权，或在立法会主席的职位悬空的情况下，该等职能可由立法会秘书处的秘书长执行。 (由 1997年第 115号第 12条修订 )

(3) 就此而言，在立法会解散时是立法会主席的人可继续行事，直至相应的委任在立法会的下一次会期作出为止。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 ) [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 167 U.K.]

187. 以提起与平行输入的作品的复制品有关的法律程序作无理威胁

以提起与平行输入的作品的复制品有关的法律程序作无理威胁

(由 2007年第 15号第 43条修订 )

其他杂项条文

(1) 如有某作品的复制品是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方合法地制作的，而它仅凭借第 35(3) 条而被指称为侵犯版权复制品，则凡任何人威胁他人会就该作品的复制品而根据第 30 及 31 条提起侵犯版权的法律程序，则因该威胁而感到受屈的人可向法院申请以下任何一项或多于一项济助 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 43条修订 ) (a) 表明该项威胁是无充分理由的宣布； (b) 禁止继续作出该项威胁的强制令；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-415 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 187 条

则他有权获得所申索的济助，但如被告人证明威胁要提起法律程序所针对的作为构成或假如作出本会构成该条所指的侵犯版权，则属例外。

(3) 如仅就版权的存在一事作出通知，则不构成本条所指的以提起法律程序作威胁。

(4) 本条不得使大律师或律师就为代表其当事人而以其专业身分作出的作为而在根据本条提起的诉讼中被起诉。

(5) 根据本条而提起的诉讼中的被告人，可藉反申索而申请他在就原告人侵犯关乎有关威胁的版权而提起的另一宗诉讼中，会有权获得的济助，而在任何该等个案中，本条例关于提起侵犯版权诉讼的条文在作出必要的变通后，即就该诉讼而适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 253 U.K.]

188. 归属某些国际组织的版权 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡原创文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品 ——

(a) 是由任何国际组织的人员或雇员制作的，或是由该国际组织发表的；及

(b) 并不具备根据第 178 条 ( 藉作者而获得的资格 ) 享有版权保护的资格，

则该作品凭借本条仍然有版权存在，而该组织是该版权的第一拥有人。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-417 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 188 条

(2) 凡有国际组织凭借本条而成为某作品的版权的第一拥有人，如该作品于某公历年制作，则该作品的版权持续存在，直至自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结为止，或直至由行政长官根据第 (4)款藉规例指明的较长期间完结为止。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(3) 就版权的持有、进行交易和强制执行而言，以及就与版权有关的所有法律程序而言，国际组织须当作具有法人团体的法律行为能力以及在所有关键时间一直具有该行为能力。

(4) 行政长官可为遵从适用于香港的国际义务的目的，藉规例为施行本条就国际组织的版权期限指明较 50 年为长的期间。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 168 U.K.]

189. 民间文学艺术等∶不具名的未发表作品民间文学艺术等∶不具名的未发表作品

(由 2007年第 15号第 44条修订 )

(1) 就作者不为人知并且未发表的文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品而言，凡有证据显示其作者 ( 或就合作作品而言，其中任何一名作者 ) 藉与香港以外的国家、地区或地方的联系而成为合资格的个人，则在本部的条文的规限下，该作者即推定为一名合资格的个人，而该项作品的版权亦据此存在，直至相反证明成立为止。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-419 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 189 条

(2) 如某机构根据该国家、地区或地方的法律获委任以保护和强制执行该等作品的版权，则商务及经济发展局局长可为本条的施行而藉规例指定该机构。 (由 1997年第 362号法律公告修订；由 2002年第 106号法律公告修订；由 2007年第 130号法律公告修订 )

(3) 经如此指定的机构在香港获承认为具有权限取代版权拥有人作出该机构根据该国家的法律获赋权作出的任何事情 ( 转让版权除外 )，并尤其可以其本身的名义提起法律程序。

(4) 在第 (1) 款中，“ 合资格的个人 ” (qualifying individual) 指在关键时间 ( 第 178 条所指的 ) 其作品根据该条而具备版权保护资格的个人。

(5) 如作者已将该项作品的版权转让，并已将该转让通知指定机构，则本条不适用；本条并不影响由作者或由合法地藉作者提出申索的人作出的版权转让或批出的特许的法律效力。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 169 U.K.]

190. 关长及获授权人员的保障 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 关长及获授权人员无须为就执行其在本部下的任何职责

而真诚地采取或真诚地遗漏采取任何行动而使任何人蒙受的任何损失或损害，负上任何法律责任。

(2) 第 (1) 款就关长及获授权人员执行上述职责而真诚地采取或真诚地遗漏采取任何行动而赋予他们的保障，并不以任何方式影响政府须为所采取或遗漏采取的行动所负上的任何法律责任。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-421 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 190 条

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

过渡性条文及保留条文

191. 过渡性条文及保留条文附表 2 载有过渡性条文及保留条文，该等条文关乎在本部生效前制作的作品以及所作出的作为或发生的事情，并在其他方面关乎本部条文的实施。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 170 U.K.]

192. 在其他成文法则或普通法下的权利和特权 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 本部并不影响 ——

(a) 任何人在任何成文法则下的任何权利或特权 ( 除非该成文法则已由本条例明文废除、修订或作出变通 )；

(b) 并非在任何成文法则下存在的任何政府权利或特权； (c) 立法会的任何权利或特权； (由 1999年第 22号第 3

条修订 ) (d) 政府或任何从政府取得所有权的任何人出售或使用

根据香港法律而被没收的物品，或以其他方式进行该等物品的交易的权利；

(e) 关乎违反信讬或破坏信用的任何衡平法规则的实施。 (2) 除该等保留条文所规定外，并无任何版权或属版权性质

的权利是并非凭借本部或就此而制定的成文法则而存在的。

(3) 本部并不影响任何基于公众利益或其他理由而阻止或限制强制执行版权的法律规则。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-423 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 191 条

(4) 本部并不影响就侵犯第 IV 分部 ( 精神权利 ) 所赋予的权利中的任何权利的作为而具有的任何不论属民事或刑事的诉讼权或其他补救，而该诉讼权或其他补救是并非根据本部而具有的。

(5) 第 (1) 款的保留条文在第 183(4) 及 185(6) 条 ( 条例和条例草案的版权∶摒除其他属版权性质的权利 ) 的规限下具有效力。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 171 U.K.]

释义

193. 与解释有关的一般规定 (1) 本部重新述明并修订版权的法律，该法律即《1956 年版权

法令》(1956 c. 74 U.K.) 中经修订并延伸适用于香港的条文及经修订的《版权条例》( 第 39 章 ) 的条文。

(2) 本部的条文凡与过往的法律的某一条文相对应，不得仅因词句的改变而解释为偏离过往的法律。

(3) 为确定本部的条文是否偏离过往的法律，或为确定本部条文的真正解释，可参照根据过往的法律而作出的裁决。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 172 U.K.]

194. 对版权拥有人的提述的解释 (1) 凡不同的人就一项作品不同方面的版权具有权利 ( 不论

是由于局部转让或其他原因 )，则就本部某目的而言的版权拥有人即为有权享有与该目的有关的方面的版权的人。

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-425 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 193 条

(2) 凡版权 ( 或版权的任何方面 ) 是由多于一人共同拥有的，则在本部中凡提述版权拥有人，即提述所有该等拥有人；故此特别是在需要取得版权拥有人特许的情况下，需要取得所有该等拥有人的特许。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 173 U.K.]

195. “ 教育机构 ” 和相关词句的涵义 ( 有关《立法会决议》(2007 年第 130 号法律公告 ) 所作之修订的保留及过渡性条文，见载于该决议第 (12) 段。) (1) “ 教育机构 ” (educational establishment) 指在附表 1 中指明

的教育机构。

(2) 就教育机构而言，在本部中的 “ 教师 ”(teacher) 和 “ 学生 ”(pupil) ，分别包括任何教学者和接受教学者。

(3) 在本部中，凡提述代某一教育机构作出任何事情，即指由任何人为该教育机构的目的而作出该等事情。

(4) 教育局局长可藉宪报公告修订附表 1。 (由 1997年第 362号法律公告修订；由 2007年第 130号法律公告修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 174 U.K.]

196. “ 发表 ” 和 “ 商业发表 ” 的涵义 (1) 在本部中，“ 发表 ” (publication) 就作品而言，指向公众

发放或提供该作品的复制品；而相关词句亦据此解释。

(2) 在本部中，“ 商业发表 ” (commercial publication) 就文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品而言，指在收到

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-427 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 195 条

定单前已预先制作的该等作品的复制品普遍地提供予公众的时候向公众发放或提供该等复制品，而相关词句亦据此解释。

(3) 就以建筑物形式的建筑作品而言，或就包含于建筑物内的艺术作品而言，该建筑物的建造即视作等同于该项作品的发表。

(4) 就本部而言，以下各项不构成发表，而凡提述商业发表，亦据此解释 —— (a) 如属文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品 ——

(i) 表演该作品；或 (ii) 广播该作品或将其包括在有线传播节目服务内；

(b) 如属艺术作品 —— (i) 陈列该作品； (由 2007年第 15号第 45条修订 )

(ii) 向公众发放或提供表述建筑物形式或建筑物模型形式的建筑作品的平面美术作品的复制品、向公众发放或提供表述雕塑品或美术工艺作品的平面美术作品的复制品，或向公众发放或提供该建筑作品、雕塑品或美术工艺作品的照片；

(iii) 向公众发放或提供包括该作品在内的影片的复制品；或

(iv) 广播该作品或将其包括在有线传播节目服务内； (c) 如属声音纪录或影片 ——

(i) 公开播放或放映该作品；或 (ii) 广播该作品或将其包括在有线传播节目服务内。

(5) 在本部中，凡提述发表或商业发表，并不包括仅属似是而用意并非为满足公众的合理要求的发表。

(6) 就本条而言，任何未获授权的作为并没有予以顾及。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 175 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-429 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 196 条

197. 签署的规定∶对法人团体的适用范围 (1) 在以下条文中，凡规定文书须由某人签署或须由他人代

某人签署，则就法人团体而言，盖上其印章亦属符合该规定 —— 第 90(3)(b) 条 ( 特许人在依据特许而制作的复制品作公开陈列的情况下宣示作者的被识别权利 )；第 101(3) 条 ( 版权的转让 )；第 102(1) 条 ( 未来版权的转让 )；第 103(1) 条 ( 专用特许的批出 )。

(2) 在以下条文中，凡规定文书须由某人签署，则就法人团体而言，由他人代该法人团体签署或盖上该法人团体的印章，亦属符合该规定 —— 第 90(2)(b) 条 ( 藉文书宣示识别为作者的权利 )；第 98(2) 条 ( 放弃精神权利 )。

(由 2007年第 15号第 46条修订 )

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-431 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 197 条

198. 次要定义 (* 斜体部分尚未实施。) (1) 在本部中 —— (由 2000年第 64号第 10条修订 ) “ 文章 ” (article) 在提及在期刊中的文章的文意中，包括任何

类别的项目；

“ 司法程序 ” (judicial proceedings) 包括在任何法院，审裁处或具有权限就影响任何人的法律权利或责任的任何事宜作出裁决的人席前进行的法律程序；

“ 未经授权 ” (unauthorized) 就任何就作品而作出的事情而言 —— (a) 指并非由版权拥有人作出或并非在版权拥有人的特

许下作出；

(b) 如该项作品没有版权存在，指并非由作者作出或并非在作者的特许下作出；或在第 14(1) 条本会适用的情况下，并非由作者的雇主作出，或在作者的雇主的特许下作出；或在该两种情况的任何一种情况下，并非由合法地藉作者或其雇主而提出申索的人作出或并非在该人的特许下作出；或

“ 字体 ” (typeface) 包括在印刷中使用的装饰花纹图案； “ 足够的卸责声明 ” (sufficient disclaimer) 就可构成侵犯第 92

条 (反对作品受贬损处理的权利 )所赋予权利的作为而言，指一项清晰和合理地显著的表示，谓某作品已受到未经其作者或导演同意的处理，而 —— (a) 该项表示是在作出上述作为之时作出的；及 (b) 如作者或导演当时已被识别，则该项表示是与该识

别并排出现的；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-433 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 198 条

“ 足够的确认声明 ” (sufficient acknowledgement) 指藉有关作品的名称或其他描述而确认该项作品并除在以下情况外识别其作者的声明 —— (a) 就已发表作品而言，该项作品是不具名发表的； (b) 就未发表作品而言，任何人不能藉合理查究而确定

其作者的身分；

“ 受雇 ” (employed)，“ 雇员 ” (employee)，“ 雇主 ” (employer) 及 “ 雇用 ” (employment) 指雇用合约或学徒训练合约下的雇用；

“ 音乐视像纪录 ” (musical visual recording) 指任何附同完全是或有主要部分是由整项或部分音乐作品或由整项或部分音乐作品及有关的整项或部分文学作品所构成的声带的影片； (由 2003年第 27号第 5条增补 )

“ 音乐声音纪录 ” (musical sound recording) 指完全是或有主要部分是由整项或部分音乐作品或由整项或部分音乐作品及有关的整项或部分文学作品所构成的声音纪录； (由 2003年第 27号第 5条增补 )

“ 指明课程 ” (specified course of study) 指符合任何以下描述的研习课程 —— (a) 为教授根据附表 1A 指明的机构或当局发出或审批

的课程指引发展的课程 ( 不论如何称述 ) 而提供；或 (b) 包含对学员在有关研习课程所涵盖的范围内的能力

的评核而令学员获授予任何资格； (由 2007年第 15 号第 47条增补 )

“ 书面 ” (writing) 包括任何形式的记号或代码，不论是否手写的，亦不论其记录的方法或所记录于的媒体；而 “ 写出 ” (written) 亦据此解释；

“ 租赁权 ” (rental right) 指版权拥有人授权租赁或禁止租赁任何以下作品的复制品的权利 —— (a) 电脑程式； (b) 声音纪录；

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-435 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 198 条

品；

*[(e) 载于连环图册内的文学作品或艺术作品；或 (f) 连环图册的已发表版本的排印编排；] (由 2007年

第 15号第 47条修订 ) “ 国际组织 ” (international organization) 指成员包括一个或多于

一个国家，地区或地方的组织；

“ 无线电讯 ” (wireless telegraphy) 指通过为发送电磁能量而建造或安排并非由任何实体物质所提供的线路而发送电磁能量；

“ 电子 ” (electronic) 指藉电能量，磁能量，电磁能量，电化能量或电机能量驱动，而 “ 电子形式 ” (in electronic form) 指只可藉电子方法使用的形式；

“ 电讯系统 ” (telecommunications system) 指藉电子方法输送影像，声音或其他资料的系统；

“ 电视剧或电视电影 ” (television drama) 指属一般称为电视剧或电视电影的一类影片； (由 2003年第 27号第 5条增补 )

“ 电脑产生 ” (computer-genereted) 就作品而言，指该作品是在没有人类作者的情况下由电脑产生的；

“ 电影 ” (movie) 指属一般称为电影的一类影片； (由 2003年第 27号第 5条增补 )

“ 业务 ” (business) 包括 —— (a) 行业或专业；及 (b) 并非为牟利而营办的业务； (由 2007年第 15号第

47条代替 ) “ 汇集作品 ” (collective work) 指 ——

(a) 合作作品；或

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-437 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 198 条

(b) 不同作者有明显各自分开的贡献的作品，或收纳了不同作者的作品或不同作者的作品的某些部分的作品；

“ 过境物品 ” (article in transit) 指以下物品 —— (a) 只为被带出香港而带进香港的物品；及 (b) 在某船只或航空器之内或之上被带进香港并在所有

时间均留在该船只或航空器之内或之上的物品；

“ 制作人 ” (producer) 就声音纪录或影片而言，指从事进行制作声音纪录或影片所需安排的人；

“ 精确复制品 ” (facsimile copy) 包括比例上经缩小或放大的复制品；

“ 输入 ” (import) 指将任何物品带进香港或致使任何物品被带进香港；

“ 输出 ” (export) 指将任何物品带出香港或致使任何物品被带出香港；

“ 获授权人员 ” (authorized officer) 指获关长以书面授权行使本条例赋予获授权人员的任何权力和执行本条例委予获授权人员的任何职责的任何公职人员； (由 2002年第 14号第 3条修订 )

“ 关长 ” (Commissioner) 指海关关长及海关副关长或助理关长； (由 1999年第 22号第 3条代替 )

“ 翻印程序 ” (reprographic process) 指 —— (a) 制作精确复制品的程序；或 (b) 涉及使用制作大量复制品的装置的程序，而就藉电子形式保存的作品而言，包括藉电子方法进行的任何复制，但不包括影片或声音纪录的制作；

“翻印复制品” (reprographic copy)指藉翻印程序制作的复制品。 (2) 在第 31(2)、32(3)、95(1A)、96(6A)、109(1A) 及 120(2A)

条中，“经营 ” (dealing in)包括买入、出售、出租、输入、

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-439 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 198 条

输出及分发。 (由 2000年第 64号第 10条增补。由 2007 年第 15号第 47条修订 )

(3) 在本部中，就在某国家、地区或地方制作的任何作品的复制品而言 —— (a) “ 合法地制作 ” (lawfully made) 指该复制品由下述的

人制作 —— (i) 在该国家、地区或地方 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 享

有该作品的版权的人；或

(ii) 获第 (i) 节所提述的人的特许在该国家、地区或地方 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 制作该复制品的人；但

(b) 如该复制品在某国家、地区或地方制作，而该国家、地区或地方没有保障该作品的版权的法律，或该作品在该国家、地区或地方的版权已期限届满，则 “ 合法地制作 ” (lawfully made) 不包括该复制品。 (由 2007年第 15号第 47条代替 )

(4) 商务及经济发展局局长可藉于宪报刊登的公告修订附表 1A。 (由 2007年第 15号第 47条增补 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 178 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-441 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 198 条

199. 界定词句的索引下表显示界定或以其他方式解释在本部中使用的词句的条文 ( 但就只在同一条中使用的词句作出界定或解释的条文则除外 ) —— 已发表版本 ( 在提及排印编排

的版权的文意中 ) 第 10 条

文章 ( 在期刊中的 ) 第 198(1) 条文学作品第 4(1) 条不为人知 ( 就作品的作者而言 ) 第 11(5) 条立法会版权 (由 1999年第 22

号第 3条修订 ) 第 184(2) 及 185(5) 条

未来版权第 102(2) 条司法程序第 198(1) 条生效 ( 在附表 2 中 ) 该附表第 1(2) 段平面美术作品第 5 条代 ( 就教育机构而言 ) 第 195(3) 条未经授权 ( 关于就任何作品而

作出的事情 ) 第 198(1) 条

向公众提供复制品第 26 条向公众发放复制品第 24 条合作作品第 12 条合法地制作 (由 2003年第 27

号第 6条增补 ) 第 198(3) 条

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-443 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 199 条

多于一名作者的作品 ( 在第 VIII 分部中 )

第 145(3) 条

扣留令第 135 条有线传播节目、有线传播节目

服务 ( 及相关词句 ) 第 9 条

字体第 198(1) 条作者第 11 及 12(4) 条作者不为人知 ( 的作品 ) 第 11(4) 条作品 ( 在附表 2 中 ) 该附表第 2(1) 段改编本第 29(3) 条足够的卸责声明第 198(1) 条足够的确认声明第 198(1) 条政府版权第 182(2) 及 183(3) 条受版权所限制的作为第 22(1) 条表演第 27(2) 条受雇、雇员、雇主及雇用第 198(1) 条版权 ( 在附表 2 中 ) 该附表第 2(2) 段版权作品第 2(2) 条版权 ( 概括而言 ) 第 2 条版权审裁处第 169 条版权拥有人第 112(2) 及 194 条版权拥有人的特许第 101(4)、102(3) 及 194

条

侵犯版权复制品第 35 条指明课程 (由 2007年第 15号

第 48条增补 ) 第 198(1) 条

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-445 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 199 条

指明的图书馆或档案室 ( 在第 47 至 53 条中 )

第 46(2)(b) 条

订明条件 ( 在第 47 至 53 条中 ) 第 46(2)(a) 条音乐作品第 4(1) 条音乐视像纪录 (由 2003年第

27号第 6条增补 ) 第 198(1) 条

音乐声音纪录 (由 2003年第 27号第 6条增补 )

第 198(1) 条

建筑物第 5 条书面及写出第 198(1) 条特许 ( 在第 162 至 166 条中 ) 第 161 条特许计划 (在第 155至 160条中 ) 第 154 条特许计划 ( 概括而言 ) 第 145(1) 条特许机构 ( 在第 VIII 分部中 ) 第 145(2) 条租赁权第 198(1) 条专用特许第 103(1) 条教育机构第 195(1) 条教师第 195(2) 条商业发表第 196 条国际组织第 198(1) 条发表及相关词句第 196 条无线电讯第 198(1) 条电子及电子形式第 198(1) 条电讯系统第 198(1) 条电视剧或电视电影 (由 2003

年第 27号第 6条增补 ) 第 198(1) 条

电脑产生第 198(1) 条

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-447 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 199 条

电影 (由 2003年第 27号第 6 条增补 )

第 198(1) 条

照片第 5 条业务第 198(1) 条汇集作品第 198(1) 条过境物品第 198(1) 条准拥有人 ( 版权的准拥有人 ) 第 102(2) 条经营 (由 2000年第 64号第 11

条增补 ) 第 198(2) 条

制作人 ( 就声音纪录或影片而言 )

第 198(1) 条

制作 ( 就文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品而言 )

第 4(2) 条

图书馆馆长 (在第 46至 53条中 ) 第 46(5) 条复制品及复制第 23 条精确复制品第 198(1) 条影片第 7 条节目 ( 在提及广播的文意中 ) 第 8(3) 条广播 ( 及相关词句 ) 第 8 条输入第 198(1) 条输出第 198(1) 条学生第 195(2) 条雕塑品第 5 条声音纪录第 6 条档案室负责人 ( 在第 46 至 53

条中 ) 第 46(5) 条

获授权人员第 198(1) 条

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-449 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 199 条

关长 (由 1999年第 22号第 3 条修订 )

第 198(1) 条

戏剧作品第 4(1) 条翻印程序第 198(1) 条翻印复制品及翻印复制第 198(1) 条艺术作品第 5 条签署第 197 条权利特有人第 135 条

(由 2000年第 64号第 11条修订 ) [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 179 U.K.]

最后更新日期

3.3.2014

《版权条例》

2-451 第 II 部 —— 第 XI 分部第 528 章第 199 条

第 III 部

在表演中的权利

第 I 分部 —— 权利、侵犯权利及侵犯权利的补救

引言

200. 赋予表演者和具有录制权的人的权利 (1) 本部 ——

(a) 藉规定对任何表演的利用均须其表演者的同意，以赋权予有关表演者，使他可禁止未获他的同意而作出该利用 ( 参阅第 201 至 207A 条 )；及 (由 2007 年第 15号第 49条修订 )

(b) 就未获得对某项表演具有录制权的人的同意或表演者的同意而制作的录制品而赋权予对该项表演具有录制权的人 ( 参阅第 208 至 211 条 )。

(2) 在本部中 —— “ 表演 ” (performance) 指 ——

(a) 戏剧表演 ( 包括舞蹈及默剧 )； (b) 音乐表演； (c) 诵读或背诵文学作品；

(ca) 艺术作品的表演； (由 2007年第 15号第 49条増补 ) (cb) 民间文学艺术作品；或 (由 2007年第 15号第 49条

増补 ) (d) 综合表演或任何相类的演出，

但该项表演须属一项由一名或多于一名个人作出的非录制表演；

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-1 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 200 条

“ 表演者 ” (performer) 指演员、歌手、乐师、舞蹈者或其他从事演戏、唱歌、演说、诵读、演出、演绎或以其他方式作出表演的人；

“ 录制品 ”、“ 录制 ” (fixation) 就一项表演而言，指 —— (a) 自某项非录制表演直接制作的影片或声音纪录； (b) 自该项表演的广播制作的影片或声音纪录，或自包

括该项表演的有线传播节目制作的影片或声音纪录；或

(3) 本部赋予的权利独立于以下项目 —— (a) 任何已表演的作品的版权或关乎该作品的精神权利；

或该表演的任何影片或声音纪录的版权或关乎该影片或声音纪录的精神权利；或包括该表演的广播或有线传播节目的版权或关乎该广播或有线传播节目的精神权利；及

(b) 并非根据本部而产生的任何其他权利或责任。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 180 U.K.]

表演者的权利

201. 合资格表演就本部关乎表演者的权利的条文而言，如某项表演是由以香港或其他地方为居籍或居于香港或其他地方或有香港或其他地方居留权的个人在香港或其他地方作出的，则该项表演属合资格表演。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-3 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 201 条

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 181 U.K.]

202. 进行非录制表演的录制等须获得同意 (1) 任何人在未获得某合资格表演的表演者的同意下，作出

以下作为，即属侵犯该表演者的权利 —— (a) 直接自非录制表演录制该合资格表演的整项或其任

何实质部分；

(b) 将该合资格表演的整项或其任何实质部分即场广播，或将该合资格表演的整项或其任何实质部分即场包括在任何有线广播节目服务内或即场向公众提供；或

(2) 任何人制作该等录制品供他作私人和家居使用，不属侵犯表演者的权利。

(3) 在凭借本条提起的任何侵犯表演者的权利的诉讼中，如被告人证明在侵犯权利时，他有合理理由相信已获得同意，则不得针对该被告人而判给损害赔偿。

(4) 在本条中，就一项表演而言，“ 即场向公众提供 ” (makes available to the public live) 指藉有线或无线的方式提供非录制表演，而提供的方法使在香港或其他地方的公众人士可从其各自选择的地点观看或收听该表演。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 182 U.K.]

203. 复制录制品须获得同意

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-5 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 202 条

(1) 任何人在未获得某合资格表演的表演者的同意下，就该合资格表演的整项或其任何实质部分的录制品制作复制品而非供他私人和家居使用，即属侵犯该表演者的权利；而在本部中，凡提述复制及复制品，须按以下条文解释。

(2) 该复制品是直接或是间接制作的，并不具关键性。 (3) 制作录制品的复制品，指以任何实质形式复制该录制品，

包括藉电子方法将录制品贮存于任何媒体。

(4) 表演者根据本条授权制作或禁止制作该等复制品的权利，在本部中称为 “ 复制权 ”。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 182A U.K.]

204. 向公众发放复制品须获得同意 (1) 任何人在未获某合资格表演的表演者的同意下，向公众

发放该合资格表演的整项或其任何实质部分的录制品的复制品，即属侵犯该表演者的权利。

(2) 在本部中，凡提述向公众发放录制品的复制品，即提述由表演者或在表演者的同意下将以前未曾在香港或其他地方发行的复制品发行的作为。

(3) 在本部中，凡提述向公众发放录制品的复制品，并不包括 —— (a) 以前曾发行的复制品的任何其后的分发、售卖、租

赁或借出；或

(b) 该等复制品其后输入香港。 (4) 在本部中，凡提述发放一项表演的录制品的复制品，包

括发放非录制表演的原本录制品。

(5) 表演者根据本条授权向公众发放或禁止向公众发放复制品的权利，在本部中称为 “ 分发权利 ”。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-7 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 204 条

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 182B U.K.]

205. 向公众提供复制品须获得同意 (1) 任何人在未获某合资格表演的表演者的同意下，向公众

提供该合资格表演的整项或其任何实质部分的录制品的复制品，即属侵犯该表演者的权利。

(2) 在本部中，凡提述向公众提供一项表演的录制品的复制品，即提述藉有线或无线的方式提供该录制品的复制品，而如此提供的方法使在香港或其他地方的公众人士可从其各自选择的地点及于其各自选择的时间观看或收听该录制品 ( 例如透过一般称为电脑互联网服务的服务而提供作品的复制品 )。

(3) 在本部中，凡提述提供一项表演的录制品的复制品，包括提供非录制表演的原本录制品。

(4) 仅提供使一项表演的录制品的复制品能够向公众提供的实物设施本身并不构成向公众提供录制品的复制品的作为。

(5) 表演者根据本条授权向公众提供或禁止向公众提供录制品的复制品的权利，在本部中称为“向公众提供的权利”。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-9 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 205 条

206. 藉使用在未获同意下制作的录制品而侵犯表演者的权利 (1) 任何人在未获得某合资格表演的表演者的同意下，藉任

何录制品 —— (a) 将该合资格表演的整项或其任何实质部分公开放映

或播放；或

(b) 将该合资格表演的整项或其任何实质部分广播，或将合资格表演的整项或其任何实质部分包括在任何有线传播节目服务内，

而该录制品是在没有获得表演者的同意下制作的，且该人知道或有理由相信该录制品是在没有获得该表演者的同意下制作的，则该人即属侵犯该表演者的权利。

(2) 任何人在未获得某合资格表演的表演者的同意下，在向公众提供录制品的过程中将该合资格表演的整项或其任何实质部分放映或播放，而该录制品是在没有获得该表演者的同意下制作的，且该人亦知道或有理由相信该录制品是在没有获得该表演者的同意下制作的，则该人亦属侵犯该表演者的权利。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 183 U.K.]

207. 藉输入、输出或管有侵犯权利的录制品或进行侵犯权利的录制品交易而侵犯表演者的权利

(1) 任何人在未获得某合资格表演的表演者的同意下，将该合资格表演的录制品 —— (a) 输入香港或输出香港而非供他私人和家居使用；或 (b) 为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过

程中 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 50条修订 ) (i) 管有；

(ii) 向公众提供；

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-11 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 206 条

(iii) 出售或出租； (iv) 要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展

示；或

(v) 分发， (由 2000年第 64号第 12条代替 ) 而该录制品是侵犯权利的录制品，且该人亦知道或有理由相信该录制品是侵犯权利的录制品，则该人即属侵犯该表演者的权利。 (1A) 就第 (1)(b) 款而言，有关的贸易或业务是否包含经营侵犯权利的录制品并不具关键性。 (由 2000年第 64 号第 12条增补 )

(2) 在凭借本条提起的侵犯表演者的权利的诉讼中，如被告人证明该侵犯权利的录制品是由他或他之前的所有权持有人不知情地取得的，则就该项侵犯权利而针对他的唯一补救，是一笔不超过就该项遭受申诉的作为而合理偿付的损害赔偿。

(3) 在第 (2) 款中，“ 不知情地取得 ” (innocently acquired) 指取得录制品的人不知道亦无理由相信该录制品是侵犯权利的录制品。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 184 U.K.]

207A. 藉在未获同意下租赁复制品予公众而侵犯表演者的权利 (1) 凡任何声音纪录录制了某合资格表演的整项或其任何实

质部分，则任何人在未获有关表演者的同意下，租赁该声音纪录的复制品予公众，即属侵犯该表演者的权利。

(2) 在本部中，“ 租赁 ” (rent) 就任何声音纪录而言 —— (a) 除 (b) 段另有规定外，指为直接或间接的经济或商业

利益而提供任何声音纪录的复制品予人使用，而使用条款是该复制品将予归还或可予归还；但

(b) 不包括 ——

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-13 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 207A 条

(i) 提供该声音纪录的复制品作公开表演、播放或放映之用，或作广播之用，或供包含在有线传播节目服务内；

(ii) 提供该声音纪录的复制品作公开陈列之用；或 (iii) 提供该声音纪录的复制品作即场参考之用。

(3) 在本部中，凡提述租赁声音纪录的复制品，即包括提述租赁该声音纪录的原本。

(4) 表演者根据本条租赁任何声音纪录的复制品予公众的权利，在本部中称为 “ 租赁权 ”。

(由 2007年第 15号第 51条増补 )

具有录制权的人的权利

208. 独有录制合约和具有录制权的人 (1) 在本部中，“ 独有录制合约 ” (exclusive fixation contract)

指表演者与另一人之间的合约，而根据此合约，该另一人有权制作该表演者的一项或多于一项表演的录制品，以期将该等录制品作商业利用，并摒除所有其他人 ( 包括该表演者 ) 具有该项权利。

(2) 在本部中，就某项表演而言，凡提述 “ 具有录制权的人 ”，( 除第 (3) 款另有规定外 ) 即提述 —— (a) 身为规限该项表演的独有录制合约的立约一方并享

有该合约的利益的人；或

(b) 上述合约的利益所转让予的人，该人并须为合资格的人。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-15 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 208 条

(3) 如某项表演受一项独有录制合约所规限，但第 (2) 款提及的人却并非合资格的人，则在本部中，就该项表演而言，凡提述 “ 具有录制权的人 ”，即提述 —— (a) 任何获该等并非合资格的人的特许而制作该项表演

的录制品以期将该等录制品作商业利用的人；或

(b) 上述特许的利益所转让予的人，该人并须为合资格的人。

(4) 在本条中，“ 以期作商业利用 ” (with a view to commercial exploitation) 指以期将录制品出售或出租，或公开放映或播放，或向公众发放或提供。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 185 U.K.]

209. 制作受独有合约规限的表演的录制品须获得同意 (1) 任何人在未获得对某项表演具有录制权的人的同意或该

表演的表演者的同意下，制作该表演的整项或其任何实质部分的录制品而非供他私人和家居使用，即属侵犯对该项表演具有录制权的人的权利。

(2) 在凭借本条提起的任何侵犯该等权利的诉讼中，如被告人证明在侵犯权利时，他有合理理由相信已获得同意，则不得针对该被告人而判给损害赔偿。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 186 U.K.]

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-17 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 209 条

210. 藉使用在未获同意下制作的录制品而侵犯录制权 (1) 任何人在未获得对某项表演具有录制权的人的同意下，

或 ( 如该表演属合资格表演 ) 该表演的表演者的同意下，藉任何录制品 —— (a) 公开放映或播放该表演的整项或其任何实质部分；

或

(b) 将该表演的整项或其任何实质部分广播或将该表演的整项或其任何实质部分包括在任何有线传播节目服务内，

而该录制品是在没有获得适当的同意下制作的，且该人亦知道或有理由相信该录制品是在没有获得适当的同意下制作的，则该人即属侵犯对该项表演具有录制权的人的权利。

(2) 任何人在未获得对某项表演具有录制权的人的同意下，或 ( 如该表演属合资格表演 ) 该表演的表演者的同意下，在向公众提供录制品的过程中将该表演的整项或其任何实质部分放映或播放，而该录制品是在没有获得适当的同意下制作的，且该人知道或有理由相信该录制品是在没有获得适当的同意下制作的，则该人即属侵犯对该表演具有录制权的人的权利。

(3) 在第 (1) 或 (2) 款中，凡提述 “ 适当的同意 ”，即提述以下的人的同意 —— (a) 表演者；或 (b) 在给予同意时，对表演具有录制权的人 ( 如对表演

具有录制权的人多于一人，则指所有该等人 )。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 187 U.K.]

211. 藉输入、输出或管有侵犯权利的录制品或进行侵犯权利的录

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-19 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 210 条

制品交易而侵犯录制权

(1) 任何人在未获得对某项表演具有录制权的人的同意或 ( 如该表演属合资格表演 ) 该表演的表演者的同意下，将该项表演的录制品 —— (a) 输入香港或输出香港而非供他私人和家居使用；或 (b) 为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过

程中 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 52条修订 ) (i) 管有；

(ii) 向公众提供； (iii) 出售或出租； (iv) 要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展

示；或

(v) 分发， (由 2000年第 64号第 13条代替 ) 而该录制品是侵犯权利的录制品，且该人知道或有理由相信该录制品是侵犯权利的录制品，则该人即属侵犯对该项表演具有录制权的人的权利。 (1A) 就第 (1)(b) 款而言，有关的贸易或业务是否包含经营侵犯权利的录制品并不具关键性。 (由 2000年第 64 号第 13条增补 )

(2) 在凭借本条提起的侵犯该等权利的诉讼中，如被告人证明该侵犯权利的录制品是由他或他之前的所有权持有人不知情地取得的，则就该项侵犯权利而针对他判给的唯一补救，是判给一笔不超过就该项遭受申诉的作为而合理偿付的损害赔偿。

(3) 在第 (2) 款中，“ 不知情地取得 ” (innocently acquired) 指取得录制品的人不知道亦无理由相信该录制品是侵犯权利的录制品。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 188 U.K.]

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-21 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 211 条

赋予权利的例外情况

212. 在尽管有本分部赋予的权利的情况下仍允许的作为第 II 分部的条文指明在尽管有本部赋予的权利的情况下仍可作出的作为，而该等作为大致上与第 II 部第 III 分部 ( 在尽管有版权的情况下仍允许的作为 ) 中所指明的某些作为相对应。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 189 U.K.]

213. 审裁处在某些情况下代复制权的拥有人给予同意的权力 (1) 任何人如意欲制作某项表演的录制品的复制品，在藉合

理查究亦不能确定具有复制权的人的身分或下落的情况下，版权审裁处可应该人的申请而给予同意。

(2) 审裁处所给予的同意，就本部中关乎表演者的权利的条文而言，具有由具有复制权的人所给予的同意的效力，而该项由审裁处所给予的同意亦可在审裁处在其命令上指明的任何条件的规限下而给予。

(3) 除非根据第 174 条订立的规则 ( 一般程序规则 ) 所规定的通知书已予送达或审裁处在任何个别情况下指示的通知书已予送达，否则审裁处不得根据第 (1) 款给予同意。

(4) 在任何情况下，审裁处均须考虑以下因素 —— (a) 原本录制品是否在表演者的同意下制作，并且由打

算制作进一步录制品的人合法地管有或控制；

(b) 凡原本录制品是根据某些安排而制作的，则进一步录制品的制作是否与该等安排的各方当事人的责任相符，又或是否与制作原本录制品的目的相符。

(5) 凡审裁处根据本条给予同意，而申请人与具有复制权的人之间并无协议，则审裁处可就付款予该具有复制权的人作为给予同意的代价一事作出审裁处认为合适的命令。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-23 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 212 条

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 190 U.K.]

213A. 审裁处在某些情况下代表演者的租赁权的拥有人给予同意的权力

(1) 欲租赁任何录制了表演的声音纪录的复制品的人，如在作出合理查究后，仍不能确定具有有关租赁权的人的身分或下落，则版权审裁处可应首述的人的申请而给予同意。

(2) 审裁处所给予的同意的效力，就本部中关乎表演者的租赁权的条文而言，等同由具有租赁权的人所给予的同意，而审裁处可在它于其命令上指明的条件的规限下，给予该项同意。

(3) 除非根据第 174 条 ( 一般程序规则 ) 订立的规则所规定的通知书或审裁处在任何个别情况下指示的通知书已予送达，否则审裁处不得根据第 (1) 款给予同意。

(4) 凡审裁处根据本条给予同意，而申请人与具有租赁权的人之间并无协议，则审裁处须就付款予该具有租赁权的人作为给予同意的代价，作出审裁处认为合适的命令。

(由 2007年第 15号第 53条増补 )

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-25 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 213A 条

权利的期限

214. 权利的期限 (1) 以下条文在本部赋予的权利的期限具有效力。 (2) 本部就某项表演而赋予的权利于下述期间完结时届

满 —— (a) 如该项表演该某公历年作出，则该权利在自该年年

终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满；或 (b) 如该项表演的录制品于该段期间中另一公历年发行，

则该权利在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满，　

但须受以下条文规限。

(3) 就第 (2) 款而言，录制品当首次发表、公开播放、放映、广播、包括在有线传播节目服务内或向公众提供时，即属 “ 发行 ”，但在决定该录制品是否属已发行时，不得考虑任何未经授权的作为。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191 U.K.]

表演者的经济权利

215. 表演者的经济权利 (1) 本部赋予表演者的以下权利属产权 (“ 表演者的经济权

利 ”) ——

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-27 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 214 条

(a) 复制权 ( 第 203 条 )； (b) 分发权利 ( 第 204 条 )； (c) 向公众提供的权利 ( 第 205 条 )； (d) 租赁权 ( 第 207A 条 )。 (由 2007年第 15号第 54条

代替 ) (2) 在本部中，凡提述表演者的同意，须就表演者的经济权

利而解释为提述权利拥有人的同意。

(3) 凡不同的人就一项表演享有不同方面的表演者的经济权利 ( 不论是由于局部转让或其他原因 )，则就本部某目的而言的权利拥有人即为有权享有与该目的有关的方面的权利的人。

(4) 凡表演者的经济权利 ( 或其任何方面 ) 是由多于一人共同拥有的，则在本部中凡提述权利拥有人，即指所有该等拥有人；故此特别是在需要取得权利拥有人特许的情况下，需要取得所有该等拥有人的特许。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191A U.K.]

216. 转让及特许 (1) 表演者的经济权利可作为非土地财产或动产，藉转让、

遗嘱性质的处置或法律的施行而转传。

(2) 表演者的经济权利的转让或其他方式的转传可以是局部的，即只局限适用于 —— (a) 需要权利拥有人的同意的一项或多于一项的事情，

但并非需要权利拥有人的同意的全部事情；

(b) 该等权利存在的期间的部分，而非该期间的整段。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-29 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 216 条

(3) 表演者的经济权利的转让必须采用书面形式，由转让人签署或由他人代其签署，否则无效。

(4) 由表演者的经济权利的拥有人批出的特许对该拥有人的表演者的经济权利的权益的每名所有权继承人均具约束力，但付出有值代价而并不知悉 ( 不论实际知悉或法律构定的知悉 ) 该特许存在的真诚购买人及从该购买人取得所有权的人则除外；在本部中，凡提述在该等权利的拥有人的特许下或在没有其特许下而作出的任何事情，均据此解释。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191B U.K.]

217. 表演者的经济权利的准拥有人 (1) 凡某表演的表演者藉就该表演的未来录制品订立并签署

( 或由他人代其签署 ) 协议，宣称将其表演者的经济权利 ( 全部或局部 ) 转让他人，本条即适用。

(2) 如在该等权利产生之时，承让人或在承让人之下申索的人如相对于所有其他人而言，将会有权要求将该等权利归属予他，该等权利即凭借本款归属该承让人或其所有权继承人。

(3) 表演者的经济权利的准拥有人批出的特许对该准拥有人的表演者的经济权利的权益 ( 或预期权益 ) 的每名所有权继承人均具约束力，但付出有值代价而并不知悉 ( 不论实际上知悉或法律构定的知悉 ) 该特许存在的真诚购买人及从该购买人取得所有权的人则除外。在本部中，凡提述在该等权利的拥有人的特许下或在没有其特许下而作出的任何事情，均据此解释。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-31 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 217 条

(4) 在第 (3) 款中，“ 准拥有人 ” (prospective owner) 就表演者的经济权利而言，指凭借第 (1) 款提及的协议而预期会有权具有该等权利的人。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191C U.K.]

218. 专用特许 (1) 在本部中，“ 专用特许 ” (exclusive licence) 指由表演者的

经济权利的拥有人或由他人代其签署的书面特许，授权特许持有人在摒除所有其他人 ( 包括批出该特许的人 ) 的情况下作出需要该等权利的拥有人同意的任何事情。　

(2) 在专用特许下的特许持有人所具有的相对于受特许约束的所有权继承人而言的权利，与其所具有的相对于批出该特许的人而言的权利相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191D U.K.]

219. 表演者的经济权利根据遗嘱而与未发表的原本录制品一并转移

凡某人根据遗赠 ( 不论是一般遗赠或特定遗赠 ) 而对录载立遗嘱人死亡之前仍未发表的表演的原本录制品的任何实物享有实益或并非实益的权益，该遗赠将解释为包括该立遗嘱人在紧接其死亡前就该录制品所具有的表演者的权利，但如立遗嘱人的遗嘱或遗嘱更改附件显示相反的意愿，则属例外。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191E U.K.]

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-33 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 218 条

220. 权利的拥有人可就侵犯权利提起诉讼 (1) 就表演者的经济权利或本部对具有录制权的人所赋予的

权利而言，该等权利的拥有人可就侵犯该等权利提起诉讼。

(2) 在就侵犯表演者的经济权利或本部对具有录制权的人所赋予的权利进行的诉讼中，原告人可得损害赔偿、强制令、交出利润或其他形式的济助，与就侵犯任何其他产权而可得者相同。

(3) 本条在本部的以下条文的规限下具有效力。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191I U.K.]

221. 关于侵犯权利诉讼中的损害赔偿的规定 (1) 在就侵犯表演者的经济权利或本部对具有录制权的人所

赋予的权利进行的诉讼中，如证明在侵犯该等权利时，被告人不知道和没有理由相信该诉讼所关乎的录制品有该等权利存在，则原告人无权向被告人要求损害赔偿，但任何其他补救则不受影响。

(2) 在就侵犯表演者的经济权利或本部对具有录制权的人所赋予的权利进行的诉讼中，法院在顾及案件的所有情况，尤其是以下情况后 —— (a) 该等权利受侵犯的昭彰程度； (b) 因侵犯该等权利而归于被告人的利益；及 (c) 被告人的业务帐目和纪录的完整程度、准确程度及

可靠程度，

可为在该案件达致公正所需而判给额外损害赔偿。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191J U.K.]

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-35 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 220 条

222. 专用特许持有人的权利和补救 (1) 专用特许持有人就特许批出之后所发生的事项，具有在

犹如该项特许是一项转让的情况下相同的权利和补救，但相对表演者的经济权利的拥有人而言，则属例外。

(2) 专用特许持有人的权利和补救与该等权利的拥有人的权利和补救是同时具有的；而在本部的有关条文中，凡提述该等权利的拥有人，亦据此解释。

(3) 在专用特许持有人凭借本条而提起的诉讼中，被告人可引用的免责辩护，与在假使该诉讼是该等权利的拥有人提出的情况下被告人可引用的免责辩护相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191L U.K.]

223. 行使同时具有的权利 (1) 凡表演者的经济权利的拥有人或专用特许持有人就侵犯

表演者的经济权利提起诉讼，而该等权利的拥有人及专用特许持有人就该诉讼 ( 全部或部分 ) 所关乎的侵犯表演者的经济权利同时具有诉讼权，则除非另一方加入作为原告人或被告人，否则该等权利的拥有人或专用特许持有人 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 如没有法院许可，不得进行该诉讼。

(2) 依据第 (1) 款加入作为被告人的该等权利的拥有人或专用特许持有人，除非参与法律程序，否则无须对诉讼的任何讼费负上法律责任。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-37 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 222 条

(3) 上述条文不影响法院应该等权利的拥有人或专用特许持有人的单独申请而批予非正审济助。

(4) 凡就侵犯表演者的经济权利提出诉讼，而该等权利的拥有人及专用特许持有人是现在或过去就该诉讼 ( 全部或部分 ) 所关乎的侵犯权利，同时具有诉讼权，则 —— (a) 法院在评估损害赔偿时须考虑 ——

(i) 特许的条款；及 (ii) 该等权利的拥有人或专用特许持有人已就侵犯

该等权利获判给或可得到的金钱上的补救；

(b) 如法院已就侵犯该等权利向他们当中的另一方判给损害赔偿，或已指示交出所得利润予另一方，则法院不得指示交出所得利润；及

不论该等权利的拥有人或专用特许持有人是否同时是诉讼的一方，此等条文仍然适用。

(5) 表演者的经济权利的拥有人在申请根据第 228 条作出的命令 ( 交付令 ) 之前，须通知与他同时具有权利的任何专用特许持有人；而法院可应专用特许持有人的申请，在顾及该特许的条款后根据第228条作出其认为合适的命令。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191M U.K.]

表演者的非经济权利

224. 非经济权利

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-39 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 224 条

(1) 以下条文赋予表演者的权利不得转让或转传 —— 第 202 条 ( 进行非录制表演的录制等须获得同意 )；第 206 条 ( 藉使用在未获同意下制作的录制品而侵犯表演者的权利 )；及第 207 条 ( 藉输入、输出或管有侵犯权利的录制品或进行

侵犯权利的录制品交易而侵犯表演者的权利 )，但在以下条文范围内则除外。

该等权利在本部中称为 “ 表演者的非经济权利 ”。 (2) 在有权具有该等权利的人死亡时 ——

(a) 该等权利即转移予该人藉遗嘱性质的处置而特别指示的人；及

(b) 如没有上述指示或在没有上述指示的范围内，该等权利可由该人的遗产代理人行使。

(3) 在本部中，凡提述表演者，如属在具有任何该等权利的人的文意中提述的，须解释为提述当其时有权行使该等权利的人。

(4) 凡任何权利凭借第 (2)(a) 款变为可由多于一人行使，则该权利可由各人独立于其他人而行使。

(5) 遗产代理人于某人死亡后凭借本条就任何侵犯权利而追讨所得的任何损害赔偿，须作为该人遗产的一部分而转予，犹如诉讼权利是在紧接该人死亡前已存在并已归属该人一样。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 192A U.K.]

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-41 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 224 条

225. 具有录制权的人的权利的可转传性 (1) 本部赋予具有录制权的人的权利不得转让或转传。 (2) 在第 208(2)(b) 或 (3)(b) 条将本部的权利赋予合约或特许

的利益所转让予的人的范围内，第 (1) 款的条文并不影响第 208(2)(b) 或 (3)(b) 条。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 192B U.K.]

226. 同意 (1) 由具有表演者的非经济权利的人或由具有录制权的人为

本部的施行而给予的同意，可就任何特定表演、任何指明类别的表演或一般地就表演而给予，并可关乎过往的或未来的表演。

(2) 如具有录制权的人是根据有关的独有录制合约或特许透过另一人而取得该等权利的，则他须受该另一人所给予的任何同意以同样的方式被约束，犹如该项同意曾由他给予一样。

(3) 凡表演者的非经济权利转移予另一人，则对先前有权享有该权利的人具约束力的任何同意，以同样的方式对获转移该权利的人具约束力，犹如该项同意曾由他给予一样。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 193 U.K.]

侵犯权利的补救

227. 可就侵犯权利提起诉讼对表演者的非经济权利的侵犯，可作为违反对具有有关权利的人所负有的法定责任而就该项侵犯提起诉讼。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-43 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 225 条

交付侵犯权利的录制品

228. 交付令 (1) 凡任何人为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务

的过程中管有、保管或控制任何表演的侵犯权利的录制品，则根据本部就该项表演具有表演者权利或录制权的人可向法院申请命令，规定该录制品须交付予该人或法院指示的其他人。 (由 2000年第 64号第 14条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 55条修订 ) (1A) 就第 (1) 款而言，有关的贸易或业务是否包含经营侵犯权利的录制品并不具关键性。 (由 2000年第 64号第 14条增补 )

(2) 任何申请不得在第 230 条指明的期间完结之后提出；除非法院亦根据第 231 条 ( 处置侵犯权利的录制品的命令 ) 作出命令或法院认为有理由根据第 231 条作出命令，否则法院不得作出命令。

(3) 如法院没有根据第 231 条作出命令，则依据一项根据本条所作的命令而获交付录制品的人须保留该录制品，以听候法院根据该条作出命令或决定不作出命令。

(4) 本条并不影响法院的任何其他权力。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s. 195 U.K.]

229. “ 侵犯权利的录制品 ” 的涵义 (1) 在本部中，就表演而言，“ 侵犯权利的录制品 ”

(infringing fixation) 须按照本条解释。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-45 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 228 条

(2) 就表演者权利而言，录制某表演的整项或其任何实质部分的录制品如在未获得该表演的表演者同意下制作而且并非作私人用途，则该录制品属侵犯权利的录制品。

(3) 就具有录制权的人的权利而言，录制受独有录制合约所规限的表演的整项或其任何实质部分的录制品，如在未获得具有录制权的人的同意或该表演的表演者的同意下制作而且并非作私人用途，则该录制品属侵犯权利的录制品。

(4) 除第 229A 条另有规定外，一项表演的录制品 —— (由 2007年第 15号第 56条修订 ) (a) 如已输入或拟输入香港；及 (b) 假使在香港制作，即会构成侵犯本部赋予、有

关表演的权利，或违反关乎该表演的专用特许协议，

则该表演的录制品亦属侵犯权利的录制品。

(5) 一项表演的录制品 —— (a) 如是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方合法地

制作的； (由 2003年第 27号第 7条修订 ) (b) 如已输入或拟输入香港；及 (c) 假使在香港制作，即会构成侵犯本部赋予有关

表演的权利，或违反关乎该表演的专用特许协议，

则就第 III 分部 ( 关乎输入侵犯权利的录制品的法律程序 ) 而言，“ 侵犯权利的录制品 ” (infringing fixation) 并不包括该录制品。

(6) 凡在任何法律程序中出现某录制品是否侵犯权利的录制品的问题，并且可证明 —— (a) 该录制品属非录制表演的录制品；及

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-47 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 229 条

(b) 本部赋予的权利存在于该表演或曾在任何时间存在于该表演，

则须推定该录制品是在本部赋予的权利存在于该表演时制作，直至相反证明成立为止。

(7) 在本部中，“ 侵犯权利的录制品 ” (infringing fixation) 包括凭借任何以下条文而被视为侵犯权利的录制品的录制品 ——

(a) 第 229A(5) 条 ( 输入的录制品不属第 229(4) 条所指的 “ 侵犯权利的录制品 ”)； (b) 第 242A(3) 条 ( 为教学或接受教学的目的而制

作的录制品 )； (c) 第 243(3) 条 ( 为教学或考试的目的而制作的录

制品 )； (d) 第 245(3) 条 ( 教育机构为教育目的而制作的录

制品 )； (e) 第 246A(3) 条 ( 为公共行政的目的而制作的录

制品 )； (f) 第 251(2) 条 ( 在主体录制品转移时采用电子形

式保留的表演的录制品 )；或 (g) 第 256(3) 条 ( 为广播或有线传播节目的目的而

制作的录制品 )。 (由 2007年第 15号第 56条代替 )

(8) 在第 (5)(a) 款中，就在某国家、地区或地方制作的任何表演的录制品而言 —— (a) “ 合法地制作 ” (lawfully made) 指该录制品由下

述的人制作 —— (i) 有关表演者；

(ii) 在该国家、地区或地方 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 就该表演具有录制权的人；或

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-49 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 229 条

(iii) 获有关表演者或第 (ii) 节所提述的人的同意在该国家、地区或地方 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 制作该录制品的人；但

(b) 如该录制品在某国家、地区或地方制作，而该国家、地区或地方没有保障该表演的在表演中的权利的法律，或该表演在该国家、地区或地方的在表演中的权利已期限届满，则 “ 合法地制作 ” (lawfully made) 不包括该录制品。 (由 2007年第 15号第 56条代替 )[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 197 U.K.]

229A. 输入的录制品不属第 229(4) 条所指的 “ 侵犯权利的录制品 ” (1) 任何本款适用的表演的录制品 ——

(a) 如符合以下说明，则就将该录制品输入香港的人而言，不属第 229(4) 条所指的侵犯权利的录制品 —— (i) 该录制品是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方

合法地制作的；而且

(ii) 输入该录制品的本意，并非令某人可为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中，经销该录制品；或

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-51 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 229A 条

(b) 如符合以下说明，则就管有该录制品的人而言，不属第 229(4) 条所指的侵犯权利的录制品 —— (i) 该录制品是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方

合法地制作的；而且

(ii) 管有该录制品的本意，并非令某人可为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中，经销该录制品。

(2) 第 (1) 款适用于任何表演的录制品，但符合以下说明的表演的录制品除外 —— (a) 属 ——

(i) 音乐声音纪录； (ii) 音乐视像纪录；

(iii) 电视剧或电视电影；或 (iv) 电影；而且

(b) 正公开或拟公开播放或放映。 (3) 尽管有第 (2)款所订的例外情况，第 (1)款仍适用于第 (2)(a)

款所提述的、符合以下说明的任何表演的录制品 —— (a) 正由或拟由某教育机构为该机构的教育目的而公开

播放或放映的；或

(b) 正由或拟由某指明图书馆为该图书馆的用途而公开播放或放映的。

(4) 就第 (3)(b) 款而言，如任何图书馆属于根据第 46(1)(b) 条指明的任何图书馆的类别，该图书馆须视为指明图书馆。

(5) 凡某项表演的录制品凭借第 (1) 款而不属侵犯权利的录制品，如其后有人为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中经销该录制品，则该录制品须就有关经销及就经销该录制品的人而言视为侵犯权利的录制品。

(6) 在本条中，就在某国家、地区或地方制作的任何表演的录制品而言 ——

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-53 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 229A 条

(a) “ 合法地制作 ” (lawfully made) 指该录制品由下述的人制作 —— (i) 有关表演者；

(ii) 在该国家、地区或地方 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 就该表演具有录制权的人；或

(iii) 获有关表演者或第 (ii) 节所提述的人的同意在该国家、地区或地方 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 制作该录制品的人；但

(b) 如该录制品在某国家、地区或地方制作，而该国家、地区或地方没有保障该表演的在表演中的权利的法律，或该表演在该国家、地区或地方的在表演中的权利已期限届满，则 “ 合法地制作 ” (lawfully made) 不包括该录制品。

(7) 除第 (6) 款另有规定外，本条中所用词句的涵义与第 35B 条中该等词句的涵义相同。

(由 2007年第 15号第 57条增补 )

有关交付的补充条文

230. 期限过后不得以交付作为补救 (1) 除本条以下条文另有规定外，任何人不得在自有关的侵

犯权利的录制品的制作日期起计 6 年期间完结后，根据第 228 条 ( 在民事法律程序中的交付令 ) 提出申请。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-55 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 230 条

(2) 如在上述期间的整段或任何部分，有权申请命令的人 —— (a) 无行为能力；或 (b) 因欺诈或隐瞒事实而使他不能够发现令他有权提出

申请的事实，

则在自他不再无行为能力或在自他假使付出合理努力便应可发现该等事实 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的日期起计的 6 年期间完结之前的任何时间，他均可提出该申请。

(3) 在第 (2) 款中，“ 无行为能力 ” (disability) 的涵义，与在《时效条例》( 第 347 章 ) 中该词的涵义相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 203 U.K.]

231. 处置侵犯权利的录制品的命令 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条 ) (1) 凡有依据一项根据第 228 条作出的命令而交付的侵犯权

利的录制品，则可向法院申请命令，以将该侵犯权利的录制品 —— (a) 按法院的指示没收归予对该项表演具有表演者的权

利或录制权的人；或

(b) 销毁或按法院认为合适的其他方式处置，或向法院申请不应作出该等命令的裁决。

(2) 在考虑应作出什么命令 ( 如有的话 ) 时，法院须考虑就侵犯本部赋予的权利进行诉讼可获得的其他补救是否足以补偿具有该等权利的人和保护他们的权益。

(3) 根据《高等法院条例》( 第 4 章 ) 第 54 条订立法院规则的权力，包括为施行本条而订立法院规则的权力。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-57 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 231 条

(4) 为施行本条而订立的法院规则，可包括与送达通知予对录制品享有权益的人有关的规则，而任何该等人士均有权 —— (a) 在为根据本条作出命令而进行的法律程序中出庭 ( 不

论他是否获送达通知 )；及 (b) 提出上诉反对已作出的命令 ( 不论他是否曾出庭 )。

(5) 根据本条作出的命令，在可给予上诉通知的期限完结时始生效，如上诉通知在该期限完结前妥为给予，则在上诉的法律程序获最终裁定或遭放弃时始生效。

(6) 凡多于一人对某录制品具有权益，法院须作出其认为公正的命令，并尤其可指示将该录制品出售或作其他处置，并将收益分配。

(7) 如法院裁定不应根据本条作出命令，则在录制品交付之前管有、保管或控制该录制品的人，具有获发还该录制品的权利。

(8) 在本条中，凡提述对录制品具有权益的人，即包括可根据本条或根据第 111 条 ( 该条就侵犯版权订立相类的条文 ) 就该录制品作出命令而惠及的任何人。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 204 U.K.]

232. 区域法院的司法管辖权

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-59 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 232 条

(1) 凡有关的侵犯权利的录制品的价值不超出《区域法院条例》 ( 第 336 章 ) 第 32(1) 条就侵权行为诉讼所列明的限额，则区域法院可受理根据以下条文进行的法律程序 —— (由 2000年第 28号第 45条修订 ) (a) 第 228 条 ( 交付侵犯权利的录制品的命令 )；或 (b) 第 231 条 ( 处置侵犯权利的录制品的命令 )。

(2) 本条并不影响原讼法庭的司法管辖权。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 205 U.K.]

版权审裁处的司法管辖区

233. 版权审裁处的司法管辖权 (1) 版权审裁处根据本部有根据以下各条文就法律程序进行

聆讯和作出裁定的司法管辖权 —— (a) 第 213 条 ( 申请代复制权的拥有人给予同意 )；

(aa) 第 213A 条 ( 申请代表演者的租赁权的拥有人给予同意 )； (由 2007年第 15号第 58条増补 )

(b) 附表 3 第 6 段 ( 相反权利 )。 (2) 在审裁处行使本部所指的任何司法管辖权时，第 II 部第

IX 分部的条文 ( 关于版权审裁处的一般条文 ) 即就该审裁处而适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 205B U.K.]

234. 合资格的人除第 236 条另有规定外，在本部中，“ 合资格的人 ” (qualifying

person) 指 ——

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-61 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 233 条

(a) 以香港或其他地方为居籍或居于香港或其他地方或有香港或其他地方的居留权的个人；或

(b) 根据任何国家、地区或地方的法律成立为法团的团体。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 206 U.K.]

235. 在香港注册的船舶、航空器及气垫船本部适用于在根据香港法律而注册的船舶、航空器或气垫船上作出的事情，犹如其适用于在香港作出的事情一样。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 210 U.K.]

236. 对于某些不给予香港表演者足够保护的国家等的人民不给予保护

( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 除第 (5) 款另有规定外，行政长官会同行政会议如觉得香

港表演者的表演者权利或香港合资格的人的录制权因受到某国家、地区或地方对该等表演者或合资格的人的不利的待遇而在该国家、地区或地方没有得到足够的保护，则行政长官会同行政会议可藉规例而按照本条，限制本部就与该国家、地区或地方有关的表演者的表演或与该国家、地区或地方有关的合资格的人制作的录制品而赋予的权利。

(2) 行政长官会同行政会议须在规例中指定有关的国家、地区或地方，并须规定就规例所指明的目的而言，在规例所指明的日期之后所作的表演或所制作的录制品如符合以下说明，则该项表演或录制品并不具备根据本部获得保护的资格 —— (a) 如属一项表演，在表演时，表演者是以该国家、地

区或地方为居籍或在该国家、地区或地方居住或有该国家、地区或地方的居留权 ( 但并非同时以香港

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-63 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 235 条

为居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留权 ) 的个人；或

(b) 如属录制品，在制作该录制品时，制作者是 —— (i) 以该国家、地区或地方为居籍或在该国家、地

区或地方居住或有该国家、地区或地方的居留权 ( 而并非同时以香港为居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留权 ) 的个人；或

(ii) 根据该国家、地区或地方的法律成立为法团的团体，

(3) 在本条中，“ 香港表演者 ” (Hong Kong performers) 指以香港为居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留权的属个人的表演者。

(4) 在本条中，“ 香港合资格的人 ” (Hong Kong qualifying persons) 指以下合资格的人 —— (a) 以香港为居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留权的个

人；或

(b) 是根据香港法律成立为法团的团体。 (5) 行政长官会同行政会议不得就香港亦是缔约方或延伸适

用于香港的双边或多边版权或有关权利的公约的缔约国家、地区或地方行使其在本条下的权力。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-65 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 236 条

237. 过渡性条文及保留条文附表 3 载有过渡性条文及保留条文。该等条文关乎在本部生效前作出的表演以及所作出的作为或发生的事情，并在其他方面关乎本部条文的实施。

释义

238. 与版权条文中的词句具有相同涵义的词句 (1) 以下词句在本部中的涵义，与该等词句在第 II 部 ( 版权 )

中的涵义相同 —— 文学作品；

有线传播节目；

有线传播节目服务；

版权审裁处；

业务；

过境物品；

发表；

影片；

广播；

输入；

输出；

声音纪录；

获授权人员；

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-67 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 237 条

关长；及

艺术作品。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 59条修订 )

(1A) 在第 207(1A)、211(1A) 及 228(1A) 条中，“ 经营 ” (dealing in) 包括买入、出售、出租、输入、输出及分发。 (由 2000年第 64号第 15条增补 )

(2) 第 8(3) 至 (5) 条、第 9(4) 及 27(4) 条 ( 关于广播及有线传播节目服务的补充条文 ) 的条文为施行本部并就侵犯本部赋予的权利而适用，一如该等条文为施行第 II 部并就侵犯版权而适用一样。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 211 U.K.]

239. 界定词句的索引下表显示界定或以其他方式解释本部所用词句的条文 ( 但就只在同一条中使用的词句作出界定或解释的条文则除外 ) —— 分发权第 204(5) 条文学作品第 238(1) 条 ( 及第 4(1) 条 ) 向公众提供的权利第 205(5) 条合资格的人第 234 条合资格表演第 201 条有线传播节目、有线传播节目服务

( 及相关词句 )

第 238 条 ( 及第 9 条 )

表演第 200(2) 条表演者第 200(2) 条表演者的同意 ( 关于表演者的经济

权利 )

第 215(2) 条

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-69 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 239 条

表演者的非经济权利第 224(1) 条表演者的经济权利

侵犯权利的复制品

第 215(1) 条第 229 条

租赁权 (由 2007年第 15号第 60 条增补 )

第 207A(4) 条

专用特许第 218 条业务 (由 2000年第 64号第 16 条修订 )

第 238(1) 条 ( 及第 198(1) 条 )

经营 (由 2000年第 64号第 16 条增补 )

第 238(1A) 条

发表

复制品及复制

第 238(1) 条 ( 及第 196 条 ) 第 203 条

复制权第 203(4) 条影片第 238(1) 条 ( 及第 7 条 ) 广播 ( 及相关词句 ) 第 238 条 ( 及第 8 条 ) 独有录制合约第 208(1) 条声音纪录第 238(1) 条 ( 及第 6 条 ) 录制品 ( 表演的 ) 第 200(2) 条录制权 ( 具有录制权的人 ) 第 208(2) 及 (3) 条艺术作品 (由 2007年第 15号第

60条增补 ) 第 238(1) 条 ( 及第 5 条 )

权利拥有人 ( 就表演者的经济权利 )

第 215(3) 及 (4) 条

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 212 U.K.]

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-71 第 III 部 —— 第 I 分部第 528 章第 239 条

第 II 分部 —— 在表演中的权利∶允许的作为

240. 引言 (1) 本分部的条文指明某些在尽管有本部赋予的权利的情况

下仍可就表演或录制品而作出的作为；该等条文只关乎侵犯该等权利的问题而不影响限制作出任何该等指明作为的任何其他权利或义务。

(2) 在决定本分部指明的作为是否可在尽管有本部赋予的权利的情况下就表演或录制品而作出时，基本考虑因素是该项作为并不与具有本部赋予的权利的权利拥有人对该表演或录制品的正常利用有所抵触以及该项作为并没有不合理地损害该等权利的权利拥有人的合法权益。

(3) 不得从凭借本分部可予作出而不属侵犯本部赋予的权利的任何作为的描述，而推论该等权利的范围。

(4) 本分部各条条文的解释须互相独立，故某作为并不属于某条文的范围，并不表示另一条文不涵盖该作为。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 1 U.K.]

241. 批评、评论及新闻报导 (1) 为以下目的而公平处理任何表演或录制品，并不属侵犯

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-73 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 240 条

本部赋予的任何权利 —— (a) 批评或评论该项表演或录制品或另一表演或录制品

或批评或评论某一作品；或

(b) 报导时事。 (2) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第39条中该等词句的涵义相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 2 U.K.]

242. 附带地包括表演或录制品 (1) 任何表演或录制品如附带地包括在任何声音纪录、影片、

广播或有线传播节目内，并不属侵犯本部赋予的权利。

(2) 任何东西的制作若凭借第 (1) 款而不属侵犯该等权利，则就该等东西的复制品而作出的任何事情，或播放、放映或广播该东西或将该东西包括在有线传播节目服务内，亦不属侵犯该等权利。

(3) 蓄意将由音乐组成或由伴随音乐而讲出或唱出的文字组成的表演或录制品包括在任何声音纪录、广播或有线传播节目内，并不视为附带地包括在该等声音纪录、广播或有线传播节目内。

(4) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第40条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 3 U.K.]

242A. 为教学或接受教学的目的而作的公平处理 (1) 在由教育机构提供的指明课程中，教师或任何代表他的

人或学生如为教学或接受教学的目的而公平处理某项表演或录制品，即不属侵犯本部赋予的任何权利。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-75 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 242 条

(2) 法院在裁定对表演或录制品的处理是否第 (1) 款所指的公平处理时，须考虑有关个案的整体情况，并尤其须考虑 —— (a) 该项处理的目的及性质，包括该项处理是否为非牟

利的目的而作出以及是否属商业性质；

(b) 该表演或录制品的性质； (c) 就该表演或录制品的整项而言，被处理的部分所占

的数量及实质分量；及

(d) 该项处理对该表演或录制品的潜在市场或价值的影响。

(3) 凡任何录制品 ( 若非因本条即属侵犯权利的录制品者 ) 按照本条制作，但其后该录制品被用以进行交易，则 —— (a) 就该交易而言，该录制品须视为侵犯权利的录制品；

及

(b) 如该交易侵犯本部赋予的任何权利，则就所有其后的目的而言，该录制品须视为侵犯权利的录制品。

(4) 凡对录制品的处理，涉及透过全部或部分由任何教育机构控制的有线或无线网络而提供该录制品的复制品 —— (a) 如该教育机构没有 ——

(i) 采用科技措施，限制透过该网络而取用该录制品的复制品，以令该录制品的复制品，只提供予在有关指明课程中为教学或接受教学的目的而有需要使用该录制品的复制品的人，或为保养或管理该网络的目的而有需要使用该录制品的复制品的人；或

(ii) 确保将该录制品的复制品贮存于该网络中的期间，不超过在有关指明课程中为教学或接受教学的目的而有需要保留的期间或 ( 在任何情况下 ) 不超过连续 12 个月的期间，

则该项处理不属第 (1) 款所指的公平处理；而

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-77 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 242A 条

(b) 如该教育机构 —— (i) 采用科技措施，限制透过该网络而取用该录制

品的复制品，以令该录制品的复制品，只提供予在有关指明课程中为教学或接受教学的目的而有需要使用该录制品的复制品的人，或为保养或管理该网络的目的而有需要使用该录制品的复制品的人；及

则第 (2) 款适用于裁定该项处理是否属第 (1) 款所指的公平处理。

(5) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第 41A 条中该等词句的涵义相同。

(由 2007年第 15号第 61条增补 )

243. 为教学或考试的目的而作出的事情

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-79 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 243 条

(1) 在影片制作或影片声带制作的教学或教学准备过程中，由教学或接受教学的人将任何表演的录制品在合理的范围内复制，并不属侵犯本部所赋予的权利。

(2) 以下作为并不属侵犯本部所赋予的权利 —— (a) 为在考试中拟出试题或解答试题而复制任何表演的

录制品；或

(b) 为考试的目的，藉向考生传达问题而作出的任何事情。

(3) 凡任何录制品 ( 假使非因本条该录制品即属侵犯权利的录制品 ) 按照本条制作，但其后有人进行如此制作的录制品交易，则就该项交易而言，该录制品须视为侵犯权利的录制品，又如该项交易侵犯本部所赋予的任何权利，则就所有其后的目的而言，该录制品须视为侵犯权利的录制品。

就本款而言，“ 进行交易 ” (dealt with) 指出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示。

(4) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第41条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 4 U.K.]

244. 在教育机构播放或放映声音纪录、影片、广播或有线传播节目

(1) 在任何教育机构内为教学的目的而播放或放映任何声音纪录、影片、广播或有线传播节目，而观众或听众只包括或主要包括该机构的教师和学生、该机构的学生的父母或监护人及与该机构的活动有直接关连的其他人，则就侵犯本部所赋予权利而言该项播放或放映不属公开播放或放映任何表演。 (由 2007年第 15号第 62条修订 )

(2) (由 2007年第 15号第 62条废除 )

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-81 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 244 条

(3) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第43条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 5 U.K.]

245. 由教学机构制作的广播及有线传播节目的纪录 (1) 任何广播或有线传播节目的纪录或该纪录的复制品可由

教育机构或代教育机构为该机构的教育目的而制作，而不属侵犯本部就包括在其中的任何表演或录制品而赋予的任何权利。

(2) 如有特许计划下的特许授权进行有关的记录或复制，而制作纪录或复制品的人已知道或应已知道该事实，则本条并不授权进行有关的记录或复制或在该特许所授权的范围内进行有关的记录或复制。

(3) 凡任何纪录或复制品 ( 假使非因本条该纪录或复制品即属侵犯权利的录制品 ) 按照本条制作，但其后有人进行该纪录或复制品的交易，则就该项交易而言，该纪录或复制品须视为侵犯权利的录制品，又如该项交易侵犯本部赋予的任何权利，则就所有其后的目的而言，该纪录或复制品须视为侵犯权利的录制品。

就本款而言，“ 进行交易 ” (dealt with) 指出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租，或为出售或出租而展示。

(4) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第44条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 6 U.K.]

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-83 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 245 条

246. 由图书馆馆长或档案室负责人制作复制品∶在文化或历史方面有重要性的物品

(1) 如某物品在文化或历史方面有重要性或有令人感兴趣之处，并相当可能因出售或输出而使香港失去该物品，则指明图书馆的馆长或指明档案室的负责人可制作该物品的复制品和将该复制品存放于该图书馆或档案室，而不属侵犯本部就该物品赋予的任何权利。

(2) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第53条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 7 U.K.]

246A. 为公共行政的目的而公平处理 (1) 政府、行政会议、司法机构或任何区议会如为有效率地

处理紧急事务的目的，而公平处理某项表演或录制品，即不属侵犯本部赋予的任何权利。

利的目的而作出以及是否属商业性质；

(b) 该表演或录制品的性质； (c) 就该表演或录制品的整项而言，被处理的部分所占

的数量及实质分量；及

(d) 该项处理对该表演或录制品的潜在市场或价值的影响。

及

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-85 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 246 条

(b) 如该交易侵犯本部赋予的任何权利，则就所有其后的目的而言，该录制品须视为侵犯权利的录制品。

(4) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第 54A 条中该等词句的涵义相同。

(由 2007年第 15号第 63条增补 )

246B. 立法会 (1) 以下作为不属侵犯本部所赋予的权利 ——

(a) 为立法会程序的目的或为报导该等程序的目的而作出任何事情；或

(b) 为行使立法会的权力及执行其职能的目的而 —— (i) 由立法会议员或任何人代立法会议员；或

(ii) 由立法会行政管理委员会或任何人代立法会行政管理委员会，

作出任何事情。

(2) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第 54B 条中该等词句的涵义相同。

(由 2007年第 15号第 63条增补 )

247. 司法程序司法程序

(由 2007年第 15号第 64条修订 )

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-87 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 246B 条

(1) 为司法程序的目的或为报导该等程序的目的而作出任何事情，并不属侵犯本部所赋予的权利。 (由 1999年第 22 号第 3条修订；由 2007年第 15号第 64条修订 )

(2) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第54条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 8 U.K.]

248. 法定研讯 (1) 为法定研讯程序的目的或为报导公开进行的该等程序的

目的而作出任何事情，并不属侵犯本部赋予的权利。

(2) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第55条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 9 U.K.]

249. 公共纪录 (1) 开放予公众查阅的公共纪录内的材料可予复制，复制品

亦可供应予任何人，而该项复制及供应并不属侵犯本部所赋予的任何权利。

(2) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第58条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 10 U.K.]

250. 根据法定权限所作出的作为 (1) 凡某条例 ( 不论何时制定 ) 明确授权作出某作为，则除非

该条例另有规定，否则作出该作为不属侵犯本部赋予的权利。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-89 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 248 条

(2) 本条不得解释为令任何可根据或凭借任何条例而提出的法定权限免责辩护不得提出。

(3) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第59条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 11 U.K.]

251. 表演的电子形式录制品的转移 (1) 凡有人购买任何表演的电子形式的录制品 ( 已向公众提

供的该等录制品除外 )，而按购买的条款 ( 不论是明订的或是隐含的或是凭借任何法律规则而有的条款 )，是容许该购买者制作与其使用该录制品有关连的进一步录制品的，本条即适用。

(2) 如没有明订条款 —— (a) 禁止购买者将该录制品转移、施加在转移后仍继续

的义务、禁止转让任何同意，或规定同意在转移时即告终止；或

(b) 规定受让人可在什么条款下作出购买者获允许作出的事情，

则凡属购买者获允许作出的事情，受让人均可作出，而不属侵犯本部赋予的权利；但购买者所制作的任何录制品，如没有一并转移，则在该项转移后，该等录制品就任何目的而言均视为侵犯权利的录制品。

(3) 如原本购买的录制品已不能再用，而所转移的是取代该录制品而使用的进一步复制品，则第 (2) 款亦适用。

(4) 上述条文亦适用于其后的转移，但在第 (2) 款中提述购买者，须代以提述其后的出让人。

(5) 就在本部生效日期之前购买的录制品而言，本条不适用。 (6) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第64条中该等词句的涵义相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 12 U.K.]

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-91 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 251 条

252. 在向公众提供表演时允许进行的某些复制凡某录制品向公众人士提供 ( 如第 205 条所指者 )，而为让该等公众人士中任何人观看或聆听该录制品而合理地需要复制该录制品，该项复制在符合以下条件的前提下并不属侵犯本部赋予录制表演的权利∶该作为并不抵触对该录制品的正常利用，且并非不合理地妨害表演者及具有录制权的人对该表演的合法权益。

253. 在某些情况下使用讲出的文字的录制品 (1) 凡为下列目的制作文学作品的诵读或背诵的录制品 ——

(a) 报导时事；或 (b) 广播该诵读或背诵的整项或其部分，或将该诵读或

背诵的整项或其部分包括在有线传播节目服务内，

则如第 (2) 款所述条件获符合，使用该录制品 ( 或复制该录制品并使用该复制品 ) 作上述用途，并不属侵犯本部赋予的权利。

(2) 有关的条件为 —— (a) 该录制品是诵读或背诵的直接录制品，而非取自以

前的录制品或取自广播或有线传播节目；

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-93 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 252 条

(b) 诵读或背诵的人或代表该人的人不禁止制作该录制品；

(d) 由合法管有该录制品的人或在其授权下作有关使用。 (3) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第67条中该等词句的涵义相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 13 U.K.]

254. 民歌的录制品 (1) 凡为了将歌曲表演的录制品包括在指定机构所经办的档

案室内，而将歌曲的表演制作成录制品，则如第 (2) 款所列条件获符合，该项制作并不属侵犯本部赋予的任何权利。

(2) 有关的条件为 —— (a) 在制作有关录制品时该等歌曲的歌词未曾发表并属

作者不为人知；

(b) 有关录制品的制作不属侵犯任何版权；及 (c) 有关录制品的制作未为任何表演者禁止。

(3) 如订明条件获符合，则依据第 (1) 款制作并包括在指定机构所经办的档案室内的录制品，可由档案室负责人复制和供应予他人，而不属侵犯本部赋予的任何权利。

(4) 在本条中 —— “ 订明条件 ” (the prescribed conditions) 指为施行第 70 条而订明

的条件；及

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-95 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 254 条

“ 指定机构 ” (designated body) 指为施行第 70 条而指定的机构，而本条中所用其他词句的涵义与该条中该等词句的涵义相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 14 U.K.]

255. 为会社、社团等目的而表演、放映或展示或播放作品 (1) 凡作为某会社、社团或其他组织的活动的一部分或为该

会社、社团或其他组织的利益而表演、放映或展示或播放作品 ( 广播或有线传播节目除外 )，并符合以下条件，则不属侵犯本部赋予的任何权利。

(2) 有关的条件为 —— (a) 该会社、社团或组织并非为牟利而成立或经营，而

其主要宗旨属慈善性质，或是关于宣扬宗教，或推广教育或社会福利；及

(b) 表演、放映或展示或播放该作品的地方的入场费的收益，纯粹是运用于该会社、社团或组织的目的。

(3) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第76条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 15 U.K.]

256. 为广播或有线传播节目而附带地制作录制品 (1) 任何人如打算广播某项表演的录制品，或将某项表演的

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-97 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 255 条

录制品包括在有线传播节目服务内，则在不侵犯本部赋予的权利的情况下，就本部而言，该人须视为已获同意为广播或有线传播节目的目的而制作进一步录制品。

(2) 该项同意须受以下条件规限 —— (a) 有关的进一步录制品不得用作任何其他用途；及 (b) 在自有关的进一步录制品首次用作广播该项表演或

将该项表演包括在有线传播节目服务内起计的 3 个月内，必须将该有关的进一步录制品销毁。

(3) 按照本条制作的录制品 —— (a) 就于违反第 (2)(a) 款提及的条件的情况下使用而言，

须视为侵犯权利的录制品；及

(b) 在该条件或第 (2)(b) 款提及的条件遭违反后，就所有目的而言，须视为侵犯权利的录制品。

(4) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第77条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 16 U.K.]

257. 为监管和控制广播及有线传播节目而制作纪录 (1) 香港电台为维持监管和控制其广播的节目而将该等节目

制作成纪录，或使用该等纪录，并不属侵犯本部赋予的权利。

(2) 以下制作或使用纪录并不属侵犯本部赋予的权利 —— (a) 通讯事务管理局为履行《广播 ( 杂项条文 ) 条例》( 第

391 章 ) 第 9 条提及的该局的职能而制作或使用录制品；或 (由 2011年第 17号第 28条修订 )

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-99 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 257 条

(b) 履行该等职能而依据通讯事务管理局的指示制作或使用录制品。 (由 2011年第 17号第 28条修订 )

(3) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第78条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 17 U.K.]

258. 免费公开放映或播放广播或有线传播节目 (1) 如向任何观众或听众公开放映或播放任何广播或有线传

播节目 ( 不包括经编码处理的广播或有线传播节目 )，而该等观众或听众并没有支付进入观看或聆听该广播或节目的地方的入场费，则该项放映或播放并不属侵犯 —— (a) 本部就包括在该项广播或有线传播节目内的表演或

录制品而赋予的权利；或

(b) 本部就包括在藉接收该项广播或有线传播节目而公开播放或放映的任何声音纪录或影片内的表演或录制品而赋予的权利。

(2) 如有以下情况，观众或听众可视为已支付进入某地方的入场费 —— (a) 该等观众或听众已支付进入某一地方的入场费，而

该某地方构成该某一地方的一部分；或

(b) 在该某地方 ( 或该某地方构成其一部分的地方 ) 有货品供应或服务提供，而该货品或服务的价格 —— (i) 实质上可归因于提供观看或聆听该广播或节目

的设施；或

(ii) 高于通常在该地方收取的价格，并且可部分归因于上述设施。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-101 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 258 条

(3) 凡 —— (a) 某一地方是由慈善组织营办的，而在其内所提供的

设施并非为牟利的，则以该地方的居民或住客身分入场的人并不视为已支付进入该某一地方的入场费；

(b) 某会社或社团的主要宗旨属慈善性质，或是关于宣扬宗教，或推广教育或社会福利的，而所支付的有关费用只是该会社或社团的会籍费用，且提供观看或聆听广播或节目的设施，亦只是为该会社或社团的主要目的而附带地提供的，则以该会社或社团的会员身分入场的人，并不视为已支付进入该某一地方的入场费。

(4) 凡作出该项广播或将该节目包括在有线传播节目服务内属侵犯本部就任何表演或录制品所赋予的权利，则在评估该项侵犯权利行为的损害赔偿时，藉接收该项广播或节目而使公众聆听或观看该广播或节目这一事实须列为考虑因素。

(5) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第81条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 18 U.K.]

258A. 在车辆内播放声音广播 (1) 凡在车辆内播放声音广播的主要目的，是让该车辆的司

机取得公共资讯 ( 包括 ( 但不限于 ) 新闻报导、天气预测

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-103 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 258A 条

及关于交通情况的资讯 )，则如此播放声音广播并不属侵犯本部赋予的任何权利。

(2) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第 81A 条中该等词句的涵义相同。

(由 2007年第 15号第 65条增补 )

259. 接收和再传送有线传播节目服务的广播 (1) 将表演或录制品包括在电视广播或声音广播内，而该广

播藉接收和在没有作出更改的情况下即时再传送而包括在以下系统或互相连接所提供的服务内，并不属侵犯本部赋予的权利 —— (a) 在《电讯条例》( 第 106 章 ) 第 8(4)(e) 条所指范围内

的公共天线广播分配系统；

(2) 将表演或录制品包括在某电视广播或声音广播内，而该广播是未经编码处理并且是藉接收和在没有作出更改的情况下即时再传送而包括在以下系统或互相连接所提供的服务内，并不属侵犯本部赋予的权利 —— (a) 领有根据《电讯条例》( 第 106 章 ) 发出的卫星电视共

用天线牌照的系统；或 (由 2011年第 17号第 28条修订 )

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-105 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 259 条

相连接，而该项再传送的目的是供卫星电视共用天线系统的用户接收，(由 2000年第 48号第 44条修订；由 2011年第 17号第 28条修订 )

直至自按照第 (6)款刊登通知当日起计的6个月届满为止。 (3) 凡某电视广播或声音广播从香港或其他地方的某地方作

出或作向上传输，而该广播乃合法的的广播，则任何人因藉接收和即时再传送没有作出更改的该广播而将任何节目 ( 该节目须属包含一项表演者 ) 包括在藉第 (1) 或 (2) 款所指明的系统或互相连接所提供的服务内，则该人在任何关于侵犯该项表演的表演者权利 ( 如有的话 ) 的法律程序中的地位，犹如其为由表演者批出的将该项表演包括在任何已如此包括在该服务内的节目的特许的持有人一样。

(4) 尽管有第 (1) 及 (2) 款的规定，凡广播的制作属侵犯该等权利，则在评估该项侵犯权利行为的损害赔偿时，该广播是作为有线传播节目服务的节目而再传送这一事实须列为考虑因素。

(5) 凡电视广播或声音广播没有经编码处理，则任何人如藉接收和即时再传送没有作出更改的该广播而将节目包括在藉第 (2) 款所指明的系统或互相连接所提供的服务内，该人即当作已获该广播的制作者批给隐含特许以使用该系统接收和再传送该广播，而该隐含特许只可藉按照第 (6) 款给予的通知撤销。

(6) 根据第 (5) 款当作已批出特许的广播的制作者可在 —— (a) 一份行销于香港的中文报章；及 (b) 一份行销于香港的英文报章，刊登撤销通知而撤销该特许。

(7) 本条中所用词句的涵义与第82条中该等词句的涵义相同。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 19 U.K.]

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-107 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 259 条

260. 提供附有字幕的广播或有线传播节目的复制品 (1) 为了将附有字幕或在其他方面经变通以切合失聪或听觉

有问题的人或身体上或精神上有其他方面残障的人的特殊需要的电视广播或有线传播节目的复制品提供予该等人士，任何指定机构均可制作该等电视广播或有线传播节目的纪录而不属侵犯本部就包括在广播或有线传播节目内的表演或录制品赋予的任何权利。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-109 第 III 部 —— 第 II 分部第 528 章第 260 条

(2) 如有特许计划下的特许授权进行有关记录，而制作纪录的人已知道或应已知道该事实，则本条并不授权进行有关的记录或在该特许所授权的范围内进行有关的记录。

(3) 在本条中，“ 指定机构 ” (designated body) 指为施行第 83 条而指定的机构；而本条中所用的其他词句的涵义与第 83 条中该等词句的涵义相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 20 U.K.]

261. 为存档而制作广播或有线传播节目的纪录 (1) 为了将某指定类别的广播或有线传播节目的纪录或其复

制品放在由指定机构经办的档案室内，任何人均可制作该纪录或其复制品而不属侵犯本部就包括在广播或有线传播节目内的表演或录制品而赋予的任何权利。

(2) 在本条中，“ 指定类别 ” (designated class) 和 “ 指定机构 ” (designated body) 分别指为施行第 84 条而指定的类别及机构；而本条中所用的其他词句的涵义与该条中该等词句的涵义相同。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 21 U.K.]

第 III 分部 —— 关乎输入侵犯权利的录制品的法律程序

262. 定义在本分部中 —— “ 扣留令 ” (detention order) 指根据第 264(1) 条作出的命令； “ 权利持有人 ” (right holder) 指 ——

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-111 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 262 条

(a) 根据本部有表演者权利存在的表演的表演者，或该等表演的表演者的经济权利的专用特许持有人；或

(b) 就该等表演有录制权的人。

263. 扣留令的申请 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡就某表演而言属权利持有人的人，有合理理由怀疑属

构成该表演的侵犯权利的录制品的物品可能被输入，则该权利持有人可向原讼法庭申请根据第 264(1) 条作出命令。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(2) 根据第 (1) 款提出的申请可以单方面提出，但须事先给予关长通知。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(3) 根据第 (1) 款提出的申请，必须采用法院规则订明的格式，并须有权利持有人作出的誓章支持，而该誓章须 —— (a) 述明于提出申请时，有关的表演根据本部有在表演

中的权利存在；

(b) 述明宣誓人是本部赋予的在表演中的权利的拥有人或是该等权利的专用特许持有人；

(d) 述明附于誓章作为证物的该表演的录制品的复制品是该录制品的获授权复制品；

(e) 述明提出申请的理由，包括宣誓人赖以显示有关物品表面看来是侵犯权利的录制品的事实；

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-113 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 263 条

(f) 列出有关物品的足够详细说明，使关长可轻易辨认该物品； (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(g) 列出预期采用的运输工具的详情及预期输入的日期，以及识别输入者的详情 ( 如有的话 )；及

(h) 列出法院规则所订明的其他资料和附有法院规则订明的其他文件作为证物。

(4) 任何人不得就过境物品而根据第 (1) 款提出申请。 (5) 如有任何人输入任何物品供他私人和家居使用，则不得

根据第 (1) 款就该输入提出申请。 (6) 第 121 条适用于任何根据本部而存在于合资格表演的表

演者的经济权利的专用特许持有人按照第 (3) 款作出的誓章，而适用的方式与假使该誓章是由表演者的经济权利的拥有人作出而该条即会适用的方式相同。

264. 扣留令的发出 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡有就根据第 263 条提出的申请而进行的聆讯，则如在

进行该聆讯时权利持有人出示充分的证据，令原讼法庭信纳有关物品表面看来是侵犯权利的录制品，则原讼法

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-115 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 264 条

庭可作出命令，指示关长或任何获授权人员采取合理措施，于该物品输入时或输入后检取或扣留该物品。

(2) 原讼法庭可规定权利持有人提供保证或任何相等的担保，其款额须足以保障输入者及对被检取或扣留物品享有权益的任何其他人 ( 包括该物品的收货人及拥有人 ) 在该项检取扣留如属错误或该物品如根据第 265(6) 条发还输入者时，可免受可能会招致的任何损失或损害。

(3) 扣留令可载有原讼法庭认为适当的条款及条件。 (4) 如任何物品已由关长或任何获授权人员依据任何法律检

取或扣留，并正由其保管，则原讼法庭不得就该物品作出扣留令。

(5) 凡关长或任何获授权人员依据本分部或第 II 部第 VII 分部以外的任何法律检取或扣留任何物品，则就该物品而作出的任何扣留令即停止具有效力。

(6) 凡原讼法庭作出扣留令，则权利持有人须立即将该命令的副本一份送达关长。

(7) 扣留令由作出的日期或由原讼法庭指明的较后日期起具有效力，并须于从自该日期起计的 60 天届满时停止具有效力，但如关长或任何获授权人员已依据该命令于该期间内检取或扣留该命令适用的任何物品，则属例外。

(由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订；由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

265. 扣留令的强制执行

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-117 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 265 条

( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡某扣留令送达关长，则关长或任何获授权人员须在该

命令的条款及条件的规限下，检取或扣留该命令适用的任何物品。

(2) 权利持有人须 —— (a) 向关长或任何获授权人员提供关于该物品及有关输

入的充分资料，使该物品可以辨认和使付运的货物或有关输入可以识别，并提供关长或任何获授权人员为执行该扣留令而可合理要求的任何其他资料；

(b) 将一笔关长认为足以偿付政府就执行该扣留令而相当可能招致的费用的款额存放于关长处；及

(3) 如权利持有人没有遵从第 (2) 款，关长或任何获授权人员可拒绝执行扣留令。　

(4) 关长在给予权利持有人书面通知后，可向原讼法庭申请执行该扣留令的指示，而原讼法庭在给予权利持有人获聆听的机会后，可发出其认为合适的指示。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(6) 如权利持有人在获给予有关检取或扣留的通知后10天内，没有以书面通知关长，谓关乎该物品的侵犯权利讼诉已根据本部提起，则除第 (7) 款及授权关长或任何获授权人员检取或扣留物品的任何法律另有规定外，关长或任何

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-119 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 265 条

获授权人员须将已依据扣留令被检取或扣留的任何物品发还输入者。

(7) 原讼法庭可应权利持有人提出的申请，在给予关长及根据第 (5) 款规定须予通知的每名人士获聆听的机会后，如信纳延长第 (6) 款所提述的期间的请求合理，将该期间延长，但延长的期间以不超逾 10 天为限。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(8) 在根据第 (7) 款进行的法律程序中，原讼法庭可要求权利持有人除提供按照第 264(2) 条提供的保证或任何相等的担保外，尚须提供额外的保证或任何相等的担保。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

(9) 凡权利持有人在第 (6) 款所提述的期间内 ( 该期间或已根据第 (7) 款延长 )，已经以书面通知关长，谓关乎该物品的侵犯权利诉讼已根据本部提起，则关长或任何获授权人员须在侵犯权利法律程序中法院所作出的指示的规限下，继续保管该物品。

(10) 在计算第 (6) 款所提述的期间 ( 该期间或已根据第 (7) 款延长 ) 时，任何公众假期、烈风警告日或黑色暴雨警告日均不得计算在内。

(11) 在本条中 —— “ 黑色暴雨警告日 ” (black rainstorm warning day) 指全日或其

中部分时间有黑色暴雨警告的日子，而 “ 黑色暴雨警告 ” (black rainstorm warning) 指由香港天文台台长藉使用通常称为黑色暴雨警告讯号的暴雨警告讯号而发出的关于在香港或香港附近有暴雨的警告； (由 1997年第 362号法律公告修订 )

“ 烈风警告日 ” (gale warning day) 指全日或其中部分时间有烈风警告的日子，而 “ 烈风警告 ” (gale warning) 具有《司法程序 ( 烈风警告期间聆讯延期 ) 条例》( 第 62 章 ) 第 2 条给予该词的涵义。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-121 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 265 条

266. 扣留令的更改或推翻 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 关长或权利持有人可随时向原讼法庭申请更改扣留令。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 ) (2) 受扣留令影响的输入者或任何其他人可随时向原讼法庭

申请更改或推翻该命令。

(3) 根据第 (1) 或 (2) 款提出申请的人须将定出的聆讯该申请的日期，按原讼法庭法官的命令通知其他各方。

(4) 原讼法庭在聆讯根据第 (1) 或 (2) 款提出更改扣留令的申请时，可以其认为公正的方式更改该命令。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-123 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 266 条

(5) 原讼法庭在聆讯根据第 (2) 款提出推翻扣留令的申请时，可在其认为公正的条款及条件下推翻该命令。

(6) 就第 (3) 款而言 —— (a) 根据第 (1) 款提出的申请的各方，指关长、权利持有

人及 ( 如有关物品已依据扣留令被检取或扣留 ) 输入者，以及根据第 265(5) 条规定须予通知的任何其他人；及

(b) 根据第 (2) 款提出的申请的各方，指关长、权利持有人、申请人及输入者 ( 如输入者并非申请人 )。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

267. 资料的披露 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条；1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡有任何物品依据扣留令被检取或扣留，则关长可向权

员所作的任何陈述，但须事先得到该人的书面同意，如该人已死亡或关长在合理地查究该人的所在后仍未能找到该人，则不须事先得到该人的书面同意；及

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-125 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 267 条

(d) 关乎依据该命令而被检取或扣留的物品，并且是关长认为适宜披露的任何其他资料或文件。

(3) 根据第 (2) 款提出的申请，可在事先给予关长通知的情况下藉动议而开始进行。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

268. 检查物品、发还样本等 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 凡有任何物品依据扣留令被检取或扣留，关长或任何获

授权人员须 —— (a) 给予权利持有人充分机会，为确立其申索而检查该

物品；及

(b) 给予输入者同等机会，为反驳权利持有人的申索而检查该物品。

(2) 凡有多于一件物品依据扣留令被检取或扣留，而权利持有人或输入者 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 给予关长或任何获授权人员所需的承诺，则关长或该获授权人员可允许权利持有人或输入者移走被检取或扣留的物品的样本。

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-127 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 268 条

(3) 就第 (2) 款而言，所需的承诺指给予该承诺的人会作出以下事情的书面承诺 —— (a) 在关长或获授权人员认为满意的指明时间，将样本

交还关长或获授权人员；及

(b) 以合理谨慎防止对样本造成不必要的损害。 (4) 如关长或任何获授权人员允许权利持有人按照本条检查

任何已被检取或扣留的物品，或移走任何样本，则就由于以下所述而使输入者蒙受的任何损失或损害而言，政府无须对输入者负上任何法律责任 —— (a) 检查时所招致对任何物品造成的损害；或 (b) 权利持有人或任何其他人对权利持有人移走的任何

样本作出的任何事情或就该样本作出的任何事情，或权利持有人对该样本作出的任何使用。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

269. 须缴付的费用 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 关长可评定政府就扣留令的执行而招致的费用，并可从

权利持有人根据第 265(2) 条缴付作为按金的款额中扣除该等费用。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(2) 根据第 (1) 款评定的任何费用，须由权利持有人向政府缴付，并可作为民事债项追讨。

270. 须付予输入者等的补偿 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条 )

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-129 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 269 条

(1) 凡有任何物品依据任何扣留令被检取或扣留，而该物品又依据第 265(6) 条予以发还，则该物品的输入者、收货人或拥有人可于该命令作出的日期后 6 个月内，向原讼法庭申请因该项检取或扣留而使他蒙受的任何损失或损害的补偿。

(2) 凡 —— (a) 有任何物品依据扣留令被检取或扣留； (b) 任何侵犯权利诉讼在第 265(6) 条所提述的期间内 ( 该

期间可根据第 265(7) 条延长 )，根据本部就该物品而提起；及

(3) 原讼法庭可应根据第 (1) 或 (2) 款提出的申请，作出其认为合适的补偿令。

(由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

271. 规则 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1998 年第 25 号第 2 条 ) 根据《高等法院条例》( 第 4 章 ) 第 54 条订立法院规则的权力，包括就规管和订明根据本分部在原讼法庭须遵守的程序及常

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-131 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 271 条

规以及该等程序或常规的任何附带或有关事宜订立法院规则 ( 包括订立订明任何根据本分部须由或可由法院规则订明的事宜或事情的规则 ) 的权力。

(由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

272. 关长及获授权人员的保障 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 关长及获授权人员无须对就扣留令的执行而真诚地采取

或真诚地遗漏采取任何行动而使任何人蒙受的任何损失或损害，负上任何法律责任。

(2) 如有就上述职责的执行而真诚地采取或真诚地遗漏采取任何行动，则第 (1) 款就该行动而赋予关长及获授权人员的保障，并不以任何方式影响政府须为所采取或遗漏采取的行动所负上的任何法律责任。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

最后更新日期

25.4.2013

《版权条例》

3-133 第 III 部 —— 第 III 分部第 528 章第 272 条

第 IIIA 部

表演者的精神权利

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条增补 )

引言

272A. 赋予某些表演者的精神权利 (1) 本部向现场声艺表演的表演者或所作表演已录制于声音

纪录内的表演者，赋予以下精神权利 —— (a) 被识别为表演者的权利 ( 第 272B 条 )；及 (b) 其表演不受贬损处理的权利 ( 第 272F 条 )。

(2) 精神权利只在表演属合资格表演的情况下赋予有关表演者。

(3) 精神权利是在表演者或任何其他人根据本条例就有关表演享有的任何其他权利之外额外赋予表演者的。

(4) 在本部中 —— “ 即场向公众提供 ” (make available to the public live) 就某项表

演而言，指藉有线或无线的方式提供非录制表演，而提供的方法能让在香港或其他地方的公众人士可从其各自选择的地点观看或收听该表演；

“ 演出 ” (performership) 指以表演者或其中一名表演者的身分参与某项表演；

“ 声音纪录 ” (sound recording) —— (a) 除 (b) 段另有规定外，其涵义与第 II 部 ( 版权 ) 中该

词的涵义相同；

(b) 不包括第 II 部所指的影片附同的影片声带； “ 声艺表演 ” (aural performance) ——

(a) 指能够被人类耳朵听见的表演；或

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-1 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272A 条

(b) 凡某项表演的某部分能够被人类耳朵听见，指该项表演的该部分，

并包括音乐表演、讲话表演及形式介乎歌唱与讲话之间的表演。

(5) 以下词句在本部中的涵义，与第 II 部 ( 版权 ) 中该等词句的涵义相同 —— 有线传播节目；

有线传播节目服务；

发表；

业务；及

广播。

(6) 以下词句在本部中的涵义，与第 III 部 ( 在表演中的权利 ) 中该等词句的涵义相同 —— 合资格表演；

表演；

表演者；及

录制品。

(7) 如任何音乐作品的表演是在某名指挥的指挥下进行的，则就本部而言，该表演的声音须视为由该名指挥及实际上制造该等声音的人制造的，而凡提述表演者，即包括提述该名指挥。

(8) 第 204(2)、(3) 及 (4) 条经必要的变通后，适用于在本部中对向公众发放声音纪录的复制品的提述，一如该等条文适用于在第 III 部中对向公众发放录制品的复制品的提述一样。

(9) 第 205(2)、(3) 及 (4) 条经必要的变通后，适用于在本部中对向公众提供声音纪录的复制品的提述，一如该等条文适用于在第 III 部中对向公众提供录制品的复制品的提述一样。

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-3 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272A 条

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

被识别为表演者的权利

272B. 被识别为表演者的权利 (1) 现场声艺表演的表演者或所作表演已录制于声音纪录内

的表演者，在以下情况下，具有被识别为有关表演的表演者的权利 —— (a) 该项表演作公开举行、即场向公众提供、即场广播

或包含在有线传播节目服务内即场传播；或

(b) 将录制了该项表演的声音纪录的复制品向公众发放或提供、广播或包含在有线传播节目服务内。

(2) 就向公众发放或提供录制了表演的声音纪录的复制品而言，表演者根据本条具有的权利为有权在每份该等复制品之上或之内被识别，或 ( 在如此被识别并不适当的情况下 ) 有权以相当可能使取得该等复制品的人知悉表演者身分的其他方式被识别。

(3) 在第 (2) 款所提述的情况以外的任何情况下，表演者根据本条具有的权利为有权以相当可能使聆听有关表演、广播或有线传播节目的人知悉表演者身分的方式被识别。

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-5 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272B 条

(4) 第 (2) 及 (3) 款所提述的表演者的权利，包括有权以清楚及合理地显眼或被听到的方式被识别。

(5) 如表演者在宣示其被识别的权利时指明用假名、英文名缩写或其他特定形式的识别方法，则必须采用该形式，除此以外，可采用任何合理的识别形式。

(6) 如表演是由某些表演者以团体名义作出的，则采用该团体的名称已属充分地识别该团体中的表演者。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

272C. 第 272B 条的权利必须宣示 (1) 除非第 272B 条 ( 被识别为表演者的权利 ) 所赋予的权利

已按照以下条文宣示，以就该条所提述的作为而约束作出该作为的人，否则该人作出该作为，并不属侵犯该权利。

(2) 该权利可藉以下方式一般性地宣示，或就任何指明作为或指明类别的作为得以宣示 —— (a) 在转让第 III 部所赋予的、存在于任何已举行或将举

行的现场声艺表演中或存在于任何已录制或将录制于声音纪录内的表演中的表演者的经济权利时，在转让该权利的文书中加入一项陈述，述明该表演者就该项表演或该项录制于声音纪录内的表演宣示其被识别的权利；或

(b) 由有关表演者签署的文书。

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-7 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272C 条

(3) 受根据第 (2) 款宣示的权利约束的人 —— (a) 就根据第 (2)(a) 款宣示权利而言，指承让人及透过

承让人提出申索的人，而不论他是否知悉有关权利已获宣示；

(b) 就根据第 (2)(b) 款宣示权利而言，得悉有关权利已获宣示的人。

(4) 在就有关权利遭侵犯而进行的诉讼中，法院在考虑补救时，须将宣示该权利的任何延误列入考虑。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

272D. 第 272B 条的权利的例外情况 (1) 凡识别某表演者并非合理地切实可行，则第 272B 条 ( 被

识别为表演者的权利 ) 所赋予的权利不适用。 (2) 就为报导时事的目的而作出的表演而言，该权利不适用。 (3) 就为货品或服务的广告宣传或为作出关于公众利益的事

项的公告的目的而作出的表演而言，该权利不适用。

(4) 如任何作为凭借任何以下条文而不属侵犯第 III 部所赋予的任何权利，则该作为亦不属侵犯第 272B 条赋予的权利 —— (a) 第 241 条 ( 为某些目的而公平处理 )，但只限于该作

为是关乎藉声音纪录、广播或有线传播节目而报导时事的范围内；

(b) 第 242 条 ( 附带地包括表演或录制品 )； (c) 第 243(2) 条 ( 考试试题 )； (d) 第 246B 条 ( 立法会 )；

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-9 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272D 条

(e) 第 247 条 ( 司法程序 )； (f) 第 248 条 ( 法定研讯 )。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

反对受贬损处理的权利

272E. 反对受贬损处理的权利 (1) 现场声艺表演的表演者或所作表演已录制于声音纪录内

的表演者，具有使其表演不受贬损处理的权利。

(2) 任何人如作出任何以下作为，即属侵犯上述权利 —— (a) 就任何现场声艺表演而言，在该表演被安排供公开

聆听、被广播、被包含在有线传播节目内或被即场向公众提供之时，令该表演或安排该表演遭受贬损处理；

(b) 就任何录制于声音纪录内的表演而言 —— (i) 安排该表演藉该声音纪录以令该表演遭受贬损

处理的方式被公开聆听，或藉该声音纪录以令该表演遭受贬损处理的方式广播该表演，或将该表演藉该声音纪录以令该表演遭受贬损处理的方式包含在有线传播节目内；或

(ii) 以令该表演遭受贬损处理的方式，向公众提供该声音纪录的复制品；或

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-11 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272E 条

(i) 安排该声音纪录被公开聆听，或广播该声音纪录，或将该声音纪录包含在有线传播节目内；或

(ii) 向公众提供该声音纪录的复制品。 (3) 就本条而言 ——

(a) “ 处理 ” (treatment) —— (i) 就现场声艺表演而言，指对该表演进行任何增

添、删除、修改或改编；或

(ii) 就录制于声音纪录内的表演而言，指对该声音纪录进行任何增添、删除、修改或改编；及

(b) 如对任何现场声艺表演或任何录制于声音纪录内的表演作出的处理，构成损害表演者声誉的扭曲、割裂或其他改动，该项处理即属贬损处理。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

272F. 管有侵犯权利物品或就侵犯权利物品进行交易而侵犯第 272E 条的权利

(1) 任何人如 —— (a) 为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过

程中，管有任何侵犯权利物品；或

(b) 出售、出租、要约出售或要约出租任何侵犯权利物品，或为出售或出租而展示任何侵犯权利物品，或分发任何侵犯权利物品，

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-13 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272F 条

而该人知道或有理由相信该物品属侵犯权利物品，则该人亦属侵犯第 272E 条 ( 反对受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利。

(2) 在本条中 —— “ 侵犯权利物品 ” (infringing article) 指录制于声音纪录内的、

符合以下说明的表演 —— (a) 曾遭受第 272E 条所指的贬损处理的；及 (b) 曾经或相当可能在侵犯该权利的情况下属该条所提

述的作为之标的物。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

272G. 第 272E 条的权利的例外情况 (1) 就为报导时事的目的而作出的表演而言，第 272E 条 ( 反

对受贬损处理的权利 ) 赋予的权利不适用。 (2) 凡对某表演作出的改动是合乎一般的编辑或制作惯例的，

该等改动不属侵犯上述权利。

(3) 除第 (4) 款另有规定外，任何为以下目的而作出的作为均不属侵犯上述权利 —— (a) 避免犯罪；或 (b) 履行由成文法则或根据成文法则施加的责任。

(4) 凡表演者已在第 (3) 款所指的有关作为作出之时被识别，或他先前已在录制了有关表演的声音纪录的已发表复制品之内或之上被识别，则第 (3) 款只在有足够的卸责声明的情况下，具有效力。

(5) 在第 (4) 款中，“ 足够的卸责声明 ” (sufficient disclaimer) 指一项清晰和合理地显著的、符合以下规定的示意 —— (a) 在作出第 (3) 款所指的有关作为之时作出的；及 (b) (如有关表演者当时已被识别 )与该识别并排出现的，

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-15 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272G 条

而该项示意的内容是：有关现场声艺表演或录制于声音纪录内的表演曾受到未经有关表演者同意的处理。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

补充条文

272H. 权利的期限第 272B 条 ( 被识别为表演者的权利 ) 及第 272E 条 ( 反对受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利，在第 III 部所赋予的表演者的权利就录制了该表演的声音纪录而存在的期间持续存在。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

272I. 同意及放弃权利 (1) 凡在获得具有第 272B 条 ( 被识别为表演者的权利 ) 及第

272E 条 ( 反对受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利的人的同意下作出某作为，作出该作为并不属侵犯该等权利。

(2) 第 (1) 款所提述的任何权利，均可藉由放弃有关权利的人签署的文书而放弃。

(3) 放弃权利可关乎某特定表演、某指明类别的表演或一般地关乎所有表演，并可关乎现有或未来的表演。

(4) 放弃权利可以是有条件或无条件的，亦可明示为可予撤回的。

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-17 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272H 条

(5) 放弃权利如是为惠及有关表演的权利的拥有人或准拥有人而作出的，则除非有明示的相反意愿，否则该项放弃权利须推定为延伸适用于该拥有人或准拥有人的特许持有人及所有权继承人。

(6) 本部条文不得解释为摒除一般合约法或不容反悔法就任何关乎第 (1) 款所提述的权利的非正式放弃或其他处理而施行。

(7) 在本条中，“ 表演 ” (performance) 指现场声艺表演或录制于声音纪录内的表演。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

272J. 条文对合作表演者的适用情况 (1) 就合作演出而言，第 272B 条 ( 被识别为表演者的权利 )

所赋予的权利为每名合作表演者被识别为合作表演者的权利，而该权利必须由每名合作表演者按照第 272C 条就其本身而宣示。

(2) 就合作演出而言，第 272E 条 ( 反对受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利为每名合作表演者所享有的权利；如合作表演者同意有关的处理，即属体现其权利。

(3) 合作表演者中的其中一名表演者根据第 272I 条放弃权利，并不影响其他合作表演者的该等权利。

(4) 如任何现场声艺表演或录制于声音纪录内的表演是由 2 名或多于 2 名表演者演出的，则有关表演者可订立书面合作演出协议，让每名表演者藉该协议同意除联同其他表演者外，不会就该现场声艺表演或该声音纪录内的表

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-19 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272J 条

演 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 行使第 272E 条 ( 反对受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予他的权利。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

272K. 条文对表演的部分的适用情况 (1) 第 272B 条 ( 被识别为表演者的权利 ) 所赋予的权利就现

场声艺表演或录制于声音纪录内的表演的整项或其任何实质部分而适用。

(2) 第 272E 条 ( 反对受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利就现场声艺表演或录制于声音纪录内的表演的整项或其任何部分而适用。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

272L. 精神权利不可转让第 272B 条 ( 被识别为表演者的权利 ) 及第 272E 条 ( 反对受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利不可转让。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

272M. 在死亡时转传精神权利 (1) 凡具有第 272B 条 ( 被识别为表演者的权利 ) 或第 272E 条

( 反对受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利 (“ 该权利 ”) 的人死亡 ——

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-21 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272K 条

(a) 则该权利转移予该人藉遗嘱性质的处置而特定指示的人；

(b) 如无该等指示，但第 III 部就有关表演而赋予的表演者的经济权利构成其遗产的一部分，而该等经济权利转移予另一人，则该权利转移予该另一人；及

(2) 凡第 III 部所赋予的表演者的经济权利构成某人遗产的一部分，而该权利的某部分转移予某人而另一部分转移予另一人，例如某项遗赠只局限于 —— (a) 有关拥有人具有独有权利作出或同意作出的一项或

多于一项事情，而非该拥有人具有独有权利作出或同意作出的全部事情；或

(b) 该等权利存在的部分期间而非整段期间，则任何凭借第 (1)(b) 款与表演者的经济权利一并转移的权利，亦须相应地划分。

(3) 凡某权利凭借第 (1)(a) 或 (b) 款变成可由多于一人行使，则以下条文就该权利具有效力 —— (a) 就第 272B 条 ( 被识别为表演者的权利 ) 所赋予的权

利而言，该权利可由该等人当中的任何人宣示；

(b) 就第 272E 条 ( 反对受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利而言，该权利可由该等人当中的每一人行使；而如该等人当中的任何人同意有关的处理或作为，该权利即属就该人而体现；及

(4) 凡某权利凭借第 (1) 款转移予某人，则先前给予的同意或作出的放弃对该人具约束力。

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-23 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272M 条

(5) 遗产代理人凭借本条就某人死后权利遭侵犯而追讨所得的损害赔偿，须作为该人的遗产的一部分而传予，犹如该诉讼权在紧接该人死亡前已存在并归属该人一样。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

272N. 侵犯表演者的精神权利的补救 (1) 对第 272B 条 ( 被识别为表演者的权利 ) 或第 272E 条 ( 反

对受贬损处理的权利 ) 所赋予的权利的侵犯，可当作为违反对具有该权利的人所负有的法定责任般而就之提起诉讼。

(2) 在就侵犯第 272E 条赋予的权利而进行的法律程序中，法院如认为在当时情况下批出附有有关条款的强制令是足够的补救，即可批出该强制令；上述有关条款是指规定除非有按该法院批准的条款及方式作出的卸责声明，说明某表演者与该现场声艺表演或录制于声音纪录内的表演的处理无涉，否则禁止作出任何作为。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

272O. 与录制了表演的声音纪录有关的推定凡向公众发放或提供的录制了表演的声音纪录的复制品附有一项陈述，述明 ——

(a) 某指名的人是该表演中的表演者；或 (b) 某指名表演者团体是该表演中的表演者，

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-25 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272N 条

则在凭借本部就该声音纪录而提起的法律程序中，该项陈述可获接纳为所述明事实的证据，且须推定为正确，直至相反证明成立为止。

(第 IIIA部由 2007年第 15号第 66条増补 )

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

3A-27 第 IIIA 部第 528 章第 272O 条

第 IV 部

科技措施及一般条文

规避有效科技措施

(由 2007年第 15号第 67条代替 )

273. 第 273 至 273H 条的释义 (1) 在第 273A 至 273H 条中，就已就某版权作品而应用的任

何有效科技措施而言 —— (a) 如该作品的使用是由该作品的版权拥有人透过该措

施而控制的，“ 规避 ” (circumvent) 指未获该版权拥有人的授权而规避该措施；

(b) 如该作品的使用是由该作品的版权拥有人的专用特许持有人透过该措施而控制的，“ 规避 ” (circumvent) 指未获该专用特许持有人的授权而规避该措施；或

(ii) 向公众提供该作品的复制品；或 (iii) 广播该作品或将该作品包含在有线传播节目服

务内，

“ 规避 ” (circumvent) 指未获该其他人的授权而规避该措施。

(2) 就本条及第 273A 至 273H 条而言，凡某科技措施已就某版权作品而应用，而任何第 (1)(a)、(b) 或 (c) 款所提述的人是通过以下途径控制该作品的使用，则该措施称为有效科技措施 ——

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-1 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273 条

(a) 在正常运作过程中达致拟对该作品作出的保护的存取控制或保护程序 ( 包括加密保护、扰码及对该作品作出的任何其他改变 )；或

(b) 在正常运作过程中达致拟对该作品作出的保护的控制复制机制。

(3) 在第 (2) 款中 —— (a) “ 科技措施 ” (technological measure) 指经设计以在其

正常运作过程中保护任何类别的版权作品的科技、器件、组件或设施；

(b) 凡提述对版权作品作出保护，指为防止或限制作出任何未获有关作品的版权拥有人的特许而作出的、并受有关作品的版权所限制的作为；

(由 2007年第 15号第 68条代替 )

273A. 就对有效科技措施的规避而具有的权利及补救 (1) 除第 273D 及 273H 条指明的例外情况外，凡任何有效科

技措施已就某版权作品而应用，而任何人作出任何规避该措施的作为，且该人知道或有理由相信他正在作出规避该措施的作为，则本条适用。

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-3 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273A 条

(2) 下述人士针对第 (1) 款所提述的人而具有的权利及补救，与版权拥有人就侵犯版权而具有的权利及补救相同 —— (a) 有关作品的版权拥有人； (b) 有关作品的版权拥有人的专用特许持有人；及 (c) 任何获有关作品的版权拥有人的特许作出以下事宜

的其他人 —— (i) 向公众发放有关作品的复制品；

(ii) 向公众提供有关作品的复制品；或 (iii) 广播有关作品或将该作品包含在有线传播节目

服务内。

(3) 第 (2) 款赋予版权拥有人、专用特许持有人及第 (2)(c) 款所提述的人的权利及补救是同时具有的。

(4) 第 112(3) 及 113(1)、(4)、(5) 及 (6) 条经必要的变通后，就关乎版权拥有人、专用特许持有人及第 (2)(c) 款所提述的人的法律程序而适用，一如该等条文就关乎具有同时具有的权利及补救的版权拥有人及专用特许持有人的法律程序而适用一样。

(5) 第 115、116 及 117 条 ( 某些与版权有关的事宜的推定 ) 经必要的变通后，就根据本条提起的法律程序而适用，一如该等条文就根据第 II 部 ( 版权 ) 提起的法律程序而适用一样。

(由 2007年第 15号第 69条増补 )

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-5 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273A 条

273B. 就为规避有效科技措施而设计的器件及服务而具有的权利及补救

(1) 除第 273E 及 273H 条指明的例外情况外，凡任何有效科技设施已就某版权作品而应用，而任何人作出以下作为，则本条适用 —— (a) 制作、输入、输出、出售或出租、要约出售或要约

出租、为出售或出租而展示或宣传任何有关器件；

(b) 为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过程中，公开陈列、管有或分发任何有关器件；

(d) 提供任何有关服务。 (2) 在第 (1) 款中 —— “ 有关服务 ” (relevant service) 就该款所提述的有效科技措施而

言，指任何符合以下说明的服务 —— (a) 在推广、宣传或推出市场时表明是用于规避该措施

的；

(b) 除用于规避该措施外，在商业上的实质意义或用途仅属有限的；或

“ 有关器件 ” (relevant device) 就该款所提述的有效科技措施而言，指任何符合以

下说明的器件、产品、组件或设施 —— (a) 在推广、宣传或推出市场时表明是用于规避该措施

的；

(b) 除用于规避该措施外，在商业上的实质意义或用途仅属有限的；或

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-7 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273B 条

(3) 下述人士针对第 (1) 款所提述的人而具有的权利及补救，与版权拥有人就侵犯版权而具有的权利及补救相同 —— (a) 有关作品的版权拥有人； (b) 有关作品的版权拥有人的专用特许持有人；及 (c) 任何获有关作品的版权拥有人的特许作出以下事宜

的其他人 —— (i) 向公众发放有关作品的复制品；

(ii) 向公众提供有关作品的复制品；或 (iii) 广播有关作品或将该作品包含在有线传播节目

服务内。

(4) 第 (3) 款赋予版权拥有人、专用特许持有人及第 (3)(c) 款所提述的人的权利及补救是同时具有的。

(5) 第 112(3) 及 113(1)、(4)、(5) 及 (6) 条经必要的变通后，就关乎版权拥有人、专用特许持有人及第 (3)(c) 款所提述的人的法律程序而适用，一如该等条文就关乎具有同时具有的权利及补救的版权拥有人及专用特许持有人的法律程序而适用一样。

(6) 凡有人管有、保管或控制任何器件、产品、组件或设施，而其意图是该等器件、产品、组件或设施被用以规避有效科技措施，则版权拥有人、专用特许持有人及第 (3)(c) 款所提述的人根据第 109条 (交付令 )就该等器件、产品、组件或设施而具有的权利及补救，与版权拥有人就侵犯版权复制品而具有的权利及补救相同。

(7) 第 (6) 款赋予版权拥有人、专用特许持有人及第 (3)(c) 款所提述的人的权利及补救是同时具有的。

(8) 第 113(7) 条 ( 在专用特许持有人与版权拥有人同时具有权利的情况下关乎版权拥有人行使权利的命令 ) 经必要的变通后，就版权拥有人、专用特许持有人及第 (3)(c) 款

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-9 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273B 条

所提述的人并就凭借第 (6) 款而根据第 109 条作出的任何事宜而适用，一如第 113(7) 条就具有同时具有的权利及补救的版权持有人及专用特许持有人并就根据第 109 条作出的任何事宜而适用一样。

(9) 第 111 条 ( 处置侵犯版权复制品或其他物品的命令 ) 经必要的变通后，就处置凭借第 (6) 款而根据第 109 条交付的任何东西一事而适用。

(10) 第 115、116 及 117 条 ( 某些与版权有关的事宜的推定 ) 经必要的变通后，就根据本条提起的法律程序而适用，一如该等条文就根据第 II 部 ( 版权 ) 提起的法律程序而适用一样。

(由 2007年第 15号第 69条増补 )

273C. 关乎规避有效科技措施的罪行 (1) 除第 273F 及 273H 条指明的例外情况外，凡任何有效科

技措施已就某版权作品而应用，任何人作出以下作为，即属犯罪 ——

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-11 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273C 条

(a) 制作任何有关器件作出售或出租之用； (b) 将任何有关器件输入香港作出售或出租之用； (c) 将任何有关器件输出香港作出售或出租之用； (d) 为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易或业务的过

程中，出售、出租、或要约出售或要约出租或为出售或出租而展示任何有关器件；

(e) 为任何包含经销规避器件的贸易或业务的目的或在任何该等贸易或业务的过程中，公开陈列或分发任何有关器件；

(f) 管有任何有关器件，以期令 —— (i) 某人可为任何贸易或业务的目的或在任何贸易

或业务的过程中，出售或出租该有关器件；或

(ii) 某人可为任何包含经销规避器件的贸易或业务的目的或在任何该等贸易或业务的过程中，公开陈列或分发该有关器件；或

(g) 为任何规避业务的目的或在任何规避业务的过程中，提供任何有关服务。

(2) 在第 (1) 款中 —— “ 有关服务 ” (relevant service) 就该款所提述的有效科技措施而

言，指任何符合以下说明的服务 —— (a) 在推广、宣传或推出市场时表明是用于规避该措施

的；

(b) 除用于规避该措施外，在商业上的实质意义或用途仅属有限的；或

“ 有关器件 ” (relevant device) 就该款所提述的有效科技措施而言 —— (a) 除 (b) 段另有规定外，指任何符合以下说明的器件、

产品、组件或设施 ——

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-13 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273C 条

(i) 在推广、宣传或推出市场时表明是用于规避该措施的；

(ii) 除用于规避该措施外，在商业上的实质意义或用途仅属有限的；或

(iii) 主要是为使人能够规避该措施或为方便规避该措施的目的而设计、生产或改装的；

(b) 不包括《广播条例》( 第 562 章 ) 第 6 条所提述的未经批准的解码器，或该条例第 7 条所提述的解码器；

“ 规避业务 ” (circumvention business) 指为牟利而经营并包含向公众要约提供使人能够规避有效科技措施或方便规避该措施的服务的业务；

“ 规避器件 ” (circumvention device) 指任何符合以下说明的器件、产品、组件或设施 —— (a) 在推广、宣传或推出市场时表明是用于规避有效科

技措施的；

(b) 除用于规避有效科技措施外，在商业上的实质意义或用途仅属有限的；或

“ 经销 ” (dealing in) 指出售、出租或为牟利或报酬而分发。 (3) 任何人犯第 (1) 款所订罪行，一经循公诉程序定罪，可处

罚款 $500,000 及监禁 4 年。 (4) 任何就任何有效科技措施被控第 (1) 款所订罪行的人，如

证明他不知道亦无理由相信属该罪行的标的之有关器件或有关服务使人能够规避该措施或方便规避该措施，即可以此作为免责辩护。

(由 2007年第 15号第 69条増补 )

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-15 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273C 条

273D. 第 273A 条的例外情况 (1) 在以下情况下，第 273A 条不适用于某规避有效科技措施

的作为 —— (a) 该措施已就某电脑程式而应用； (b) 该作为是为识别或分析该电脑程式的特定元素而作

出的，而该等元素并非作出该作为的人可随时得知的；

(d) 与作出该作为有关的电脑程式的复制品并非侵犯版权复制品；而且

(e) (b) 段所提述的识别或分析的作为不构成侵犯版权。 (2) 第 273A 条不适用于符合以下说明的规避有效科技措施的

作为 ——

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-17 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273D 条

(a) 该作为是由任何电脑、电脑系统或电脑网络的拥有人或操作员作出，或是在该拥有人或操作员的授权下作出；而且

(b) 作出该作为的唯一目的，是测试、调查或纠正该电脑、电脑系统或电脑网络 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 在保安上的漏洞或弱点。

(3) 如作出规避有效科技措施的作为的唯一目的，是对密码学进行研究，而该作为符合以下说明，则第 273A 条不适用于该作为 —— (a) 有关研究是由任何指明教育机构进行或由他人代该

机构进行，或是为在指明教育机构所提供的密码学范畴的指明课程中的教学或接受该等教学的目的而进行的，而 —— (i) 该研究不构成侵犯版权；

(ii) 为进行该研究而需要作出该作为；及 (iii) 从该研究中取得的资料，除了是以指明方式向

公众发布外，并没有向公众发布；或

(b) 在任何其他情况下 —— (i) 该研究不构成侵犯版权；

(ii) 为进行该研究而需要作出该作为；及 (iii) 该作为或向公众发布从该研究中取得的资料并

没有损害有关版权拥有人的权利。

(4) 在第 (3) 款中 —— “ 指明方式 ” (specified manner) 就向公众发布从密码学研究取

得的资料而言 —— (a) 指合理地为达致提高或增进密码学或有关科技的知

识状况或发展而采用的方式；并

(b) 包括在期刊或会议中发布该等资料，而该等期刊或会议的目标读者或听众，属主要是从事密码学范畴

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-19 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273D 条

或有关科技范畴的工作的人或正在修读密码学范畴或有关科技范畴的课程的人；

“ 指明教育机构 ” (specified educational establishment) 指 —— (a) 在附表 1 第 4、6、7、8、9、12、14 或 15 条中指明

的教育机构；或

(b) 根据《专上学院条例》( 第 320 章 ) 注册的香港树仁大学。

(5) 在以下情况下，第 273A 条不适用于某规避有效科技措施的作为 —— (a) 该措施或已应用该措施的版权作品，能够收集或发

布属追踪和记录任何人使用某电脑网络的方式的个人识别资料，而没有向该人给予关于该收集或发布的明显通知；

(b) 作出该作为的唯一目的，是识别该措施或该作品 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 在收集或发布个人识别资料上的功能，或使其失去该功能；而且

的作为 —— (a) 某人是在使用某科技、产品或器件时作出该作为的；

而且

(b) 该科技、产品或器件 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的唯一目的，是防止未成年人在电脑互联网上取得有害资料。

(7) 在以下情况下，第 273A 条不适用于某规避有效科技措施的作为 —— (a) 该措施已就某以实物方式向公众发放的版权作品 ( 不

论属任何类别 ) 而应用； (b) 该措施包含地区性编码或任何其他为按地区控制市

场划分的目的而具有防止或限制取用该作品的作用的科技、器件、组件或设施；

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-21 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273D 条

(d) 作出该作为所关乎的作品的复制品 —— (i) 并非侵犯版权复制品；或

(ii) ( 如属侵犯版权复制品 ) 是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方合法地制作的，而它仅凭借第 35(3) 条属侵犯版权复制品。

(8) 在以下情况下，第 273A 条不适用于某规避有效科技措施的作为 —— (a) 该措施已就第 50(1)、51(1) 或 53 条提及的任何类别

的复制品而应用；

(b) 有关规避作为是由指明图书馆的馆长或指明档案室的负责人作出的；及

(9) 如某规避有效科技措施的作为是由执法机构或由他人代执法机构为防止、侦测或调查某罪行或进行检控的目的而作出的，则第 273A 条不适用于该作为。

(由 2007年第 15号第 69条増补 )

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-23 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273D 条

273E. 第 273B 条的例外情况 (1) 在本条中 —— “ 有关服务 ” (relevant service) 指任何符合以下说明的服务 ——

(a) 在推广、宣传或推出市场时表明是用于规避有效科技措施的；

(b) 除用于规避有效科技措施外，在商业上的实质意义或用途仅属有限的；或

“ 有关器件 ” (relevant device) 指任何符合以下说明的器件、产品、组件或设施 —— (a) 在推广、宣传或推出市场时表明是用于规避有效科

技措施的；

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-25 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273E 条

(b) 除用于规避有效科技措施外，在商业上的实质意义或用途仅属有限的；或

(2) 在以下情况下，第 273B 条不适用 —— (a) 某人与另一人共同合作识别或分析某电脑程式的特

定元素，而此举的唯一目的是达致该电脑程式或另一电脑程式与某独立编写的电脑程式能够互相兼容操作；而且

(b) 该人为使该另一人能够作出任何有关作为的目的而 —— (i) 为该另一人制作或输入任何有关器件；

(ii) 向该另一人出售、出租、输出或分发任何有关器件；

(iii) 管有任何有关器件；或 (iv) 向该另一人提供任何有关服务。

(3) 在第 (2) 款中，“ 有关作为 ” (relevant act) 指 —— (a) 任何规避有效科技措施的作为，而凭借第 273D(1)

条，第 273A 条是不适用于该作为的；或 (b) 任何于香港以外作出的作为，而该作为如在香港作

出便会构成 (a) 段所提述的作为。 (4) 在以下情况下，第 273B 条不适用 ——

(a) 任何人与另一人在某电脑、电脑系统或电脑网络 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的拥有人或操作员的授权下，共同合作测试、调查或纠正该电脑、电脑系统或电脑网络在保安上的漏洞或弱点；而且

(b) 该人为使该另一人能够作出任何有关作为的目的而 —— (i) 为该另一人制作或输入任何有关器件；

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-27 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273E 条

(ii) 向该另一人出售、出租、输出或分发任何有关器件；

(iii) 管有任何有关器件；或 (iv) 向该另一人提供任何有关服务。

(5) 在第 (4) 款中，“ 有关作为 ” (relevant act) 指 —— (a) 任何规避有效科技措施的作为，而凭借第 273D(2)

条，第 273A 条是不适用于该作为的；或 (b) 任何于香港以外作出的作为，而该作为如在香港作

出便会构成 (a) 段所提述的作为。 (6) 在以下情况下，第 273B 条不适用 ——

(a) 任何人与另一人共同合作进行密码学的研究；及 (b) 该人为使该另一人能够作出任何有关作为的目的

而 —— (i) 为该另一人制作或输入任何有关器件；

(ii) 向该另一人出售、出租、输出或分发任何有关器件；

(iii) 管有任何有关器件；或 (iv) 向该另一人提供任何有关服务。

(7) 在第 (6) 款中，“ 有关作为 ” (relevant act) 指 —— (a) 任何规避有效科技措施的作为，而凭借第 273D(3)

条，第 273A 条是不适用于该作为的；或 (b) 任何于香港以外作出的作为，而该作为如在香港作

出便会构成 (a) 段所提述的作为。 (8) 在以下情况下，第 273B 条不适用于某有关器件或有关服

务 —— (a) 某有效科技措施或已应用某有效科技措施的版权作

品，具有收集或发布属追踪和记录任何人使用某电脑网络的方式的个人识别资料的功能；而且

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-29 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273E 条

(b) 该器件或服务 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的唯一目的，是识别该措施或作品 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的该功能，或使其失去该功能。

(9) 在以下情况下，第 273B 条不适用于某有关器件 —— (a) 该有关器件是包含于或拟包含于任何科技、产品或

器件之内；而且

(b) 该科技、产品或器件 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的唯一目的，是防止未成年人在电脑互联网上取得有害资料。

(10) 如任何有关服务的唯一目的，是防止未成年人在电脑互联网上取得有害资料，则第 273B 条不适用于该服务。

(11) 在以下情况下，第 273B 条不适用于某有关器件或有关服务 —— (a) 某有效科技措施已就某以实物方式向公众发放的版

权作品而应用；

(b) 该措施包含地区性编码或任何其他为按地区控制市场划分的目的而具有防止或限制取用该作品的作用的科技、器件、组件或设施；及

(12) 如某作为是由执法机构，或由他人代执法机构为防止、侦测或调查某罪行或进行检控的目的而作出的，则第 273B 条不适用于该作为。

(由 2007年第 15号第 69条増补 )

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-31 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273E 条

273F. 第 273C 条的例外情况 (1) 在本条中 —— “ 有关服务 ” (relevant service) 指任何符合以下说明的服务 ——

(a) 在推广、宣传或推出市场时表明是用于规避有效科技措施的；

(b) 除用于规避有效科技措施外，在商业上的实质意义或用途仅属有限的；或

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-33 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273F 条

“ 有关器件 ” (relevant device) 指任何符合以下说明的器件、产品、组件或设施 —— (a) 在推广、宣传或推出市场时表明是用于规避有效科

技措施的；

(b) 除用于规避有效科技措施外，在商业上的实质意义或用途仅属有限的；或

(2) 在以下情况下，第 273C 条不适用 —— (a) 某人与另一人共同合作识别或分析某电脑程式的特

定元素，而此举的唯一目的是达致该电脑程式或另一电脑程式与某独立编写的电脑程式能够互相兼容操作；而且

(b) 该人为促使该另一人作出任何有关作为的目的而 —— (i) 为该另一人制作或输入任何有关器件；

(ii) 向该另一人出售、出租、输出或分发任何有关器件；

(iii) 管有任何有关器件，以期向该另一人出售、出租或分发该器件；或

(iv) 向该另一人提供任何有关服务。 (3) 在第 (2) 款中，“ 有关作为 ” (relevant act) 指 ——

(a) 任何规避有效科技措施的作为，而凭借第 273D(1) 条，第 273A 条是不适用于该作为的；或

(b) 任何于香港以外作出的作为，而该作为如在香港作出便会构成 (a) 段所提述的作为。

(4) 在以下情况下，第 273C 条不适用 ——

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-35 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273F 条

(b) 该人为使该另一人能够作出任何有关作为的目的而 —— (i) 为该另一人制作或输入任何有关器件；

(ii) 向该另一人出售、出租、输出或分发任何有关器件；

(iii) 管有任何有关器件，以期向该另一人出售、出租或分发该器件；或

(iv) 向该另一人提供任何有关服务。 (5) 在第 (4) 款中，“ 有关作为 ” (relevant act) 指 ——

(a) 任何规避有效科技措施的作为，而凭借第 273D(2) 条，第 273A 条是不适用于该作为的；或

(b) 任何于香港以外作出的作为，而该作为如在香港作出便会构成 (a) 段所提述的作为。

(6) 第 273C 条在以下情况下不适用 —— (a) 任何人与另一人共同合作，进行密码学研究；而且 (b) 该人为使该另一人能够作出任何有关作为的目的

而 —— (i) 为该另一人制作或输入任何有关器件；

(ii) 向该另一人出售、出租、输出或分发任何有关器件；

(iii) 管有任何有关器件，以期向该另一人出售、出租或分发该器件；或

(iv) 向该另一人提供任何有关服务。 (7) 在第 (6) 款中，“ 有关作为 ” (relevant act) 指 ——

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-37 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273F 条

(a) 任何规避有效科技措施的作为，而凭借第 273D(3) 条，第 273A 条是不适用于该作为的；或

(b) 任何于香港以外作出的作为，而该作为如在香港作出便会构成 (a) 段所提述的作为。

(8) 在以下情况下，第 273C 条不适用于某有关器件或有关服务 —— (a) 某有效科技措施或已应用某有效科技措施的版权作

品，具有收集或发布属追踪和记录任何人使用某电脑网络的方式的个人识别资料的功能；而且

(b) 该器件或服务 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的唯一目的，是识别该措施或作品 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的该功能，或使其失去该功能。

(9) 在以下情况下，第 273C 条不适用于某有关器件 —— (a) 该有关器件是包含于或拟包含于任何科技、产品或

器件之内；而且

(b) 该科技、产品或器件 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的唯一目的，是防止未成年人在电脑互联网上取得有害资料。

(10) 如任何有关服务的唯一目的，是防止未成年人在电脑互联网上取得有害资料，则第 273C 条不适用于该服务。

(11) 在以下情况下，第 273C 条不适用于某有关器件或有关服务 —— (a) 某有效科技措施已就某以实物方式向公众发放的版

权作品而应用；

(b) 该措施包含地区性编码或任何其他为按地区控制市场划分的目的而具有防止或限制取用该作品的作用的科技、器件、组件或设施；及

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-39 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273F 条

(12) 如某作为是由执法机构，或由他人代执法机构为防止、侦测或调查某罪行或为进行检控的目的而作出的，则第 273C 条不适用于该作为。

(由 2007年第 15号第 69条増补 )

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-41 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273F 条

273G. 第 273、273A、273B、273D 及 273E 条对表演的适用范围第 273、273A(1)、(2)、(3) 及 (4)、273B(1)、(2)、(3)、(4)、 (5)、(6)、(7)、(8) 及 (9)、273D 及 273E 条经必要的变通后，就以下项目而适用 ——

(a) 非录制表演或表演的录制品； (b) 表演者或就某表演具有录制权的人；及 (c) 第 III 部所赋予表演者或就某表演具有录制权的人的

权利。

(由 2007年第 15号第 69条増补 )

273H. 第 273A、273B、273C 及 273G 条的例外情况商务及经济发展局局长如信纳 ——

(a) 某作品或表演、某类别的作品或表演或某类别的器件、产品、组件、设施或服务 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 的使用或处理，并不构成或导致对版权或第 III 部所赋予的权利 ( 在表演中的权利 ) 的侵犯；及

(b) 该等条文的应用已对或相当可能会对任何该等使用或处理造成不利影响或损害，

则可藉宪报刊登的公告，将该作品或表演、该类别的作品或表演或该类别的器件、产品、组件、设施或服务，豁除于第 273A、273B、273C 及 273G 条的条文的适用范围外。

(由 2007年第 15号第 69条増补 )

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-43 第 IV 部第 528 章第 273G 条

权利管理资料

274. 就干扰权利管理资料的不合法作为而具有的权利及补救 (1) 提供权利管理资料的人具有以下的权利及补救。 (2) 他针对作出以下事情的人而具有的权利和补救，与版权

拥有人就侵犯版权而具有的相同 —— (a) 在未经他授权下除去或更改由他提供的电子形式的

权利管理资料；或

(b) 知道有附连于作品或其复制品、表演、表演的录制品的电子形式的权利管理资料在未经他授权下已被除去或更改，而在未经他授权下向公众发放或向公众提供、出售或出租该等作品或其复制品、表演或表演的录制品，或将之输入或输出香港、广播或包括在有线传播节目服务内。

(2A) 提供权利管理资料的人并不针对第 (2) 款所提述的人而具有权利及补救，除非后者在作出第 (2)(a) 或 (b) 款所提述的作为时，知道或有理由相信藉作出该作为，他正诱使、方便或掩饰对版权的侵犯或对第 III 部所赋予的权利 ( 在表演中的权利 ) 的侵犯，或正使人能够侵犯版权或该等权利。 (由 2007年第 15号第 70条増补 )

(2B) 如有权利管理资料附连的作品的版权拥有人或该版权拥有人的专用特许持有人，并非提供该权利管理资料的人，则该版权拥有人或专用特许持有人 ( 视属何情况而定 ) 针对第 (2) 款所提述的人而具有的权利及补救，与提供该权利管理资料的人具有的权利及补救相同。 (由 2007年第 15号第 70条増补 )

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-45 第 IV 部第 528 章第 274 条

(2C) 第 (1) 款赋予提供权利管理资料的人的权利及补救，与第 (2B) 款赋予版权拥有人及其专用特许持有人的权利及补救是同时具有的。 (由 2007年第 15号第 70条増补 )

(2D) 第 112(3) 及 113(1)、(4)、(5) 及 (6) 条经必要的变通后，就关乎提供权利管理资料的人、版权拥有人及专用特许持有人的法律程序而适用，一如该等条文就关乎具有同时具有的权利及补救的版权拥有人及专用特许持有人的法律程序而适用一样。 (由 2007年第 15号第 70条増补 )

(2E) 第 115、116 及 117 条 ( 某些与版权有关的事宜的推定 ) 经必要的变通后，就根据本条提起的法律程序而适用，一如该等条文就根据第 II 部 ( 版权 ) 提起的法律程序而适用一样。 (由 2007年第 15号第 70条増补 )

(2F) 本条 ( 第 (2E) 款除外 ) 经必要的变通后，就以下项目而适用 —— (a) 表演的录制品； (b) 表演者或就某表演具有录制权的人；及 (c) 第 III 部所赋予表演者或就某表演具有录制权的人的

权利。 (由 2007年第 15号第 70条増补 ) (3) 在本条中，凡提述权利管理资料，即指在附连于任何作

品的复制品或录制表演时的属以下任何项目的资料，或是与向公众提供作品或录制表演有关而出现的属以下任何项目的资料 —— (a) 识别作品、作品的作者、作品的任何权利的拥有人、

表演者或表演者的表演的资料；

(b) 关于使用作品的条款及条件、就表演具有录制权的人或表演的资料；或

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-47 第 IV 部第 528 章第 274 条

以欺诈手段接收传送

275. 就用作在未经授权下接收传送的器具等而具有的权利和补救 (1) 凡任何人 ——

(a) 为接收包括在从香港某地方或从其他地方提供的广播或有线传播节目服务内的节目而收取费用；或

(b) 从香港某地方或从其他地方发送任何其他类别的经编码处理的传送，

该人即其有以下权利及补救。

(2) 他针对作出以下作为的人而具有的权利和补救，与版权拥有人就侵犯版权而具有的相同 —— (a) 制作、输入、输出、出售或出租任何器具或器件，

而该器具或器件是经设计或改装以使他人能够接收

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-49 第 IV 部第 528 章第 275 条

或协助他人接收该等人无权接收的节目或其他传送的；或

(b) 发表任何资料而该资料刻意使他人能够接收或刻意协助他人接收该等人无权接收的节目或其他传送。

(3) 此外，他根据第 109 条 ( 交付 ) 而就任何该等器具或器件所具有的权利和补救，与版权拥有人就侵犯版权复制品而具有的相同。

(4) 在第 108(1) 条 ( 不知情侵犯版权 ) 适用于就侵犯本条所赋予权利而进行的法律程序的条文中，凡提述被告人不知道或没有理由相信某作品有版权存在，须解释为提述他不知道或没有理由相信其作为侵犯了本条所赋予的权利。

(5) 第 111 条经所需的变通后，就任何凭借第 (3) 款交付的东西的处置而适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 298 U.K.]

276. 对于某些不给予香港的广播、有线传播节目及经编码处理的传送足够保护的国家等的人民不给予第 275 条所指的权利 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) (1) 除第 (3) 款另有规定外，行政长官会同行政会议如觉得在

香港制作的广播或从香港发送的有线传播节目或经编码处理的传送因受到某国家、地区或地方不利的待遇而在该国家、地区或地方没有得到足够的保护，则行政长官会同行政会议可藉规例而按照本条，限制第 275 条就该国家、地区或地方制作广播或提供有线传播节目或经编码处理的传送的人而赋予的权利。

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-51 第 IV 部第 528 章第 276 条

(2) 行政长官会同行政会议须在规例中指定有关的国家、地区或地方，并须规定就规例所指明的目的而言，在规例所指明的日期之后制作的广播或发送的有线传播节目或经编码处理的传送的制作者或发送者在该项制作或发送时属下列身分，则该项广播、有线传播节目或经编码处理的传送并不具备根据第 275 条获得保护的资格 —— (a) 制作者或发送者是以该国家、地区或地方为居籍或

在该国家、地区或地方居住或有该国家、地区或地方的居留权 ( 但并非同时以香港为居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留权 ) 的个人；或

(b) 制作者或发送者是根据该国家、地区或地方的法律成立为法团的团体，

而规例可在顾及第 (1) 款所提述的不利待遇的性质及程度后，为第 275 条的全部目的或为规例所指明的某些目的，一般地或就规例所指明的个案种类，订定条文。

(3) 行政长官会同行政会议不得就香港亦是缔约方或延伸适用于香港的双边或多边版权或有关权利的公约的缔约国家、地区或地方行使其在本条下的权力。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

277. 关于以欺诈手段接收的补充条文

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-53 第 IV 部第 528 章第 277 条

凡第 275 条就某广播服务或有线传播节目服务而适用，则该条亦适用于为提供该等服务的人或提供节目予该等服务的人而营运的任何服务，而该等服务全部或主要是藉电讯系统发送声音或影像或发送声音及影像的。

[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 299 U.K.]

一般条文

278. 关长可授权予任何人员 ( 具追溯力的适应化修订 —— 见 1999 年第 22 号第 3 条 ) 关长可授权任何公职人员行使本条例赋予获授权人员的任何权力和执行本条例委予获授权人员的任何职责。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

279. 释义在本部中使用的词句，如已为第 II 部 ( 版权 ) 及第 III 部 ( 表演的权利 ) 的施行而予以界定，则其涵义与在该两部中该等词句的涵义相同。

280. (已失时效而略去 )

281. 废除附表 5 指明的成文法则就该附表所指明的范围予以废除。

282. 关乎《2003 年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

关乎《2003 年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

(由 2007年第 15号第 71条修订 )

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-55 第 IV 部第 528 章第 278 条

附表 6 载有关乎某些由《2003 年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》(2003 年第 27 号 ) 对本条例所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文。 (由 2003年第 27号第 8条增补。由 2007年第 15号第 71条修订 )

283. 关乎《2007 年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

(1) 在本条中，“《2007 年修订条例》” (2007 Amendment Ordinance)指《2007年版权 (修订 )条例》(2007年第15号 )。

(2) 附表 7 载有关乎某些由《2007 年修订条例》对本条例作出的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文。

(3) 行政长官会同行政会议可订立载有因《2007 年修订条例》的制订而需订立的过渡性条文或保留条文的规例。

(4) 在不损害第 (3) 款的一般性的原则下，该等规例尤可就 —— (a) 经《2007 年修订条例》修订的本条例的条文对规例所

指明的事宜的适用情况作出规定；或

(b) 在紧接《2007 年修订条例》的任何条文的生效前有效的本条例的条文对规例所指明的事宜继续的适用情况作出规定。

(5) 根据本条订立的规例如本身有规定当作已自一个较该等规例在宪报刊登的日期为早的日期起开始实施，则该规例可当作已自该日期起开始实施，但该等规例不得在

《2007 年修订条例》在宪报刊登的日期之前开始实施。 (6) 凡任何规例自一个较其在宪报刊登的日期为早的日期起

开始实施，则在该范围内，该等规例须解释为不会 —— (a) 以不利于某人的方式，影响属于该人的在该等规例

在宪报刊登的日期前已存在的权利；或

(b) 就任何在该日期前作出或没有在该日期前作出的事情，而对任何人施加法律责任。

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-57 第 IV 部第 528 章第 283 条

(7) 如根据本条订立的规例与附表 7 的条文相抵触，则在该等条文相抵触的范围内，须以后者为准。

(由 2007年第 15号第 72条增补 )

最后更新日期

11.7.2008

《版权条例》

4-59 第 IV 部第 528 章第 283 条

附表 1 [ 第 40A、119B、195 及

273D 条及附表 2 及 3] (由 2007年第 15号第 73条修订 )

教育机构

1. 《教育条例》( 第 279 章 ) 第 3 条所指并完全由政府营办和管制的任何学校。

2. 根据《教育条例》( 第 279 章 ) 注册或临时注册的任何学校。

3. 根据《专上学院条例》( 第 320 章 ) 注册的任何专上学院。

4. 由《岭南大学条例》( 第 1165 章 ) 设立的岭南大学。 (由 1999 年第 54号第 36条代替 )

5. 根据《香港教育大学条例》(第 444章 )设立的香港教育大学。(由 2016年第 6号第 2条修订 )

6. 根据《香港大学条例》( 第 1053 章 ) 设立的香港大学。

7. 根据《香港理工大学条例》( 第 1075 章 ) 设立的香港理工大学。

8. 根据《香港中文大学条例》( 第 1109 章 ) 设立的香港中文大学。

9. 根据《香港浸会大学条例》( 第 1126 章 ) 设立的香港浸会大学。

10. 《职业训练局条例》( 第 1130 章 ) 第 2 条中界定的任何工业训练中心或技能训练中心。

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

S1-1 附表 1 第 528 章第 1 条

11. 《职业训练局条例》( 第 1130 章 ) 第 2 条中界定的任何科技学院或工业学院。

12. 根据《香港城市大学条例》( 第 1132 章 ) 设立的香港城市大学。

13. 根据《香港演艺学院条例》( 第 1135 章 ) 设立的香港演艺学院。

14. 根据《香港科技大学条例》( 第 1141 章 ) 设立的香港科技大学。

15. 根据《香港公开大学条例》( 第 1145 章 ) 设立的香港公开大学。 (由 2007年第 15号第 73条代替 )

最后更新日期

27.5.2016

《版权条例》

S1-3 附表 1 第 528 章第 11 条

附表 1AA [ 第 119B 条 ]

本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用的情况 ( 制作或分发侵犯版权复制品的范围 )

第 1 部

引言

1. 释义

(1) 在本附表中 —— “A4 尺寸 ” (A4 size) 指 29.7 厘米乘 21 厘米的尺寸； “ 侵犯版权页 ” (infringing page) 指载有载于某杂志、期刊

( 指明期刊除外 ) 或报章中的任何属刊印形式的版权作品的侵犯版权复制品 ( 不论整体或部分 ) 的页面；

“ 指明期刊 ” (specified journal) 指包含与某学科有关的学术性文章的期刊，而通常在一期中，最少有一篇该等文章经过该学科的一名或多于一名的专家或学者作同侪评核；

“ 限定复制品 ” (qualifying copy) —— (a) 就书本而言，指一组页面 ( 不论属刊印或电子

形式 )，其中载有载于该书本的制成本中的任何属刊印形式的版权作品的侵犯版权复制品 ( 不

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-1 附表 1AA —— 第 1 部第 528 章第 1 条

论整体或部分 )，该组页面并与该书本的制成本的 25% 以上的印刷页面相对应；或

(b) 就指明期刊而言，指 —— (i) 一组页面 ( 不论属刊印或电子形式 )，其中

载有载于该期刊某期的制成本中的任何属刊印形式的版权作品的侵犯版权复制品 (不论整体或部分 )，该组页面并与该期期刊的制成本的 25% 以上的印刷页面相对应；或

(ii) 一组页面 ( 不论属刊印或电子形式 )，其中载有制作自该期刊某期的刊印本中的某篇完整文章的侵犯版权复制品，该组页面并与该期期刊的刊印本的不多于 25% 的印刷页面相对应；

“ 建议订阅价 ” (recommended subscription price) 就指明期刊而言，指在给予交易商或顾客任何折扣前，出版商所建议的该期刊的订阅价；

“ 建议零售价 ” (recommended retail price) —— (a) 就书本的制成本而言，指在给予交易商或顾客

任何折扣前，出版商所建议的该制成本的零售价；

(b) 就某出版系列的整套书本的制成本或由多册组成的一套书本的制成本而言，指在给予交易商或顾客任何折扣前，出版商所建议的该制成本的零售价；或

“ 标示订阅价 ” (marked subscription price) 就指明期刊而言，指出版商印于该期刊某期的制成本内或该制成本上的该期刊的订阅价；

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-3 附表 1AA —— 第 1 部第 528 章第 1 条

“ 标示零售价 ” (marked retail price) —— (a) 就书本的制成本而言，指出版商印于该制成本

内或该制成本上的该制成本的零售价；

(b) 就某出版系列的整套书本的制成本或由多册组成的一套书本的制成本而言，指出版商印于该制成本内或该制成本上的该制成本的零售价；或

(2) 在本附表中使用的词句，如已为本条例第 II部 (版权 ) 的施行而界定，则其涵义与该部中该等词句的涵义相同。

2. 币值换算

在将以非港元货币单位显示的标示零售价、标示订阅价、建议零售价、建议订阅价或市价换算为港元时，须参照 ——

(a) 香港银行公会就该货币公布的外汇卖出开市参考牌价；或

(b) ( 如没有公布该牌价 ) 国际货币基金组织就该货币公布的代表性汇率。

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-5 附表 1AA —— 第 1 部第 528 章第 2 条

第 2 部

制作或分发侵犯版权复制品的范围

3. 杂志、期刊 ( 指明期刊除外 ) 及报章

(1) 如在任何一段 14 天的期间内，某人为分发而制作载有一份或多于一份版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，而该等版权作品属刊印形式并载于杂志、期刊 ( 指明期刊除外 ) 或报章中，且该人在该段期间内制作的侵犯版权页的总数，不超逾 500 版页面，则本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用于该项制作。

(2) 如在任何一段 14 天的期间内，某人分发载有一份或多于一份版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，而该等版权作品属刊印形式并载于杂志、期刊 ( 指明期刊除外 ) 或报章中，且该人在该段期间内分发的侵犯版权页的总数，不超逾 500 版页面，则本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用于该项分发。

(3) 本附表第 3 部列出关于为施行第 (1) 及 (2) 款而计算侵犯版权页的总数的条文。

4. 书本及指明期刊

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-7 附表 1AA —— 第 2 部第 528 章第 3 条

(1) 如在任何一段 180 天的期间内，某人为分发而制作载有一份或多于一份版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，而该等版权作品属刊印形式并载于书本或指明期刊中，且该人在该段期间内制作的限定复制品的总值，不超逾 $6,000，则本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用于该项制作。

(2) 如在任何一段 180 天的期间内，某人分发载有一份或多于一份版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，而该等版权作品属刊印形式并载于书本或指明期刊中，且该人在该段期间内分发的限定复制品的总值，不超逾 $6,000，则本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用于该项分发。

(3) 如某人为分发而制作载有一份或多于一份版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，而该等版权作品属刊印形式并载于书本中，且该人所制作的载有该等侵犯版权复制品的页面，并不符合本附表第 1(1) 条中 “ 限定复制品 ” 的定义 (a) 段的涵义，则本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用于该项制作。

(4) 如某人为分发而制作载有一份或多于一份版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，而该等版权作品属刊印形式并载于指明期刊中，且该人所制作的载有该等侵犯版权复制品的页面，并不符合本附表第 1(1) 条中 “ 限定复制品 ” 的定义 (b) 段的涵义，则本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用于该项制作。

(5) 如某人分发载有一份或多于一份版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，而该等版权作品属刊印形式并载于书本中，且该人所分发的载有该等侵犯版权复制品的页面，并不符合本附表第 1(1) 条中 “ 限定复制品 ” 的定义 (a) 段的涵义，则本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用于该项分发。

(6) 如某人分发载有一份或多于一份版权作品的侵犯版权复制品，而该等版权作品属刊印形式并载于指明期刊中，且该人所分发的载有该等侵犯版权复制品的页面，并不符合本附表第 1(1) 条中 “ 限定复制品 ”

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-9 附表 1AA —— 第 2 部第 528 章第 4 条

的定义 (b) 段的涵义，则本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用于该项分发。

(7) 本附表第 4 部列出关于为施行第 (1) 及 (2) 款而厘定限定复制品的价值的条文。

第 3 部

计算侵犯版权页的总数

5. 计算侵犯版权页的总数

(1) 本条适用于为施行本附表第 3(1) 及 (2) 条而计算侵犯版权页的总数。

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-11 附表 1AA —— 第 3 部第 528 章第 5 条

(2) 在计算侵犯版权页的总数时，须运用以下的公式 ——

A ＝ B ＋ C ＋ D

在公式中 —— A 指侵犯版权页的总数； B 指按照第 (3) 及 (4) 款调整

后 ( 如适用的话 ) 的 A4 尺寸的侵犯版权页的数目； C 指按照第 (3) 及 (4) 款调整

后 ( 如适用的话 ) 的小于 A4 尺寸的侵犯版权页的数目； D 指按照第 (3) 及 (4) 款调整

后 ( 如适用的话 ) 的大于 A4 尺寸的侵犯版权页的数目。 (3) 在计算以刊印形式制作或分发的侵犯版权页的总数

时 —— (a) 如任何侵犯版权页小于 A4 尺寸，则该等侵犯

版权页的数目须根据该等侵犯版权页与一版 A4 尺寸的侵犯版权页所相差的尺寸而按比例向下调，计算所得的数目须列明小数点后 2 个位的数字，而不须将小数点后第 3 个位的数字作四舍五入处理；

(b) 如任何侵犯版权页大于 A4 尺寸，则该等侵犯版权页的数目须根据该等侵犯版权页与一版 A4 尺寸的侵犯版权页所相差的尺寸而按比例向上调，计算所得的数目须列明小数点后 2 个位的数字，而不须将小数点后第 3 个位的数字作四舍五入处理；

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-13 附表 1AA —— 第 3 部第 528 章第 5 条

则该等侵犯版权页的数目须根据该缩小影像与该原影像所相差的尺寸而按比例向上调，计算所得的数目须列明小数点后 2 个位的数字，而不须将小数点后第 3 个位的数字作四舍五入处理；及

(d) 如任何侵犯版权页载有的侵犯版权复制品的影像 ( 不论整体或部分 )( 在本段中称为 “ 该放大影像 ”) 是将该侵犯版权复制品所复制的作品的影像 ( 在本段中称为 “ 该原影像 ”) 放大所得，则该等侵犯版权页的数目须根据该放大影像与该原影像所相差的尺寸而按比例向下调，计算所得的数目须列明小数点后 2 个位的数字，而不须将小数点后第 3 个位的数字作四舍五入处理。

(4) 在计算以电子形式制作或分发的侵犯版权页的总数时 —— (a) 须将如此制作或分发的载有所有侵犯版权复制

品的影像的文件打印于 A4 尺寸的纸上，而该打印本的每一版页面须视为一版侵犯版权页；

(b) 如任何如此打印的侵犯版权页载有的侵犯版权复制品的影像 ( 不论整体或部分 )( 在本段中称为 “ 该缩小影像 ”) 是将该侵犯版权复制品所复制的作品的影像 ( 在本段中称为 “ 该原影像 ”) 缩小所得，则该等侵犯版权页的数目须根据该缩小影像与该原影像所相差的尺寸而按比例向上调，计算所得的数目须列明小数点后 2 个位的数字，而不须将小数点后第 3 个位的数字作四舍五入处理；及

(c) 如任何如此打印的侵犯版权页载有的侵犯版权复制品的影像 ( 不论整体或部分 )( 在本段中称为 “ 该放大影像 ”) 是将该侵犯版权复制品所复制的作品的影像 ( 在本段中称为 “ 该原影像 ”) 放大所得，则该等侵犯版权页的数目须根据该

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-15 附表 1AA —— 第 3 部第 528 章第 5 条

放大影像与该原影像所相差的尺寸而按比例向下调，计算所得的数目须列明小数点后 2 个位的数字，而不须将小数点后第 3 个位的数字作四舍五入处理。

第 4 部

厘定限定复制品的价值

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-17 附表 1AA —— 第 4 部第 528 章

6. 厘定以书本制作的限定复制品的价值

(1) 本条适用于为施行本附表第 4(1) 及 (2) 条而厘定本附表第 1(1) 条中 “ 限定复制品 ” 的定义 (a) 段所指的限定复制品的价值。

(2) 限定复制品的价值，须视为与符合以下说明的书本的制成本 ( 在本条中称为 “ 可比拟书本 ”) 的价值相同 —— (a) 并非侵犯版权复制品；及 (b) 载有的版权作品属该限定复制品的主体。

(3) 以下的价值须视为可比拟书本的价值 —— (a) 该可比拟书本的标示零售价； (b) ( 如该可比拟书本没有标示零售价 ) 该可比拟书

本的建议零售价；或

(4) 如有关的可比拟书本为某出版系列的整套书本的制成本或由多册组成的一套书本的制成本 ( 在本条中称为 “ 可比拟套书 ”) 中的其中一册，而该可比拟书本既没有标示零售价，亦没有建议零售价，则以下的价值须视为该可比拟书本的价值 —— (a) 该可比拟套书的标示零售价的分数，其分母为

该可比拟套书的印刷页面总数，分子则为该可比拟书本的印刷页面数目，计算所得的数目须列明小数点后 2 个位的数字，而不须将小数点后第 3 个位的数字作四舍五入处理；或

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-19 附表 1AA —— 第 4 部第 528 章第 6 条

(b) ( 如该可比拟套书没有标示零售价 ) 该可比拟套书的建议零售价的分数，其分母为该可比拟套书的印刷页面总数，分子则为该可比拟书本的印刷页面数目，计算所得的数目须列明小数点后 2 个位的数字，而不须将小数点后第 3 个位的数字作四舍五入处理。

(5) 为施行第 (3)(a) 款，如有关的可比拟书本有 2 个或多于 2 个以不同货币单位显示的标示零售价，在计算该书本的价值时，须按照以下的次序而厘定所采用的货币单位 —— (a) 首先，港元； (b) 其次，美元；及 (c) 其三，印于该书本内或该书本上的第一个标示

零售价的货币单位。

(6) 为施行第 (4)(a) 款，如有关的可比拟套书有 2 个或多于 2 个以不同货币单位显示的标示零售价，在计算该可比拟书本的价值时，须按照以下的次序而厘定所采用的货币单位 —— (a) 首先，港元； (b) 其次，美元；及 (c) 其三，印于该套书内或该套书上的第一个标示

零售价的货币单位。

(7) 如第 (3) 或 (4) 款所提述的标示零售价、建议零售价或市价是以非港元货币单位显示，本附表第 2 条适用于将该价格换算为港元。

7. 厘定以指明期刊制作的限定复制品的价值 ( 一般条文 )

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-21 附表 1AA —— 第 4 部第 528 章第 7 条

(1) 本条适用于为施行本附表第 4(1) 及 (2) 条而厘定本附表第 1(1) 条中 “ 限定复制品 ” 的定义 (b) 段所指的限定复制品的价值。

(2) 如 —— (a) 本附表第 1(1) 条中 “ 限定复制品 ” 的定义 (b)(i)

段所指的限定复制品，是以指明期刊某期的制成本所制作的；及

(b) 该限定复制品包含由本附表第 1(1) 条中 “ 限定复制品 ” 的定义 (b)(ii) 段所指的一份或多于一份限定复制品，

则在厘定 (a) 及 (b) 段所提述的限定复制品的总值时，只须计算 (a) 段所提述的限定复制品的价值。

8. 厘定以指明期刊制作的限定复制品的价值 ( 某期期刊 )

(1) 本条适用于为施行本附表第 4(1) 及 (2) 条而厘定本附表第 1(1) 条中 “ 限定复制品 ” 的定义 (b)(i) 段所指的限定复制品的价值。

(2) 限定复制品的价值，须视为与符合以下说明的一期指明期刊的制成本 ( 在本条中称为 “ 可比拟指明期刊 ”) 的价值相同 —— (a) 并非侵犯版权复制品；及 (b) 载有的版权作品属该限定复制品的主体。

(3) 以下的价值须视为可比拟指明期刊的价值 —— (a) 该可比拟指明期刊的标示零售价； (b) ( 如该可比拟指明期刊没有标示零售价 ) 印于该

可比拟指明期刊内或该期刊上的有关的指明期刊的标示订阅价，除以订阅期所包含的期数，计算所得的数目须列明小数点后 2 个位的数字，

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-23 附表 1AA —— 第 4 部第 528 章第 8 条

而不须将小数点后第 3 个位的数字作四舍五入处理；或

(c) ( 如该可比拟指明期刊没有标示零售价及在该可比拟指明期刊内或该期刊上没有印上有关的指明期刊的标示订阅价 ) 有关的指明期刊的建议订阅价，除以订阅期所包含的期数，计算所得的数目须列明小数点后 2 个位的数字，而不须将小数点后第 3 个位的数字作四舍五入处理。

(4) 为施行第 (3)(a) 款，如有关的可比拟指明期刊有 2 个或多于 2 个以不同货币单位显示的标示零售价，在计算该期刊的价值时，须按照以下的次序而厘定所采用的货币单位 —— (a) 首先，港元； (b) 其次，美元；及 (c) 其三，印于该期刊内或该期刊上的第一个标示

零售价的货币单位。

(5) 为施行第 (3)(b) 款，如有关的指明期刊有 2 个或多于 2 个印于有关的可比拟指明期刊内或该可比拟指明期刊上的以不同货币单位显示的标示订阅价，在计算该可比拟指明期刊的价值时，须按照以下的次序而厘定所采用的货币单位 —— (a) 首先，港元； (b) 其次，美元；及 (c) 其三，印于该可比拟指明期刊内或该可比拟指

明期刊上的第一个标示订阅价的货币单位。

(6) 如第 (3) 款所提述的标示零售价、标示订阅价或建议订阅价是以非港元货币单位显示，本附表第 2 条适用于将该价格换算为港元。

9. 厘定以指明期刊制作的限定复制品的价值 ( 文章 )

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-25 附表 1AA —— 第 4 部第 528 章第 9 条

(1) 本条适用于为施行本附表第 4(1) 及 (2) 条而厘定本附表第 1(1) 条中 “ 限定复制品 ” 的定义 (b)(ii) 段所指的限定复制品的价值。

(2) 限定复制品的价值，须视为与符合以下说明的一期指明期刊中的某篇文章的制成本 ( 在本条中称为 “ 可比拟文章 ”) 的价值相同 —— (a) 并非侵犯版权复制品；及 (b) 载有的版权作品属该限定复制品的主体。

(3) 可比拟文章的价值，须视为与该文章的建议零售价相同。

(4) 如第 (3) 款所提述的建议零售价是以非港元货币单位显示，本附表第 2 条适用于将该价格换算为港元。

(附表 1AA由 2009年第 15号第 4条增补 )

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-27 附表 1AA —— 第 4 部第 528 章第 9 条

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AA-29 附表 1AA —— 第 4 部第 528 章

附表 1AB [ 第 119B 条 ]

本条例第 119B(1) 条不适用的情况 ( 分发侵犯版权复制品的方式 )

1. 释义

在本附表中使用的词句，如已为本条例第 II 部 ( 版权 ) 的施行而界定，则其涵义与该部中该等词句的涵义相同。

2. 分发侵犯版权复制品的方式

(1) 除第 (2) 款另有规定外，凡透过有线或无线网络分发侵犯版权复制品，而取用该复制品须受认证或识别程序限制，则本条例第119B(1)条不适用于该项分发。

(2) 第 (1) 款不适用于分发到电邮地址或传真号码的文件中所载有的侵犯版权复制品。

(附表 1AB由 2009年第 15号第 4条增补 )

最后更新日期

16.7.2010

《版权条例》

S1AB-1 附表 1AB 第 528 章第 1 条

附表 1A [ 第 198 条 ]

为 “ 指明课程 ” 的定义的目的而指明的机构及当局

1. 成员由行政长官委出的课程发展议会。 (附表 1A由 2007年第 15号第 74条增补 )

最后更新日期

6.7.2007

《版权条例》

S1A-1 附表 1A 第 528 章第 1 条

附表 2 [ 第 173、191 及 199 条 ]

版权∶过渡性及保留条文 ( 有关《立法会决议》(2007 年第 130 号法律公告 ) 所作之修订的保留及过渡性条文，见载于该决议第 (12) 段。)

引言

1. (1) 在本附表中 —— “《1911 年法令》” (the 1911 Act) 指藉在 1912 年 6 月 28 日的宪

报刊登的 1912 年第 3 号文告而延伸适用于香港的《1911 年版权法令》(1911 c. 46 U.K.)；

“《1956 年法令》” (the 1956 Act) 指藉《1972 年至 1990 年的版权 ( 香港 ) 命令》( 附录 IIIDD1 页 ) 而延伸适用于香港的《1956 年版权法令》(1956 c. 74 U.K.)；

“《世界贸易组织条例》” (the WTO Ordinance) 指《1996 年知识产权 ( 世界贸易组织修订 ) 条例》(1996 年第 11 号 )；

“《版权条例》” (the Copyright Ordinance) 指在紧接本条例第 II 部的生效日期之前有效的《版权条例》( 第 39 章 )；

“ 新的版权条文 ” (the new copyright provisions) 指关乎版权的本条例条文，即第 II 部 ( 包括本附表及附表 1) 及就第 II 部的条文而作出相应修订或废除的附表 4 及 5。

(2) 在本附表中，凡提述 “ 生效 ”，即提述本条例 ( 但本条例第 1(2) 条指明的条文除外 ) 的生效日期。

(3) 在本附表中，凡提述 “ 现存的作品 ”，即提述在生效之前制作的作品；就此而言，凡某作品的制作历时一段时期，当该作品制作完成时，须视为已制作该作品。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 1 U.K.]

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-1 附表 2 第 528 章第 1 条

2. (1) 就《1956 年法令》而言，在本附表中，凡提述作品，即提述包括该法令所指的任何作品或其他标的物。

(2) 就《1911 年法令》而言 —— (a) 在本附表中，凡提述 “ 版权 ”，即包括用以取代在紧

接该法令生效之前存在的权利的该法令第 24 条所赋予的权利；

(b) 在本附表中，凡提述 “ 声音纪录的版权 ”，即提述收录该声音纪录的纪录在该法令下的版权；及

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 2 U.K.]

一般原则∶法律的延续

3. 除任何明订的条文有相反规定外，新的版权条文就在生效时存在的东西而适用，一如其就在生效之后方存在的东西而适用一样。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 3 U.K.]

4. (1) 在新的版权条文重新制定 ( 不论有或没有作出变通 ) 较早时的条文的范围内，本段条文具有确使法律延续的效力。

(2) 在成文法则、文书或其他文件中，在凡提述版权或有版权存在的作品或其他标的物，若非因本条例便会解释为提述《1956 年法令》所指的版权的情况下，在延续该成文法则、文书或其他文件的效力所需的范围内须解释为提述 ( 或按个别情况的需要而须解释为包括 ) 本条例所指的版权或根据本条例而有版权存在的作品。

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-3 附表 2 第 528 章第 2 条

(3) 凡根据被本条例废除的条文或为施行该条文而作出任何事情 ( 包括订立附属法例 )，或凡任何事情具有如此作出的效力，则该等事情在其是根据相应的新的版权条文而作出或为施行相应的新的版权条文而作出一样的情况下，具有效力。

(4) 在文意许可的情况下，在本条例或任何其他成文法则、文书或文件中，凡提述 ( 明示或隐含 ) 新的版权条文的任何条文，即就生效之前的时间、情况及目的而解释为包括提述相应的较早时的条文。

(5) 在任何成文法则、文书或其他文件中，凡提述 ( 明示或隐含 ) 被本条例废除的条文，在延续该成文法则、文书或其他文件的效力所需的范围内，该提述须解释为提述本条例的相应条文。

(6) 本段条文在任何特定的过渡性条文或保留条文及本条例作出的任何明示修订的规限下具有效力。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 4 U.K.]

版权的存在∶一般条文

5. (1) 如版权在紧接生效之前存在于现存的作品，则版权亦在生效之后存在于该作品。

(2) 如符合以下说明，则版权在生效之后存在于现存的作品 —— (a) 假使 ——

(i) 该作品是在生效之后制作的； (ii) 该作品是在生效之后发表的；或

(iii) 该作品属广播或有线传播节目并是在生效之后制作或发送的，

则该作品会根据第 177 或 188 条具备享有版权保护的资格；及

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-5 附表 2 第 528 章第 5 条

(b) 假使版权根据《1956 年法令》而存在于该作品，则该作品在《1956 年法令》下的版权不会届满。

(3) 假使版权在紧接生效之前存在于现存的作品，则在该作品的版权根据以下条文会届满的时候，该作品的根据第 (2) 节具备享有版权保护资格的版权亦告届满。

反对的权利

6. 凡任何人在生效之前，就任何作品或其他标的物的复制或表演而招致大量开支或法律责任，而招致的方式在当时是合法的，又或任何人在生效之前，为上述复制或表演的目的或为达致上述复制或表演而招致大量开支或法律责任，而在当时，若非因生效该复制或表演本会是合法的，则本条例既不削减亦不损害任何因上述行动而产生的或与上述行动相关的任何权利或权益，但该权利或权益须在紧接生效前已存在兼有价值；但如凭借第 5(2) 段而有权限制复制或表演的人同意支付补偿 ( 数额由双方协议，如无协议，则由版权审裁处裁定 )，则属例外。

版权的存在∶影片、广播及有线传播节目

7. (1) 版权并不存在于 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前制作的影片。 (2) 如在该日期之前制作的影片是《1911 年法令》所指的原创

的戏剧作品，则新的版权条文就该影片具有效力，犹如该影片是第 II 部所指的原创的戏剧作品一样。

(3) 新的版权条文就构成在 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前制作的影片一部分的照片而具有效力，犹如该等条文就并非构成影片的一部分的照片而具有效力一样。

(4) 就影片而言，如版权并不据此而存在或曾经存在于该影片，但 ——

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-7 附表 2 第 528 章第 6 条

(a) 影片作为原创的戏剧作品而受到或曾经受到保护；或

(b) 凭借对构成影片的一部分的照片的保护而受到或曾经受到保护，

则在新的版权条文及本附表中，凡提述影片的版权，即提述作为原创的戏剧作品的版权或构成影片的一部分的照片的版权 ( 视属何情况而定 )。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 7 U.K.]

8. 版权并不存在于 —— (a) 在 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前作出的广播；或 (b) 在 1994 年 3 月 11 日之前包括在有线传播节目服务

内的有线传播节目，

而就本条例第 20(3) 条 ( 重播的版权期限 ) 而言，无须理会任何该等广播或有线传播节目。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 9 U.K.]

作品的作者

9. 就第 II 部第 IV 分部赋予的权利 ( 精神权利 ) 而言，谁是某现存的作品的作者此一问题，须按照新的版权条文而裁定，而就其他各方面而言，须按照在该作品制作时有效的法律而裁定。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 10 U.K.]

版权的第一拥有权

10. (1) 谁是现存的作品的版权第一拥有人此一问题，须按照在作品制作时有效的法律而裁定。

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-9 附表 2 第 528 章第 8 条

(2) 如在生效之前有人在以下条文所指的情况下委讬制作作品 —— (a) 《1956 年法令》第 4(3) 条或《1911 年法令》第 5(1) 条

的但书 (a) 段 ( 雕刻品、照片及画像 )；或 (b) 《1956 年法令》第 12(4) 条的但书 ( 声音纪录 )，上述条文适用于裁定依据委讬而在生效之后制作的作品的版权第一拥有权。　

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 11 U.K.]

雇员的作品

11. 本条例第 14(2) 条并不适用于现存的作品。

委讬作品

12. 本条例第 15 条并不适用于现存的作品。

现存的作品的版权期限

13. (1) 以下条文就现存的作品的版权期限而具有效力。哪一项条文适用于某作品此一问题，须参照在紧接生效之前的事实而裁定，而在本段中，凡所使用的词句是曾为《1956 年法令》的目的而界定，则该等词句的涵义与该法令中该等词句的涵义相同。

(2) 以下类别的作品的版权持续存在，直至该等版权本应根据《1956 年法令》届满的日期为止 —— (a) 文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品，而《1956 年法令》

第 2(3) 条的但书 ( 在作者死后向公众提供的作品的版权期限 )就该等作品提及的 50年期间已开始计算；

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-11 附表 2 第 528 章第 11 条

(b) 雕刻品，而《1956 年法令》第 3(4) 条的但书 (a) 段 ( 在作者死后发表的作品的版权期限 ) 就该等作品提及的 50 年期间已开始计算；

(d) 已发表的声音纪录及在 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前制作的声音纪录；

(e) 已发表的影片。 (3) 除非在任何个案中在以下日期之前知道作者的身分 ( 在

该情况下本条例第 17(2) 或 19(2) 条 ( 一般规则∶作者在世的期间另加 50 年 ) 适用 )，否则不具名或以假名署名的文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品 ( 照片除外 ) 或影片的版权持续存在，直至以下日期为止 —— (a) ( 如该等作品已发表 ) 该等版权按照《1956 年法令》

本应届满的日期；及

(b) ( 如该等作品未发表 ) 在新的版权条文于某公历年生效的情况下，自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结之日，但如在该期间该等作品按本条例第 17(5) 或 19(6) 条 ( 作者不为人知的作品的版权期限 ) 所指的首次向公众提供，则指该等版权的期限按照该条文所规定而届满的日期。

(4) 凡新的版权条文于某公历年开始生效，以下作品类别的版权持续存在，直至自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结为止 —— (a) 已死亡的作者生前所作的文学作品、戏剧作品及音

乐作品，而《1956 年法令》第 2(3) 条的但书 (a) 至 (e) 段提及的作为均没有就该等作品而作出；

(b) 已死亡的作者生前所作的未发表雕刻品； (c) 在 1972 年 12 月 12 日或之后拍摄的未发表照片； (d) 未发表影片，而从事作出制作该影片所需安排的人

已死亡。

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-13 附表 2 第 528 章第 13 条

(5) 凡新的版权条文于某一公历年生效而某未发表的声音纪录是在 1972 年 12 月 12 日或之后制作的，则该未发表的声音纪录的版权持续存在，直至自该某一公历年年终起计的 50 年期间完结为止；但如该未发表的声音纪录在自该某一公历年年终起计的 50 年期间完结之前的另一公历年发表，则该声音纪录的版权持续存在，直至自该另一公历年年终起计的 50 年期间完结为止。

(6) 任何其他现存的作品的类别的版权持续存在，直至该等作品类别的版权按照本条例第17至21条届满的日期为止。

(7) 上述条文不适用于受政府版权或立法会版权规限的作品 ( 参阅以下第 32 至 34 段 )。

(由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 ) [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 12 U.K.]

侵犯版权的作为

14. (1) 第 II 部第 II 及 III 分部关于构成侵犯版权的作为的条文，只就在生效之后作出的作为而适用；《1956 年法令》《版权条例》的条文持续就在生效之前作出的作为而适用。　

(2) 本条例第 25 条并不就任何人在 1996 年 5 月 10 日之前为租赁予公众而取得的声音纪录或电脑程式的复制品而适用。

(3) 凡任何人在 1995 年 1 月 1 日之前，就在任何作品或标的物的复制品的租赁而招致大量开支或法律责任，而招致的方式在当时是合法的，又或任何人在该日期之前，为上述租赁的目的或为达致上述租赁而招致大量开支或法律责任，而在当时，若非因《世界贸易组织条例》第 10 条的实施，该租赁本会是合法的，则如该人向凭借该条的实施而有权限制租赁的人支付公平的酬报 ( 数额由双方协议，如无协议，则由版权审裁处裁定 )，该条例既不削减亦不损害任何因上述行动而产生的或与上述行动相关

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-15 附表 2 第 528 章第 14 条

的任何权利或权益，但该权利或权益须在紧接该条的实施前已存在兼有价值。

(4) 就本条例第 35 条 (“ 侵犯版权复制品 ” 的涵义 ) 而言，某物品的制作是否构成侵犯版权或 ( 如该物品是在香港制作的 ) 本会构成侵犯版权此一问题须按以下规定裁定 —— (a) 就在 1996 年 5 月 10 日或之后但在生效之前制作的

物品而言，须参照经《世界贸易组织条例》修订的《1956 年法令》而裁定；

(b) 就在 1972 年 12 月 12 日或之后但在 1996 年 5 月 10 日之前制作的物品而言，须参照在紧接《世界贸易组织条例》对《1956 年法令》作出修订之前的《1956 年法令》而裁定；及

(5) 就条例第 35 条 (“ 侵犯版权复制品 ” 的涵义 ) 而言，如某物品在生效之前已输入，而根据当时法律并没有侵犯版权，则对于关乎该物品的任何专用特许协议的条款母须理会，而为免产生疑问，在生效之后任何对该物品的管有或对该物品进行的交易，均不属条例第 31 条及第 118 条至 133 条所指的侵犯版权。

(6) 为本条例第 40(2) 及 71(3) 条 ( 对某东西其后的利用，而该东西的制作凭借该条的较早条文并不属侵犯版权 ) 适用于在生效之前制作的东西的目的，须假设新的版权条文在所有关键时刻均有效。

(7) 凡任何产生以某种字体展现的材料的物品在生效之前如本条例第 63(1) 条所述的推出市场，本条例第 63 条 ( 产生以某种字体展现的材料的物品 ) 即适用，但在新的版权条文于某公历年生效的情况下，第 63(2) 条所提及的期间须代以自该年年终起计的 25 年期间。

(8) 本条例第 64 条 ( 电子形式作品的复制品、改编本等的转移 ) 不就在生效之前购买的复制品而适用。

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-17 附表 2 第 528 章第 14 条

(9) 就在生效之前建成的建筑物而言，在本条例第 74 条 ( 重建建筑物 ) 中提述绘图或图则的版权拥有人，即提述根据

《1956 年法令》或《1911 年法令》在该建筑物建造之时为绘图或图则的版权的拥有人的人。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 14 U.K.]

15. (1) 除以下条文另有规定外，本条例第 66 及 75 条 ( 不具名或以假名署名的作品∶基于关于版权期限届满或作者死亡的假设而允许作出的作为 ) 就现存的作品具有效力。

(2) 该条第 (1)(b)(i)款 (版权期限已届满的假设 )不适用于照片。 (3) 如 ——

(a) 第 11(3)(b) 段 ( 未发表的不具名或以假名署名的作品 ) 适用，而新的版权条文于某公历年生效，则第 66 及 75 条第 (1)(b)(ii) 款 ( 作者死亡的假设 ) 只在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结之后适用；或

(b) 上述第 11(6) 段 ( 版权期限根据先前的法律和根据新的版权条文属相同的个案 ) 适用，则第 66 及 75 条第 (1)(b)(ii) 款 ( 作者死亡的假设 ) 方适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 15 U.K.]

16. 《1956 年法令》第 7 条的以下条文持续就现存的作品适用 —— (a) 第 (6) 款 ( 自图书馆、博物馆或其他机构内的手稿或

复制品复制未发表的作品 )； (b) 第 (7) 款 ( 发表载有第 (6) 款适用的材料的作品 )，但

(a) 段 ( 就意图发表给予通知的责任 ) 则除外； (c) 第 (8) 款 ( 就按照第 (7) 款发表的材料而后来作出的

广播、表演等 )，而第 (9)(d) 款 ( 插图 ) 持续为该等条文的目的适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 16 U.K.]

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-19 附表 2 第 528 章第 15 条

17. 如戏剧作品或音乐作品在 1912 年 7 月 1 日之前制作，而《1911 年法令》赋予的权利并不包括公开表演该等作品的唯一权利，受版权所限制的作为须视为不包括 ——

(a) 公开表演该等作品； (b) 广播该等作品或将该等作品包括在有线传播节目服

务内；或

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 17 U.K.]

18. 凡在 1912 年 7 月 1 日之前制作的作品由论文、文章或其部分构成，而该论文、文章或其部分构成评论、杂志或期刊或性质类似的作品，并在该评论、杂志或期刊或性质类似的作品首次发表，则版权须受作者在《1911 年法令》开始生效时享有以独立形式发表该论文、文章或其部分的权利所规限。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 18 U.K.]

强制执行可予注册外观设计的版权

19. (1) 凡《1956 年法令》第 10 条 ( 在工业上应用与艺术作品相应的外观设计的效力 ) 在 1989 年 8 月 1 日之前的任何时间就任何艺术作品而适用，则本条例第 87(3) 条即适用，而其中提及的 15 年期间即由有关物品首次推出市场的公历年年终起计算。

(2) 凡《1956 年法令》第 10 条 ( 在工业上应用与艺术作品相应的外观设计的效力 ) 在 1989 年 8 月 1 日或该日之后但在生效之前的任何时间就任何艺术作品而适用，则本条例第 87(3) 条即适用，但须以 25 年期间代替其中提及的 15

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-21 附表 2 第 528 章第 17 条

年期间，而该段 25 年期间即由有关物品首次推出市场的公历年年终起计算。

(3) 除第 (1) 及 (2) 节另有规定外，本条例第 87 条只有在有关物品在生效之后如本条例第 87(1)(b) 条中提及的情况般推出市场才适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 20 U.K.]

废除法定的制作纪录特许

20. 凡《1956 年法令》第 8 条第 (1)(b) 款所指的通知已在本条例废除该条之前作出，则《1956 年法令》第 8 条 ( 复制以零售方式出售的纪录的法定特许 ) 及《版权使用费制度 ( 纪录 ) 规例》( 附录 IAL1 页 )) 持续适用，但只就 ——

(a) 在有关的废除生效的一年内进行；及 (b) 最多只达在该通知上列明的拟出售的数量，

的纪录的制作而适。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 21 U.K.]

精神权利

21. (1) 不可凭借第 II 部第 IV 分部 ( 精神权利 ) 的任何条文而就在生效之前作出的作为提起诉讼。

(2) 《1956 年法令》第 43 条 ( 作者的虚假署名 ) 持续就在生效之前作出的作为而适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 22 U.K.]

22. (1) 以下条文就 —— (a) 本条例第 89 条 ( 被识别为作者或导演的权利 )；及 (b) 本条例第 92 条 ( 反对作品受贬损处理的权利 )，

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-23 附表 2 第 528 章第 20 条

所赋予的权利而具有效力。

(2) 凡 —— (a) 文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品及艺术作品的作者

在生效之前死亡，该等权利并不就该作品而适用；或

(b) 影片在生效之前制作，该等权利并不就该影片而适用。

(3) 就现存的文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品而有的权利不适用于以下事情 —— (a) ( 凡版权首先归属作者 ) 任何凭借在生效之前作出的

版权转让或批出的特许而作出不属侵犯版权的事情；

(b) ( 凡版权首先归属并非作者的人 ) 版权拥有人作出的或在其特许下作出的任何事情。

(4) 该等权利不适用于就依据《1956 年法令》( 第 8 条 )( 法定的制作纪录特许 ) 制作的纪录而作出的任何事情。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 23 U.K.]

电脑程式或声音纪录的复制品租赁予公众的证明

23. 本条例废除《版权条例》第 41A( 租赁电脑程式及声音纪录的特别条文 ) 及 41B 条 ( 就结算租赁电脑程式或声音纪录而须付的使用费或其他款项而提出的申请 )，并不影响该等条文在工商司在生效之前根据《版权条例》第 41A(4) 条作出证明方面的施行。

转让及特许

24. (1) 凡在生效日期之前作出的文件或发生的事件 ——

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-25 附表 2 第 528 章第 23 条

(a) 具有影响现存的作品的版权的拥有权的效力；或 (b) 具有产生、转移或终止在现存的作品的版权方面的

权益、权利或特许的效力，

则该等文件或事件对该作品在本条例下的版权具有相应的效力。

(2) 该等文件中使用的词句须按照其在紧接生效之前的效力而解释。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 25 U.K.]

25. (1) 本条例第 102(1) 条 ( 未来版权的转让∶在版权产生之时将其法定权益藉法例规定而作出归属 ) 不就在 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前作出的协议而适用。

(2) 本条例废除《1956 年法令》第 37(2) 条 ( 未来版权的转让∶ 承让人在版权产生之前死亡的权利转予 )，并不影响该条就在生效之前作出的协议而施行。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 26 U.K.]

26. (1) 凡文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品的作者是该作品的版权的第一拥有人，则该作者在 1912 年 7 月 1 日或之后但在 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前并非藉遗嘱而就该版权作出的转让或就其权益作出的授予，不具有将关于该作品的版权的任何权利归属承让人或承授人超逾自作者死亡起计的 25 年届满之时的效力。

(2) 作者可在其在生之时并在生效之后就预期在上述期间终止时产生的版权的复归权益作出转让，但如没有任何转让，则在作者死亡时，该利益须作为其遗产一部分转予其法定遗产代理人。

(3) 本段并不影响 —— (a) 由获转让复归权益的人转让该权益；

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-27 附表 2 第 528 章第 25 条

(b) 在作者死亡后由其遗产代理人或任何变成有权享有复归权益的人转让该权益；或

一部分发表的作品或作品的部分的特许。

(5) 在第 (4) 节中，“ 汇集作品 ” (collective work) 指 —— (a) 百科全书、字典、词典、年鉴或相类的作品； (b) 报章、评论、杂志或相类的期刊；及 (c) 由不同的作者写作的独立部分的作品，或包含不同

作者的作品或其作品的部分的作品。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 27 U.K.]

27. (1) 凡版权存在于在 1912 年 7 月 1 日之前制作的文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品，而其作者在《1911 年法令》的实施之前作出该法令第 24(1) 条但书 (a) 段 ( 根据先前的法律就版权或表演的权利的整段期限而作出的版权或表演的权利的转让或授予 ) 所述的转让或授予，则本段即适用。

(2) 如在生效之前已发生某事件或给予某通知，而该事件或该通知凭借《1956 年法令》附表 7 第 38 段就作品在该法令下的版权具有效力，则该事件或该通知就在本条例下的版权具有相应的效力。

(3) 在紧接生效之前凭借该附表 38(3) 段本可就作品或其版权行使的权利，即可根据本条例就作品或其版权行使。

(4) 如按照该附表 38(4) 段，版权本会在 1972 年 12 月 12 日或之后的某一日期复归作者或其遗产代理人，而该某一日期是在新的版权条文生效之后 —— (a) 有关作品的版权即复归该作者或其遗产代理人 ( 视

属何情况而定 )；及

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-29 附表 2 第 528 章第 27 条

(b) 凡有关版权凭借在 1912 年 7 月 1 日之前作出的文件而在该某一日期存在，任何其他人对该版权的权益即于该某一日期终止。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 28 U.K.]

28. 本条例第 103(2) 条 ( 专用特许持有人相对于批出特许的人的所有权继承人而言的权利 ) 不就在生效之前批出的专用特许而适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 29 U.K.]

遗赠

29. (1) 如立遗嘱人 —— (a) 在 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前死亡，则本条例第 104 条

( 版权藉遗嘱而与载有未发表作品的原稿或其他实物一并转移 ) 并不适用；及

(b) 在该日期或之后但在生效之前死亡，则本条例第 104 条只就载有作品的原稿而适用。

(2) 如作者在 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前死亡，而在其死后其手稿的拥有权是根据该作者作出的遗嘱性质的处置而取得的，此外，该手稿是末经发表或公开表演的作品的手稿，则该拥有权即为版权属于该手稿的拥有人的表面证明。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 30 U.K.]

侵犯权利的补救

30. (1) 本条例第 107 及 108 条 ( 侵犯权利的补救 ) 只就在生效之后作出的侵犯版权而适用；《1956 年法令》第 17 条持续就在生效之前作出的侵犯权利而适用。

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-31 附表 2 第 528 章第 28 条

(2) 本条例第 109 条 ( 交付侵犯版权复制品 ) 适用于在生效之前或之后制作的侵犯版权复制品及其他物品；《1956 年法令》第 18 条及《1911 年法令》第 7 条 ( 就转为己用的损害赔偿等 ) 在生效之后并不适用，但就在生效之前展开的法律程序而言，则属例外。

(3) 在本条例第 107 至 109 条适用的情况，则本条例第 112 及 113 条 ( 专用特许持有人的权利及补救 ) 亦适用；在《1956 年法令》第 17 或 18 条适用的情况，该法令第 19 条亦持续适用。

(4) 本条例第 115 至 117 条 ( 推定 ) 只在凭借本条例提起的法律程序中适用；《1956 年法令》第 20 条持续适用于凭借该法令提起的法律程序。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 31 U.K.]

31. 本条例第 112 及 113 条 ( 专用特许持有人的权利及补救 ) 不适用于在 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前批出的特许。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 32 U.K.]

32. 本条例第 118 条的条文 ( 制作侵犯版权物品或进行侵犯版权物品等交易的刑事法律责任 ) 只就在生效之后作出的作为而适用；《1956 年法令》第 21 条 ( 就进行侵犯版权交易的罚则及简易法律程序 ) 及《版权条例》第 5 及 5A 条 ( 与侵犯版权复制品及在香港以外地方制造侵犯版权复制品等相关的罪行 ) 持续就在生效之前作出的作为而适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 33 U.K.]

船舶、航空器及气垫船

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-33 附表 2 第 528 章第 31 条

33. 本条例第 179 条 ( 在香港注册的船舶、航空器及气垫船 ) 不就在生效之前作出的任何事情而适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 39 U.K.]

政府版权

34. (1) 如 —— (a) 现存的作品是在生效之前 ——

(i) 由女皇陛下香港政府制作或在其指示或控制下所制作的；或

(ii) 由如皇陛下香港政府的部门制作或在其指示或控制下所制作的；或

(b) 现存的作品是在生效之前由女皇陛下香港政府或其部门或在女皇陛下香港政府或其部门的指示或控制下在香港首次发表的；

而该作品并非本条例第 183、184 或 185 条 ( 条例、条例草案及立法会版权∶参阅以下第 36 及 37 段 ) 适用的作品，则本条例第 182 条 ( 政府版权的一般条文 ) 适用于该现存的作品。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(2) 本条例第 182(1)(b) 条 ( 版权的第一拥有权 ) 在于生效之前根据《1956 年法令》第 39(6) 条订立的协议的规限下具有效力。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 40 U.K.]

35. (1) 以下条文就本条例第 182 条 ( 政府版权 ) 适用的现存的作品的版权期限具有效力。

哪一项条文适用于某作品此一问题，须参照在紧接生效之前的事实而裁定，而如本段使用的词句曾为《1956 年法令》的目的而界定，则该等词句的涵义与该法令中该等词句的涵义相同。

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-35 附表 2 第 528 章第 34 条

(2) 以下类别的作品的版权持续存在，直至该等作品的版权按照《1956 年法令》本会届满的日期为止 —— (a) 已发表的文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品； (b) 除雕刻品或照片外的艺术作品； (c) 已发表的雕刻品； (d) 已发表的照片及在 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前拍摄的照

片；

(e) 已发表的声音纪录及在 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前制作的声音纪录；

(f) 已发表的影片。 (3) 未发表的文学作品、戏剧作品或音乐作品或影片的版权

持续存在，直至 —— (a) 版权按照本条例第 182(3) 条届满的日期为止；或 (b) 在新的版权条文在某公历年生效的情况下自该年年

终起计的 50 年期间完结为止，两个时间中，以较后者为准。

(4) 以下类别的作品的版权持续存在，直至在新的版权条文在某公历年生效的情况下自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结为止 —— (a) 未发表的雕刻品； (b) 在 1972 年 12 月 12 日或之后拍摄的未发表的照片。

(5) 凡新的版权条文在某一公历年生效，不属上述第 (2) 节所指的声音纪录的版权持续存在，直至自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结为止；但如该声音纪录在自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结之前的另一公历年发表，则其版权持续存在，直至自该另一公历年年终起计的 50 年期间完结时届满。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 41 U.K.]

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-37 附表 2 第 528 章第 35 条

36. 本条例第 183 条 ( 条例的版权 ) 适用于现存的条例。 [比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 42 U.K.]

立法局版权

37. (1) 本条例第 184 条 ( 立法会版权的一般条文 ) 适用于的现存的未发表的文学作品、戏剧作品、音乐作品或艺术作品，但并不在其他情况之下适用于现存的作品。 (由 1999年第 22号第 3条修订 )

(2) 本条例第 185 条 ( 条例草案的版权 ) 不适用于已提交立法局并在生效之前发表的条例草案。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 43 U.K.]

归属某些国际组织的版权

38. (1) 在紧接生效之前凭借《1956 年法令》第 33 条而有版权存在的作品，须当作符合本条例第 188(1) 条的规定。

(2) 未发表的该等作品的版权持续存在，直至该版权按照《1956 年法令》本会届满的日期为止，或如新的版权条文在某公历年生效，则直至自该年年终起计的 50 年期间完结为止，两个时间中，以较早者为准。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 44 U.K.]

“ 发表 ” 的涵义

39. 本条例第 196(3) 条 ( 建筑物的建造视作等同于发表 ) 只在建筑物在生效之后开始建造的情况下适用。

[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 45 U.K.]

“ 未经授权 ” 的涵义

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-39 附表 2 第 528 章第 36 条

40. 为就在生效之前作出的事情而应用在第 198(1) 条 ( 次要定义 ) 中 “ 未经授权 ” 一词的定义的目的 —— (由 2000年第 64号第 18条修订 )

(a) 该条 (a) 段就在 1972 年 12 月 12 日之前作出的事情而适用，犹如对版权拥有人的特许的提述是对其同意或默许的提述一样；

(b) 该条 (b) 段在该段自 “ 或在第 14(1) 条本会适用的情况下 ” 起至段末的 “ 并非在该人的特许下作出 ” 为止的所有字句由 “ 或并非在作者之下合法地提出申索的人作出 ” 代替的情况下适用；及

附属法例的保留条文

41. 在紧接生效前具有效力的《版权审裁处规则》( 附录 IBF1 页 )+，在不抵触本条例的范围内以为使其根据本条例具有效力而作出属必需的改编及变通的规限下，犹如它是根据本条例订立一样持续有效，就各方面具有效力，直至终审法院首席法官根据本条例订第 174 条订立规则为止。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2 条修订 )

42. 《版权 ( 边境措施 ) 规则》(1996年第 482号法律公告 ) 在不抵触本条例的范围内以及为使该等规则根据适当的本条例某部具有效力而作出属必需的改编及变通的规限下，犹如它是为施行本条例第 144 及 271 条而订立一样持续有效，就各方面具有效力，直至根据《高等法院条例》( 第 4 章 ) 为施行本条例第 144 及 271 条订立法院规则为止。 (由 1998年第 25号第 2条修订 )

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-41 附表 2 第 528 章第 40 条

43. 在紧接生效前具有效力并经修订的《版权 ( 图书馆 ) 规例》( 附录 IAJ1 页 )，在不抵触本条例的范围内以及为使其根据本条例具有效力而作出属必需的改编及变通的规限下，犹如它是根据本条例而订立一样持续有效，就各方面具有效力，直至商务及经济发展局局长根据本条例第 46 条订立规例为止。 (由 1997年第 362号法律公告修订；由 2002年第 106号法律公告修订；由 2007年第 130号法律公告修订 )

编辑附注：

+ 并请参阅 1997 年第 5 号法律公告。

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-43 附表 2 第 528 章第 43 条

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-45 附表 2 第 528 章

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-47 附表 2 第 528 章

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-49 附表 2 第 528 章

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-51 附表 2 第 528 章

最后更新日期

1.7.2007

《版权条例》

S2-53 附表 2 第 528 章

附表 3 [ 第 233 及 237 条 ]

在表演中的权利∶过渡性条文及保留条文

引言

1. (1) 在本附表中 —— “《版权条例》” (the Copyright Ordinance) 指在紧接本条例第 III

部生效前有效的《版权条例》( 第 39 章 )； “ 新的表演权利条文 ” (the new performance rights provisions) 指

关乎表演中的权利的本条例条文，即第 III 部 ( 包括本附表及附表 1)、附表 4 及 5，以及就第 III 部的条文而作出相应修订或废除的条文的范围。

(2) 在本附表中，凡仅提述 “ 生效 ”，即提述新的表演权利条文生效日期。

(3) 在本附表中，凡提述 “ 现存的表演 ”，即提述在生效之前作出的表演；就此而言，凡某表演历时一段时期，当该表演完结时，须视为已作出该表演。

2. 就《版权条例》而言，“ 表演 ” (performance) 指 —— (a) 戏剧表演； (b) 音乐表演；或 (c) 诵读或背诵文学作品，

即由一名或多于一名个人作出的有声方式表达或属于有声方式表达的非录制表演或现场表演。

一般原则∶法律的延续

最后更新日期

30.6.1997

《版权条例》

S3-1 附表 3 第 528 章第 1 条

3. 除任何明订的条文有相反规定外，新的表演权利条文就在生效之前作出的表演而适用，一如其就在生效之后作出的表演而适用一样。

4. (1) 在新的表演权利条文重新制定 ( 不论有或没有作出变通 ) 较早时的条文的范围内，本段条文具有确使法律延续的效力。

(2) 在成文法则、文书或其他文件中，凡提述表演者的权利或有权利存在的表演，而该等权利或表演因本条例便会解释为提述《版权条例》所指的表演者的权利下，则在延续该成文法则、文书或其他文件的效力所需的范围内，该项提述须解释为 ( 或按个别情况的需要而须解释为包括 ) 本条例所指的表演者的权利或根据本条例而有权利存在的表演。

(3) 凡根据被本条例废除的条文或为施行该等条文而作出任何事情 ( 包括订立附属法例 )，或凡任何事情具有如此作出的效力则该等事情在其是根据相应的新的表演权利条文而作出的或为施行相应的新的表演权利条文而作出一样的情况下，具有效力。

(4) 在文意许可的情况下，在本条例或任何其他成文法则、文书或文件中，凡提述 ( 明示或隐含 ) 新的表演权利条文的任何条文，即就生效之前的时间、情况及目的而解释为包括提述相应的较早时的条文。

(5) 在成文法则、文书或其他文件中，凡提述 ( 明示或隐含 ) 被本条例废除的条文，在延续该成文法则、文书或其他文件条文的效力所需的范围内，该项提述须解释为提述本条例的相应条文。

(6) 本段条文在任何特定的过渡性条文或保留条文及本条例作出的任何明示修订规限下具有效力。

在表演中的权利的存在

最后更新日期

30.6.1997

《版权条例》

S3-3 附表 3 第 528 章第 3 条

5. (1) 如符合以下说明，则第 III 部所赋予的权利在生效之后存在于现存的表演 —— (a) 该表演曾是《版权条例》所指的合资格的表演，或假

使该表演是在生效之后作出的，便会是合资格的表演；及

(b) (i) 新的表演权利条文在某公历年开始生效，而该表演并非在该公历年的第一天前的 50 年之前作出的；或

(ii) 该现存的表演是在某一公历年作出的，而新的表演权利条文是在另一公历年开始实施的，且该表演的录制品在自该某一公历年年终起计的 50 年之内发行，则该发行须并非在该另一公历年的第一天前的 50 年之前作出的。

(2) 第 III 部所赋予的现存的表演的权利持续存在，直至该等表演的该等权利按照本条例第 214 条届满为止。

反对的权利

6. 凡任何人在生效之前，就录制任何表演或复制任何录制品而招致大量开支或法律责任，而招致的方式在当时是合法的，又或任何人在生效之前，为上述录制或复制或为达致上述录制或复制而招致大量开支或法律责任，而在当时，若非生效该录制或复制本会是合法的，则本条例既不削减亦不损害任何因上述行动而产生的或与上述行动相关的任何权利或权益，但该权利或权益须在紧接生效前已存在兼有价值；但如凭借生效而有权限制录制或复制的人同意支付补偿 ( 数额由双方协议，如无协议，则由版权审裁处厘定 )，则属例外。

侵犯在表演中的权利的作为

最后更新日期

30.6.1997

《版权条例》

S3-5 附表 3 第 528 章第 5 条

7. (1) 第 III 部关于构成侵犯该部所赋予的权利的作为的条文，只就在生效之后作出的作为而适用；《版权条例》的条文持续就在 1996 年 12 月 20 日或之后但在生效之前作出的作为而适用。

(2) 为施行本条例第 229 条 (“ 侵犯权利的录制品 ” 的涵义 )，就在 1996 年 12 月 20 日或之后但在生效之前作出的某一表演而进行录制会否构成对表演者权利的侵犯或假使该某一表演在香港作出并予以录制是否会构成对表演者权利的侵犯此一问题，须参照《版权条例》而裁定。

侵犯权利的补救

8. 本条例第 228 条 ( 交付侵犯权利的录制品 ) 适用于在生效之前及之后制作的侵犯权利的录制品；《版权条例》第 32 条在生效之后并不适用，但就在生效之前展开的法律程序而言，则属例外。

船舶、航空器及气垫船

9. 本条例第 235 条 ( 在香港注册的船舶、航空器及气垫船 ) 不就在生效之前作出的任何事情而适用。

最后更新日期

30.6.1997

《版权条例》

S3-7 附表 3 第 528 章第 7 条

最后更新日期

30.6.1997

《版权条例》

S3-9 附表 3 第 528 章

附表 4

(已失时效而略去 )

最后更新日期

13.7.2001

《版权条例》

S4-1 附表 4 第 528 章

附表 5 [ 第 281 条及附表 2 及 3]

废除

成文法则废除的范围

1. 《版权条例》( 第 39 章 ) 整条条例

2. 《版权 ( 发表的通知 ) 规例》( 附录 IAK1 页 ) 整条规例

3. 《1972 年至 1990 年版权 ( 香港 ) 命令》( 附录 IIIDD1 页 )

所有命令

4. 《1957 年版权 ( 国际组织 ) 命令》(S.I. 1957 No. 1524 U.K.)

该命令属香港法律一部分的范围

5. 《1961 年版权 ( 广播组织 ) 命令》(S.I. 1961 No. 2460 U.K.)

该命令属香港法律一部分的范围

6. 《1987 年版权 ( 电脑软件 )( 延伸适用于属土 ) 命令》(S.I. 1987 No. 2200 U.K.)

该命令属香港法律一部分的范围

7. 《1990 年版权 ( 台湾 ) 命令》(1990年第 205号法律公告 )

整条命令

8. 《版权 ( 对其他国家、领域或地区的适用范围 ) 规例》( 第 39 章，附属法例 A)

整条规例

9. 《版权 ( 指定合资格国家、领域或地区 ) 规例》 ( 第 39 章，附属法例 B)

整条规例

最后更新日期

30.6.1997

《版权条例》

S5-1 附表 5 第 528 章

附表 6 [ 第 282 条 ]

过渡性条文及保留条文

关乎《2003 年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》 (2003年第 27号 )所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

1. 释义

(1) 在本附表中，除文意另有所指外 —— “《2003 年修订条例》” (amendment Ordinance of 2003) 指

《2003 年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》(2003 年第 27 号 )； “《暂停条例》” (Suspension Ordinance) 指《2001 年版权 ( 暂

停实施修订 ) 条例》( 第 568 章 )。 (2) 在本附表中，提述在紧接《2003 年修订条例》生效

* 前适用的本条例，即提述与在紧接《2003 年修订条例》生效前适用的《暂停条例》一并理解的在紧接

《2003 年修订条例》生效前适用的本条例。

2. 本条例第 35A 条对以往输入的复制品的适用

(1) 如某作品的复制品仅凭借在《2003 年修订条例》生效前将它或拟将它输入香港，而属在紧接《2003 年修订条例》生效前适用的本条例第 35(3) 条所指的侵犯版权复制品，则本条适用于该复制品。

最后更新日期

28.11.2003

《版权条例》

S6-1 附表 6 第 528 章第 1 条

(2) 就在《2003 年修订条例》生效后就本条适用的作品的复制品作出的任何作为 ( 包括声称构成侵犯版权或本条例所订罪行的任何作为 ) 而言，本条例第 35A 条具有效力，犹如该条是在第 (1) 款提述的输入或拟输入复制品一事发生之前已制定一样，据此，该复制品不得被视为侵犯版权复制品；但假使在紧接

《2003 年修订条例》生效后将该复制品或拟将该复制品输入香港，在顾及本条例第 35A 条后，它亦会属本条例第35(3)条所指的侵犯版权复制品，则属例外。

(3) 为免生疑问，本条或《2003 年修订条例》并不影响任何就在《2003 年修订条例》生效前发生侵犯版权而具有的诉讼权。

3. 豁免以往就 “ 平行输入 ” 的本条例第 35A 条适用的作品的复制品而招致的刑事法律责任

(2) 自《2003 年修订条例》生效起，任何人不得因在《2003 年修订条例》生效前就本条适用的作品的复制品作出任何作为，而被裁定犯在紧接《2003 年修订条例》生效前适用的本条例第 118(1) 条所订罪行；但假使在紧接《2003 年修订条例》生效后将该复制品或拟将该复制品输入香港，在顾及本条例第 35A 条后，该复制品亦会属本条例第 35(3) 条所指的侵犯版权复制品，则属例外。

最后更新日期

28.11.2003

《版权条例》

S6-3 附表 6 第 528 章第 3 条

4. 豁免以往就本条例第 35A 条适用的作品的复制品的后备复制品或就在有需要的情况下复制或改编本条例第 35A 条适用的作品的复制品而招致的刑事法律责任

(1) 如本条例第 35A 条适用的某作品的复制品 —— (a) 在《2003 年修订条例》生效前制作；及 (b) 仅凭借该复制品是由就本条例第 60 及 61 条而

言并无合约权利使用该作品的人所制作此项事实，而属侵犯版权复制品，

则本条适用于该复制品。

(2) 自《2003 年修订条例》生效起，任何人不得因本条适用的作品的复制品，而被裁定犯在紧接《2003 年修订条例》生效前适用的本条例第 118(1) 条所订罪行；但就为本条例第 118(1) 条所订罪行而进行的法律程序而言，在顾及本条例第 118A 条后，假使同一复制品在紧接《2003 年修订条例》生效后制作，会属就本条例第 60 及 61 条而言并无合约权利使用该作品的人所制作的复制品，则属例外。

(附表 6由 2003年第 27号第 9条增补 )

编辑附注：

* 生效日期：2003 年 11 月 28 日。

最后更新日期

28.11.2003

《版权条例》

S6-5 附表 6 第 528 章第 4 条

最后更新日期

28.11.2003

《版权条例》

S6-7 附表 6 第 528 章

附表 7 [ 第 283 条 ]

关乎《2007 年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》(2007 年第 15 号 ) 所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

(1. 本附表第 3 部 ( 在第 3 部与关乎《2007 年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》(2007 年第 15 号 ) 第 6 条 ( 在它与本条例新的第 25(1)(c) 及 (d) 条有关的范围内 ) 及第 51 条所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文有关的范围内 ) 及本附表第 4 部自 2008 年 4 月 25 日实施 —— 见 2008 年第 47 号法律公告 (c) 段及 2008 年第 48 号法律公告 (n) 段。

2008 年第 47 号法律公告 (c) 段的内容载录如下 ——)

“(c) 第 75 条 ( 在它与新的附表 7 的第 3 部有关的范围内，且仅在新的附表 7 的第 3 部与关乎第 6 条 ( 在它与新的第 25(1)(c) 条有关的范围内 ) 所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文有关的范围内 )。”。

2008 年第 48 号法律公告 (n) 段的内容载录如下 ——

“(n) 第 75 条，但限于在它与以下条文有关的范围内 ——

(i) 新的附表 7 的第 3 部，但仅在新的附表 7 的第 3 部与以下条文有关的范围内 ——

(A) 关乎第 6 条 ( 在它与新的第 25(1)(d) 条有关的范围内 ) 所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文；及

(B) 关乎第 51 条所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文；及

(ii) 新的附表 7 的第 4 部。”。

2. 本附表第 3 部的余下条文尚未实施。

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-1 附表 7 第 528 章第 1 条

第 1 部

引言

1. 释义

(1) 在本附表中 —— “《2007年修订条例》” (2007 Amendment Ordinance)指《2007

年版权 ( 修订 ) 条例》(2007 年第 15 号 )； “《暂停条例》” (Suspension Ordinance) 指《2001 年版权 ( 暂

停实施修订 ) 条例》( 第 568 章 )。 (2) 在本附表中使用的词句，如已为本条例第 II 部 ( 版

权 )及第 IIIA部 (表演者的精神权利 )的施行而界定，则其涵义与该两部中该等词句的涵义相同。

第 2 部

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-3 附表 7 —— 第 1 部第 528 章第 1 条

就版权作品及表演所允许的作为

2. 关于某些现有协议的保留条文

《2007 年修订条例》第 13、14、15、16、17、21、61、62、63 或 65 条并不影响在该等条文的生效日期 * 前所订立的特许或协议。

第 3 部

版权拥有人及表演者的租赁权

第 1 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条 —— ( 在它与本条例第 25(1)(c)、(e) 及 (f) 条有关的范围内 ) 所作的修订的

过渡性条文及保留条文

3. 一般条文

(1) 除本附表第 4 及 5 条另有规定外，《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条 ( 在它与本条例第 25(1)(c)、(e) 及 (f) 条有关

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-5 附表 7 —— 第 3 部 —— 第 1 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条第 528 章第 3 条

的范围内 ) 适用于在该条的生效日期 # 之前、当日或之后制作的版权作品。

(2) 任何在《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条 ( 在它与本条例第 25(1)(c)、(e) 及 (f) 条有关的范围内 ) 的生效日期前作出的作为，不得视为对凭借该条而产生的任何新的权利的侵犯。

4. 新的租赁权：生效日期前作出的复制授权的效力

凡 —— (a) 任何作品的版权拥有人或准拥有人在《2007 年修订

条例》第 6 条 ( 在它与本条例第 25(1)(c)、(e) 及 (f) 条有关的范围内 ) 的生效日期 # 前授权任何人制作该作品的复制品；及

(b) 有新的权利凭借该条就该复制品而产生，则除非有任何协议有相反规定，否则该新的权利在该条的生效日期归属该获授权的人。

5. 关于现有存货的保留条文

(1) 任何凭借《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条 ( 在它与本条例第 25(1)(c) 条有关的范围内 ) 而产生的新的权利，不适用于任何人在该条的生效日期 # 前为租赁予公众的目的而获取的影片的复制品。

(2) 任何凭借《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条 ( 在它与本条例第 25(1)(e) 及 (f) 条有关的范围内 ) 而产生的新的权利，不适用于任何人在该条的生效日期前为租赁予公众的目的而获取的连环图册的复制品。

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-7 附表 7 —— 第 3 部 —— 第 1 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条第 528 章第 4 条

第 2 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条 —— ( 在它与本条例第 25(1)(d) 条有关的范围内 ) 所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

6. 一般条文

(1) 除本附表第 7 及 8 条另有规定外，《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条 ( 在其与本条例第 25(1)(d) 条有关的范围内 ) 适用于在该条的生效日期 # 之前、当日或之后制作的版权作品。

(2) 任何在《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条 ( 在它与本条例第 25(1)(d)条有关的范围内 )的生效日期前作出的作为，不得视为对凭借该条而产生的任何新的权利的侵犯。

7. 新的租赁权：生效日期前作出的复制授权的效力

凡 —— (a) 任何作品的版权拥有人或准拥有人在《2007 年修订

条例》第 6 条 ( 在它与本条例第 25(1)(d) 条有关的范

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-9 附表 7 —— 第 3 部 —— 第 2 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条第 528 章第 6 条

围内 ) 的生效日期 # 前授权任何人制作该作品的复制品；及

(b) 有新的权利凭借该条就该复制品而产生，则除非有任何协议有相反规定，否则该新的权利在该条的生效日期归属该获授权的人。

8. 关于现有存货的保留条文

任何凭借《2007 年修订条例》第 6 条 ( 在它与本条例第 25(1)(d) 条有关的范围内 ) 而产生的新的权利，不适用于任何人在该条的生效日期 # 前为租赁予公众的目的而获取的声音纪录的复制品。

第 3 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 51 条 —— 所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

9. 一般条文

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-11 附表 7 —— 第 3 部 —— 第 3 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 51 条

第 528 章第 9 条

(1) 除本附表第 10 及 11 条另有规定外，《2007 年修订条例》第 51 条适用于在该条的生效日期 ** 之前、当日或之后举行的合资格表演。

(2) 任何在《2007 年修订条例》第 51 条的生效日期前作出的作为，不得视为对凭借该条而产生的任何新的权利的侵犯。

10. 新的租赁权：生效日期前作出的复制授权的效力

凡 —— (a) 任何在合资格表演中的表演者的权利的拥有人或准

拥有人在《2007 年修订条例》第 51 条的生效日期 ** 前授权任何人制作该表演的纪录的复制品；及

(b) 有新的权利凭借该条就该复制品而产生，则除非有任何协议有相反规定，否则该新的权利在该条的生效日期归属该获授权的人。

11. 关于现有存货的保留条文

任何凭借《2007 年修订条例》第 51 条而产生的新的权利，不适用于任何人在该条的生效日期 ** 前为租赁予公众的目的而获取的合资格表演的声音纪录的复制品。

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-13 附表 7 —— 第 3 部 —— 第 3 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 51 条

第 528 章第 10 条

第 4 部

表演者的精神权利

关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 66 条所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

12. 一般条文

任何在《2007 年修订条例》第 66 条的生效日期 ** 前作出的作为，不得视为对凭借该条而产生的表演者的任何新的权利的侵犯。

13. 关于某些现有协议的保留条文

(1) 除另有明文规定外，《2007 年修订条例》第 66 条并不影响在该条的生效日期 ** 前所订立的协议。

(2) 任何依据第 (1) 款所提述的协议而在《2007 年修订条例》第 66 条的生效日期当日或之后作出的作为，不得视为对凭借该条而产生的表演者的任何新的权利的侵犯。

14. 现场声艺表演的表演者的新的精神权利

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-15 附表 7 —— 第 4 部第 528 章第 12 条

(1) 凭借《2007 年修订条例》第 66 条就现场声艺表演而产生的表演者的新的权利，仅存在于在该条的生效日期 ** 当日或之后举行的现场声艺表演中。

(2) 凭借《2007 年修订条例》第 66 条就录制于声音纪录内的表演而产生的表演者的新的权利，仅在有关表演是在该条的生效日期当日或之后举行的情况下存在。

第 5 部

对版权作品及在表演中的权利的侵犯

第 1 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 9(2) 条 —— 所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

15. 豁免就在《2007 年修订条例》第 9(2) 条生效前输入的作品的复制品而招致的

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-17 附表 7 —— 第 5 部 —— 第 1 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 9(2) 条第 528 章第 15 条

刑事法律责任

(1) 自《2007 年修订条例》第 9(2) 条的生效日期 * 起，任何人不得因在该生效日期之前、当日或之后就本款适用的作品的复制品作出的作为，而被裁定犯本条例第 118 条所订罪行。

(2) 在《2007 年修订条例》第 9(2) 条的生效日期前输入香港的作品的复制品如符合以下说明，第 (1) 款即对之适用 —— (a) 该复制品仅凭借在紧接该生效日期前有效的本

条例第 35(3) 条而属侵犯版权复制品； (b) 该复制品是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方

合法地制作的；及

第 2 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 10 条 —— 所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

16. 本条例第 35B 条对以往输入的

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-19 附表 7 —— 第 5 部 —— 第 2 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 10 条第 528 章第 16 条

复制品的适用情况

(1) 就在《2007 年修订条例》第 10 条的生效日期 * 当日或之后就本款适用的作品的复制品作出的任何作为 ( 包括声称构成侵犯版权或本条例所订罪行的任何作为 ) 而言 —— (a) 本条例第 35B 条具有效力，犹如该条是在该复

制品输入香港之前或在获取该复制品之前已制定一样；及

(b) 该复制品凭借 (a) 段而不属本条例第 35(3) 条所指的侵犯版权复制品；但假使在该生效日期当日或之后将该复制品输入香港或在该生效日期当日或之后获取该复制品，在顾及本条例第 35B 条后，它亦会属本条例第 35(3) 条所指的侵犯版权复制品，则属例外。

(2) 在《2007 年修订条例》第 10 条的生效日期前输入香港的作品的复制品如符合以下说明，第 (1) 款即对之适用 —— (a) 该复制品仅凭借在紧接该生效日期前有效的本

条例第 35(3) 条而属侵犯版权复制品；及 (b) 该复制品是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方

合法地制作的。

(3) 为免生疑问，本条或《2007 年修订条例》并不免除任何人就在《2007 年修订条例》第 10 条的生效日期前发生的侵犯版权而在民事诉讼中须承担的法律责任。

17. 豁免以往就 “ 平行输入 ” 的本条例第 35B 条适用的作品的复制品而招致的刑事法律责任

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-21 附表 7 —— 第 5 部 —— 第 2 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 10 条第 528 章第 17 条

(1) 自《2007 年修订条例》第 10 条的生效日期 * 起，任何人不得因在该生效日期前就本款适用的作品的复制品作出的作为，而被裁定犯在紧接该生效日期前有效并与《暂停条例》一并理解的本条例第 118(1) 条所订的罪行；但假使在该生效日期当日或之后将该复制品输入香港或在该生效日期当日或之后获取该复制品，在顾及本条例第 35B 条后，该复制品亦会属本条例第 35(3) 条所指的侵犯版权复制品，则属例外。

条例第 35(3) 条而属侵犯版权复制品；及 (b) 该复制品是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方

合法地制作的。

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-23 附表 7 —— 第 5 部 —— 第 2 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 10 条第 528 章第 17 条

第 3 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 31 条 —— 所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

18. 本条例第 118(2H) 条的适用范围

为免生疑问，本条例第 118(2H) 条并不就本条例第 118(2A) 条所提述的、由任何法人团体或合伙于《2007 年修订条例》第 31(4) 条的生效日期 * 前作出的作为而适用。

19. 本条例第 118(2E)、(2F)、(2G)、(3A) 及 (3B) 条规定的豁免及免责辩护的追溯适用

(1) 本条例第 118(2E)、(2F)、(2G)、(3A) 及 (3B) 条在本款适用的法律程序中适用，方式与该条在就本条例第 118(2A) 条所订罪行而进行的法律程序中适用者相同。

(2) 在就紧接《2007 年修订条例》第 31(4) 条的生效日期 * 前有效并与《暂停条例》一并理解的本条例第 118(1)(d) 条所订的罪行而进行的法律程序中，如控罪所关乎的侵犯版权复制品属《暂停条例》第 2(2)、 (3)、(4) 或 (5) 条所描述的类别的侵犯版权复制品，则第 (1) 款适用于该法律程序。

(3) 第 (1) 款不适用于就在 2001 年 4 月 1 日前所犯罪行而进行的法律程序。

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-25 附表 7 —— 第 5 部 —— 第 3 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 31 条

第 528 章第 18 条

第 4 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 57 条 —— 所作的修订的过渡性条文及保留条文

20. 本条例第 229A 条对以往输入的录制品的适用情况

(1) 就在《2007 年修订条例》第 57 条的生效日期 * 当日或之后就本款适用的表演的录制品作出的任何作为 ( 包括声称构成侵犯本条例第 III 部所赋予的权利的任何作为 ) 而言 —— (a) 本条例第 229A 条具有效力，犹如该条是在该

录制品输入香港之前或在获取该录制品之前已制定一样；及

(b) 该录制品凭借 (a) 段而不属本条例第 229(4) 条所指的侵犯权利的录制品；但假使在该生效日期当日或之后将该录制品输入香港或在该生效日期当日或之后获取该录制品，在顾及本条例第 229A 条后，它亦会属本条例第 229(4) 条所指的侵犯权利的录制品，则属例外。

(2) 在《2007 年修订条例》第 57 条的生效日期前输入香港的表演的录制品如符合以下说明，第 (1) 款即对之适用 —— (a) 该录制品仅凭借在紧接该生效日期前有效的本

条例第 229(4) 条而属侵犯权利的录制品；及

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-27 附表 7 —— 第 5 部 —— 第 4 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 57 条

第 528 章第 20 条

(b) 该录制品是在制作它的所在国家、地区或地方合法地制作的。

(3) 为免生疑问，本条或《2007 年修订条例》并不免除任何人就在《2007 年修订条例》第 57 条的生效日期前发生的侵犯本条例第 III 部所赋予的权利而在民事诉讼中须承担的法律责任。

(附表 7由 2007年第 15号第 75条增补 )

编辑附注：

* 生效日期：2007 年 7 月 6 日。 # 生效日期：2008 年 4 月 25 日 ( 在它与本条例新的第 25(1)(c) 及 (d) 条有关的范围内 )。 ** 生效日期：2008 年 4 月 25 日。

最后更新日期

25.4.2008

《版权条例》

S7-29 附表 7 —— 第 5 部 —— 第 4 分部 —— 关乎《2007 年修订条例》第 57 条

第 528 章第 20 条

Copyright Ordinance (Chapter 528) (amended up to Ordinance No. 6 of 2016), Гонконг, Китай

Имеющиеся тексты